Posted at 10:45 AM on February 6, 2012
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Marketing and advertising
No ad in yesterday's Super Bowl has been more talked about than the one in which Clint Eastwood pitches for Chrysler, declaring it's "halftime in America." Forget that Eastwood opposed bailouts and has little love for Barack Obama, some say the ad is a re-election ad for the president, sounding as it does the same themes of Ronald Reagan's "morning in America" ad:
Unemployment in the U.S. is about 1 percent higher than it was when Reagan (whose birthday is today) sounded the "comeback" theme in his famous commercial.
But this latest ad is another in a long line of attempts to hold Detroit up as a model for sticking to it through time times.
A success story? Don't tell Comerica Bank chief economist Robert Dye, who issued his forecast for the Detroit area just last week. One of the reasons the unemployment rate has fallen is 150,000 people have moved out of the area. Dye says that trend may continue and for those staying, "prospects for near-term re-employment of most of the unemployed look dim,"
The ad also ignores another truth: There's more to an economy than making cars in Detroit.
True, Detroit may no longer be the nation's basket case. That distinction belongs to El Centro, California, where the unemployment rate -- the official unemployment rate -- is 26.8 percent.
Even Harry Callahan can't put lipstick on that one.
Posted at 12:04 PM on February 1, 2012
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Urban planner Nathaniel Hood, writing at Streets.mn, is asking whether a city like Lake Elmo can be "pro-business" and for "organized growth" at the same time.
The discussion is sparked by a weekend article in the Pioneer Press in which business interests lamented the city's approach to growth by removing their parcels of land on the border to get them out of the control of the city.
Says Hood:
Lake Elmo saved itself at the expense of others, of whom now struggle with growth in an age of economic austerity. It's hard to feel bad for those communities though, they welcomed "growth" with open arms.
It doesn't appear if stopping sprawl was ever one of Lake Elmo's primary goals; the town merely wants to maintain rural character and charm. Over the last two decades, Lake Elmo seems unfazed by sprawl happening elsewhere - they just didn't want it in their backyard. In reading the article, you'll discover that Lake Elmo did created an unfortunate zoning code that favors one home per 2 acres, which can be classified as 'rural sprawl'. Yet, this sprawl never really happened because of the municipality's unwillingness to extend sewerage lines and more difficult and rigorous approval process. Now , as it stands today, Lake Elmo revised its master plan to promote development near its existing downtown-village-like infrastructure.
The economic downturn has its advantages. It halted the breakneck speed of sprawl long enough for communities to assess what they want to be. Can a metropolitan city maintain its rural charm and grow at the same time? If so, how?
Find the entire article here. It's well worth reading.
Posted at 12:09 PM on January 30, 2012
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Sports
Well, now, this is a problem. If you're a New England Patriots fan with money in the stock market, you have to decide which is more important: another Super Bowl trophy or the ability to retire.
The Boston Globe takes apart a superstition -- that the market and economy do better when the NFC wins a Super Bowl -- and finds that it's true. Sort of:
Since the first Super Bowl in 1967, this superstition has held true 80 percent of the time (36 for 45); prior to 1997, the indicator was correct 28 times in 31 years, including going 12 for 13 between 1984 and 1996. Lucky for investors, in 40-plus years of Super Bowls, AFC teams that were not originally part of the NFL have won just a dozen times.
Still, whether or not a Patriots win historically hurts the economy is debatable. Of the six seasons the Pats have made it to the Super Bowl, the theory has held true four times; Brady & Co. beat Carolina in 2004, a bull year, and lost to the Giants in 2008, the third-worst year on record. In the four years where the Super Bowl indicator has held up, New England is 2-2, and stocks have gained a net total of 27.8 percent. But if you count all six Super Bowl seasons, stocks have lost a net total of 7.94 percent.
Posted at 11:34 AM on January 26, 2012
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Aviation, Economy
New rules for airline fares began today and, predictably, the airlines don't like them much.
Gone, at least by design, are the low fares that are advertised because all the fees and taxes aren't mentioned. Consumers consistently have thought of the tactic as "sneaky."
So there was some irony today when the head of one airline called the new rules "sneaky," because the taxes and fees are now hidden in the advertised price.
But there's actually nothing to prevent the airlines from revealing what those taxes and fees are.
Check out the fare search on US Airways for a flight from Minneapolis to Boston this afternoon:

Simple. The entire fare is listed, and the part of the fare that is taxes and fees is also listed.
But the rules don't eliminate one of the "sneakiest" of all airline fare advertising tactics: There's usually only one seat on sale at the advertised price.
Watch what happens when you want to travel with a second person.

Posted at 11:25 AM on January 23, 2012
by Bob Collins
(10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Smartphones, you're killing Target, apparently.
It's becoming an increasing practice that people patrol brick-and-mortar stores, check the prices, see the cheaper price online, and order it via their phone. This is reducing the stores to little more than showrooms for an online store.
Target, the Wall St. Journal reports, wants to stop it, and has sent a letter to vendors with a plea for products that can't be found online, or lower prices to compete:
"What we aren't willing to do is let online-only retailers use our brick-and-mortar stores as a showroom for their products and undercut our prices without making investments, as we do, to proudly display your brands," according to the letter, which was signed by Target Chief Executive Gregg Steinhafel and Kathee Tesija, Target's executive vice president of merchandising.
Showrooming is an increasing problem for chains ranging from Best Buy Co. to Barnes & Noble Inc., at the same time that it's a boon for Amazon.com Inc. and other online retailers. This year store sales overall edged up 4.1% during the holiday shopping season, while online sales jumped 15%. And while online sales represent only 8% of total sales, that is up from just 2% in 2000.
Some analysts in the story say Target won't succeed since it's using an old business model to compete with online sites that have reinvented the game.
Posted at 1:08 PM on January 19, 2012
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Icons
It was a Kodak moment today when the company filed for bankruptcy and there's a pretty good chance few people get the pun. It wasn't always that way, of course. Probably millions of homes have shoeboxes full of unsorted pictures, all taken with Kodak film and printed on Kodak paper.
The writing has been on the digital wall for years; it's hard to believe there was anyone still working at the company who didn't know they were on the good ship Titanic.
Nonetheless, its history alone documents the way the country once was, the same way its products preserved how our families once were. In the '20s, for example, the company started the Eastman Savings and Loan Association to help employees finance home purchases.
A look at some of the historic Kodak commercials not only tells the tale of the company, but how much a commercial product can influence the culture and lives we lead.
Take the '50s, for example, when Kodak offered "easy payment terms" on a camera that cost $29.95 ($230 in today's dollars). .
The '60s brought the concept of cartridge-loading film, which eliminated the need to manually load film through reels and sprockets. And it ended the era of fumbling for a flash bulb for every shot.
In 1975, Kodak engineer Steven Sasson invents the world's first digital camera. It recorded black-and-white images at .01 megapixels.
In the '70s, this jingle became so popular, it later became a pop radio hit:
In the '80s, however, popular music migrated from the radio to the commercials:
And, being the '80s, throwing cameras away became acceptable when Kodak introduced the Fling Camera.
By the 1990s, Kodak was trying to keep up with technology by getting into other businesses. It bought a pharmaceutical business. And it manufactured batteries.
It tried a digital makeover in 1994:
But by the mid-'90s, Kodak had a ton of debt, and began selling off its assets. It sold its office products division and non-imaging health divisions. In '99, the digital printer business was sold to a German firm.
Late in the '90s, the company joined with America Online to deliver processed film via your computer.
By the new millennium, the company was still embracing the idea that your pictures would be printed on paper:
But in 2004, Kodak was dropped from the Dow 30, it shed thousands of jobs, and its digital camera line was sold.
In 2010, it sued Apple, claiming the smartphone technology belonged to it.
In recent years, Kodak tried to be hip, the same way any person in decline tries to be hip. Embarrassingly.
Last year, the company tried to raise money by selling about ,100 digital-imaging patents. But a judge delayed decisions on the patents, and Kodak's shares dropped below $1. The stench of economic death was in the air.
The companies digital and printing technologies, which last year accounted for 75 percent of its revenue, may be one of the few specialties left if and when Kodak emerges from bankruptcy.
Posted at 3:29 PM on January 18, 2012
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Two-hundred Somali cabdrivers in the Twin Cities found out what happens when you protest. They were fired from their jobs at Airport Taxi, Twin Cities Daily Planet is reporting.
The drivers were involved in a protest that reportedly has been going on for at least a decade, lately centering on the amount the drivers are paid for ferrying clients of UCare and Medicaid.
Fisseha Guanje, who's been driving a cab for 13 years and has two kids, said the drivers don't want to join a union. "We just want to sit down and talk to the company owner," he said. Instead, they all got fired for showing up to protest. Guanje is particularly concerned about the $1,000 deposit he made when starting with the company. He's not sure he'll get it back -- and in any case, there is no interest. "They kick you out - no interest!" he said.
Taxis that showed up to protest were slapped with fliers that said, ""Your lease has been terminated and your auto insurance has been cancelled effective immediately."
Posted at 10:40 AM on January 12, 2012
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
For the most part, economic jargon and complicated debt restructuring stories are Greece to us. Today, for example, the U.S. business media is previewing debt talks, which begin tomorrow. It's an ongoing dance between private creditors and Greece's "economic partners," other countries with skin in the game.
What about the Greek people?
There is belt tightening, and then there's strangling in a noose. Greece is about to join the Third World, if reports of the effects of its austerity measures are any indication.
The Daily Mail says parents are abandoning children they can no longer afford, and the country is running out of medicine, including aspirin.
It's a terrible situation based on the Daily Mail account, but it's difficult for people here to know where it fits in the big picture, especially when considering this BBC story, which says Greece is adding new categories of behavior to the definition of "disabled."
The new government "disability" list also includes compulsive gamblers, fetishists, exhibitionists and sado-masochists, the Associated Press news agency reports.
The Greek Labour Ministry said a panel of medical experts had decided to include such behavioural disorders on the list, but the new categories did not signify benefit entitlement.
But some people in Greece are fretting that it will lead to state payments to the new categories.
Posted at 10:09 AM on January 11, 2012
by Bob Collins
(20 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
Question (Note: This is not a rhetorical question): Should an employee of the House of Representatives be held to a higher standard in private business dealings? Is the recent inspection of legislators' private lives more or less serious than an employee of the Legislature owning a couple of buildings that would earn most anyone else the slumlord epithet?
I've seen firsthand the problems at the Westminster Court apartments in Saint Paul when I dropped in to interview this couple a few years ago. Squalor is the perfect word for the "problem property" that every housing expert in Saint Paul has known about for years.
"Your clients paid a lot of money and let the buildings go to heck," a judge told the landlords at a hearing taking place at this hour (the Pioneer Press' Fred Melo is tweeting it).
MPR's Curtis Gilbert got an up-close view of the place for his story today:
The radiators in the unit are unreliable, James said. And that's just one of the problems. She opens a cupboard, and little brown beetles go scurrying.
"Look. Crawling all out everywhere."
She charges into the bathroom. The toilet doesn't flush.
"I gotta flush it like this," James said, reaching her hand into the toilet tank to pull the drain plug.
The sink is clogged. Cloudy water fills the basin.
"Won't even go down, this water. It's been like that for the longest."
James said she's reported all these problems to her landlord, but nothing's been fixed. Late last year, city inspections found some 600 code violations between this building and the one next door.
The families, many of whom spend their days on the edge of homelessness anyway, face eviction because the landlord stopped paying the mortgage and the buildings are in foreclosure.
The "she" in this story is Peggy Chun, who told the Star Tribune that Saint Paul's housing code "has caused landlords and low-income tenants hardship for many years."
"She takes the money from the government and she doesn't do anything," tenant Adade Kuegah said of Mrs. Chun.
But it's the he in the story who gives it a different twist, as revealed by the newspaper:
Randall Chun earns $99,400 as a researcher in the state House of Representatives. Neither he nor his wife returned several calls to home and office.
Based on the House Research website, Chun's area of expertise in his research is services for low-income Minnesotans.
Does it make a difference that he's an employee of the House of Representatives? Should his side businesses be held to a higher standard? Or is it none of the people's business?
Posted at 2:41 PM on January 9, 2012
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
We haven't asked this question in awhile and today seems like an appropriate day to do so: Are you confident that your economic life is getting better and heading in the right direction?
A lot of people clearly are.
The Associated Press reports today that Americans increased their borrowing in November by the largest amount in 10 years. The Federal Reserve says total consumer borrowing rose $20.4 billion in November, the largest increase since a $28 billion gain in November 2001. A category that measures credit card debt rose by $5.6 billion, the most since March 2008.
Auto loans also took a big jump.
The total increase works out to about $65 per person in the U.S.
For all accounts that accrued interest, the new debt has an average annual interest rate of 13.67 percent.
Have your good times returned? Or are you just replacing the things that have worn out from a decade of trying to make do.
Posted at 1:31 PM on December 30, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The FCC reportedly will investigate Verizon's plan to start charging $2 to some people to pay their bills.
Verizon will start charging the fee to people who make a one-time payment online with a credit or debit card over the phone or online.
"On behalf of American consumers, we're concerned about Verizon's actions and are looking into the matter," the statement from the FCC said.
It's an obnoxious idea, of course, this notion of paying money as a convenience charge to pay money, but it's hardly new.
A few weeks ago, for example, I wrote about Ticketmaster's "convenience fees." The Twins and others charge a "convenience fee" for the convenience of using your ink, and your paper, and your Internet connection to print out their tickets, thus saving them the cost of paper, ink, and postage to send them to you.
State Farm, for example, charges me a $1 "fee" each month for the convenience of extracting about $400 automatically from my checking account, a process that occurs between banks every day for pennies.
But Verizon's plan that's drawing so much consumer outrage mirrors most closely the policy of Xcel Energy, which charges a fee if you pay the bill online. The company, however, makes clear it doesn't benefit from the transaction. It says payments go to NCO Financial Systems, a call center and collection agency.
More than likely, that's what the FCC will find is behind Verizon's convenience fee; it pays for some third party's work.
"Customers have a number of alternatives to pay their bill and not incur the convenience fee," A Verizon spokeswoman told Bloomberg this afternoon. "Paying the fee is an option, not an absolute."
Update 2:31 p.m. - Verizon says it will drop the fee.
Posted at 10:50 AM on December 30, 2011
by Bob Collins
(16 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Health
In the four years of writing NewsCut, I've only encountered a conflict of interest once. It was this post -- the story of a couple forced into homelessness because of a health crisis. They were my wife's "clients." She's a "health care navigator" for an innovative program called the East Metro Crisis Stabilization Program, founded by HealthPartners and Regions Hospital in 2002 "to address the unmet needs of adults who experience a mental health crisis."
My wife, Carolie, and the people who work in the program, were the answer to the prayers of the most desperate people among us, people who were in no position to navigate the byzantine world of human services and health care in Minnesota. Its goal was what everyone said they wanted: early intervention and help to prevent high costs later.
For years, she's come home with stories of the people she helped -- saved, really -- one at a time. In the morning, she'd pick up the homeless, mentally-ill teen who'd been sexually abused, and get her health care, food, and a home by nightfall, for example. The program team then focused on long-term help.
When she told her stories, I'd confide my inadequacy by saying, "I wrote a blog today."
When the bureaucrats slammed the doors in the face of people who needed a hand (and they did, often by ignoring the rights and rules they knew the downtrodden wouldn't know), she knew all the angles to open them again. She was the Radar O'Reilly for the helpless.
"I'm off to do battle with the forces of evil," she'd joke when she left the house each day.
Dakota, Ramsey, and Washington counties, the Department of Human Service, social service groups all joined the program. Other counties in the state wanted to know how she -- and they -- did it because it made so much sense, got help for the most vulnerable people few cared about, and saved money in the process.
Today, she went to work the way she always does, a little mischief in her heart, a plan to help people who need help, and a smile on her face, even though it's the last day she'll have the job.
Officials pulled the plug on the program and the "mobile crisis team" and it closes it down today.
They are the heroes who walk among us, make a difference, and deserve a few minutes of recognition for the work they did in relative obscurity.
They're the people who gave a damn about someone other than themselves.
Posted at 11:24 AM on December 27, 2011
by Bob Collins
(10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Men are taking over grocery stores.
The Chicago Tribune today reports on a movement to make it easier for men, now that surveys suggest they're doing more grocery shopping. The paper cites surveys showing 31 percent of men are the principal grocery shopper now, more than double what it was in 1985.
So merchandisers, like Proctor & Gamble, are creating "man aisles."
The man aisle puts all men's products, including P&G competitors, in one place, with shelf displays and even small TV screens to guide men to the appropriate skin-care items. Jones said the tests have gone well, with men spending more time in the aisles and, ultimately, more money.
On the food side, Barry Calpino, vice president of breakthrough innovation at Kraft Foods, said the company selected several products to market to men in 2011, with solid results. The Northfield-based company developed, packaged and marketed MiO, bottles of liquid flavor droplets to make water more enticing.
"Guys, when it comes to shopping and cooking, they love to customize and add their own personal touch," Calpino said, adding that the interest also extends to beverages.
Bottles of flavored droplets to make water "more enticing?" Guys!
Apparently, men simply shop differently -- more slowly, less organized.
The mindset has been that she shops, she really knows every inch of the store, she is really organized, has a list, is in a huge hurry," Calpino said. "We talk to a lot of these millennial guys about shopping, and the biggest headline is they're not as structured, not as hurried, much more experimental, more adventurous."
Men are more likely to buy on impulse, one expert says, because. "they have a little brighter outlook on the economy and their finances..."
That's a somewhat surprising analysis given that the paper says one of the reasons more men are grocery shopping these days is because they've lost their jobs and have more time to do so.
Posted at 2:41 PM on December 23, 2011
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Today's news story that indicates some people have more money to spend than we've been led to believe.
Posted at 12:16 PM on December 16, 2011
by Molly Bloom
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
When he hears discussion in the news of long-term unemployment, Paul Jensen grows frustrated. He owns Jensales, a small business a few miles outside Albert Lea in southern Minnesota. The business prints and sells technical manuals -- and it does commercial printing as well. Jensen also owns the local newspaper, The Alden Advance. He currently employs 12 people and has two more openings he's trying to fill: a bookkeeper and a printing assistant. The problem is he can't find anyone.
These aren't entry-level jobs, but they don't require a lot of experience either. It's these mid-level jobs that he's found particularly hard to fill. He's worked with placement agencies and the Minnesota Workforce Center, and he's posted ads in the newspapers to no avail.
The root of the problem, as he sees it, is both a skills gap and an attitude gap. Jensen's seen the skill gap addressed in discussions of unemployment in the media and among employers, but he wants to see community colleges and workforce centers react more quickly to the problem. He doesn't expect people to have all the skills necessary to do the job. All he's looking for is a base level of knowledge that he can build on with on-the-job training.
The more worrying problem to Jensen, however, is what he calls "the attitude gap." Jensen says, "People come in wanting the same job they had in 2008. The fact is, those jobs are gone."
As a small business owner, Jensen can't afford to offer health benefits. He tries to compensate employees in other ways, by allowing flexibility with family commitments and allowing them to work from home. He points to the fact that over half of his employees have worked for him for more than 10 years as a sign that they are satisfied.
Jensen also sees an unwillingness to move to a smaller town like Albert Lea. "People aren't thinking outside the bubble. But living down here is cheap, schools are good and there's almost no crime."
And he says the problem is not just here in Minnesota. He's a commanding officer of a naval reserve unit out of San Diego, made up of 150 people from across the country. He's seen many of them struggle with job loss and several of them have that same "attitude gap." One of the men in his unit had been unemployed for two years but had turned down a number of jobs.
"It's frustrating. At a certain point you have to accept the fact that the jobs are different and you can't have the same job you had a few years ago. And you can't be so specialized. You have to do a little of everything."
If you're an employer, what are you seeing? Have you seen a skill or attitude gap?
To look at it from the employee side, check out this map that my colleague Paul Tosto put together yesterday. We asked people in the Public Insight Network who have dealt with unemployment to tell us about their search for work in this economy and what they've learned. Many of the people who responded did indeed take jobs that were not the same as the ones they had in 2008, some even taking significant pay cuts in order to find work.
View How's it going in Minnesota's job market? in a full screen map
Posted at 9:27 AM on December 10, 2011
by Bob Collins
(11 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Of all the cities where officials have dismantled the Occupy protesters, Boston may be the most symbolic, it being the home of the Freedom Trail and the place where patriots took a stand against a system they considered unjust.
But irony wasn't much of a concern when the cops moved in this morning, after informing the media they'd be allowed to watch.
As the Boston Globe tells it...
As police entered the site, they forced most members of the media to stand on the sidewalk on Atlantic Avenue, on the outskirts of Dewey Square. A line of about a dozen uniformed officers stood between them and the square, where at least 46 people were arrested.
Boston Police Superintendent William Evans said this was done so members of the media wouldn't interfere with the operation.
If there's one thing that the police around the country have discovered in the Occupy protests, it's that letting people see what's going on -- peaceful or not -- is not in their best interests.
What did the Occupy protests accomplish? Nothing, a Globe columnist contends:
The Occupiers, and many in the media, will argue that at a minimum they provoked discussion about the concentration of wealth in the hands of a few and the decline of the middle class. I'm not sure that's correct. The debate was already under way. Democrats have been harping on tax cuts for the wealthy over the last couple of years. Occupy was more a consequence of that discussion than its provocateur.
But whether one gives the Occupiers credit for the conversation or not, it's hard to see how they've played any role in figuring out a solution. The principal impact of the Occupiers' leaderless, agenda-free movement was pretty much to persuade everyone else that leaderless, agenda-free movements don't work. The Tea Party activists, with whom the Occupiers are often compared, turned their anger into political action. But much of the rhetoric from the Occupiers specifically rejected participation in voting and politics, leaving one puzzled as to how anything meaningful was to be accomplished.
The columnist complained the protests were making it impossible for anyone else to use the park. After the raids this morning, police erected metal barricades around the park.
Posted at 2:33 PM on December 8, 2011
by Bob Collins
(11 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Energy
An announcement from the Environmental Protection Agency could mortally wound the drilling practice known as 'fracking."
The EPA says it has proven that groundwater in Wyoming was polluted with chemicals injected into the ground to release oil and gas.
The draft report counters the claims by the mining industry that fracking does not pollute groundwater, the CBC reported today:
As part of the investigation, the EPA drilled two deep monitoring wells in the local aquifer and found synthetic chemicals, like glycols and alcohols consistent with gas production and hydraulic fracturing fluids. It also found benzene concentrations well above Safe Drinking Water Act standards and high methane levels in the deep wells.
The EPA also sampled drinking water from area wells and found chemicals consistent with migrations from areas of gas production in the drinking water, but stll below established health and safety levels. Nevertheless, health officials advised residents not to drink their water or use it for cooking.
"Given the area's complex geology and the proximity of drinking water wells to ground water contamination, EPA is concerned about the movement of contaminants within the aquifer and the safety of drinking water wells over time," said the draft report on the investigation released on Thursday.
This, of course, will not surprise groups in North Dakota (and elsewhere), who have battled frac operations...
In Texas, some well owners e don't need the EPA to tell them what they already know. They say when a frac mining operation split into a gas deposit, their water became flammable.
But the process also has increased domestic oil production and provided thousands of jobs, especially in North Dakota. In Duluth last week, a local newspaper heralded the process as a boost to the shipping industry.
And there's the battle. In one corner: damage to water and the environment. In the other corner: jobs.
Posted at 4:06 PM on December 2, 2011
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
If we got rid of pennies, what would we put on our bedroom bureaus to replace the old milk bottle full of pennies?
These are the many questions that are surfacing as this video, posted this week, zips around the Internet. Another: How will we raise sales taxes -- as we have for the arts, outdoors, gasoline, and maybe the Vikings -- if we can't raise them by an amount that provides a round-up to the nickel? That would raise all sales taxes to at least a dime.
Here's another question: What would happen to fundraising ideas like the one? In Peterborough, Ontario, a kid started raising money for a Christmas charity. Noah Leslie only asked for pennies "because it's the least you can ask for." Today, he announced he's raised $1,229.36 in pennies, which a bank is matching.
The same thing happened, more or less, over in New Richmond. Kids in a middle school last month held a "penny war," raising about $700 for a food pantry:
The rules were: Each homeroom competed against other homerooms in the same grade. All silver and bills counted as negative toward their totals and pennies were counted as positive. The team with the highest positive amount (or closest to zero if they were all negative) was the winning homeroom, explained NRMS physical education teacher and Student Council co-advisor Karen Stellrecht.
The teacher said she wanted to teach the young people that every penny counts.
Posted at 1:48 PM on December 2, 2011
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
It's a typical result of a big class action settlement. By the time the damaged parties get compensated, there's not much money left.
Ticketmaster announced today it's giving $1.50 refunds to people who ordered tickets from the service between Oct. 21, 1999 and Oct. 19, 2011.
Business Insider reports the settlement of a class action suit comes because Ticketmaster did not tell anyone that they make a profit off "processing fees." In other words, it wasn't really a "fee," it was just a money grab.
The settlement doesn't ban Ticketmaster from doing this in the future, it just has to say on its website that it's doing it. People will also get an additional $5 if they used "expedited delivery" because Ticketmaster was apparently adding a profit margin to the actual cost of UPS delivery, too.
Coincidentally, tickets for next March's Buddy Guy concert in Minneapolis went on sale this afternoon. Here's the breakdown of what people are forced to pay on a typical Ticketmaster order:
Ticket price: $54.50
Facility charge: $4.00
Convenience charge: $12.55
Taxes: $1.36
Order processing fee: $7.21
So what good did the lawsuit against Ticketmaster do? This line in the story answers the question:
Also, the Counsel attorneys plan to ask for an award of up to $16,500,000 in attorneys' fees and expenses, as well as $20,000 to the two plaintiffs who brought forward the class action in the first place.
You could buy all the seats for the next 113 Buddy Guy concerts at the State Theater with that kind of money.
Posted at 1:44 PM on November 30, 2011
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
There's no limit, apparently, to who banks will foreclose upon, but at least in Atlanta, there's a limit for the people who actually have to do the dirty work.
A 103-year old woman was allowed to stay in her home, after the movers and the sheriff's deputies refused to carry her out.
Posted at 11:36 AM on November 30, 2011
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
We were driving home from Aitkin last Friday afternoon and spotted a "home" on Mille Lacs -- I think it was in the Garrison area -- made of a shipping container. Maybe they're at the front of a parade.
Today, for example, Fair Companies reports on a single mother in California who didn't want to add a mortgage to her student loan debt. She was offered a shipping container for free, and made a home out of it.
Good luck trying the idea in most communities in Minnesota, though. It'd be against many local zoning laws.
Posted at 12:32 PM on November 28, 2011
by Bob Collins
(11 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
If you ever have an urge to get away from the crowd in downtown St. Paul, there are fewer places with more solitude than Macy's. Since it's days as a stripped-down Dayton's, to Marshall Field's, to Macy's, it's always been a little bit sad to stroll through downtown's last department store.
The Pioneer Press reports today that store executives say the store is making money, which is hard to believe given how few people seem to shop there. Still, it's hard to find people who think the store will remain open after its obligation to do so expires at the end of next year.
"I think the handwriting is pretty much on the wall for the St. Paul store," David Brennan, co-director of the Institute for Retailing Excellence at the University of St. Thomas, told the newspaper.
Macy's has to stay open until next December in order to satisfy the terms of a city subsidy in 2001 to revamp what was then Dayton's. Many people think it's the only reason the store is still open at all. Light-rail construction has made it impossible to drive near the area, even if people wanted to, which they clearly don't.
Other plans for retail downtown have stalled badly. The plan for the Penfield, a large condo project around the old police station, were downsized and nothing has happened on the site. In 2008, Lund's announced it would open a grocery store at the project with construction scheduled to start in 2009. It never happened. The site looks pretty much like what it looked like three years ago. I took this picture three years ago Thursday.

The Lowertown section of the city was just getting vibrant -- and to a degree, still is -- when light-rail construction started last year.
But even so, downtown Saint Paul remains the Bermuda Triangle of retail.
Posted at 1:35 PM on November 18, 2011
by Bob Collins
(31 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
If I said my property taxes went up $75, would that be a lot? What if I said they went up 3 percent?
My property tax statement came in the mail yesterday and it shows they're going up $75, or 3 percent. To me, 3 percent sounds worse than $75, which, of course is only $6.25 a month. I probably can swing it.
In a story about Floodwood earlier this week, we noted that property taxes on one business have gone up 36 percent the last 10 years. Is that a lot? It's hard to say without actual numbers. For example, if the typical tax bill was $1,500 a year, that's an average increase of about $57 a year. Is that out of line? Inflation alone would have increased that $37 a year.
Every year, I invite people to add their particulars in the comments section below. How much -- in actual dollars -- is your property tax bill rising -- or falling?
Also, the Public Insight Network is gathering data on the subject here.
Posted at 1:38 PM on November 17, 2011
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
As part of the quick-fix solution to Minnesota's budget shortfall, lawmakers last spring decided to sell the state's tobacco settlement -- the windfall it made from its lawsuit against the tobacco industry in 1998 -- in the form of bonds. The state has now sold its windfall.
Basically, the state is playing the part of the people yelling out the window.
Anytime you sell future earnings, you're going to lose in the long run. The companies that bought the "bonds" have agreed to give the state a pile of cash now, in exchange for the state giving them two piles of cash later. The state will apply $640 million of the sale to erasing part of the state's budget deficit. For that, it will pay over $1.2 billion over 20 years, MPR's Tom Scheck reports.
Almost from the time the tobacco case was settled, politicians have fought over how the money would be used. Originally, Gov. Ventura and DFLers wanted to set up a public health endowment with $1 billion. The Republicans wanted to give it to taxpayers with a one-time tax cut.
The payments were to come from the tobacco companies into perpetuity and go into the state's General Fund. The first payment was about $100 million. By halfway through the last decade, it was estimated to be twice that. The state got about $169 million in 2011.
There were also six one-time payments between September 1998 and January 2003. They were to go to two endowment funds and one legislative account. They funded the Tobacco Use Prevention and Local Public Health Endowment, the Medical Education Endowment, and an Academic Health Center Account within the Medical Education Endowment, according to the House Research Department.
Over that time, adult smoking in Minnesota dropped from about 22 percent immediately after the tobacco settlement, to about 17% in 2007.
Posted at 1:48 PM on November 15, 2011
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
In western North Dakota, the oil boom is making a lot of people rich. It's also making it enticing to kick members of the military out of a place to live.
Minot has never been on the dance card of many people in the military. It's a missile base on a flat piece of prairie with a wicked wind chill. But at least the people who served in the Air Force could find a place to live there. What with the expanding oil boom and this year's Souris River flood, those days are over.
"It's a war zone," says Stacy Baldus, a native of Grand Meadow, Minnesota.
Next June, she and Lt. John Nordstrom will be married and be that much closer to putting Minot in the rear-view mirror. For now, however, they have no idea where they're going to live, nor how they can afford the good times in North Dakota on military pay.
Single people in the Air Force are not allowed to live on base and have to fend for themselves in the real estate market. Lt. Nordstrom was renting a small house for about $1,000 a month when the flood hit.
"His landlord was going to rebuild, the rent would be the same, and we'd finish up his stint," Ms. Baldus told me this afternoon. Then, with a FEMA loan to help rebuild, and the housing market tight, and an influx of oil patch workers, the owner decided he needed to make more money and raised the rent to nearly $2,000 a month. There's a lot of that going on in North Dakota.
"He was trying to be as nice as he could ," she says. "We didn't need anything fantastic; it's just a small house."
It's even worse to the west. In Williston, 125 miles away, a one-bedroom living area is going for $3,000 a month.
An Air Force lieutenant can't afford that kind of money. With living on the base off-limits for single people, and a waiting list for those who are married, many airmen are essentially homeless, she says.
"Many of the apartments in Minot are owned by real estate companies outside of North Dakota, and they have found an easy way to boost profits by exploiting the very real housing shortage," Lt. Nordstrom said in an e-mail this afternoon. "Many people on fixed incomes, such as retirees, teachers, and military personnel, cannot afford to stay in their place. The lack of any kind of protective legislation for these people is causing serious pain to those affected, and it finds its roots in the oil boom."
Lt. Nordsrom has been "bouncing between friends." for six months. "It's definitely been tough on a number of different people, those who live on base and weren't directly impacted by the flood, a lot of them have opened up homes to people," Stacy Baldus says. "Initially, it's an easy commitment to make, but it goes on."
"We can't sign up on the waiting list until two months before we're married, and then the wait is about a year and a half," Ms. Baldus said. "But we're going to be out of here in a year and a half."
It's a crisis, she says, and one that's going unnoticed in the boom times. "It's added a lot of stress. Minot's a little isolated. They just recently had a suicide on base, and this puts a lot of added strain. We get the national news, and we hear about all these wonderful opportunities in North Dakota, but not about the downside."
Posted at 1:20 PM on November 10, 2011
by Bob Collins
(12 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
It's done. WalMart has killed Thanksgiving -- as expected. The giant retailer has responded to other stores following its lead by opening at midnight on the Friday after Thanksgiving, by announcing today it will open at 10 p.m. on Thanksgiving, the Pioneer Press reports.
Posted at 10:51 AM on November 4, 2011
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Religion
In New York, Coney Island Bialys and Bagels, which Morris Rosenzweig, a Jewish immigrant from Poland founded in 1920, was about to go out of business.
Zafaryab Ali and Peerzada Shah first tasted bagels when they arrived from Pakistan 16 years ago.
The New York Daily News has the compelling story today of Ali and Shah's -- two Muslims -- effort to keep the place going, and keep it kosher.
"I felt I had to save this store," said Ali, 54, who worked for Rozenzweig's grandson Steve Ross for 11 years, making bagels and bialys by hand, committing to memory the recipes Rosenzweig brought over from the old country.
Ali, a married father of two young girls, said he quit five years ago to earn a bigger paycheck as a cabbie.
"I'm happy I can take care of this store, turn a profit and make customers happy," Ali said.
Ali and Shah said geopolitics that divide Muslims and Jews have no bearing on making 95-cent bagels and their flatter, oniony cousins, the bialys.
The Jewish Daily Forward, which first reported the story, had a fitting conclusion to it:
When asked about the patchwork of neighborhood ethnicities that makes possible the Muslim ownership of a landmark kosher Jewish bialys store, Ali said with a smile, "That's America."
(h/t: Ken Paulman)
Posted at 3:18 PM on November 3, 2011
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

The longer the economy remains a disaster, the more people may start wondering whether some of America's cities are anything but a lost cause and, if so, what does that mean?
In Highland Park, Michigan -- Detroit -- the city can't even pay its electric bill, anymore, so the city is turning off street lights.
"How can you darken any city?" the Associated Press quotes Victoria Dowdell asking as she stood in the halo of a light in her front yard. "I think that was a disgrace. She said the decision endangers everyone, especially people who have to walk around at night or catch the bus.
In 1980, the census counted 27,000 people living in Highland Park. By 2010, that number had fallen to 11,776.
The median household income is $18,700, compared with $48,700 statewide. And 42 percent of the city's residents live in poverty.
"It's pretty ghetto," Cassandra Cabil said from her front yard. Voices drift in the darkness from down the street, but the speakers can't be seen.
It was an auto city, of course, and nobody thinks the jobs are ever coming back.
Yesterday on Twitter, actor Denis Leary called attention to this documentary being made about Detroit.
BURN: One Year on the Frontlines of the Battle to Save Detroit (Kickstarter sneak peek) from BURN on Vimeo.
In Washington state, the governor is thinking about getting rid of school buses.
For the most part, it's not that dire -- yet -- in Minnesota, where MPR's Ground Level project has been documenting the cuts that cities are making: Foley, for example, is cutting police protection, Nowthen is about to decide whether to also give up all but emergency services, libraries are being closed, and businesses are closing and cutting back.
Street lights, cops, libraries, school buses. These were once the "core services" of government and their demise signals a new phase of deterioration.
The unanswered question is: Can it ever change or is this the new America in which we try to "save" only those whom we believe can be saved?
Posted at 11:45 AM on November 1, 2011
by Bob Collins
(15 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Just about every major retailer is going on "all in" now on opening at midnight on the Friday after Thanksgiving.
"People want to shop through the night," Martine Reardon, Macy's executive vice president of marketing told the Associated Press. She said the expanded hours were in response to customers' requests.
Really? People were asking to be able to go shopping at midnight? Were store employees begging to go to work at midnight, too?
Kohl's announced today it, too, will open at midnight. In a press release, company chairman Kevin Mansell said. "We are making shopping easy and even more convenient this holiday season." Just one question: What's convenient about shopping for slippers for Uncle Andy at 1 in the morning?
The next step in retailing seems obvious: Destroy Thanksgiving Day. Target, for example, will experiment with Thanksgiving Day openings in Denver, matching some of the other discount store competition.
That makes it less convenient to get the family together on one day of the year without having to be distracted by going to work or going shopping. But perhaps people aren't requesting that.
Posted at 10:50 AM on October 25, 2011
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Life
"Can you watch that gate and make sure none of the cows walks through?" Mena Kaehler asked as she drove by with a bucketloader full of silage for some of the heifers and bulls on her and her husband's 163-acre farm in St. Charles last week. It's a little after 7 a.m. -- morning chores time.
It was a reasonable request of two public radio city slickers -- me and photographer Jeff Thompson -- who were anxious to show our agricultural chops, minutes into spending the day with the Kaehlers in southeast Minnesota farm country.
While Thompson and I chatted at the gate, at least one heifer walked by us undetected and into the no-cow zone. The escapee was Miss Hoya Saxa, who was scheduled to be picked up in an hour or so by her new owner, having been sold at an online auction a few days ago for more than $24,000.
"No!" the anguished voice from the returning bucketloader shouted. Mena Kaehler recognized that the family's big payday was heading for the running of the bulls, and not needing to acknowledge that public radio city slickers make lousy gate guards.
It didn't take much for her to steer the bank account back to safer ground, and she didn't have to tell us the lesson we just learned: Every detail matters on the farm, and inattention can cost you plenty.
Mena and Ralph Kaehler are the fifth generation of Kaehlers working this farm, and with any luck, there'll be a sixth someday. One of their sons is working in New York, trying to get a bankroll started to buy a farm. The other is a student at Ridgewater College in Willmar. They hope to be partners one day.
(Ralph Kaehler leaves early for a work assignment at a farm in Mabel, MN. He asks his wife, Mena, to take a corn sample to the grain elevator to have its moisture content checked.)
But there's a rite of passage on the farm. "You don't come here to get into farming," Ralph Kaehler says. "You go somewhere else first, and then you come back." Ralph went to Colorado to get a Masters degree, where he met Mena, and came back to Minnesota to take over his part of the farm from his mother 20 years ago. His dad died in 1984.
You also go to college. All seven children of Kaehler's mother, Maxine, went to college. "I did it," she says proudly when I asked her how.
"We want to be able to give them this farm; we've told them that from day one," Mena says of her own sons. But, she adds, there's no family pressure to continue the farm.
It'll be a challenge if they do, though. The farm, on which the Kaehlers raise cattle, is small at 163 acres. "We wouldn't be able to farm 163 acres if Ralph didn't have an outside job, too," Mena says. Ralph is district sales manager for Quality Liquid Feeds.
There's little room for the expansion that keeps most farms in business by necessity. Cattle raised for breeding and beef need space, but pastureland is hard to come by these days in Minnesota.
Mena Kaehler brings a plate of cookies to her brother in law, Ed, who is harvesting corn on property he rents from the Kaehlers
It's harvest time, a chance to recalibrate the rhythm of rural Minnesota. Ralph's brother, Ed -- 12 years older -- has moved his combine onto Ralph and Mena's property. He rents the land from his brother to plant corn, and when he's done, the Kaehlers will graze their cattle on the corn flotsam over the winter.
"You have to treat this like a business, even though family is involved," Mena says. "And it is a business, but you still have to sit at the table at Thanksgiving."
"Ralph got a good deal," brother Ed says of the lease on the land from which he's pulling a season's worth of corn, sounding more business partner than brother.
"It's a good time to be a farmer and anyone who says different isn't telling the truth," he says while waiting for the combine to disgorge its pickings into a bin that a tractor will take to a semi parked nearby, and then take it to Ed's farm where it will be dried and stored until the price is right.
![]()
( From an office in his 1800's farmhouse, Ralph Kaehler sells cattle to the world and manages his feed business.)
These days, the price is right. Corn is selling for nearly $6 a bushel. But farmers are as concerned about its moisture content during harvest as the price it fetches. The summer dry spell has created fairly dry corn, which should minimize the amount of time and energy required to dry it.
On this day, a computer in the combine tells Ed the corn he's picking has 17 percent moisture content. The shipper at the river in Winona won't accept anything over 15 percent. The ethanol plant farther away will not only take corn with a higher moisture content, it'll pay a little more than "taking it to the river." But the river is closer.
Details.
From his perch in the combine at the top of a hill, Kaehler can see the past and, maybe, the future. He points out four or five neighboring farms and recites the number of dairy cows each raised at one time. Then he points out the farms that still have dairy cows. He points to one farm.
People are moving out here from St. Charles and buying farmhouses. "They just want their five acres," he says. He laments that he doesn't know half the people who live in the county, anymore.
He says every farm used to raise at least one pig. "Now, you can't find a pig in Winona County," he says. Apparently, the family pig is the agricultural canary in the coal mine.
He describes a litany of challenges to farmers of smaller operations. "It's not a fair playing field," he says. Monsanto sells seed to larger operations at a fraction of the price it'll sell to him and other small farms. When land comes on the market, it's snapped up for far more than a local farmer can afford to pay.
Cropland prices are about 20 percent higher this year from a year ago, according to the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. When the price of corn goes up in farm country, the price of everything else goes up, too.
"The owner of that property lives in Chicago," Ed Kaehler says, gesturing toward a neighboring field. "They can never make enough off it" considering the price paid, but with the differing tax laws, owners can write the difference off against other parts of their operations.
Ironically, those big operations might be his ticket to a nicer combine. This one -- 12 years old -- is reaching the end of its life. Government incentives and a big spike in the farm income have made it likely the bigger operations can afford the price of a new combine. That should lead to a glut of used combines for the smaller operation to buy.
It's big money on the farm these days. "How do you get into farming if you don't grow up on a farm?" I ask.
"You don't," Ed says.
It's a debatable point. Earlier, Ralph Kaehler said young people willing to "start at the bottom and work their way up" on a farm can advance to managing or owning one. But that, he acknowledges, isn't a strong suit for young people. Many employees of larger farm operations in Minnesota are recent immigrants.
Kaehler halts his combine; the semi is now full of corn and has to be taken to his farm 10 miles away. His cousin, Bob Larkin, has arrived from Redding, California to help bring in the harvest. While Kaehler waits, Larkin drives 10 miles to Eyota to unload the morning's bounty.
Larkin, a retired truck driver, returns to Minnesota in the spring to help Kaehler plant, and in the fall to help harvest. "I have the best of both worlds," he says. He avoids a Minnesota winter. While here, he spends a fair amount of time in the truck. If he's not hauling corn to the dryer at Ed's house, he's taking it to Winona, and waiting two hours to unload it. It takes seven minutes for the ubiquitous grain trucks to unload a full load of corn if all goes well.
On this day, things don't go well. An attachment on a tractor -- called a power take off -- snaps as it powers the auger, which carries the corn to a silo and dryer. Corn starts spilling everywhere.
"This is going to take longer than I thought," Ed says after also driving the 10 miles to answer Larkin's call for help. The harvest of 2011 grinds to a stop while he figures out what's causing the shear bolt on the attachment to snap repeatedly.
Back at the Kaehlers, Miss Hoya Saxa has been loaded into a trailer and is on her way to her new home. Ralph, back from a morning feed tank construction job in Mabel, MN., is trying to get a veterinarian to stop by for a round of vaccinations before a cattle show at the State Fairgrounds. But eight is too much for the vet to make time for the next day. He'll work out the details later.
(After lunch with his wife, 90-year-old mother, and a man who has worked for the family for 43 years, Ralph Kaehler stops to mail letters in the small town of Utica, Minnesota. Many small town Post Offices are closing, but Kaehler says everyone ends up in another town everyday anyway, so he doesn't think it'll cause big problems )
Kaehler is, unsurprisingly, as animated a booster of Minnesota agriculture as the state has. If there's a conflict between the types of farming done around the St. Charles area -- large, small, Amish, cattle, dairy, swine -- it doesn't show when he surveys the region.
He's clearly proud of the good times the industry is experiencing, but mindful that there's a yin and yang to agriculture. "It wasn't long ago I'd get up in the morning knowing I'd make less than the day before and there wasn't a damn thing I could do about it," he says while driving to the giant Daley Farm of Lewiston, a family-run farm with 1,500 cows, and a stack of employment applications on a counter in the office.
He points out the environmental benefits of the large-scale operation, answering criticism of the industry not yet stated. The family has spent $1.5 million on a new technology that reclaims the bedding sand from manure from four huge barns. The cows appear to be well pampered, and a younger generation of farmer seems well established.
(At the Daley Farm, cows stand on a moving platform while being milked. Computers monitor the health and production of the cow.)
The manure lagoons at the farm are being replaced by two large ponds of mostly-liquid fertilizer that will be injected into the cropland rather than spread by tossing it through the air, as is the practice at most farms.
At the dairy where the cows are milked for all but three hours a day, the harvest ended a little more than a week ago. But it's not shipped elsewhere. "It's a self-sustaining operation," Kaehler points out. Most of what the cows eat is grown on the property, which is picture tidy and oozes "professional."
Throughout the valley, there's a "newness" surrounding agriculture. Across from the Kaehlers, Twin Valley Ag Coop has opened a gleaming new grain elevator and farm services facility. Its owners -- farmers -- deemed the time right to move from downtown. In Utica, the old grain elevator with its traditional Purina Checkerboard Square sign has been replaced by a more modern facility. The farm implements dealer appears to be selling and the sheen on the valley proclaims that while the rest of the nation's economy tanks, this is agriculture's time.
Kaehler seems to know everybody in St. Charles, Lewiston, and nearby Utica, all stops during his day. He knows Fidel Castro, too, and may be the only person ever to upstage Jesse Ventura. During a trade mission, the then-governor played second fiddle to Kaehler and his family while negotiating to sell beef to Cuba.
Farming and politics are often joined at the hip. As darkness falls, lights of the combines dot the black fields along U.S. 14. Mena Kaehler is driving to Winona for a meeting of the Winona County Planning Commission, which is holding a public hearing on frac sand mining. Ralph is off to a Farm Bureau meeting.
Mena isn't planning to say anything at the hearing, but she's the chairperson of the Winona County Board of Commissioners and there's a fair chance she'll have to decide on a proposed moratorium in a matter of weeks.
By close to 10 p.m., the commission still has only tackled one of the three proposals when it takes a break. She notices commission members are stocking up on rations of Mountain Dew and figures it'll be a long night before the next early morning on the farms of Winona County, where the harvest doesn't sleep in.
Posted at 7:56 AM on October 22, 2011
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Bob Larkin, of Redding California, comes to Minnesota twice a year -- planting time and harvest time -- to help his cousin, Ed Kaehler of Eyota, MN. "I get the best of both worlds," he says, returning to California during Minnesota's winter to enjoy retirement.
He's unloading corn that his cousin just picked with the combine, but before it goes to market, it has to be dried. Each truck holds about 1,000 bushels of corn -- worth close to $6,000 on the grain market this week.
The roads of rural Minnesota are full of grain trucks this week; the fields are being transformed by combines before the winter comes.
It's a good time to be a farmer in Minnesota, so long as you've got a cousin to help, and don't mind working weekends.
I'll have a post about NewsCut's visit to the farms next week.
Posted at 12:36 PM on October 18, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
At a time when 99% and 1% are feuding, this might not be the best time to make a big splash out of extravagant and wasteful wealth.
No matter, if you're Neiman Marcus, which unveiled its annual Christmas "catalog" today in Dallas.
John E. Koryl, president of Neiman Marcus Direct, tried to put a working class spin on the unveiling, pointing out half of the 600 items are under $250.
These are not among them:
His and her dancing fountains: When you spend $1 million on these, the store will done $10,000 to an organization that works to provide safe drinking water to people in developing countries.

For the job creator who has everything, this $20,000 weekend for two at a farm in upstate New York will help you plot your own garden. Too busy for a weekend. Just spend the day for only $9,500.

You and nine friends can jet -- of course it's a private jet -- to the International Flower Show. Cost: $420,000.

Apparently, this tent's interior is designed to look like the inside of the genie's bottle in the TV series, I Dream of Jeannie. Cost: $75,000.
Posted at 10:35 AM on October 17, 2011
by Bob Collins
(8 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Wall Street is one tough taskmaster.
It is being characterized as "disappointed" in the earnings reported today by Wells Fargo bank and, as a result, the Dow industrials are dropping.
What did Wells Fargo do to warrant such scorn? It reported a $4.1 billion profit in the third quarter, a 21-percent increase over a year ago.
But while its profit increased, the amount of revenue the bank generates did not.
Still, more people are putting money in the bank than taking it out -- deposits are up 8 percent, and the total amount of "bad" loans dropped.
How can Wells Fargo increase its revenue? The company has dropped all of its reward programs for credit cards and is "testing" a monthly fee in some markets, mostly in the south.
What's good for banks and Wall Street isn't always so hot for customers.
Posted at 10:39 AM on October 13, 2011
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Away from the bright lights surrounding protesters on Wall Street, Raj Rajaratnam continued his relative anonymity outside of the financial world, even though he is, as the Wall Street Journal said today, "the face of the biggest trading scandal in a generation."
He was sentenced today to 11 years in prison, although prosecutors want a near 20-year sentence for insider trading.
Federal prosecutors in Manhattan had accused Mr. Rajaratnam of persuading fellow hedge-fund traders, industry consultants and even corporate directors to provide him with confidential corporate information as he searched for an "edge" over the investing public. Prosecutors alleged Mr. Rajaratnam made profits or avoided losses of $72 million through his trading.
He got caught, but judging from this "debate" with financial insiders on CNBC today, he won't be the last to get rich illegally. Not with the assertion that insider trading is a "victimless crime." (Note the unusual spine displayed by a show host in this video.)
Posted at 12:30 PM on October 12, 2011
by Bob Collins
(28 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I've been thinking a lot these days about the local hardware store that ran Home Depot out of town in Brattleboro, Vermont a few years ago. It couldn't compete in all of the areas where 'big" dominates, so it competed in a way "little" dominates -- friendly, customer service.
It's the sort of lesson that American business should have learned going into a recession and, obviously, some have. But good customer service remains a vanishing experience.
Over the weekend, I received a package I'd ordered from a big chain -- auger belts for the snowblower that bears the company's name. But inside were two engine pulleys, not rubber belts.
If you've ever ordered anything online, you know that you search for a part number, get a listing with pictures and then click "add to cart." It's pretty hard to mess it up, especially if (a) the page doesn't include engine pulleys and (b) you can spot the difference between an engine pulley and a rubber belt.
And yet, when the box was opened, there were the engine pulleys.
"There's no place in our system where that mistake could have been made," the customer service woman on the phone said when I called. "So you are responsible for the cost of sending them back."
It wasn't so much that she was so clearly wrong -- I've coded a web page or two in my day and I can tell you eight different ways an online ordering system could introduce errors -- it was the sweet voice that did little to mask the underlying derision. A sweet voice in customer serviceland acts like the word "alleged" in news stories about crime. It's not meant to indicate that maybe the guy didn't do it, it's meant to keep the lawyers out of the newsroom. But that's a story for another day.
I'm not much of a consumerist. I don't argue with customer service people. But I had a hard time hearing this one because next to her cubicle, a group of her colleagues were laughing and carrying on, perhaps regaling each other with their phony sweet voices while actually saying, "You should die."
"I can hardly hear you, could you please tell your colleagues to keep it down?" I said.
"No, sir," she said sweetly. "I can't do that."
Message received: "Your business doesn't mean anything near as much to me as me letting you know how much I dislike you and your engine pulley story." Allegedly.
After telling me it would cost $7 to send the package back, she offered to send me the items I actually ordered. "It will be $32. $48 after the shipping charges," she said.
I let it go. It would be pointless to ask why sending a package back to the company (a package of engine pulleys weighs more than a package of rubber belts) would be half the cost of sending a package to me. And, besides, by then I didn't want to give this company any more business.
A consumer today has but one option during times like this. Shop elsewhere and tell Twitter. So I did, and yesterday a person in the company's executive offices called and offered me a $40 gift certificate for my trouble.
Continue reading "Why some 'job creators' don't get 'it'"
Posted at 11:27 AM on October 12, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
You don't often see a capital city of a state declare bankruptcy. I'm not sure we've ever seen it before.
We've seen it now, a possible indication of the growing dysfunction of state and local governments.
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania is filing bankruptcy papers today, owing to a project to renovate a city incinerator.
The move also will be a test of who pays when a city goes belly up: The institutions who lent the money or the people who work for the city?
"The people who lent us money were in the business of lending money; they knew the risk," Harrisburg controller Dan Miller told CNBC, sounding unapologetic about becoming a municipal deadbeat.
"What have you done to the unions?" CNBC's Jim Cramer asked.
"We haven't done anything," Miller said. "In bankruptcy we'll have leverage. Our prior mayor signed five-year extensions just before he left office. They're supposed to get 4 to 5 percent raises a year."
It's been a long-time coming. The city has been trying to sell assets -- parking garages, for example -- to pay the bills, but now the state is threatening to take over the city.
On a wider scale, the move signals worry that municipal bonds, the engine that finances local government projects, may not be much of a safe bet anymore.
Posted at 1:16 PM on October 11, 2011
by Bob Collins
(18 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
There is now an organized anti-Occupy Wall Street social networking effort. "We Are the 53%" is a tumblr blog

The site was started by Erick Erickson, and refers to studies showing the number of people who do not pay federal income tax.
The Occupy groups have a tumblr blog too: We are the 99%:

This is how we discuss issues in 2011.
Posted at 3:21 PM on October 4, 2011
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
We're always looking for economic signs and signals in this business. Here are some of the favorites we've spotted from the Occupy Wall Street protest in the last two days.
(via Flickr. David Shankbone)

(Emmanuel Dunand/Getty Images)
Posted at 1:07 PM on October 3, 2011
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
As usual, figuring out the state of the economy and where it's heading is a matter of interpretation. Here are three stories to help:
Survey suggests region's economy continues to grow (AP)
Layoffs coming to Minn. factories, survey predicts (MPR)
Reports show Iowa, Midwest economies could face challenges (Des Moines Register)
By the way, those headlines are all describing the same survey.
Posted at 2:07 PM on September 29, 2011
by Bob Collins
(25 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Unlike when I first moved to the state almost 20 years ago, you don't see many people with their checkbooks in hand at the checkout line anymore, thanks to the debit/ATM card. Minnesota, more than any other place I'd visited, had a love affair with the checkbook.
Cup of coffee? Hang on while I write this check. Minnesotans seemed to write checks for everything.
That all ended when the debit/credit card replaced it, but are the heady days of checkbooks in the back pocket about to return?
Bank of America announced today that it's going to start charging $5 a month for its customers who use debit cards.
The announcement coincides with the October 1 start of the Dodd-Frank Act's Durbin amendment, which caps fees banks can charge merchants for processing debit cards to 21 cents per transaction, potentially costing banks billions of dollars in fee income.
Plug a leak somewhere, it'll sprout somewhere else. There's a reason why banks have the biggest buildings in most cities.
Wells Fargo has been testing a $3-a-month fee in some states to see if people will rebel against it. The test markets do not include Minnesota, however.
It's not just the banks that are causing a big jump in plastic. VISA and Mastercard are planning to sharply raise the debit card transaction fees for small purchases for merchants, according to an analyst note today.
As the Associated Press reported, it's going to change the way you pay for things...
Such a hike could pose problems for the operators of self-service kiosks like DVD rentals, which would have to deal with a big increase without alienating customers, the analyst said. It also risks alienating important merchants like Starbucks Corp. that rely on small purchases, he said. "These operators will be violently opposed to this price change," and could slow down their investments in new technology needed to accept mobile payments in response, Janney Capital Markets analyst Thomas McCrohan said. It will also "reinforce merchants' view that the networks are not friends of merchants."
And the increased costs of transactions undoubtedly will be passed along to consumers. Will gas stations again have a two-tiered pricing system -- one for debit/credit and one for cash? Will your $1.84 coffee go to $2?
And, most important, are you the consumer going to accept the cost of debit cards or change the way you pay for things? Will cash make a comeback? Is the checkbook still alive?
Well?
Posted at 10:57 AM on September 28, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
We got another on-the-street glimpse of what a dying economy looks like today.
In Louisville, General Electric's Appliances & Lighting unit had 480 openings and planned to begin taking applications today, calculating that it would probably have enough online applications by Friday to find 480 people to hire for a planned expansion in February.
It shut down the application process today after 1 hour when it amassed 6,000 applications.
The jobs will pay about $13 an hour.
Posted at 12:40 PM on September 22, 2011
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The word "panic" was used generously today to describe a big sell-off on Wall St. By the time I made it to the website to view what that meant, the Dow was already down about 300 points. Bad, indeed, but certainly less than I expected when I heard the "p" word.
Matt Nesto of Yahoo Finance noticed it, too:
Three little words within a six paragraph statement released yesterday afternoon by the Federal Reserve have global markets in panic mode. The key phrase "significant downside risks" used by the Fed is an observation that in and of itself is not breaking news. Aside from the forecasters at the White House, no one was expecting an optimistic view on economic growth.
The same could be said for the Fed acknowledging "strains in global financial markets." Again - who hasn't noticed that Europe has some issues?
I am not trying to trivialize this sell-off, or suggest anything other than (my longstanding) angst for the US and global economies. I am trying to draw a line between selling and panicking. When basically every market and asset class in the world drops 3% to 10% (with exception to Treasuries and the US dollar), it suggests that something major just caught the market by surprise.
The experts tells us not to pay attention to daily swings in the Dow 30 industrials, but there we are day after day, hanging on what it's doing.
The Dow, as I write this, is down 419 points. I'm ruined. Worst it's ever been. Panic, indeed. The Dow stands at 10,697.69. You'd have to go all the way back to August 10 to find a lower point.
If it closes that low, it will be the lowest the Dow has closed since one year ago tomorrow, when the recovery seemed to be holding, things were looking up, and our cups seemed half full.
Posted at 10:36 AM on September 19, 2011
by Bob Collins
(25 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Not having a masters -- or anything else -- in business, it's hard for me to see the wisdom of the announcement that Netflix is separating itself into two companies -- one that will mail you DVDs, and one that will sell you streaming video. Still, one easily gets the feeling we're watching how a CEO can take a company and drive it into the ground.
Reed Hastings, the co-founder of Netflix, must've had that feeling too, because his announcement that Qwikster will now handle DVD mailing as a separate company started this way...
I messed up. I owe everyone an explanation.
"It is clear from the feedback over the past two months that many members felt we lacked respect and humility in the way we announced the separation of DVD and streaming, and the price changes. That was certainly not our intent, and I offer my sincere apology. I'll try to explain how this happened.
Over the summer, Hastings had announced a huge price increase for Netflix (the DVD Netflix, I mean, Qwikster. Or whatever), which caused people to drop the DVD portion and stay with streaming, a service that has a much smaller film library. The stock plunged.
In his apology today, Hastings announced his company's -- companies -- new direction:
Continue reading "It's the movies, stupid"
Posted at 11:00 AM on September 12, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
![]()
(Source: Mother Jones)
It was all so clinical. Just like that, 30,000 jobs were wiped away from Bank of America today when it vowed to save about $5 billion a year. If you're "doing the numbers," that's about $167,000 saved for every job eliminated.
The bad news, which was anticipated, was delivered with typical corporate efficiency:
The first result of New BAC was the recently announced management reorganization, removing a layer of management and streamlining the company by aligning its businesses with the customer groups.
This reorganization follows on work that started in January 2010. The company continues to sell non-core business units and assets that don't support its strategy, thereby strengthening the balance sheet, and improving capital and liquidity.
One of the people losing their job, however, is not Ken Lewis. He already has, largely because he thought it would be a swell idea if Bank of America bought Countrywide Financial back in early 2008 for $4 billion. It's been a huge money-loser ever since.
When he was forced out some months later, he walked away with an $83 million "goodbye package" from the bank.
Somewhere, there's a person wondering how they're going to pay the mortgage, send the kids to college, and put food on the table when the unemployment checks run out.
That person is not named Ken Lewis.
Posted at 1:23 PM on September 8, 2011
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
Mike Dukakis is firing back at Gov. Rick Perry for his jab at Mitt Romney last night.
Perhaps you remember the moment:
Former Gov. Dukakis tells the Boston Globe "All I know is that Perry was nice enough to compare my economic record with Romney's. But then, it would be very difficult not to do better than Romney's."
The reality? Politicians take too much credit -- and dish too much blame -- for things.
The early 1980s were a great time for Dukakis' home state but not because of anything Dukakis did. It was more the ebb and flow of an economy.
True, the state had lost lots of jobs in the '60s and '70s as the state's textile mills moved to the Carolinas.
But the explosion in jobs during the "Masschusetts Miracle," as it was called, had more to do with luck. Dukakis and other politicians rode the coattails of some small companies that struck it big with a nation entering the computer age. Digital Equipment, Apollo, Data General, Lotus Wang Labs, Prime Computer, and Polaroid were the big employers of the time.
The unemployment rate in Massachusetts then was 2.7%
Why those companies were there in the first place, however, offers a more instructional view of the economy -- and how jobs are created (rather than stolen from somewhere else) -- than punch lines at political debates attest.
The answer: That's where MIT was. And Harvard. That's where the smart people were. If they'd been in Texas, maybe the companies would've been located in Texas, too.
Today, however, only four companies in the top 10 list of employers in the state have anything to do with technology. The rest are mostly headquarters of retailers who provide low-level wages -- TJ Maxx (1) Staples (#2, that's Romney's company), BJ's Wholesale.
There is one health-care industry in the list, spawned, perhaps, by the Boston-area's hospital industry.
How much did a governor have to do with any of that? Not much, really.
Texas at the moment is hot, and part of it may have to do with political policies. Low housing prices and low taxes have encouraged companies to move there. Minnesota, for example, lost a fair number of high-paying railroad jobs when Burlington Northern merged with Santa Fe and everything moved south.
But that's not really creating jobs; that's moving jobs and while that distinction might be downplayed at the gubernatorial level, it can't be ignored at the presidential level. Taking a job from Minnesota, for example, and putting it in Texas hasn't created a job.
Lost in the assessment of the economy from the 1980s, is that its success depended on smart people with big ideas.
To the extent we're running short of jobs right now, perhaps it's because we're tapped out on big ideas.
Anybody got one?
Posted at 9:02 AM on August 30, 2011
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media
"That's really incredible," a CNBC anchor said this morning, seconds after the Conference Board reported that consumer confidence dropped to its lowest level since April 2009.
Incredible? Not really. People are influenced by reality and also the perception of reality. They may have the same income they had last month. They may have the same jobs. They may have even been able to sock away a few dollars. But if you keep up a steady drumbeat of, "things are getting worse and we may be heading for another perception," how reasonable is it to expect people not to lose confidence?
Clearly, fear is not the only thing we have to fear. But fear plays a big part in increasing worry. And worry is what makes people stop spending and people not spending is what creates recessions and recessions are what gives people more fear, which increases worry, which makes people..... well, you get the picture, right?
"A contributing factor may have been the debt ceiling discussions since the decline in confidence was well underway before the S&P downgrade. Consumers' assessment of current conditions, on the other hand, posted only a modest decline as employment conditions continue to suppress confidence," Lynn Franco, director of The Conference Board Consumer Research Center, said in a statement.
Those expecting business conditions to improve over the next six months decreased to 11.8 percent from 17.9 percent, while those expecting business conditions to worsen surged to 24.6 percent from 16.1 percent, the Conference Board said. Those anticipating more jobs in the months ahead decreased to 11.4 percent from 16.9 percent, while those expecting fewer jobs increased to 31.5 percent from 22.2 percent. The proportion of consumers anticipating an increase in their incomes declined to 14.3 percent from 15.9 percent.
But the people surveyed aren't economists. It's regular consumers. And what those consumers think about the future makes up 60 percent of the survey results.Their view of the jobs outlook depends on what the people they listen to say is the outlook on jobs.
Sometimes those are the TV and radio business reporters. Sometimes it's the presidential and congressional candidates who point out how horrible things are and how worse they're going to get if you don't elect them a year from now.
More often than not, we think what we're told we should think. So the emotional component of a country's economy certainly presents a problem for politicians and reporters -- how to portray reality without contributing to a worse reality.
So far, few have mastered it.
American Public Media's Marketplace is taking a stab at it with it's new "Index," which purports to quantify the state of things on a daily basis via point system. It's unclear -- at least to me -- whether that's a step in the right direction of balanced economic assessment, or a step toward making the emotional component of the economy even worse.
What do you think?
Posted at 10:29 AM on August 22, 2011
by Michael Olson
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
"The U.S. Federal Reserve mounted an unprecedented campaign to head off a depression by providing as much as $1.2 trillion in public money to banks and other companies from August 2007 through April 2010," reports Bloomberg News.
The staggering amount far surpasses the $160 billion given in public bailouts to large banks after the 2008 housing market collapse.
How much is 1.2 trillion?
Denominated in $1 bills, the $1.2 trillion would fill 539 Olympic-size swimming pools.
Posted at 11:45 AM on August 15, 2011
by Michael Olson
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Elected leaders in Sterns County are being asked to enact no-wake restrictions as high water swamps area lakes.
A group of lakeshore property owners grind their teeth every time they see a boat speed by their property and the high water waves slowly erode their land. Property owners have erected handmade "no-wake" signs that plead with boaters to slowdown without much success. Now they are heading to the county to request that wakes be curtailed until the water recedes.
The St Cloud Times reports that the request is being met with opposition from resort owners who rely on tourists that like to feel the breeze blow in their hair and drag their kids on tubes behind speed boats.
Jim DeRose owns Riverside Resort on Cedar Island Lake near Richmond. He said when Stearns County adopted a temporary no-wake zone for five days in July, some customers canceled their reservations.DeRose said many of his customers look forward to boating, water skiing and tubing.
"They're not going to book a vacation if there's a chance they can't use their boat," DeRose said. That has an economic impact on the whole county, he said.
The paper points out that it's unclear if a no-wake zone is enacted if it would include all area lakes or just those hardest hit by flooding.
Posted at 8:49 AM on August 15, 2011
by Michael Olson
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Prime Minister David Cameron echoed the sentiment of many in the United Kingdom when he put the riots that spread across Britain in context.
"This has been a wake-up call for our country," he declared.
Cameron continued, "Social problems that have been festering for decades have exploded in our face. ... Do we have the determination to confront the slow-motion moral collapse that has taken place in parts of our country these past few generations?"
Cameron said senior ministers of his 2-year-old coalition government would spend the next few weeks formulating new policies designed to reverse what he described as a country being dragged down by many citizens' laziness, irresponsibility and selfishness. He said "the responsible majority" was demanding that the government build "a stronger society." (AP)
The BBC reports that Cameron's approach is expected to mirror that which was pursued in Los Angeles after the 1992 riots post-Rodney King verdict.
The LAPD learned tactics like bringing in large numbers of police officers, and the national guard, making a huge number of arrests to show their strength.But the police also went through a long period of soul-searching after the riots.
"Across the board we made changes in our police department, adding more officers - more women, more minorities, a lot more Hispanic officers to match the community make up," said the LAPD's Commander Smith.
Posted at 2:35 PM on August 12, 2011
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Marketing and advertising
A Fargo marketing firm this afternoon posted this video promoting the people at American Crystal Sugar company.
Yesterday, many of those faces may have been standing on the bridge that separates Fargo from Moorhead.
Workday Minnesota has posted its own "faces" of the company's workers, 1,300 of whom have been locked out of the Moorhead plant since workers rejected a contract offer that they say increases health care costs and makes it easier for the company to hire subcontractors instead of union workers.
Posted at 12:43 PM on August 10, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Until the nation's news media figures out how to photographically depict the effect of the stock market on the majority of people -- and it must have an effect; it's been leading the news for several days -- we'll have to live with the daily front page photograph of the the faces of stock traders.
Once we know the outcome, it's easy to see the "this can't be happening!" look on the face of the trader.
Or is it?
Pick the stock traders below who were working on days the market dropped. The answer is below "the fold." You can click on the image for a slightly bigger version.
Continue reading "What do the faces of stock traders tell us?"
Posted at 3:04 PM on August 9, 2011
by Michael Olson
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Disasters, Economy

Looters in London have been going strong for days. Police presence is being stepped up. Police also are seeking public assistance in identifying alleged looters in images captured by surveillance cameras. Another, seemingly grassroots, strategy is being deployed: sarcasm.
Enter Photoshoplooter, a Tumblr blog of crowd-sourced images edited to make looters look even more ridiculous.
Posted at 12:04 PM on August 9, 2011
by Jon Gordon
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
From Jeff Jones of APM's Public Insight Network:
There's a sense this week that everything's changing again with the economy, and it's either time to make a big decision or put off that big decision.
MPR's Public Insight Network is hearing from people reacting to the stock market turmoil.
Here's an audio montage they produced of three people reacting to yesterday's 5.6% drop in the Dow in very different ways. One woman decides this isn't the time to reconsider her work/life balance after all. A corporate actuary is consciously deciding to do nothing because weeks like this are exactly what diversification is for. And a small business owner actually spent the weekend advising a customer not to buy a truck from her for at least a week, until things calm down.
Posted at 2:19 PM on August 8, 2011
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media
Finding examples of poor journalism is like shooting fish in a barrel today, what with the stock market meltdown and all.
Here's a headline from the front page of CNN.
It rather looks like advice, doesn't it?
It's not.
Five paragraphs into the story, we get the real context of the quote:
"Investors are having one reaction to the downgrade: sell first and ask questions later," said Paul Zemsky, head of asset allocation with ING Investment Management.
Posted at 11:24 AM on August 8, 2011
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media
One question: If the stock market is so all-fire important to everyone, how come news organizations can only figure out one kind of photograph when covering it?
A few examples:
Washington Post
Los Angeles Times
FoxNews
CNN
BBC
This is all, of course, quite depressing. Bring us back to the reality of what people really care about, Texas!
Posted at 11:05 AM on August 8, 2011
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media
Faced with an overwhelming assault by news organization headlines warning of the market catastrophe that lay minutes ahead, there was a moment this morning that I almost cashed out all of my retirement portfolio that's in equity markets and joined who knows how many others on the sideline.
This goes against everything I've learned firsthand in 40 year of working for a living, but in the absence of even a decent nugget of information telling me what I should do, I felt no choice but to give in to the gloom. Only laziness prevented me from acting, but I wonder how many millions of Americans, more energetic than I, are reacting to the steady drumbeat of news organizations in addition to whatever market savvy they have?
So it was interesting to hear a caller on Midmorning today who insisted the media isn't, as alleged, "making things worse."
"I absolutely think that's true," Ross Levine, a financial planner said in response. "If you look at what's really going on as far as how companies are reporting their earnings, and if you look at the fact the dividend yield in the S&P is close to what 10-year Treasuries are paying, it's almost obscene that the markets are continuing to sell off at this level, and I think market short-term is very emotional. Market short term look like the weather forecasts; you have no idea what they're going to do in the short term. But long term, we have a pretty good sense of market valuation and that's going to be based on earnings, and it's going to be based on dividends, and it's going to be based on getting the economy going again."
"There's been a theme throughout this thing of 'shoot the messenger,' said Heidi Moore, the New York bureau chief for American Public Media's Marketplace program. "You see it with S&P and you see it with journalism. What we're trying to do here is inform people for the most part about what's going on. If those people are telling us that they're expecting a crisis, that they're expecting a panic, that they're expecting the Apocalypse, then of course we're going to reflect that. And when those people don't say that, we reflect that as well. It's important to note that it's not the press creating this; the press and S&P did not spend us into a $14 trillion deficit. So we have to kind of focus here on the issues, and I think people put way too much emphasis on what words are used, and they read stories to see which political parties they support. It's not really about that; it's about are we keeping you informed enough so you can do your duty as a citizen? And that means you have to read the financial news and be able to filter that."
"Words are important," Levine countered. "If you take two situations and you look at the stock market and you say, 'stocks are having a major sell-off,' or 'stocks are trading at the lowest valuations we've seen in three years,' people will interpret that differently. I think that the words shape the context of the story. I'm not saying it's the press' fault because the press is reporting and I think they're doing a good job... but I do think words matter and the interpretations of those words matter even more."
Ms. Moore acknowledged the market is emotional and a reflection of the psychology in it. "I do think the words matter, but for daily market movements, that doesn't tell us so much about what's going on in the economy."
And it doesn't tell me what I'm supposed to do about any of this.
Posted at 3:05 PM on August 4, 2011
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Timing is everything.
3M boss George Buckley told the Securities and Exchange Commission in a filing that he plans to sell a third of his shares in his company by the end of the year.
The filing said Buckley could sell up to 376,037 shares, worth about $32.4 million based on the stock's Wednesday closing price of $86.18 a share, the Star Tribune reported this morning.
In the egg Wall Street laid today, 3M's stock dropped almost 5% in value, to $82.23 a share. Buckley's value of the shares he intends to sell dropped $1.5 million. It lost $364,000 in the last 20 minutes of trading.
He'll probably be OK, anyway.
Posted at 1:30 PM on August 4, 2011
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The stock market, you may have heard or felt in your portfolio, is having a lousy time of it.
The last time I checked, the Dow Jones Industrial Average was down 372 points to stand at 11,501. That's a big drop, of course. The Dow is down more than 1,000 points from its recent high, which means you don't want to be hitting "one step update" on Quicken anytime soon. Oh, and you don't want to retire.
Clearly, there's lousy economic news to feed the bear. But the "lousy economic news" is also a media narrative that creates even more lousy economic news. To feed the narrative, you have to work harder for new angles to explain just how lousy the economy is. That's simply the way it works in the news business.
That's not saying things aren't lousy; they obviously are.
But you see that picture up there? We're using it to accompany the story today about how lousy things are and it's clearly captioned as a file photo from May 25, 2010 (No sense buying a new one; all pictures of stock market traders look the same). Things were perceived as lousy on that date, too, apparently.
Those panicked traders had no idea what August 4, 2011 would bring. On May 25, 2010, the Dow lost 22 points and closed about 1,500 points lower than it will today.
Everyone come in off the ledge. There's something terribly wrong if I'm the half-full guy around here.
Posted at 1:00 PM on August 4, 2011
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
(If you don't see the WCCO story above, go here)
It's a good life when the worst that can happen is Caribou Coffee runs out of cards for its summer sticker promotion that gives people a free cup of joe every so often.
Posted at 10:53 AM on August 4, 2011
by Bob Collins
(10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The economy is beyond the means of mortal people to understand, which doesn't prevent me from trying.
Let's take a look, for example, of this morning's economic reporting, in the order I consumed. it.
Act 1: I heard this on Marketplace last evening....
Right now about 75 percent of companies have reported, and we're on pace to have record earnings. You know, that beats 2007, when the earnings were all phony banking profits.
Act 2: - Unemployment dips in sign of improved job market
The number of people seeking unemployment benefits dipped last week, a sign the job market may be improving slowly.
Sweet.
Act 3: Target reported its earnings this morning. Phil Picardi reported on them as I drove in this monring...
Minneapolis-based Target says a key sales figure rose more than 4 percent last month as shoppers bought groceries and health and beauty products. Target says overall sales for the four-week period climbed 6 percent from the same quarter last year to 4-point-8 billion dollars.
Six percent? That's great, right?
Over to you, Wall Street. Bring it on home!
Act 4:


Ruh roh.
Posted at 3:30 PM on August 2, 2011
by Bob Collins
(11 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Did the politicians ever talk to the financial "experts" before coming up with the "solution" to the debt crisis?
It wouldn't seem so. For a second day, the financial community is weighing in on the debt solution signed into law by President Obama today. Financial community to politicians: "Your deal stinks."
The Dow, at last check , is down almost 300 points. The S&P 500 has turned negative for the year, and those aren't even the indicators that matter to the experts. For the Dow, it's been the longest losing streak -- 8 days -- since the fall of 2008, which was also the fall of the American economy.
Economist Ed Yardeni, quoted in the Wall Street Journal, said "One especially negative PM told me: 'This is the 1930s on Prozac!' That's a very clever turn of phrase. In other words, we are in a depression, but thanks to very stimulative monetary and fiscal policies, it hasn't been another Great Depression so far."
Mohamed El-Erian, chief executive officer and co-CIO of Pacific Investment Management Co., says the politicians not only didn't make the future any better, they made it worse.
"We're out of the woods in the sense that we will avert this real threat of the technical default," Mr. El-Erian says. "However if you judge it in terms of the broader objectives, which is to put the country on the path of medium-term growth and medium-term fiscal viability, we may have made things worse rather than better," he said.
That's just the kind of pick-me-up the financial markets need.
U.S. Treasuries -- that is the indicator people in the know pay attention to -- rose for a fourth straight day today. They're considered a safe-haven when the economy tanks.
Or, as Neil Irwin, the economics reporter for the Washington Post put it...
In his subsequent article, Irwin describes the problem faced by the Fed.
The basic challenge for the Fed is this: It is charged by Congress with maintaining stable prices and maximum employment. But when those goals are in conflict with each other, the options are difficult to decide. That's the circumstance the nation faces now: It's adding jobs too slowly to reduce unemployment. Yet prices are rising at about the 2 percent or so annual pace that the Fed considers to be stable. Anything Fed leaders do to try to address the dire job market could push inflation above their comfort level.
Many politicians playing chicken with the economy last week said they didn't believe the tales of woe about the economy would happen if the debt crisis persisted.
It's happening, presumably because the solution is no solution.
Posted at 12:14 PM on July 25, 2011
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The Wall St. Journal has today's most sobering graphic: An interactive map that documents the percentage of unemployed people who have been out of work for at least a year. Minnesota, with a comparatively low unemployment rate, ranks 41st in the category. Nevertheless, one out of five people unemployed in Minnesota, has been jobless for at least a year.
The majority of out-of-work Minnesotans are unemployed for between five and 14 weeks.
Find all the data and play with the map here.
Posted at 3:02 PM on July 15, 2011
by Jon Gordon
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
While the Minnesota state budget battle is moving toward a final resolution, the federal fight is moving into high gear.
A new tool might help you make sense of a complicated issue.
"If you ever wanted to control where your tax dollars go, here's your chance to decide," begins the Budget Hero game from American Public Media's Marketplace.
"A new Web game has finally brought every American taxpayer's fantasy to life," writes CNET.com. "Budget Hero 2.0, a timely update to an earlier title, gives players the chance to choose where their tax dollars are spent while simultaneously working to save our ailing economy."
Play it, and let us know what you think.
Posted at 12:09 PM on July 8, 2011
by Bob Collins
(14 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
When the monthly unemployment figures come out, we become a nation of economists. But it doesn't take a degree in economics to realize that things are bad in the economy right now.
Unemployment last month reached 9.2%, and those are just the people who still want to be in the labor force. The actual percentage of people without jobs might be almost twice that.
Third District Rep. Erik Paulsen took to the floor of an empty U.S. House of Representatives this morning to offer his solution...
A close look at the economic argument reveals a complexity -- in the sense that a chicken-and-egg scenario is complex -- that most politicians' speeches don't address. Lower taxes and lower spending by government means smaller government. Smaller government requires fewer employees. Fewer employees requires more unemployment.
That's the reality behind the numbers released today.
According to the Labor Department, private businesses added jobs last month (though it was the fewest number in a year):
Within professional and business services, employment in professional and technical services increased in June (+24,000). This industry has added 245,000 jobs since a recent low in March 2010. Employment in temporary help services changed little over the month and has shown little movement on net so far this year.
Health care employment continued to trend up in June (+14,000), with the largest gain in ambulatory health care services. Over the prior 12 months, health care had added an average of 24,000 jobs per month.
In June, employment in mining rose by 8,000, with most of the gain occurring in support activities for mining. Employment in mining has increased by 128,000 since a recent low in October 2009.
Employment in leisure and hospitality edged up (+34,000) in June and has grown by 279,000 since a recent low in January 2010.
What sector of the economy is shedding jobs like there's no tomorrow? Government. According to the Labor Department:
Employment in government continued to trend down over the month (-39,000). Federal employment declined by 14,000 in June. Employment in both state government and local government continued to trend down over the month and has been falling since the second half of 2008.
There's no question that private hiring could be much better than it is. But at a time when Congress is debating whether to increase the national debt, it's difficult to see how the private sector is going to add jobs, government spending is going to drop, and taxes are going to be lower, all while avoiding enough pink slips for government workers to make the unemployment rate in the nation climb.
It didn't happen in June.
Posted at 8:53 AM on June 28, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| City | Change from a year ago |
| Washington | 4.1% |
| Los Angeles | -2.0% |
| New York | -2.8% |
| Atlanta | -3.5% |
| Dallas | -4.0% |
| Denver | -4.1% |
| Boston | -4.2% |
| San Diego | -4.3% |
| San Francisco | -5.5% |
| Miami | -5.5% |
| Las Vegas | -6.2% |
| Charlotte | -6.6% |
| Cleveland | -6.7% |
| Seattle | -6.9% |
| Detroit | -7.3% |
| Tampa | -7.7% |
| Chicago | -8.4% |
| Phoenix | -8.8% |
| Portland | -9.1% |
| Minneapolis | -11.0% |
| City | Change from March |
| Washington | 2.0% |
| Minneapolis | 1.1% |
| Atlanta | 0.9% |
| New York | 0.5% |
| Phoenix | 0.3% |
| San Francisco | 0.2% |
| Miami | 0.0% |
| Denver | -0.1% |
| San Diego | -0.1% |
| Seattle | -0.2% |
| Chicago | -0.3% |
| Cleveland | -0.4% |
| Tampa | -0.6% |
| Portland | -0.7% |
| Las Vegas | -0.9% |
| Charlotte | -0.9% |
| Boston | -1.0% |
| Dallas | -1.1% |
| Detroit | -1.8% |
| Los Angeles | -2.0% |
Posted at 11:32 AM on June 23, 2011
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Energy
Gasoline prices have been falling lately -- almost 50-cents a gallon -- so it was a surprise today when the Energy Department announced its tapping the strategic petroleum supply in an effort to push the price of gasoline down.
Energy analysts expect the move will mean lower gasoline prices for consumers this summer. That would give Americans more discretionary spending power, helping businesses ranging from grocery stores to ice cream parlors. It will also give manufacturers and truckers a break, because the price of diesel fuel is expected to drop as well.
What will it mean? It means the price of gasoline will drop, then it will go back up again.
Some data earlier this week helps to explain why.
MasterCard reported that the demand for gasoline rose .4 percent from a year ago because the price has fallen...
"As prices continue to fall, gasoline demand seems to have climbed into barely positive territory in year-over-year terms, after the 1 percent to 2 percent declines recorded throughout most of April and May," John Gamel, director of economic analysis for SpendingPulse, said in the report.
It's an intriguing cycle. As prices rise, mostly because of demand, consumption falls, which creates more of a supply with less of a demand, causing prices to fall.
There's no question, of course, that the high price of energy threatens the global economy and the weak recovery from the economic collapse. The blog, The Oil Drum today said that should be enough for governments "to wake up and introduce serious energy policies to deal with the clear and present dangers posed by peak oil."
Christopher Helman at Forbes.com says Americans weren't going to feel the effect of the Libyan oil cut until later this summer, and today's move -- coordinated with OPEC -- indicates a longer term view of what's coming than merely the price of gasoline today.
Markets move based on today's fundamentals and expectations of future supply and demand. The coming months, as we head into the driving season, would likely see the impact of the Libyan crisis felt most keenly; this is why the IEA is acting now. Some producer countries have announced their intentions to raise production, but it takes time for these incremental barrels to be produced and shipped to consuming markets. The use of IEA strategic stocks now will help bridge the gap until these new supplies are available. The IEA will continue to monitor the situation. If supply remains disrupted and markets remain tight in the future, the IEA does not exclude another decision to make additional supplies available to the market.
There's another angle to all of this, of course. Politics. Jay Hancock's economic blog at the Baltimore Sun smells something that's not oil.
This isn't what many people believe the petroleum reserve is for. It's widely thought of as being there for true emergencies such as war and severe supply shocks. This isn't as nakedly political as if reserves had bene tapped in summer 2012. Nevertheless, the political overtones could hurt Obama
Posted at 12:02 PM on June 17, 2011
by Bob Collins
(15 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, The jobs we do
Bernie Ockuly, of Cleveland, fairly well bristled last January when he read an MIT professor's suggestion (by way of News Cut) that people who have been unemployed for 99 weeks probably aren't trying hard enough to get a job. He knows better.
Workers ages 45 and over make up a disproportionate share of the long-term unemployed -- those who have been out of work for six months or longer, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
Ockuly, who is now driving as a long-haul trucker and stopped during a run through the Twin Cities on Thursday, is the "mancession" up close. He had a long career as a salesman and manager in the truck leasing business, survived 10 mergers, takeovers and countless management changes.
"Except for one," he said. The one that left him unemployed at age 56.
He started with the giant Fruehauf Corporation and his career ended 33 years later -- November 2006 -- with XTRA Lease. "I got an award for $2.5 million in sales in March, the company changed hands in July, and they gave me a cardboard box to pack up and get out in November," he said.
It was a devastating moment, but not as devastating as a year earlier, when a doctor told him he had prostate cancer. When the company's "hatchet man," told him he was being let go, he told him, "I've gotten worse news from smarter people than you."
He beat cancer, then unemployment. A friend's offer to help out as a salesman ended after six months in a collapsing economy. Then, though the managers of a distillation plant told him he was overqualified, he told them "I'll do a good job for you and show up every day." They hired him. But the plant, owned by Veolia, closed last May. Bernie Ockuly was unemployed again. It wasn't for lack of trying.
He was willing to work for much less than what he was used to making, but found no offers. "I was turned down left and right for $10- to $12-an-hour gigs," he said. With no jobs to be had, he helped a friend in Illinois bring in last fall's harvest, blogged about the experience, and showed the side of him that apparently can turn any task into fun.
That's when the idea of driving a truck for a living was born. The 65% subsidy for continuing his COBRA medical coverage (from the economic stimulus bill) was soon going to end, and he couldn't afford a $1,500 a month payment for health care. So he found a work retraining grant and learned how to drive a truck commercially.
There was a job to be had, but it involved leaving home and hitting the road.
A few months ago, he was hired by an Oregon trucking company and has been seeing the United States since. Being away from home has its drawbacks, although his children are mostly grown now. He says of his wife in Cleveland, "we've never gotten along better."
He went into the business eyes wide open, researching the lifestyle and business aspects of it on the Internet. "There's about a 100-percent turnover in it," he said, as he took his cheeseburger out of the bun and chewed on fresh vegetables at a cafe in White Bear Lake. Since starting his new career, he's lost weight by not eating like his new career generally dictates.
He writes about his experiences on Facebook and still shows wide-eyed wonder at the road that lies, literally, ahead. "Crossing the Continental Divide has a whole new meaning when one is struggling to pull 80,000 pounds up a mountain pass, even with 450 horses under the hood," he said. He rates the Columbia River Gorge and a lonely, two-lane highway in Nevada as favorites so far. His stop this week in Fargo gave him the opportunity learn some history.

This week he dropped off Coors Beer in Washington state and picked up french fries that will be delivered today in Plover, Wisconsin.
With time on his hands before his scheduled arrival in Wisconsin, he spent last evening with local friends boating at sunset on Bald Eagle Lake.
"Life is good," he says. From high up on his perch in the cab of his truck, one almost can't see the mancession.
Posted at 11:00 AM on June 15, 2011
by Michael Olson
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Global food prices have increased 37 percent in the past year. Researchers at the United Nations expect prices to stay high.
Roughly two-fifths of people in 17 countries say high food prices have changed what they eat. People in poorer nations are hit hardest by increased costs according to Bloomberg.
A survey conducted for Oxfam International indicates that more than half of the 16,000 respondents are eating different food than they were two years ago.
"Huge numbers of people, especially in the world's poorest countries, are cutting back on the quantity or quality of the food they eat because of rising food prices," Raymond Offenheiser, the president of the U.S. affiliate of Oxford, UK- based Oxfam, said in a report. (PDF)
The Guardian has an interactive graphic that provides detail on price changes of the global food supply. Take a look at how wild sugar prices have been.
Is your family feeling the pinch? What are you doing differently in the kitchen?
Posted at 2:03 PM on June 8, 2011
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Pew Research is out with a survey this afternoon that says "46% say they are hearing mostly bad news about the nation's economy." What's the story there? That 54% of people apparently aren't.

It's not, however, as if most people are finding things pretty cheery; most are finding a mix of good and bad news on the economy. This is a big deal because economies are notoriously emotional things. A 9-percent jump in people who say they're hearing mostly bad news probably means most people believe what they're hearing and are likely to make some decisions because of it. That's the kind of thing that starts recessions.
This is one of the challenges facing presidential candidates. They will hammer the Obama administration mercilessly in the coming months, potentially causing consumers to pull back, stuff the nation into a recession, which -- if they're successful with their strategy -- they get to inherit.
The dismal science, indeed.
Maybe the economy needs more people in search of instant gratification. A separate study says if that's the case, young people are the answer. The survey said the more credit card debt and college loans young adults had, the higher their self-esteem and the more they felt in control of their lives.
Until they turn 30, according to the Discover Disco Blog.
Right around that fateful 30th birthday, however, the stress of owing tons and tons of money seemed to kick in. Starting at age 28, the more debt people had, the bigger a hit their self-esteem took. This may be because if you ask an 18-year-old with a credit card how much money they expect to making by the time they reach the distant age of 30, they'll probably put the figure at around a bajillion dollars. By their late 20′s, these folks "may be realizing that they overestimated how much money they were going to earn in their jobs," as Dwyer puts it. "When they took out the loans, they may have thought they would pay off their debts easily, and it is turning out that it is not as easy as they had hoped.".
Posted at 10:56 AM on June 6, 2011
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Barry Ritholtz at The Big Picture has an intriguing graphic posted today. It's a historical comparison of the top 1% of income owners in major countries.
It comes from the Paris School of Economics, which is also building an online database to allow you to crunch the numbers some more. Unfortunately, it's not entirely built out yet, although you can do a little playing on it.
Posted at 10:52 AM on May 31, 2011
by Bob Collins
(10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| City | Change from February |
| Seattle | 0.1% |
| San Francisco | -0.1% |
| Los Angeles | -0.3% |
| Phoenix | -0.5% |
| Denver | -0.6% |
| Tampa | -0.7% |
| Portland | -0.7% |
| San Diego | -0.8% |
| Miami | -0.8% |
| Dallas | -0.8% |
| New York | -0.9% |
| Washington | -1.1% |
| Las Vegas | -1.1% |
| Boston | -1.7% |
| Cleveland | -1.8% |
| Atlanta | -1.9% |
| Detroit | -2.0% |
| Chicago | -2.4% |
| Charlotte | -2.4% |
| Minneapolis | -3.7% |
Posted at 1:31 PM on May 6, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I'll be honest with you. I still struggle to understand exactly what was going on in the last scene of Trading Places, but I at least I knew it was entertaining.
Floor trading is like that, apparently, even if you don't know what's going on. It is soon to be a relic as more trading is taking place online. The day of the floor trader is numbered.
It was one year ago today that the Dow dropped 1,000 points before it recovered before the close. It turned out to be a mistake because someone entered some numbers wrong in a -- and isn't this ironic? -- a computer. But the traders didn't know that.
This floor trader, who works for a Web site that broadcasts him live each day, provided a great "call" of the disaster, rivaling the greatest of horse racing announcers.
Shortly before the close today, the Dow was up about 35 points, in an entirely non-entertaining session.
(h/t: The Big Picture)
Posted at 8:48 AM on April 26, 2011
by Bob Collins
(11 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| City | Change from January |
| Detroit | 2.0% |
| Cleveland | 1.2% |
| Washington | 0.7% |
| Chicago | 0.7% |
| Dallas | 0.5% |
| Atlanta | 0.4% |
| Phoenix | 0.0 |
| Los Angeles | -0.1% |
| Denver | -0.2% |
| New York | -0.2% |
| Las Vegas | -0.3% |
| Tampa | -0.4% |
| Boston | -0.6% |
| Charlotte | -0.6% |
| Portland | -0.8% |
| San Diego | -0.9% |
| San Francisco | -1.1% |
| Minneapolis | -1.3% |
| Miami | -1.4% |
| Seattle | -1.7% |
| City | Change from a year ago |
| Washington | 2.8% |
| Boston | -1.0% |
| Dallas | -1.2% |
| San Diego | -1.8% |
| Los Angeles | -2.1% |
| Denver | -2.5% |
| Cleveland | -2.8% |
| New York | -3.1% |
| San Francisco | -3.4% |
| Detroit | -3.6% |
| Charlotte | -4.9% |
| Las Vegas | -5.0% |
| Atlanta | -5.8% |
| Tampa | -5.9% |
| Miami | -6.1% |
| Portland | -7.0% |
| Seattle | -7.4% |
| Chicago | -7.5% |
| Minneapolis | -8.2% |
| Phoenix | -8.5% |
Posted at 1:34 PM on April 25, 2011
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Tech
Lawson Software is about to be sold, according to the Wall St. Journal. Infor, a Georgia-based software company, is said to be the winning suitor.
But the bigger question is what happens to Lawson's St. Paul presence? Nobody, so far, is talking about that because the deal hasn't been announced yet. But downtown St. Paul watchers are like Vikings fans; thinking that things like this are bound to end badly.
But maybe not. The Georgia company has dozens of companies and offices spread around the world and doesn't appear to be the type to close out-of-town properties and move everyone to Georgia. The company already has one facility in Minneapolis (SoftBrands).
As of last fall, the company had 700-800 employees working at its St. Paul headquarters. Any economies of scale in a takeover may cut into the Minnesota workforce.
By most accounts, the Lawson addition to St. Paul has been a decent investment. Former Mayor Norm Coleman lured Lawson to downtown St. Paul, offering to build the company's headquarters for $101 million, then selling it to a real estate firm for about half that in 2000, keeping the retail space -- known as Lawson Commons --and the parking ramp in city hands.
Although one parcel on the sidewalk property has been problematic, most of the rest of the retail space seems to be relatively full with a mixture of chain and high-end restaurants. The area around Landmark Center, where Lawson is located, is among the downtown's brightest spots.
The city is already facing a likely challenge downtown in late 2012. Macy's committed to staying downtown when taxpayers paid for a $6.3 million loan to renovate the store. The loan is forgiven if the store stays downtown through Dec. 31, 2012. After that, the company is free to leave.
Posted at 3:45 PM on April 22, 2011
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Now that the economy is rebounding, more people are shedding their spouses, the Financial Times reports (registration required)
During the recession, couples who were out of work or unable to sell their house stayed married to save money. The percentage of the population 15 years and older who counted themselves divorced dropped to 9.7 in 2009, from 9.9 three years earlier, according to the Census Bureau. More than half of the 1,600 attorneys who are members of the American Academy of Matrimonial Lawyers reported a downturn in their business in 2009, the most recent year for which survey data are available.
Divorce hasn't become any less bitter, some of the divorce lawyers contacted said, but the issues are changing. Before the economic collapse, couples argued about who gets the house, now they're arguing about who gets stuck with it.
Posted at 11:54 AM on April 20, 2011
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
MinnPost's Jeff Severns Guntzel is mapping every vacant property in Minneapolis, a worthy effort in light of a shift in attention from the mortgage market meltdown to what will happen with all of these empty buildings in Minneapolis and elsewhere.
On CNBC, this morning, one "analyst" had this idea: knock them down, says Joseph LaVorgna, Deutsche Bank's chief economist.
"If we have excess housing, why not pay to remove the excess supply from the market, the marginal supply goes up, people feel wealthier, and it deals with the problem, "LaVorna said.
"It shouldn't count on taxpayer dollars to do any of it, " CNBC's trader/ranter Rick Santelli countered. " He says if the idea has merit, the owners of record -- usually a bank -- should pay.
Most experts figure the housing market won't rebound until the "excess supply" of foreclosed houses are off the market, either because someone buys them or someone destroys them.
(Video: Craig Stellmacher)
Posted at 10:08 AM on April 18, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
What was your favorite economic recovery moment?
It all went up in a cloud of uncertainty today when Standard & Poor's said there's a 1 in 3 chance it will lower its credit rating on the United States. That's fancy talk for the U.S. isn't a trustworthy debtor, a hard pill to swallow for the country once seen as the most stable economic power in the world.
It raises the possibility of the country defaulting on its obligations.
On CNBC this morning, analysts talked about ending "the big party we're having," while ignoring the elephant in the room...
MPR's Midmorning today considered the nation's debt with a guest from the left and a guest from the right.
What's the elephant in the room? Let's put it this way:You have a much better chance of hearing an "expert" utter the phrase "we can't keep kicking the can down the road" than you do the phrase "the cost of fighting three wars at once."
Posted at 11:16 AM on April 13, 2011
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Rolling Stone's Matt Taibbi, in an article due in the next issue, is making waves by casting light on part of the financial bailout he says gave away billions of dollars to financial fatcats -- and their spouses -- who gamed a system designed to free up allegedly frozen credit markets.
In his article, Taibbi describes the TALF program -- Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility -- in which "investors" put 10 percent down, the government puts up the other 90%, and assumes most of the liability.
Cue your Billy Mays voice, because wait, there's more! A key aspect of TALF is that the Fed doles out the money through what are known as non-recourse loans. Essentially, this means that if you don't pay the Fed back, it's no big deal. The mechanism works like this: Hedge Fund Goon borrows, say, $100 million from the Fed to buy crappy loans, which are then transferred to the Fed as collateral. If Hedge Fund Goon decides not to repay that $100 million, the Fed simply keeps its pile of crappy securities and calls everything even.
This is the deal of a lifetime. Think about it: You borrow millions, buy a bunch of crap securities and stash them on the Fed's books. If the securities lose money, you leave them on the Fed's lap and the public eats the loss. But if they make money, you take them back, cash them in and repay the funds you borrowed from the Fed. "Remember that crazy guy in the commercials who ran around covered in dollar bills shouting, 'The government is giving out free money!' " says Black. "As crazy as he was, this is making it real."
But a comment attached to Taibbi's article attempts to shift the discussion back to where it always seems to go. The meltdown wasn't the fault of the "big" people, it was the fault of the "little" ones.
The article is very slanted. What really happened: greedy irresponsible Main Street got caught up in a real estate frenzy thanks to easy credit, predatory mortgage brokers, and the naive notion that "real estate never goes down". Americans thought they could buy and flip homes forever with no doc loans. Wall Street didn't underwrite or default on these subprime mortgages, but was only guilty of packaging and reselling them to greedy investors who thought that real estate never goes down. When the bottom inevitably fell out, investment banks like Goldman and Morgan took a hit but still had billions on their relatively healthy balance sheets. They reluctantly became commercial banks at the government's urging so they could borrow from the Federal Reserve window, to improve consumer confidence and prevent a panic. The author's reference to "billions in emergency loans" is actually what they borrowed at the Federal Reserve Bank Discount window, just like all commercial banks have routinely done since 1913. The TALF was open to everybody and without such government lending, Main Street wouldn't have been able to get credit since 2008 when they started defaulting on mortgages and walking away from foreclosures. John Mack earned $41 million in 2006 and thus could easily afford a $13.5 million home in 2009 without government help. Once the crisis hit, he paid himself almost nothing for a couple of years before retiring as CEO. With the exception of Madoff, almost nobody from Wall Street is in jail, because almost nobody on Wall Street broke the law. Question is: why isn't Main Street held responsible for defaulting on mortgages, credit cards, and student loans? Americans' credit ratings go down but at the end of the day, unlike Wall Street, they don't have to repay their loans.
Posted at 2:45 PM on April 11, 2011
by Bob Collins
(23 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Is it time to get rid of the home mortgage interest deduction?
LiveScience.com reports today on a study from Kansas State University that says because most of the tax break goes to people making more than $100,000 a year, it doesn't adequately help the more dense urban cities.
Turner's study, based on household data collected from 1984 to 2007 by the Panel Study of Income Dynamics, showed that in denser, urban cities with limited available housing, the deduction has a negative impact because it both reduces homeownership and inflates housing prices.
"It's just driving up prices, which makes it harder to come up with the down payment," she said.
Believing in the theory that homeowners have more of a stake in the success of their community, Turner noted it's those urban areas where homeownership is needed the most to improve the community as a whole.
The mortgage deduction has been termed "America's favorite deduction," but as tax day approaches, it seems harder to find its friends.
ING Direct boss Arkadi Kuhlman, writing in the Wall St. Journal today, theorizes that it allows borrowers to spread their home payments out over too many years. He favors a deduction based, instead, on principal payments, rather than interest.
Must the U.S. government remove itself entirely from the mortgage market--or take away every family's favorite tax deduction--to fix it? Not necessarily. Congress could as easily create an incentive for consumers to pay down their mortgages by letting them deduct payments on principal, rather than on interest.
A successful model exists to our north. In Canada, the interest on mortgages is not tax deductible, which gives homeowners good reason to pay down their principal as quickly as possible. Canadian banks also hold about 75% of their loans on their books, which encourages more prudent lending. Thanks to such policies, just 1% of Canadian mortgages are currently in foreclosure or delinquent, compared to about 14% of American mortgages. The Canadian real estate market has already rebounded above pre-recession levels.
Posted at 1:47 PM on April 5, 2011
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Being fired for making an inadvertent mistake at work is not a reason for losing the right to unemployment benefits, the Minnesota Court of Appeals ruled today.
The court settled the case of Joan Dourney, who was fired from Panino's Restaurant in Shoreview, where she'd worked for 11 years, because she served alcohol to a minor (see update below). Dourney said she thought a woman, who was accompanying a man she knew was over 21, was old enough to drink.
Her boss ordered her to card the woman, Dourney removed the drink, and then she was fired. But the restaurant objected to her unemployment claim , saying she was guilty of employment misconduct and, therefore, ineligible for unemployment benefits.It appealed the unemployment claim that was approved by the state.
Today, the court said "even if a reasonable person would have carded the customer whom Dourney failed to card and Dourney's conduct could be considered negligent, (state law) expressly provides that inadvertence is not employment misconduct... Because Dourney's forgetting to card the customer was conduct marked by unintentional lack of care, the conduct was inadvertence." (Decision here)
The case, however, shows the extent to which a worker occasionally has to go to get unemployment
Update 10:29 a.m. 4/11 - The Department of Employment and Economic Development disputes two items in this post. Lee Nelson, an attorney for the department writes.
(1) The applicant, Joan Dourney, did not serve alcohol to a minor. A Department Unemployment Law Judge found, adn the Court of Appeals agreed on page six of its decision, that "We have no evidence that the individual was actually too young [to drink]." This would have been a very different case indeed had Dourney served a minor, and certainly a more sensational one, particular in light of the recent "Wally the Beer Man" verdict. But by all accounts the woman that Dourney served was at least 23 years old, and Dourney broke no law by serving her.
The "Wally the Beer Man" story is irrelevant to the context of the case regardless of whether Ms. Dourney did or did not serve a minor. The assertion that the woman was a minor was based on the reading that the server removed the drinks. I neglected to note that it was because the woman could not produce identification.
(2) Dourney was not involved in the case pending before the Court of Appeals. While Dourney was a seconday respondent, the Department was the primary responding party to the case under Minn. State. 268.1056 subd. 7(e), as unemployment benefits are paid from state funds. The Department drafted the brief defending Dourney's receipts of benefits, and argued the case in front of the Court of Appeals. Dourney played no role at all in this process. The "extent" wo which Dourney had to go to get benefits was actually quite minimal; a year ago she filled out the questionnaires that the Department sent to her, and participated in a brief telephone hearing before an Unemployment Law Judge.
The characterization of the difficulty an employee often has to go to get unemployment is based on the assertions of the establishment, not the work the Department has to go to at the Court of Appeals. The initial post stated, in fact, that the department approved her unemployment claim.
Posted at 11:12 AM on April 5, 2011
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
Eighth District Congressman Chip Cravaack has apparently signed on to Wisconsin Rep. Paul Ryan's budget-cutting plan that constitutes the line in the sand some Republicans are drawing in Washington.
Ryan unveiled his proposal in a Wall Street Journal column this morning (and a very spiffy Web site here), calling for cuts in domestic spending, Social Security (it's called reform, however), welfare, Medicare, the health care law, alternative energy programs etc.
Says Ryan:
A study just released by the Heritage Center for Data Analysis projects that The Path to Prosperity will help create nearly one million new private-sector jobs next year, bring the unemployment rate down to 4% by 2015, and result in 2.5 million additional private-sector jobs in the last year of the decade. It spurs economic growth, with $1.5 trillion in additional real GDP over the decade. According to Heritage's analysis, it would result in $1.1 trillion in higher wages and an average of $1,000 in additional family income each year.
It also says the unemployment rate will be 2.8% by the next decade. "It's an assumption, in other words, that's unrealistic enough to be considered somewhat bizarre," The Economist says. "Everyone puts a positive spin on their policy proposals. But fundamentally worthy policies shouldn't need to promise laughably overoptimistic outcomes to win support."
For the record, the unemployment rate has only been that low once -- 1953.

The study is not from a non-partial source. It's from the Heritage Foundation, "whose mission is to formulate and promote conservative public policies based on the principles of free enterprise, limited government, individual freedom, traditional American values, and a strong national defense."
The Economic Policy Institute leans in the other direction and -- funny -- has a different view:
"This budget is impressive in its ability to not only inflict maximum harm on the economy, but to concentrate that harm on those most in need," its director, John Irons, said today. "This will not only cost the economy hundreds of thousands (and perhaps millions) of jobs over the next five years, it will also destroy the social safety net and undermine policies that support the middle class."
It's just the kind of debate that demands the curmudgeonly hand of CNBC's Mark Haines
Posted at 12:41 PM on April 4, 2011
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Fifty-thousand people will get jobs in one day later this month.
The jobs will be at McDonald's, which announced today that it will hire the workers on April 19.
On the surface, it's quite a numbers story in the company news release:
* McDonald's and its franchisees will spend more than $518 million more in wages and salaries in the coming year, an average of more than $1.4 million every day.
* More than $41.5 million in training will be invested in the company's new workforce - instilling life-long business and customer service skills as well as setting employees up for success in current and future opportunities.
* The addition of 50,000 potential hires translates into $54 million more in payroll taxes contributed to the broader economy.
* Using a statistical multiplier effect, 50,000 new workers will generate almost $1.4 billion in annual spending - more than $3.5 million per day.
$1.4 billion works out to $28,000 per year.
The angle that the McDonald's president is pushing is this one:
..the average pay for the new positions will be $8.30 per hour, higher than the federal minimum wage of $7.25 per hour.
The natural conclusion is that McDonald's is paying more than minimum wage to its people, the bulk of whom are the customer service people and cooks. But the figure includes the restaurant managers who will also be hired and, according to McDonald's, they can make up to $50,000 a year.
The company doesn't say how many of the 50,000 jobs are managers.
Are 50,000 fast-food jobs a sign of a recovering economy, or a sign that it's not recovering very fast?
The company's national hiring day mirrors one it had on the West Coast last summer.
"It's hard to be choosy right now," Serena DiPiero, 48, of Sacramento, told the Sacramento Bee at the time.
Posted at 11:37 AM on April 1, 2011
by Bob Collins
(17 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
It's hard to listen to experts and people living in the real world and not hear the famous words of Jack Nicholson, "What if this is as good as it gets?"
What if my generation -- Baby Boomers -- are the last generation in the history of the United States to have a better standard of living than the previous one? What if the national dialogue started including that as a possibility?
The prediction that the war in Libya could last for years, a story that Minnesota is losing its young teachers, and today's announcement that a lower unemployment rate masks the reality that the majority of the lost jobs may not return in this generation, feed the gloom.
But nothing matched this caller -- James, from Bloomington -- on today's Midmorning segment on how student loan debt, heaped on students by colleges inflating the job prospects of graduates, may never disappear for our generation of the future.
He has $250,000 in debt, he makes $30,000 a year in a public-service job and he says, "every dream I've ever had of doing anything in my life is gone."
The News Cut psyche can use some better individual stories. Have you got one?
Posted at 9:17 AM on March 29, 2011
by Bob Collins
(28 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| City | Change from January
|
| Minneapolis | -3.4%
|
| Seattle | -2.4%
|
| San Francisco | -1.9%
|
| Chicago | -1.8%
|
| Portland | -1.8%
|
| Detroit | -1.7%
|
| Phoenix | -1.5%
|
| Miami | -1.3%
|
| San Diego | -1.2%
|
| Denver | -1.1%
|
| Charlotte | -1.1%
|
| Tampa | -1.0%
|
| New York | -0.9%
|
| Cleveland | -0.8%
|
| Los Angeles | -0.6%
|
| Dallas | -0.5%
|
| Atlanta | -0.4%
|
| Boston | -0.3%
|
| Las Vegas | -0.3%
|
| Washington | 0.1%
|
| City | One-year change |
| Phoenix | -9.1% |
| Detroit | -8.1% |
| Portland | -7.8% |
| Minneapolis | -7.6% |
| Chicago | -7.5% |
| Tampa | -7.0% |
| Atlanta | -7.0% |
| Seattle | -6.7% |
| Boston | -6.0% |
| Charlotte | -4.8% |
| Miami | -4.7% |
| Las Vegas | -4.4% |
| Cleveland | -3.8% |
| New York | -3.0% |
| Dallas | -2.8% |
| Denver | -2.3% |
| Los Angeles | -1.8% |
| San Francisco | -1.7% |
| San Diego | 0.1% |
| Washington | 3.6% |
Posted at 2:07 PM on March 18, 2011
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
The Congressional Budget Office -- as in the non-partisan Congressional Budget Office -- threw cold water on the notion that President Obama's proposed budget is going to do anything to lower the budget deficit. One reason? Lower taxes.
Here's what the CBO has to say:
Of the various initiatives that the President is proposing, tax provisions would have by far the largest budgetary impact. The 2010 tax act (officially the Tax Relief, Unemployment Insurance Reauthorization, and Job Creation Act of 2010, Public Law 111-312) extended through December 2012 many of the tax reductions originally enacted in the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA) and the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003 (JGTRRA). The President proposes to extend those reductions permanently, with some modifications, and to permanently index for inflation the amounts of income exempt from the alternative minimum tax (AMT), starting at their 2011 levels. In addition, the President proposes that, beginning in January 2013, estate and gift taxes return permanently to the rates and exemption levels that were in effect in calendar year 2009. Those policies would reduce tax revenues and boost outlays for refundable tax credits by a total of more than $3.0 trillion over the next decade relative to the amounts projected in CBO's baseline. That total exceeds the $2.7 trillion net increase in the deficit over the next 10 years that would result from the President's budget as a whole; the President's other proposals would reduce the deficit, on balance, over 10 years.
Theoretically, the tax cuts would boost economic activity to make up for their cost to the Treasury. That doesn't appear to be the prediction.
Both sides, of course, will point to the other side in this debate to indicate who's causing this reality. But it's this chart, supplied by the CBO, that shows the fallacy of just about every campaign speech ever given on the subject.
Posted at 2:25 PM on February 28, 2011
by Jon Gordon
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Energy
Posted at 11:40 AM on February 22, 2011
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Posted at 11:10 AM on February 18, 2011
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Posted at 11:18 AM on February 10, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Here. Watch this. Here's a Kleenex.
Ella Chou, who is subbing for James Fallow this week, writes about this ad today on The Atlantic's site.
She says the "best and the brightest" may not necessarily be the ones who were born here, and increasingly, they're not the ones staying here:
The video spread like a wild fire among the oversea Chinese communities because it tells the typical story of a young Chinese with a "dream" (as mentioned in the ad): prep hard for the exam; wave goodbye to family in the airport (Beijing Airport in this case); pursue study at a top American University (this video shows, as many would recognize, Columbia University); get a job in a big American city (looks like a consulting job in New York). Last year alone, 128,000 Chinese students came to the U.S., pursuing more or less the same dream. They make up of the largest percentage (nearly 18%)of the international student body in the U.S..
Is U.S. still going to be the place where young people around the world dream to learn, to make their career and realize their potential? Is it going to keep the openness?
Around me among the Chinese community at Harvard, I've already begun to hear people saying they'll probably go back to China after graduation because of the difficulty in getting a job and the required work visa in the U.S. and also because the potential for growth they are seeing back at home. How is U.S. going to maintain its attractiveness to world talent? Ten years from now, will we see a different version of this ad?
Posted at 10:33 AM on February 9, 2011
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Some pictures just scream "caption contest."
Like this one of Federal Reserve chair Ben Bernanke

Bernanke went to Capitol Hill today to say what he and his predecessor have been saying for several years now: It'll be several more years before things return to what used to be normal.
Posted at 2:53 PM on January 28, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Google Maps has been tracking foreclosed houses for sale for a few years now, but more recently has made its application a little more robust as a way to show the pattern of foreclosures in particular neighborhoods.
Business Insider just mapped some of the worst cities in America. It's a great slideshow. Take Las Vegas, for instance:

Let's take a little tour around our state.
MINNEAPOLIS
Hennepin County foreclosures were up 26% in the 3rd qtr of '10 compared to '09
ST. PAUL
Ramsey County foreclosures were up 12% in the 3rd qtr of '10 compared to '09
ROCHESTER
Olmstead County foreclosures were up 33% in the 3rd qtr of '10 compared to '09
MANKATO
Brown County foreclosures were up 60% in the 3rd qtr of '10 compared to '09
FARGO MOORHEAD
Clay County (Mn) foreclosures were unchanged in the 3rd qtr of '10 compared to '09
LAKES REGION
Crow Wing County foreclosures were up 15% in the 3rd qtr of '10 compared to '09
DULUTH
St. Louis County foreclosures were up 36% in the 3rd qtr of '10 compared to '09
Want to play with this yourself, just go to Google Maps in your browser...
1. Punch in any US address into Google Maps.
2. Your options are Earth, Satellite, Map, Traffic and . . . More. (Select "More")
3. The drop down menu gives you a check box option for "Real Estate."
4. The left column will give you several options (You may have to select "Show Options")
5. Check the box marked "Foreclosure."
Posted at 4:18 PM on January 25, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The recovery in the resale price of homes in the Twin Cities last year apparently was a mirage.
The Case Shiller Index from Standard & Poors, which measures the resale price of a home, has fallen for a fifth consecutive month in the Minneapolis area. It dropped 1.4% in November. It's the longest slide in prices since the index showed almost two consecutive years of declining home prices (month-to-month), which started in 2007.
Prices dropped 4.5% from a year earlier. After a near 18% decline in 2008, prices recovered slightly in 2009 (up a little over 1%).
Posted at 11:37 AM on January 24, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Like the stimulus program itself, there's a little something for everyone in an investigation of what the stimulus program has brought to Minnesota and individual counties here. ProPublica's tracking shows $430 billion in stimulus funds have been dispersed through last September.
In the counties with the largest per-capita amount of stimulus funds, much of the money went to "broadband initiatives." In Lake County, for example, that was $56 million of the overall $69 million spent in the county.
That was the case in Cook County, too, where unemployment has gone steadily up -- from 6.6% to 7.8%.
The report, which is based partly on data from the recovery.gov Web site, does little to prove that the stimulus created or saved jobs... or that it didn't. In Minnesota as a whole, the unemployment rate dropped only .4 percent from November '09 to November '10.
Overall, comparison of the numbers is deceiving. Ramsey County, for example, is listed as having the largest per-capita share of the stimulus ($8,772), but that's because St. Paul is the state Capitol and much of the money went to state agencies.
Posted at 11:28 AM on January 18, 2011
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Comparing business tax climate from state to state is a dicey proposition. Tax laws in each state are so different, sometimes a direct comparison is difficult. Today's report that Minnesota has to hustle to close a "high-tech" jobs gap, however certainly invites some comparison of "business-friendly" climate vs. high-tech economic activity.
The Tax Foundation annually releases this map, which names the best and worst "business tax climate." Minnesota annually appears as one of the 10 worst. 2011 is no exception. It comes in #43. Click the image for a larger version. The darker the color, the less business friendly, according to the Tax Foundation:
The Minnesota report on high-tech job growth uses data from the State New Economy Index.
Here's the overall scorecard. The darker the state's color, the higher the score:
There appears to be comparatively little association between "business friendly" and the overall score.
"Knowledge jobs" presents an even murkier picture. Several of the Tax Foundation's "best" states for business appear in the top 10. But so do several of the "worst," including Minnesota.
Ditto for jobs in information technology:
According to the report, issued in November, Massachusetts, Washington, Maryland, New Jersey and Connecticut "are the top five states at the forefront of the nation's movement toward a global, innovation-based new economy. On the business-friendly survey, that's #32, #11, #44, #48, and #47.
The bottom five states were unchanged from 2008. Mississippi and West Virginia have lagged most in making the transition to the New Economy, the report said. The other lowest-scoring states include, in reverse order, Arkansas, Alabama and Wyoming. On the business-friendly scale, in order, that's #21, #37. #39. #28, and #3.
Posted at 10:15 AM on January 18, 2011
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
So, it's a fight you want, Wisconsin? Maybe you didn't know when you decided to erect those "open for business" signs on your borders that our state signs once said "the brainpower state."
We'll come up with a response. Just watch what News Cut readers can do. Here's a blank sign. Click on it to open the larger image, save it to your computer, come up with a proper response to Wisconsin, then send it back to me (you can also use this form).
I'll post them here. Like so:
"Karen E" of St. Paul cited data from The Daily Beast for her entry.

From Steve McPherson:
From reader Mark Anderson of Plymouth:
Charles Johnson is Wisconsin's new junior senator.
Posted at 4:00 PM on January 7, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Energy, Politics
The latest contention from the free-market universe is a comparison of the first two years of presidential terms on gasoline prices. It comes today from the conservative Heritage Foundation in support of a belief that presidential energy policies are directly reflected in the price of gasoline.
All of these policies raise gas prices at the pump by either: 1) decreasing the availability of domestic energy supplies, or 2) increasing regulatory costs on gasoline production.There's certainly an argument to be made that energy policy has an impact on energy prices, but this one seems particularly aimed at those who aren't interested in a more intellectual look at the complicated world of commodities.
President George Bush was no saint when it came to free market energy policies either. He mandated the use of ethanol, put off opening up the Outer Continental Shelf till the end of his second term, supported the expansion of renewable energy tax credits, tried to subsidize the nuclear power industry, and caved into environmental pressure by allowing the EPA to begin the global warming regulation process.
| Dates of recession | Price at beginning | Price at end | Difference |
| 12/07 - 6/09 | $3.06 | $2.34 | - 24% |
| 3/01 - 11/01 | $1.38 | $1.12 | -19% |
| 7/90 - 3/91 | $1.23 | $1.05 | -15% |
| President | Price at beginning of term | Price at end of term | Difference |
| Bush - 2nd term | $1.83 | $2.70 | +48% |
| Bush - 1st term | $1.45 | $1.83 | +26% |
| Clinton - 2nd term | $1.23 | $1.45 | +18% |
| Clinton - 1st term | $1.05 | $1.23 | +17% |
| Obama - 1st term* | $2.70 | $3.03 | +12% |
Posted at 4:04 PM on January 6, 2011
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, The Unemployed series
It's been quite awhile since I wrote News Cut's The Unemployed series, in which I interviewed people who were, as the name implies, unemployed (I'm not opposed to doing this again if you're unemployed and would like to tell me your story. Contact me.)
Moira Webster-Larranaga, of Burnsville, was a human resources manager who got laid off around the time she also got cancer in 2009.
The mail bag today, however, brings good news:
I am not sure if you are still looking for follow-ups on the unemployed series, but in case you are, here's mine. I started my new job today, as the HR Manager for the Wedge Natural Foods Co-op. That's right, it took 22 months, 335 resumes and 26 interviews, but I finally got a job. And, it's a GREAT job. It's more responsibility than I've had before, and with a terrific organization that helps make our community a better place to live.
The news is bittersweet, however. Moira's sister, who came out to Minnesota in 2009 to help her sister through her cancer treatment, was diagnosed last February with cancer and died last summer.
"As I wasn't working, I was able to travel several times to see her and her family last spring," Moira says.
Posted at 2:13 PM on January 5, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
When last we left Vicki Hugen of Eden Prairie, she was trying to convince the bank that services the mortgage on her home to modify the mortgage. Wells Fargo had initially agreed to about a $2,000 a month mortgage, so she accepted her ex-husband's offer to take his share of the house in lieu of alimony. Then, the bank dropped her from the loan modification program and offered her a monthly payment over $3,000, which she couldn't afford. (Find the whole story here)
Things haven't changed much since I wrote about it last fall. The Minnesota attorney general's office said there wasn't much they could do other than send a letter to the bank suggesting it do something. The bank hasn't changed its offer, and thousands of dollars in late fees and penalties are piling up.
"I really don't have much of a plan now," she told me today. "Now I'm just getting random offers (from the bank). Each one starts out, 'this is to confirm the modification we discussed.' But I haven't talked to anyone. "
She says if her mortgage can be modified (she says she can afford about $2,300 a month), the fees and penalties would be removed, she could put the house on the market, sell it, and much of her mortgage could be paid off and she could "get out."
"I thought I was taking a reasonable settlement after the divorce. I'd like to be able to sell the house and end up not owing them 30 grand (in fees," she said. Filing bankruptcy is an option.
Hugen's story, of course, is being repeated thousands and thousands of times all over the United States. These aren't the old days when one could sit down with the banker who owns the mortgage. In Hugen's case, Bank of America actually owns her mortgage. Or does it?
Consider this chart, which popped up online in November when a homeowner "reverse engineered" who owned the mortgage:
Somewhere in there, something may make sense.
Posted at 11:43 AM on January 5, 2011
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Updating the morning mention of Ted Williams, the former DJ turned homeless person: The Cleveland Cavaliers basketball team has hired him fulltime and, he says, given him a house.
Here's video of his appearance on an Ohio radio station this morning.
Posted at 10:06 AM on January 4, 2011
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
A Pew Research survey reignites an old debate -- at least for me: Are we more glum about the future because the future is more bleak than it was in the Depression? Or are we more glum about the future because we are connected to more information that tells us we should be glum about the future?
During the Depression, the Pew survey says, only 29% thought business conditions would get worse. Fifty percent figured things would get better.
Compare that to an October 2010 survey. Only 35% expect things to get better by this October.
Even in the Reagan recession -- when unemployment peaked at 11% -- Americans were more hopeful than they are today.
Posted at 3:29 PM on January 3, 2011
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
While it is a basic human right to have access to subsidised water for hydration and hygiene, why should washing your car, filling a swimming pool or watering a garden be priced in the same way? Full cost recovery for these activities will not only ensure that we are more judicious in our use, but will also, crucially, help repair our leaking infrastructure. In the poorest areas, it will also help to extend pipes so that water reaches more homes.On CNBC today, a couple of experts speculated that there's money to be made in water, a commodity that currently doesn't have a price.
Posted at 10:58 AM on January 3, 2011
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Aviation, Economy
This is the kind of thing that could put travel agents back in business. Airlines are getting tough with online ticket booking sites. They're the sites who saved travelers money by allowing people to comparison shop for airfares. Who needed travel agents?
Expedia has stopped selling American Airlines tickets after American stopped selling on Orbitz. The airline wants people to go to its Web site, instead.
Might this cost you money? Maybe. Consider this: If you wanted to book a flight to Chicago and went to the American Airlines Web site, a Monday flight later this month (and a return flight a week later) would cost you $353. Booked via Expedia, many flights on United pop up with a round trip price of $139.40. Ouch.
Delta is doing the same, though with smaller sites. Delta stopped allowing three websites -- CheapOAir.com, OneTravel.com, and BookIt.com -- to list its flights.
If you've got the time to check every possible site, you'll probably be able to find the cheapest fare. Prism Money, the personal finance column, recommends this:
>>Check the sites that follow the other sites. Start a search with Kayak and Sidestep.com, both of which monitor several other airline ticket websites, and see what turns up.
>> Surf to individual airline sites for quotes, once you've seen the best that the aggregators and online agents are offering.
>> Call the airline of your choice and ask them what extra fees would apply before you buy your ticket. Factor that into your decision.
>> Join all the frequent flyer programs and email lists that you can, even if you're not really a frequent flyer. It's typically free to join. Airlines trying to gain tighter control of their customer relationships may start offering deals directly to consumers who are already on their list.
Posted at 2:24 PM on December 29, 2010
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| Adjusted Gross Income | Amount of tax cut/td> |
| $100 million | $3,757,114 |
| $1 million | $29,962 |
| $100,000 | $2,810 |
| $75,000 | $792 |
| $30,000 | $1,136 |
| $10,000 | $258 |
Posted at 1:08 PM on December 28, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Economist Alfred Kahn has died at 93. The long-time Cornell University economics professor is considered the architect of airline deregulation. Say what you will about the joy of flying these days, but the fact airlines are now what long-distance bus service was generations ago is due primarily to him.
But Kahn was also memorable for one of the best economics lessons ever for someone trying to understand what makes recessions worse: emotion.
As an economic adviser to President Jimmy Carter, he warned lawmakers that if they didn't get inflation under control in the '70s, the nation was heading for a recession or a depression.
But, as we've seen since 2008, if you even say the "R" word, let alone the "D" word, consumers shut the spigot off, more companies lay off workers, which makes more people stop spending, which makes more companies lay off more workers and on and on it goes until you're where we pretty much are today.
Only Kahn introduced this concept by invoking a new economic term: "banana." When he was giving testimony at the Capitol, whenever he needed to say recession or depression, he'd simply say banana instead.
It even inspired the late William Safire to write an essay on why people find the word banana so darned funny.
In old American slang, banana oil means "nonsense" (its humorous connotation far different from snake oil , meaning "fraudulent"). A top banana is a leading comedian. To go bananas is to go crazy, and the nonsensical meaning is reflected in the verse of another 1930's song, "But Not for Me," from the Gershwins' "Girl Crazy": "I never want to hear/From any cheerful Pollyannas/Who tell you fate/Supplies a mate;/It's all bananas !"
A banana republic was not just a country that produced profits for the United Fruit Company; it was a country with a rinky-dink government, having "backwardness" as its hallmark (until the name was adopted by an American retailer; now it has a yuppie connotation). A banana boat is a very slow boat.
Of course Kahn's strategy did not work. It was funny and all, but Americans could easily figure out what was going on, they stopped spending, and we had a heck of a banana shortly thereafter.
Posted at 8:29 AM on December 28, 2010
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Look out, below! The Twin Cities housing prices are in a nosedive. Again. The Case Shiller Index, which measures the resale values of homes, dropped another 1.9% in October from September, according to the report released this morning.
The drop wipes out all of the gains in prices the Minneapolis area made in 2010, most of which came in the late spring. Resale prices are down 1 percent on the year, and are down almost 3 percent from one year ago.
Housing rebound? It ain't happening. We may not have reached bottom yet.
It could be worse; we could be Chicago, where prices have dropped 6.5% in the last year, the survey said. Of the 20 metropolitan areas surveyed, only Los Angeles (3.3%), San Diego (3.2%), San Francisco (2%), and Washington (3.7%) recorded an increase in housing prices from a year ago.
Click on the table below to see a bigger image.
More analysis here.
Posted at 8:55 AM on December 10, 2010
by Jon Gordon
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, The jobs we do

A recent Labor Department report found that older people who lose their jobs take longer to find work, and that more than 2 million people without work are over 50, according to Midmorning. The first hour of the show featured a discussion about the challenges facing educated, experienced workers looking for a jobs.
It was a harsh dose of reality.
The guests were Katherine Newman of The Johns Hopkins University, and Carl Van Horn of Rutgers.
Here are some highlights gleaned from the program:
-Older workers who've left the workforce are adapting to being rejected by employers, but not in a willing way. They just don't see the opportunity. We have to be careful to conclude they are just closing the book on themselves. What's really bad: They are at risk of losing their skills so that even when the economy revives, they will not be able to find work. Fifty-five is way too young for this to happen. (Newman)
-Prospects for improvement in the short term are not great. The recession is just too deep. (Van Horn)
-Older, unemployed workers are chewing through whatever resources available to them, just like Roger, a 57-year-old caller who burned through his 401(k) after submitting 400 resumes and two and a half years with no response. Workers are trying to get disability, spending their savings, and retiring early to get Social Security benefits. (Van Horn)
-Forced early retirement will expose older Americans to poverty. People will be having "a much poorer old age." Some people will be on Social Security for 25 years. This has huge consequences for the whole country, not just for those who are unemployed. (Newman)
-Going back to college for an older America can be both help and hurt job prospects. Some employers think salary demands from an applicant with an advanced degree will be too high so the applicant gets passed by. On the other hand, many employers will see an opportunity to get a very qualified person for much less money than during a healthy economy. Job seekers must be prepared to lower their salary expectations. (Van Horn)
-More education is a very good thing in aggregate, but we should recognize that as a country it will be hard to keep educating people when public higher education institutions are in terrible shape, fiscally speaking, especially when we need them most. (Newman)
-Before you chase a new degree, do extensive research into the real job prospects for the field you want to enter, as well as proof that the school you want to attend is good at job placement. School is expensive, results in lost income, and takes you out of the labor market. (Van Horn)
-The situation for older, unemployed Americans is not impossible. But it will take an extraordinary injection of economic growth to make things better for older workers. (Newman)
-Some employers feel freer to behave badly toward their older employees because they can more easily find replacements. (Van Horn)
-Part time jobs are almost as hard to find as full time jobs but if you can get one, because there is an opportunity for it to expand to full time. Any foot in the door is good. (Newman)
Posted at 2:00 PM on December 8, 2010
by Nate Minor
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
A methane well at the Fargo landfill. (Photo courtesy the City of Fargo.)
The Forum of Fargo-Moorhead reports this morning on a stinky problem: The city's landfill has lately been, shall we say, more odorous than usual:
"We kind of get used to it," said Paul Hanson, the Fargo landfill supervisor. "So when we can tell it's stronger than normal, then you know it's pretty bad."
The city isn't sure what the precise cause of the new stench is, but the likely culprit is wet weather this summer and fall, Hanson said.Heavy rains washed away some of the landfill's dirt cover at 45th Street and Seventh Avenue North, exposing decomposing garbage and the smelly gases that come with it, he said.
The money line, for me anyway, is when the landfill supervisor says "Our biggest problem is that the city grew around us." If you've ever been to Fargo, you know it is not the most vertical of cities. 2,631 people per square mile in Fargo compared to 28,852 per square mile in NYC, according to US Census data.
The story as to why Fargo built out instead of up is similar to many American cities: cheap land. In the late 1960s, an urban renewal project in Fargo failed when a developer (who, ironically, was one of the original promoters of Fargo urban renewal), announced plans to build a shopping mall on the outskirts of town. The Forum dubbed it the "$15 million Bazaar on the Prairie."
The mall now anchors Fargo's retail industry, which attracts many Canadians and has turned the city into something of a regional shopping hub. New schools, restaurants and homes followed the trend out of building out of the old neighborhoods.
Let's just hope shoppers remember to plug their noses, in certain parts of town anyway, on their way to the mall.
Posted at 9:18 AM on December 3, 2010
by Jon Gordon
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
In case you missed Midmorning's financial educator Ruth Hadyen on the radio today, here is some of the advice she offered to listeners:

1) What's considered a good credit score is creeping up. The high-600s used to be considered good, but now you need to be in the 720-760 range.
2) The two most important factors in achieving a good credit score are on-time payment of bills and the relationship between your credit use and credit limits. The more headroom the better.
3) Eighty percent of credit reports have errors, according to some reports. You need to visit AnnualCreditReport.com to check for errors. First, make sure all your personal information is correct -- spelling of your name, accuracy of address, etc. Then, check your actual financial records for errors. If you find errors in your personal info, contact the credit reporting bureau. For errors in your financial records, contact the creditor first. If you get no satisfaction, you can add the disputed information to your credit report.
4) One way to build good credit: Take out a small loan from a bank or credit union but don't spend the money. Make regular payments from that pool of money.
5) Think of the credit report as a picture of you being passed around. How can you make it look better? Change the things over which you have control. You can't change the system, so how do you work within it?
6) It's better to have two cards or stay well under the limit on one card, then to just have one card that's close to being maxed out.
7) Credit card balance transfers can be a good way to help pay off debt if you're not just moving debt around. Playing a debt shell game doesn't look good to credit bureaus. Consolidate to lower rates but then begin chipping away at the balance.
Posted at 12:12 PM on December 2, 2010
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
The new budget deficit is $6.2 billion in Minnesota.
How much is that?
$6.2 billion is....
... the total payroll for legislators if the Minnesota House of Representatives had 199,100 state representatives, or one state rep for every 26 people who live in Minnesota.
... the cost to use the state airplane to ferry the governor hunting every weekend (weather permitting) until December 2, 2739.
... how much you would have counted out if you started now and counted out dollar bills every second and don't stop for the next 196 years.
... roughly the amount it would take to build one new fully-loaded high school in every county in Minnesota.
... approximately the entire year's income for everyone in St. Paul.
... enough to pay unemployment benefits for the next three years for all of those currently receiving them in Minnesota.
... what it would cost to build 62 miles of light rail.
... all the license tab fees paid in this state for the next 12 years.
... the cost of running a radio ad on a Sioux Falls radio station every 20 minutes for the next 2,359 years, urging businesses there to move to Minnesota.
Go ahead! Add your own here.
Posted at 12:31 PM on December 1, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
This month marks the third anniversary of the start of the Great Recession. It's officially over now, according to the economic statistics, but the economy is still horrible for many people. Remember back in 2008 how far away it seemed when the economists said things wouldn't improve significantly until late 2010?
It's late 2010 and an analysis from the liberal think tank Economic Policy Institute suggests it's getting worse, at least for people looking for meaningful work. It says the "underemployment rate" is going up, not down.
The large numbers of workers who have stopped looking for jobs or can only find part-time work suggest that high rates of unemployment will likely persist even when more jobs are created. Moreover, even the 17% underemployment rate does not include people who are working full-time but have had to take jobs below their skills, training or experience level.
Or is it?
Black Friday drew big crowds, CyberMonday sales were up 19 percent, consumer confidence is at the highest point since the beginning of the summer, and today the stock market is having its best day in three months.
Posted at 3:27 PM on November 30, 2010
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Religion
Christmas is over-the-top season for jewelry store advertising. There's still a lot of the holiday season left to go, but a Superior, Wisconsin jeweler has already won this year's award for most-memorable TV commercial.
Larry Falter of LTD Jewelers is running a "Second Coming Sale," based on the belief that Jesus is returning to earth very soon. In the meantime, his diamonds are half off.
"I've had people come in and want to talk about Jesus Christ and I've had people come and say, 'Where are those diamond earrings? I want to buy them for half off," Mr. Falter told me this afternoon.
Falter has been running TV ads "for years and years," but this is the first time he's brought his religious beliefs into the mix. He recently returned from a visit to Israel as part of Jews for Jesus. "I just thought we would have some fun with it all," he said. "I haven't had any negative comments, but there could be some I don't know about. People are not responding because to them it's a negative. But I'm OK with it. We have signs in the store that talk about having a 50-percent-off Second Coming sale."
The need for diamonds and the Second Coming generally don't go together very well. "They don't," he acknowledges. "But my point is in the here and now if you're looking to do this or that, here we are. People can hear one message and maybe do something with that or not with regard to the Lord, and the other thing they can do something with -- or not -- is where to shop."
Falter doesn't see the ad, currently running on two Duluth TV stations, as being the beginning of a series on the Second Coming, but he's not ruling it out. "I'm a little more out there right now as a Christian businessman. Will I find I want to do more like this in the future? I don't know. It's just something that was timely for me right now, maybe because of my own personal convictions and having those reinforced by the trip to Israel, and also by the fourth quarter in any jewelry business being the most important to do business in. What will I do next year? I couldn't honestly give you a truthful answer."
For now, he's more concerned with the economy. "I think people are going to shop more strongly than in recent years," he said. But he's worried the publicity surrounding Friday's meeting of a presidential commission charged with finding ways to cut the U.S. deficit will kill consumer enthusiasm.
"If they hit the hammer on this really hard, it could set a shock wave of 'Maybe, I should hold back a little bit,'" he said.
Update 8:36 a.m. Wed. - I wasn't aware of this yesterday but Aaron J. Brown has written about this ad. Find it on his excellent blog.
Posted at 11:50 AM on November 30, 2010
by Bob Collins
(14 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Energy
General Motors picked a great day to roll its first Chevy Volt off the assembly line. The price of gasoline in the Twin Cities jumped overnight to near $3 a gallon. This is the highest price we've seen since the economy collapsed in 2008.
| Twin Cities Historical Gas Price Charts Provided by GasBuddy.com |
Is the Volt the answer to higher gas prices? Maybe. But when it came off the assembly line today -- it'll be in showrooms in a few weeks -- it came with a price tag of about $41,000.
It also came with broken promises. The EPA says the car will get about 60 miles per gallon when it's using its electrical and gas systems. But after about 50 miles or so, it's a pretty ordinary car, according to PC World:
According to the EPA, Volt drivers will only be able to get around 35 total miles of operation before the car's battery goes kaput and the gas engine takes over. After that, you'll be able to continue on for around 344 miles gas-only, but the car's fuel economy drops to around 37 miles per gallon sans electrical assistance.
That's a substantial drop in performance from the promises GM made about the Volt. Early predictions were it would get more than 200 miles per gallon. And it still might if you drive only short trips and are able to tool around town on battery-only.
But don't expect to negotiate much with the dealer. GM will only make about $1,000 on each car.
Gas mileage hasn't been a big concern for a few years now, but from the indications on the signpost today, that's about to change.
Posted at 8:37 AM on November 30, 2010
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| City | Diff from August |
Diff. from year ago |
| Washington | 0.3% |
4.5% |
| Las Vegas | 0.1% |
-3.5% |
| Los Angeles | -0.1% |
4.4% |
| New York | -0.3% |
-0.1% |
| Seattle | -0.6% |
-2.6% |
| Nationwide | -0.7% |
0.6% |
| Tampa | -0.8% |
-4.3% |
| San Francisco | -0.9% |
5.5% |
| San Diego | -1.0% |
5.0% |
| Denver | -1.0% |
-1.6% |
| Atlanta | -1.0% |
-3.1% |
| Charlotte | -1.0% |
-3.7% |
| Miami | -1.2% |
-2.7% |
| Boston | -1.3% |
0.4% |
| Detroit | -1.3% |
-3.0% |
| Phoenix | -1.5% |
-1.5% |
| Chicago | -1.5% |
-5.6% |
| Dallas | -1.6% |
-2.6% |
| Portland | -1.9% |
-3.6% |
| Minneapolis | -2.1% |
-1.2% |
| Cleveland | -3.0% |
-1.9% |
Posted at 11:45 AM on November 29, 2010
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
President Obama today proposed a pay freeze for federal employees for the next two years. It's a pre-emptive strike in advance of Republicans taking control of Congress. Many in the GOP have vowed to reduce the federal workforce by 10 percent.
Obama says his move will save $5 billion over the next two years. The pay freeze will not apply to the military.
There are about 2.1 million federal employees (including the military). The number has grown in recent years. Nextgov.com analyzed why:
There were fewer federal workers in 2009 than in 1990, 1980 and 1970. Now take a closer look at the OPM table. Much of the growth, understandably, occurred in Homeland Security agencies, increasing from 70,000 to 180,000 - a jump of 110,000. Justice Department jobs went from 98,000 to 113,000 -- more than 15,000 new jobs added. (Again, crime and more Homeland Security related.) Jobs at the Veterans Department increased from 220,000 to 297,000 -- that's 77,000 more federal workers. Again, a result of Homeland Security, or rather staffing up to take care of thousands of veterans coming home from two wars. And there's a lot of information technology jobs in there.
Almost all of the new jobs created were as a result of 9/11, the analysis said. Compared to the 1980s, federal jobs in agriculture, education, and the Treasury have all declined.
But back to the freeze. Will it work? Here's some napkin math:
There are (and this is debatable) 1.43 million federal workers.
A savings of $5 billion per year is the goal.
The average amount being forfeited by a federal worker is $3,496.
The current deficit is about $1 trillion.
On a per-dollar basis, the president's move cuts one-half cent for every dollar of the federal deficit. That doesn't quite reach the level of a drop in the bucket. It also assumes that the cost of benefits doesn't rise.
Would the Republican plan do much more? The average federal salary is about $68,000. Annual benefits, reportedly, cost $40,785 (this may include benefits under the GI Bill). The total saving from cutting 10 percent of the civilian workforce would be $15.5 billion or a penny and a half per dollar of the deficit. That, however, doesn't factor in the cost of lost income taxes and the cost of firing employees.
What else needs to be cut?
Posted at 9:02 AM on November 26, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
We understand the way evolution has made shopping after Thanksgiving instinctive, but we haven't seen anything this year in the "I've gotta have it" category that makes getting up early worth it.
Until now.
(h/t: Boing Boing)
Here's one from the Museum of Possibilities that's not yet available (maybe next year, better start sleeping out at the store now): The mobile motorcycle office.

Motorcycle and workplace angst sold separately.
Here's something we actually saw at Oshkosh this year. Probably not practical for a Minnesota winter. But still...
By the way, if you're not interested in the gizmo, zip ahead to the 5 minute mark and learn about this guy's background. You might have heard of his dad.
Posted at 11:31 AM on November 19, 2010
by Bob Collins
(76 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
This is the time of the year when the proposed property tax bill statements are arriving in area households and early signs are there's a wide disparity in these bills.
The market value of homes is dropping universally, but some tax bills are going up, some are going down. What's your situation?
Last night, homeowners in Minneapolis flooded a hearing to protest the huge jump in their property tax bills.
Some said their total property tax bill is going up 18 percent.
By contrast, I opened my statement with some trepidation last evening, only to find out that my total tax bill is going down 3.8 percent. The taxable market value of my home has dropped about 12 percent.
I want to create a map showing the varying degrees of property tax bills. So please comment below and pass along your data. you don't have to reveal personal data such as market value. Just indicate the percent change of your total property tax bill and what city (and neighborhood, if applicable) you're in.
Update 11:59 a.m. - Ed Kohler at The Deets has an interesting look at Minneapolis property taxes.
Posted at 12:53 PM on November 18, 2010
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Today's surprise announcement that Eagan is going to lose 650 jobs is certainly an invitation to revisit the simple proverbs of the recently completed campaign season.
Six-hundred-and-fifty jobs? That's a lot of people working and spending money. Is the impact of losing them going to be any less just because they were jobs created with government money?
Lockheed Martin, the largest defense contractor in the world, makes the avionics systems for the P-1 marine surveillance plane. It's a private company, of course, that employs the people because the U.S. and other nations wage wars and/or have huge defense budgets.
There's a little something for everyone in today's announcement. Except for the people losing their jobs.
The reality of how intertwined jobs are with government spending becomes more clear, and more confusing. Liberals, for example, might point out that conservatives are for less government spending and this is what happens when government spends less; that the claim that "government doesn't create jobs" is wrong. They could even point out that the jobs are going to three states, two of which are rated in the top 10 of business-unfriendly states.
But conservatives could equally point out that liberals who want the U.S. to cut its defense budget will cost people their jobs. And that peace thing? War employs people even as it bankrupts a treasury.
In the complex nature of the economy, where does the government part end and the private part begin?
In other unemployment news today, Republicans in the House have blocked a bill
that would have extended jobless benefits for the long-term unemployed beyond the holiday season.Two million people will lose benefits averaging $310 a week nationwide by the end of the year.
Posted at 8:58 AM on November 15, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Knight Soul of the Community 2010 - National from Knight Foundation on Vimeo.
St. Paulites and Duluthians, what draws you to the city and makes you want to call it home?
The Knight Foundation and Gallup have completed three years of polling in 26 communities in the United States in which Knight owns newspapers-- Duluth and St. Paul were chosen in Minnesota. The goal was to find what creates an emotional bond between people and the community in which they live.
For all the talk about the economy and the importance of jobs, the economy wasn't much of a factor in either St. Paul or Duluth. Nationwide, however, the bond was related to economic growth.
In the St. Paul area, social offerings (entertainment infrastructure, places to meet people, community events), aesthetics (an area's physical beauty and green spaces) and openness (how welcoming the place is) are the most important factors emotionally connecting residents to where they live.
Aesthetics was perceived as a community strength, particularly the area's parks, playgrounds and trails. All aspects of aesthetics were rated significantly higher in 2010.
Social offering and openness need improvement to further attach residents to the area, however both were rated significantly higher in 2010. Nightlife was rated significantly higher. Gays and lesbians are seen as significantly more welcome in 2010 - all positive momentum that helped to improve these challenge areas for the community.
The study said the economy isn't rated very highly as a "bonding agent" for people. "Leadership" was rated even lower. Here's the St. Paul findings.
The findings for the Duluth area aren't much different:
In the Duluth area, social offerings (entertainment infrastructure, places to meet people, community events), openness (how welcoming a place is) and aesthetics (an area's physical beauty and green spaces) are the most important factors in emotionally connecting residents to where they live.
Aesthetics, particularly the natural beauty of the area is perceived as a community strength.
Social offerings, particularly the cultural opportunities, and openness, particularly to young talent needs improvement to increase resident attachment. However, nightlife is rated significantly higher in 2010. The area is perceived to be most welcoming to seniors and least welcoming to young talent, although both groups are seen as significantly more welcome in the area in 2010. Residents 55 and older are the most attached of all age groups, whereas 18-34 year old residents are least attached.
Duluth, why don't you welcome "young talent?" Here are the Duluth findings.
As of 9 a.m., a live presentation on the findings can be found here.
Posted at 3:39 PM on November 8, 2010
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The Associated Press says old stigmas of shopping for price have faded away in tight economic times. People are buying store brand items in the grocery stores, and shopping Goodwill stores for clothing.
But the article might've missed when it tried to show that even the wealthy are "slumming it," too:
Jaime Palmer of Dallas used to go to Neiman Marcus and spend as much as $300 on dress shirts by such high-end designers as Hugo Boss and Thomas Pink.
Now, Palmer, a 36-year-old a managing partner at an investment boutique, buys from a new label called J. Hilburn, which customizes dress shirts for a much lower price - $120. As for his suits, he's turning to outlets.
"You don't get the service. They don't bring you coffee," he concedes. "It did have a bit of a stigma for me." But living through the Great Recession has made him reassess how he shops, he says.
How have you changed your shopping habits? Aside from giving up coffee, of course.
Posted at 3:35 PM on November 3, 2010
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
If tax breaks and a "business friendly" atmosphere are what it takes to keep businesses in Minnesota, you sure can't tell by Pipestone, Minnesota.
Gov. Pawlenty's JOBZ program, which gives tax breaks to businesses in economically-distressed areas of the state, has always been controversial. It's also been a good laboratory to see to what extent tax breaks will keep big business satisfied.
This week, Suzlon, the India-based manufacturer of wind turbines announced it's shutting down what's left of its plant in Pipestone. The Worthington Daily Globe reports the action comes despite the fact local and state officials bent over backwards to keep the company happy:
The JOBZ program designation was for more than 80 acres of land, making Suzlon eligible for hundred of thousand of dollars in tax incentives such as no property, sales or state income tax, no corporate franchise tax and a tax credit for high-paying jobs.More than $250,000 was invested in the land, and $1 million was put into the infrastructure. The land was sold back the Suzlon for $1. In October 2005, Gov. Tim Pawlenty was on hand to scoop a shovelful of dirt at the groundbreaking ceremony.
Then, in June 2009, half of the workforce at Suzlon was laid off, leaving the community shaken. At one time, there was a peak workforce of more than 500 employees. With Monday's notice, the plant will employee about 30 people by Jan. 1, 2011.
In the aftermath of the election, Pipestone may serve as a cautionary tale: It's a long way -- and a long time -- between a change in economic theory and the effect on the person who wants a job.
On CNBC this morning, curmudgeonly Mark Haines noted a conversation with small business owners, and said two of the three he talked to said "it doesn't matter what you do with my taxes, I don't have any demand for my product."
Suzlon's announcement comes not long after state and local officials in St. Paul made one last pitch to Ford to keep St. Paul's truck assembly plant open. They offered a blank check to Ford. Ford said "no thanks."
The rejection of Minnesota by two large industries is a perfect example of the economy of Minnesota being more complicated than political campaigns would have us believe.
If government can't create jobs, if tax incentives for Pipestone can't keep jobs, if nobody wants to buy a wind turbine in Minnesota or a small pickup in St. Paul, what are hundreds of people supposed to do for work, and how long should they wait?
Posted at 12:23 PM on November 1, 2010
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
| Category | 2008 | 2010 |
| Minnesota unemployment rate | 5.6% | 7.0% |
| Number of unemployed people (nationwide) | 9,199,000 | 14,140,000 |
| Number of Minnesota people with jobs | 2,784,286 | 2,749,000 |
| Per capita national debt | $34,278 | $44,196 |
| 30-year mortgage rate | 6.17% | 4.65% |
| Minnesota rate of foreclosure | 1 in every 1,065 homes | 1 in every 690 homes |
| Price of gasoline (Minnesota) | $2.31 | $2.84 |
| Soldiers killed in action in previous month (Iraq & Afghanistan) | 30 | 52 |
| Vikings record | 4-3 | 2-5 |
| Top Minnesota search terms on Google (News category) | Obama | CNN |
| Big three cars sold (September) | 493,000 | 433,483 |
Posted at 8:53 AM on October 26, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
City |
Change from July |
Portland |
0.9% |
Detroit |
0.5% |
Cleveland |
0.3% |
New York |
0.2% |
Las Vegas |
0.1% |
Denver |
-0.1% |
Nationwide |
-0.2% |
San Francisco |
-0.3% |
Washington |
-0.3% |
Miami |
-0.3% |
Boston |
-0.3% |
Minneapolis |
-0.3% |
Los Angeles |
-0.4% |
Chicago |
-0.4% |
Charlotte |
-0.4% |
Tampa |
-0.5% |
San Diego |
-0.6% |
Atlanta |
-0.8% |
Seattle |
-0.8% |
Dallas |
-1.1% |
Phoenix |
-1.3% |
Posted at 2:23 PM on October 20, 2010
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The Federal Reserve issued its "beige book" today, a "how are we doing economically" assessment of the country for September into early October. in the 9th District -- that's the Fed in Minneapolis -- the survey reads better than many other districts in the country. Wages are up, retail spending is up, and only commercial construction seems on the ropes.
No doubt the experts will find the "but" involved here, but the report sure sounds optimistic.
Here's the short version:
CONSUMER SPENDING
A major Minneapolis-based retailer reported that same-store sales in September were up about 1 percent compared with a year earlier. September traffic at a North Dakota mall was up over 10 percent from a year ago, which was a surprise following a slight decrease in August, according to the mall manager. Cooler fall weather seemed to attract shoppers.
TOURISM
Rooms sold at Montana hotels were up almost 11 percent in August from a year earlier, according to a state tourism research organization. A tourism official in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan noted that the summer season finished well ahead of a year ago and that fall traffic seems to be holding up. Minnesota lodging and campground operators noted increases in summer business from a year earlier and were more optimistic for fall tourism than a year ago.
CONSTRUCTION
The value of nonresidential permits in Sioux Falls, S.D., fell dramatically in September from a year earlier; in contrast, September commercial permits increased substantially in Rochester, Minn. Residential construction was mixed.
SERVICES
"We are swamped with great projects," commented a design and advertising firm. Information technology consulting firms noted solid interest from corporate clients.
MANUFACTURING
A September survey of purchasing managers by Creighton University (Omaha, Neb.) showed strong increases in manufacturing activity in Minnesota and South Dakota, and slight increases in North Dakota.
MINING
Most District mines were operating near capacity. Iron ore production in Minnesota increased in August compared with July.
AGRICULTURE
Widespread wet conditions delayed some farmers from harvesting their bountiful crops.
EMPLOYMENT
A department store chain with locations in Minnesota noted that it expects to increase seasonal hiring, while another large retailer will soon open a store in Minnesota with plans to hire about 130 employees.
Posted at 2:07 PM on October 20, 2010
by Bob Collins
(10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Courtesy of the TurboTax blog, here's a breakdown showing where the money goes that the top 1 percent of wage earners in the country pay in taxes:

Free Tax Filing, Efile Taxes, Income Tax Returns - TurboTax.com
Posted at 2:11 PM on October 14, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The head of a Bangladore-based company that specializes in outsourcing information technology had tough words for the U.S. educational system today. In the process, he recalibrated the debate over why the U.S. is losing jobs to overseas workers. Is it about the cost of doing business here? Or the lack of well-educated Americans?
Speaking on CNBC today, Azim Premji of WIPRO suggested if Americans are unhappy at the number of jobs being sent overseas, they need only blame insufficient education.
Premji was responding to a question about the Creating American Jobs and End Offshoring Act, which encourages businesses to create jobs domestically by relieving them from payroll tax payments on new employees who perform services in the U.S.
Premji has a way of getting around that. Instead of hiring many Americans, he brings better-educated I.T. specialists from India. "The advantage they give us is they're more transferable across the United States and across countries, which a local American has restrictions on, primarily because of family," he said.
He says the American workers he hires and the Indian workers he brings to the U.S. are "comparable," but the "U.S. has not invested enough in technical education, there's not enough inflow of talent with technical backgrounds or technical passion," he said. "That has to be corrected. More products are getting technology intensive. That's a fundamental gap we're facing, not only in the United States but also in Europe. That has to be corrected in the United States."
Posted at 2:12 PM on October 13, 2010
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Baseball is a great game, but it's a terrible metaphor for economic principles.
American Public Media's Marketplace recently made a giant leap in an attempt to show how people adjust to certain conditions. Without much proof last Friday, it said that the reason baseball scoring has dropped is because a crackdown on steroids has forced teams to concentrate more on defense than pitching and offense.
Here's how Stephen Dubner, co-author of "Freakonomics" sees it:
Well it's a good lesson, something that economists can teach us. Whenever you change a rule, whether it's in baseball or banking, people are going to change their behavior in response to it. Some of the rules that have changed in baseball, especially having to do with steroids, have produced a lot more good gloves, defense. I have a feeling that with the banking regs that have changed in the past year or so, that I'm going to be hearing a lot from you in the next year, stories about how bankers' behaviors have changed. Bankers hiding their home runs, bankers bulking up on whatever kind of performance-enhancing drug they can find.
Dubner notes that scoring in baseball is back to what it was in 1990, and says defense now plays a bigger part in baseball.
Steroids are all about power, however, not necessarily runs scoring. When a player is juiced, his homer totals usually take a sudden turn north. And good defense can't stop a homerun. In the American League , homers haven't dropped off dramatically.
The statistics don't necessarily support Dubner's thesis. Over the last eight years, AL teams have scored an average of 10,929 runs. There was a big drop in that this year, but last year was exactly average.
Are fielders getting better? No. In this decade, the average number of balls in play converted to outs in the American League is 68%. In the just-concluded season, it was 69%.
So there's no real evidence that baseball has made a conscious decision to change its behavior by favoring the Nick Puntos of the world over the Justin Morneaus (and, no, I'm not suggesting Morneau used steroids, only that he's a power hitter and Marketplace suggested baseball is avoiding power hitters now). The entire phenomenon may just be the natural ebb and flow of baseball from one year to the next.
Kind of like the economy.
Posted at 4:51 PM on October 8, 2010
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

(Nicolas Miranda, 52, who just lost his job, awaits for a loan modification for his Burbank, Calif. home, among thousands of people wait in line at the Los Angeles Convention Center on Thursday, Sept. 30, 2010. A nonprofit group called the Neighborhood Assistance Corporation of America offered the chance to restructure their home loans at lower rates. (AP Photo/Damian Dovarganes)
Now that Bank of America has frozen foreclosure proceedings in all 50 states, the pressure is on other banks to put a halt to foreclosures until someone figures out what's going on. Bank of America's action follows weeks of allegations that records were mishandled in the foreclosure process, leading to suspicions that mortgage lenders have been evicting homeowners that shouldn't have been evicted.
The bank's decision confirms what many homeowners could've told them months ago: They're not really sure what they're doing.
Vicki Hugen of Eden Prairie is one of those caught in the mortgage vortex. From the story she tells, it's not unreasonable to wonder whether some of the people evicted also gave up fighting out of sheer exhaustion from trying to get someone to listen.
Hugen and her husband separated in 2008, and he stopped paying a share of the $3,200-a-month mortgage when he lost his job in January 2009.
Hugen tried to get into Wells Fargo's loan modification program, called the Home Affordable Modification Plan.
"I went around and around with Wells Fargo in 2009 and finally I made a last-ditch effort and said 'is the reason I don't qualify that I haven't missed a payment yet?" she told me this afternoon. She said she was put on hold before a bank officer said "yes."
Late last year, she says, her soon-to-be ex-husband offered to give her his share of the house in exchange for not paying alimony. She didn't know whether to accept the deal because she didn't know whether she'd be responsible for $3,200 a month or a lower payment on a modified mortgage. Her bank refused to consider her for loan modification until she got a final divorce decree. She couldn't get a final divorce decree until she made a decision on whether to accept the house from her ex-husband, and she couldn't accept the house from her ex-husband until the bank modified her mortgage.
Shortly thereafter -- almost a year ago -- she was told the bank would modify her mortgage -- a 10-year, adjustable rate mortgage-- and she'd have to pay about $2,064 a month. But before the modification would be permanent, she'd have to pay the $2,064 a month for three months to prove that she could. In the meantime, the remaining amount would be considered unpaid.
But three months became four, then five, then six or more and still the bank did not finalize her mortgage's modification. The past-due amount, which would have been erased once the loan modification became final, added up.
"Every time I called they kept telling me it should only be another few weeks," she said. She made 50 phone calls from December 2009 to August 2010 asking the same question. She was also $13,000 in arrears.
At the end of July, she started getting foreclosure notices. She also was told she was no longer in the Home Affordable program at the direction of the "investor" in the mortgage, according to the bank. The "investor," it turned out, is Bank of America.
She filed a complaint with the bank and began working with another department at Wells Fargo, which told her to ignore the foreclosure letters. Two or three weeks ago, she says, the bank called with good news. "I got all excited" she said, and then she found out that with the principal and interest in a reworked mortgage, her payment would be $120 a month less than the original payment - $1,100 more than the amount she'd been paying.
She's now filed a complaint with Attorney General Lori Swanson's office, which is attempting to mediate the dispute. She says her bank is no longer returning her phone calls, and she doesn't know what effect -- if any -- today's announcement by Bank of America will have on her situation.
Posted at 9:03 AM on October 8, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The bottom line of the government's monthly unemployment report -- the overall unemployment rate -- gets all the headlines, but there are more details beyond the fact the unemployment rate stayed the same last month.
Here are a few:
-- The lowest unemployment rate in the U.S. is for Asians -- 6.4%. Five percent is considered full employment. The rate for Asians has dropped 1% in a year. But among minority groups, Asians stay unemployed longest.
-- The unemployment rate for 16- to 19-year-olds is 26%.
-- 2.5 million unemployed people, not included in the unemployment rate, haven't looked for work in at least the last four weeks.
-- The fastest-growing professional sector right now are jobs held by people who help people find jobs.
-- The unemployment rate for people who don't have a high school diploma or equivalent is 15.4%
-- The unemployment rate for those with a college degree (and over 25) is 4.4%. That rate has never been higher than 5% since 2000 except for last December and last February.
-- The unemployment rate for Iraq-war era veterans lower than for the labor force as a whole. But the unemployment rate for veterans from the first Gulf war era is higher than for the labor force as a whole.
-- More than half of the people who are presently unemployed, haven't had a job in more than 15 weeks.
-- 77% of the people employed in education and health services are women, the highest industry sector for employment of women. The lowest is construction (13%).
-- The average workweek of those in the leisure/hospitality sector is only 24 hours. Those in the mining industry have an average 44-hour workweek. The average number of overtime hours per week in manufacturing is 3 hours.
Posted at 3:46 PM on September 28, 2010
by Bob Collins
Filed under: Economy
The Economist has unveiled the global debt clock, a country-by-country look at which countries are tapped out. In the image above, the darkest countries are the ones most in debt.
You can manipulate the data for the last decade. Did you know, for example, China's public debt is increasing at a 15% rate for 2011? That's lower than the United States' anticipated 12.7% increase. But the U.S. debt is about $27,000 per capita. It's about $800 per capita in China.
Posted at 8:34 AM on September 28, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| City | Change from June | |
| Detroit | 1.6% | |
| New York | 1.3% | |
| Washington | 1.1% | |
| Chicago | 1.0% | |
| Minneapolis | 0.8% | |
| San Diego | 0.7% | |
| Miami | 0.7% | |
| Boston | 0.6% | |
| San Francisco | 0.5% | |
| Los Angeles | 0.3% | |
| Atlanta | 0.2% | |
| Cleveland | 0.0% | |
| Seattle | -0.1% | |
| Tampa | -0.2% | |
| Charlotte | -0.2% | |
| Portland | -0.3% | |
| Dallas | -0.3% | |
| Denver | -0.4% | |
| Phoenix | -0.6% | |
| Las Vegas | -0.8% | |
| Source: Case Shiller Survey | ||
Posted at 3:26 PM on September 24, 2010
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Anyone who works in downtown St. Paul knows: This is big news.
According to the Minneapolis St. Paul Business Journal:
Target Corp.'s downtown Seattle store, set to open in 2012, will be the debut of the Minneapolis retailer's new, smaller store format, with downtown St. Paul one market under consideration, the company said Friday.
St. Paul? Downtown St. Paul? Don't toy with us, Target.
The chances are pretty good that if you need something that you don't chew or drink, you won't find it in downtown St. Paul. The city is holding its breath that Macy's -- the last department store downtown -- won't turn the lights out when its agreement to stay open downtown expires at the end of next December.
Target announced last January it would test the smaller-store format. But what is it? The Dallas Business Journal reported in January...
Target says it will develop a smaller store format, limiting merchandise to what caters to the needs of shoppers in dense urban markets, and in stores that can fit into smaller, inner-city real estate.
What caters to the needs of shoppers in downtown St. Paul? A store with its lights on that will sell stuff to them.
Posted at 1:43 PM on September 20, 2010
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
President Obama went toe-to-toe with the business community today when CNBC hosted a Town Hall forum on business issues in Washington. NPR's politics blog reports the concerns of the little people didn't come up much when the opportunity presented itself, and it says Obama booted an opportunity to explain the difference between a government and a business.
In advance of the event, CNBC's online poll -- not scientific -- showed that by a margin of 2-to-1, most people think they're worse off now than they were two years ago.
And in another poll -- this one scientific -- 90 percent of the people say they're "worried" about the economy, which raises two questions: (1) Are people feeling worse off because they're worse off? Or are they feeling worse off because they're spending more time worrying about maybe being worse off soon? (2) Who are the 10 percent who aren't worried about the economy.
But most of the big economic news seems to be coming from a declaration that doesn't affect anyone but statistic geeks. The National Bureau of Economic Research says the recession ended more than a year ago. It's a good tidbit for winning a bet or comparing recessions, but it really doesn't mean that individuals are any better or worse off than they were during the "official" recession.
How the economy affects us often has more to do with emotional factors than statistical ones.
Posted at 11:09 AM on September 17, 2010
by Bob Collins
(8 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The bold and confident assertions made about the links between tax rates and economic growth, market performance, and prosperity are almost certainly wrong. Turn on CNBC or look at the Wall Street Journal op-ed page these days, and you'll learn that we must keep tax rates on capital gains, dividends, and income precisely where they are because shifting them to different levels will retard economic growth. Keep this in mind: The people who designed the current, unsustainable tax system promised us that lower marginal rates, and lower taxes on capital and dividends, would boost the economy, promote investment, create jobs, spur market performance, and raise everybody's income. They were wrong. (It's no coincidence that these same people also warned us that raising taxes in 1993 would kill market returns and the economy. They were wrong then, too. They're pretty much always wrong.) As I've pointed out, the years under the current tax regime have been a lost decade. Pick your metric--median income, employment, stock market returns, economic growth--the low-tax '00s sucked. Yet proponents of keeping the tax cuts persist in making the argument: To avoid a repeat of the past decade, we must have the exact same tax policies as we did for the past decade.The Wall St. community had a response. Appearing on CNBC today, Bernie Marcus, the guy who started Home Depot, launched an unusually strident attack on Obama administration policies:
Posted at 2:38 PM on September 9, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Aviation, Economy
You'll have to forgive the people who work for Duluth's Cirrus Aircraft if they're a little nervous. The recession has hammered the general aviation business in the U.S. and there has been -- apparently -- the occasional rumor that the company is either for sale or would move.
The company has shot down the "move" rumor by pointing out that labor costs in Duluth and Grand Forks are already as low as they are overseas. But the aviation Web site, AvWeb, confirms that Cirrus is looking for an "investor."
It says a group of potential investors visited the company last week from China. "All I'm trying to tell you is that this is a very good thing for jet position holders and Cirrus customers," CEO Brent Wouters said. "We're not on the verge of something quick."
"If you compare us now to 2008, when the world started coming apart and we had twice the volume, we are $90 million dollars better at the bottom line," Wouters told TheStreet.com last month. "The trajectory of the business is terrific at the bottom line, but the revenue line stinks. Even today, with a better bottom line than last year, we are still bouncing around break-even, which tells you how much money we've lost."
Posted at 7:57 AM on September 6, 2010
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Are construction companies "fibbing" when they say a road project is "completed" in time to get a get-it-done-fast bonus?
Lazy Lightning has one example of questionable "completeness:" Burnsville Parkway. The contractor on the project was to get $10,000 a day for every day the roadway was open before the construction deadline, according to This Week in Burnsville. It said the road has opened.
But Bill Roehl at Lazy Lightning found the truth to be somewhat different:
Now, as you can see from the mobile phone photo taken on September 5th (30 days later) displayed at the top of this post, all lanes of Burnsville Parkway are certainly not open and thus in no way did the construction company make the minimum requirements as mentioned in the Thisweek article. If Burnsville Parkway still has to have two lanes closed (both of the eastbound lanes are closed at Nicollet as you can see above) to do any sort of work on that stretch of road then the City should not have ever have agreed that the job was done enough to grant a $100,000 bonus. If you're going to make a bonus for a quick end to construction then it better be completed in such a way that the road will not need to be closed during any time to finish the job. I mean, it's great and all that Thisweek chose to stuff the article with a picture of a closed BP station but perhaps they should have gone out and taken a photo of the actual roadway in question before they decided to publish such a ridiculous article
Projects like this dot the metro area. Technically the roads are open for local businesses, but very few people are interested in navigating the nonsense to get to them.
Posted at 9:58 AM on August 26, 2010
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Headlines can make or break the understanding of a problem.
Here's an Associated Press headline on a story out this morning:
One in 10 with a mortgage face foreclosure
What's missing is a list of definitions. What does it mean to "face foreclosure?" In this study from the Mortgage Bankers Association, the Associated Press has defined it as being late for a payment. One in 10 people, according to the story, wqw late. But that calls for another definition: What is "late?" Is it people who didn't make it at all? Is it people who made it but made it late?
Technically, I suppose, I am facing foreclosure. The only thing that can stop it, is me making a payment, which -- fortunately -- I did this month.
But deeper in the story is the real story. If you define "facing foreclosure" as people who have received a first notice of foreclosure, the number is actually 1 in 100.
And the percentage of loans receiving their first notice of foreclosure also dipped. That fell to 1.1 percent in the second quarter from 1.2 percent in the first quarter
Wait a second! It dipped?
Yes, according to the same story:
In a worrisome sign, the number of homeowners starting to have problems with their mortgages rose after trending downward last year. The number of homes in the foreclosure process fell slightly, the first drop in four years.
Are you following that? The number of homeowners starting to have problems is rising. The number of homes in the foreclosure process is falling.
It defies a simple headline.
Posted at 10:32 AM on August 25, 2010
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I love the Midmorning audience. They ask great questions and on a daily basis they show how smart they are.
This morning, Kerri Miller looked at the question of whether South Dakota is taking jobs from Minnesota.
It's a question without an answer, according to a story from MPR a week ago (ignore the misleading headline). "We really don't have good numbers on that," said Art Rolnick, a senior fellow at the Humphrey Institute and former official with the Minneapolis Federal Reserve.
In the absence of data, then, we're left with anecdotal evidence. A caller from Sioux Falls to Midmorning asked "where are all these jobs?"
We got this e-mail from listener David Frank of Canby, MN:
Here is a link to a story that might answer that question. You are free to use your own judgment as to the validity of the source.
The link goes to a 2008 story from MPR.
Well played, sir. Well played.
Posted at 10:58 AM on August 25, 2010
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
While President Bush was telling the public that tax cuts pay for themselves, his 2003 Economic Report of the President, pages 57-58, told a very different story:Haines' commentary is informed, biting, and invites discussion. He's a well-hidden treasure in financial reporting. This morning he gave a Wall Street Journal columnist a chance to prove him wrong. Did he succeed? You decide.
"Although the economy grows in response to tax reductions (because of higher consumption in the short run and improved incentives in the long run), it is unlikely to grow so much that lost tax revenue is completely recovered by the higher level of economic activity."
If the President's own report is not convincing, here's a sampling of leading economists' opinions, all of whom have impeccable Republican and/or conservative credentials:
Posted at 9:05 AM on August 24, 2010
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Posted at 10:49 AM on August 17, 2010
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Good news/bad news in a study on household debt from the New York Federal Reserve Bank today:
For the first time since early 2006, the share of total household debt in some stage of delinquency declined, from 11.9 percent to 11.2 percent. However, the number of people with a new bankruptcy noted on their credit reports rose 34 percent during the second quarter, considerably higher than the 20 percent increase typical of the second quarter in recent years.
How are people cutting their debt? Check out this graph from the bank's report. This indicates the number of accounts by the type of account. Blue indicates credit cards.
But as a percentage of the balance of delinquent loans, credit card debt has increased while student loans have taken a big drop.
The report also charted the loan delinquency situation in several of the hardest-hit states. Minnesota wasn't one of them. You can find the full report here.
Is this consistent with your household finances? Are you total loans dropping, increasing, or staying the same over the last year?
Posted at 11:02 AM on August 6, 2010
by Bob Collins
(13 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Posted at 1:56 PM on August 3, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
If you like playing with maps, and visualizing the extent of individuals' economic woes, this is your lucky day.
The Administrative Office of US Courts has released state-by-state maps showing consumer bankruptcy filings. Minnesota, as you can see, has more than its share of bankruptcy filings compared to its neighbors, and many other states, too. Click on map for a larger view.
In Minnesota, the mean debt is about $244,000. The mean assets is about $160,000. "These figures are total debt, the bulk of which will be mortgage and auto debt, which debtors must pay if they want to keep their homes and cars," the blog Credit Slips reports.
Auto loans? Here's a map from the NY Fed on auto loans that are more than 60 days past due. Note that in Minnesota, the most frequent occurrence of bad debt in auto loans is outstate (blue is the highest percentage).
![]()
The situation is most severe in Minnesota in Pope, Grant, Beltrami, and Lake counties.
The Fed has several categories of maps available, including student loans, mortgages, and bank cards. But what we most want to know on subjects like this is "is it getting better."
Here's a map showing the year-to-year change in mortgages that are more than 90 days in arrears. Red indicates a worsening. In Minnesota, it's worse.
In fact, for most every segment, things were worse in the 1st quarter of 2010 than in 2009. The exception seems to be bank cards. In particular, Grant County in far western Minnesota, is the one county that stands out for the severity of debt problems. Nearly 9 percent of the population there lives below the poverty level.
You can play with the maps here.
Posted at 5:02 PM on July 19, 2010
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
Posted at 12:52 PM on July 15, 2010
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
Any discussion about taxes in Minnesota inevitably begins with a statement of where the state ranks compared to the rest of the nation. According to a report today from the Minnesota Taxpayers Association, Minnesota ranks 13th. And 21st. And 15th. And 32nd.
In its annual "How Does Minnesota Compare" study (available here), the MTA says the state has dropped from 12th to 13th in total state and local tax collections, based on data from fiscal year 2008.
On a per-thousand-dollars-of-personal-income basis, however, the state ranks 21st.
Minnesota ranks 15th in per capita spending, and 31st in spending on a per-thousand-dollar-of-income basis.
The report also compares areas of spending with other states. Minnesota spends about the same amount on K-12 as other states. It spends more on libraries, welfare, highways, and natural resources.
It spends less than the U.S. average on fire, corrections, sewer, health and hospitals, financial administration, justice, public buildings, and interest on general debt.
There are a few surprises for the non-financial follower. Minnesota, which some politicians claim has the highest corporate tax rate in the world, ranks 11th in per capita corporate income taxes. Alaska ranks #1.
And several states described as "business friendly," have a high sales tax burden for its residents. On a per-capita basis, Wyoming, Florida, Nevada, Arizona, New Mexico, and South Dakota -- all often mentioned as more desirable tax states -- have higher sales tax burdens than Minnesota, the report says.
But Minnesota's reputation as being a high welfare state also is confirmed by the report. It ranks sixth.
Posted at 3:35 PM on July 9, 2010
by Drew Geraets
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Energy, Politics

Tom Bodett would not be happy with Brainerd, Minn.
The City Council there voted to keep about a quarter of the city's 1,600 street lights dark, despite complaints from many residents.
The city would save $74,100 a year by keeping the lights off, according to a city official.
According to the Brainerd Dispatch:
Council members who toured the city on June 29 and June 30 with [Brainerd Public Utilities] officials said they found several areas where lights can be turned back on."Most of the areas were OK," said council member Lucy Nesheim. "Some were definitely, what some people would call ... spooky."
In 2009 Northfield, Minn. looked at adding a streetlight utility fee (pdf) to help address smaller amounts of local government aid from the state.
Other cities across the country have also flipped off the switch on their street ights, according to USA Today.
"Streetlights are more expensive than people realize," Northfield Mayor Mary Rossing says. Her city spends about $230,000 a year on street lights.
Would you mind if your city turned off your street lights to save money?
Brainerd and Northfield are not the only Minnesota city looking for ways to trim expenses.
The Royalton City Council voted to reduce the number of its meetings to once a month (having met twice a month for more than 30 years). That would save about $5,600 a year, according to council members.
But so far, nothing I've found has topped Edina's cost-saving effort of ending its free doggie-bag program -- which cost about $12,000 a year.
What has your city done to save money recently?
Related
Posted at 1:49 PM on July 7, 2010
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Is the declining -- however slightly -- unemployment rate only temporary?
The Big Picture has crunched some jobs data that shows the difference in percentage increase of people working for temp (temporary) services vs. those who are holding permanent jobs has never been bigger.
Temp jobs are up 19.6% over last year, the largest increase since the Bureau of Labor Statistics began tracking the category. Take temp jobs out of the private-sector category, and the number of jobs has fallen .7% from a year ago.
There's never been as big a gap before.
Historically -- and I'll admit going back only to 1990 isn't a particularly robust data set -- when temp jobs are up over 10% year over year, private sector jobs (less temp jobs) are running in the range, on average, of +2.4% YoY, not -0.7%. In the 20 year history of the series, never has the year over year gain been 10% or more while the private sector (ex-temp) has been negative. This is yet another variation on the theme of whether this may be As Good As It Gets.
Here's what it looks like (click image for a larger version):
Steve Hine, the research director in the Labor Market Information Office at the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development, was good enough to break down the Minnesota figures for the same categories.
"I used employment services, about two-thirds of which is temp help, as we don't estimate at the same level of detail in many instances that the national figures are. But the story is indeed the same - we have 14.5% growth in employment services (through May - June data are out next week) with YoY losses in the rest of private employment," Dr. Hine says.
In Minnesota's case, however, it's not a first-time experience. In 1991, the gap between the two was higher. There was a 27.8% difference. The gap was also double-digits in 1992, 1994, 1999, 2004, and 2006.
And the '90s turned out to be pretty good for the economy. So perhaps the size of the gap doesn't mean this is as good as it's going to get, as the Big Picture suggests.
Posted at 10:07 AM on July 2, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Isn't it time to come up with another way of measuring unemployment than the unemployment rate?
Today, the government said the unemployment rate fell to 9.5 percent. Great news? No. Although the unemployment rate dropped to the lowest level since July 2009, it fell because 652,000 people gave up on their job searches and left the labor force.
People who are no longer looking for work aren't counted as unemployed, the Associated Press reported. But the problem with that rationale is obvious: they are unemployed.
So, what's the real unemployment rate? About 16.5%, the Wall Street Journal says. But even that rate dropped, though not by much.
The effect of the recession on workers, however, is much more significant, according to a new poll from Pew Research. Fifty-five percent of those surveyed say they've been negatively affected by the recession; they have suffered a spell of unemployment, a cut in pay, a reduction in hours or have become involuntary part-time workers.
Sixty-two percent of people, however, believe their personal finances will get better.
"We're heading in the right direction," President Obama said this morning, shortly before leaving Washington for a vacation. It's a common presidential tactic. If you want people to think things are looking up, just say they are.
At the start of the year in which that iconic ad ran, unemployment was only 1.5% lower than it is now, although it was much lower than the high of 10.8% in 1982. In Minnesota, the current unemployment rate is only .2 percent higher than it was in 1984.
The chart of the U.S. unemployment rate now, however -- even with its statistical phoniness described above -- doesn't suggest that things are getting much better.

"It's going to be a slow recovery for unemployment," The Atlantic's David Indiviglio wrote today in his analysis. That much was obvious months ago.
Posted at 4:08 PM on May 24, 2010
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Every year at this time, News Cut begins posting commencement speeches. So far, this season, we have been generally underwhelmed by the speeches we've heard.
NBC's Brian Williams spoke at Notre Dame's commencement, warned students not to let the gulf oil spill "become a metaphor for our country."
The pick of Williams avoids last year's controversy over the commencement speaker at Notre Dame -- Barack Obama. Some in the Notre Dame community objected to his policies on abortion.
The most entertaining speech we've heard so far this year wasn't a commencement speech at all, but instructions on how to accept your diploma.
More commencement speeches as they happen.
Paralleling the commencement season are the stories about how difficult it will be for graduates to get a job.
But what about last year's graduates? We worried about them at this time last year. This year? Not much. If you were in the class of 2009, let us know whatever happened to you.
Posted at 3:21 PM on May 20, 2010
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, The Unemployed series
![]()
We met software developer Thomas Schunk last year as part of News Cut's series "The Unemployed," when he lost his job at United HealthCare after 11 years. He looked forward to being the one who brought treats to his job-search support group, indicating he found work.
Presumably, he's ponied up for the snacks because we got this update from him today:
I wanted to follow up with you. I have been busy lately. About two months ago, I was offered a position with Trail Blazer Campaign Services, Inc. I am a Software Developer.
Originally it was meant to be a part-time position. However, a recent rapid increase in sales has kept my work schedule to nearly 40 hours per week. I have been so busy installing new customers and importing their data into the Trail Blazer software that I have spent less than a total of 20 hours programming.
I like my coworkers and love being productive again. Of course, having a regular paycheck again helps.
Again, thank you for meeting with me and publishing my story.
Posted at 2:45 PM on May 11, 2010
by Bob Collins
(17 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Today's fastest-moving story on the Internet is the study that purports to show that we really aren't paying the taxes we think we're paying, we're paying fewer taxes now than we have since 1950.
As with most swift-moving stories, there are some hard-to-fathom numbers, and truthiness depends on an individual's particular situation.
It started on the personal finance column on USA Today's Web site, citing a study from the Bureau of Economic Analysis:
Some conservative political movements such as the "Tea Party" have criticized federal spending as being out of control. While spending is up, taxes have fallen to exceptionally low levels.
Federal, state and local taxes -- including income, property, sales and other taxes -- consumed 9.2% of all personal income in 2009, the lowest rate since 1950, the Bureau of Economic Analysis reports. That rate is far below the historic average of 12% for the last half-century. The overall tax burden hit bottom in December at 8.8.% of income before rising slightly in the first three months of 2010.
According to USA Today -- there's nothing on the Bureau of Economic Analysis Web site to refer to -- the average household making the average income -- $102,000 -- paid over $3,000 less in taxes in 2009.
But the 9.2% figure is hard to swallow.
First, Social Security takes 6.2% of your income right off the top and you don't get it back until you retire, if the system is solvent at that point. The fact you may not get it back for several decades doesn't ease the bite.
That leaves 3% left to be consumed by all other taxes, if the report is to be believed, and we know that's simply not true.
The Medicare tax alone is 1.45% (the employee's share) of all wages, and it is soon to go up to 2.35%.
That leaves .75% to be consumed by all other taxes.
For an average family making $102,000. That's $765.
Do you drive a car? That's about $100, $35 of which you can deduct from your itemized deductions on your federal tax return (returning about $12 to you in all). And that doesn't include the "fees" Minnesota imposes on top of the registration "tax."
Even if we just take half of the average miles driven per year -- 7,500 -- and generously figure a car gets 30 miles per gallon. At a tax rate of 40.4 cents per gallon, that's $101 in gas taxes.
And there's still cigarette taxes, liquor taxes, homeland security taxes, and we haven't even started our federal or state income tax returns yet.
The USA Today story says one reason the tax bite is low, is because of the federal stimulus package. But that's part of the "we're taxed too much" complaint; that it's a bill that will come due in the future, not a handout without incurred debt. It also says we paid less sales tax in '09 because of the downturn in the economy.
But as with many statistical exercises like this , it's an average. A few weeks ago, we heard that over half of Americans don't pay any income taxes. Is that you? Probably not. It probably isn't the people who are complaining about high taxes, either.
As with every average, an individual's "mileage may vary."
Posted at 1:51 PM on May 10, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, The Unemployed series
Posted at 1:41 PM on May 3, 2010
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
If people start feeling better about the economy, does that change the coming elections?
People are feeling better about the economy.
A New York Times/CBS News poll out this afternoon says 41 percent of those surveyed say the economy is getting better. That's an 8 percent jump from last month. Only 15 percent say things are getting worse.
President Obama got a 5-percent jump in ratings for his handling of the economy.
As usual, polls don't make a lot of sense.
Last Monday, a Harris Poll found that only 32 percent of those surveyed are optimistic about the economy. And President Obama got disapproval ratings from 19 percent more people than today's poll.
Posted at 2:18 PM on April 27, 2010
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The parking directives on signs in downtown St. Paul seem to often scream, "go away," and today a group of business interests called on the city to lighten up on the enforcement.
The St. Paul Area Chamber of Commerce said a recent survey of business owners and customers said parking enforcement is "overly aggressive," the signs are confusing, and the maximum time allowed at meters is too short.
"We have to stop pretending we have a rush hour out of downtown St. Paul," City Council member Dave Thune said, referring to signs (like the one above) that even prevents people from stopping, let alone park.

Brian Horst (above), who runs Details Salon on the Lowry Building said he often pays the parking tickets of customers, but fears many people don't bother trying to park.
Susan Kimberly (left, above), the interim director of the Chamber, said the group wants the time limit on parking meters extended to 90 minutes, and free parking at meters if they're broken. Thune indicated the city is considering computerized parking meters that will accept credit cards. They might be paid for with the money generated by fines on parking scofflaws, he said.
(Take the parking survey from the Capitol River Council.)
Posted at 10:32 AM on April 27, 2010
by Bob Collins
(8 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| City | Change from January |
| San Diego | 0.6% |
| Las Vegas | -0.4% |
| New York | -0.4% |
| Miami | -0.5% |
| Washington | -0.5% |
| Los Angeles | -0.7% |
| San Francisco | -0.7% |
| Denver | -0.8% |
| Boston | -1.0% |
| Charlotte | -1.0% |
| Seattle | -1.1% |
| Tampa | -1.2% |
| Atlanta | -1.3% |
| Phoenix | -1.5% |
| Detroit | -1.8% |
| Dallas | -1.8% |
| Chicago | -2.0% |
| Cleveland | -2.1% |
| Minneapolis | -2.2% |
| Portland | -2.4% |
Posted at 4:57 PM on April 23, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
| Community | Unemployment rate |
| Eden Prairie | 5.6% |
| Chanhassen | 5.9% |
| Woodbury | 6.1% |
| Shoreview | 6.3% |
| Eagan | 6.4% |
| Apple Valley | 6.8% |
| Minneapolis | 6.8% |
| Burnsville | 7.3% |
| Bloomington | 7.4% |
| St. Paul | 7.8% |
| Maplewood | 8.0% |
| Oakdale | 8.0% |
| White Bear Lake | 9.1% |
| Community | Unemployment rate |
| Eden Prairie | 2.8% |
| Chanhassen | 2.9% |
| Eagan | 2.9% |
| Woodbury | 3.0% |
| Shoreview | 3.2% |
| Apple Valley | 3.3% |
| Bloomington | 3.6% |
| Burnsville | 3.7% |
| Minneapolis | 4.0% |
| Maplewood | 4.1% |
| Oakdale | 4.1% |
| St. Paul | 4.4% |
| White Bear Lake | 5.3% |
| Community | Unemployment rate |
| Chanhassen | 3.6% |
| Woodbury | 3.8% |
| Shoreview | 4.0% |
| Eden Prairie | 4.2% |
| Eagan | 4.2% |
| Apple Valley | 4.3% |
| Maplewood | 4.4% |
| Oakdale | 4.7% |
| Burnsville | 5.0% |
| Bloomington | 5.1% |
| Minneapolis | 5.3% |
| St. Paul | 5.4% |
| White Bear Lake | 6.1% |
| Community | Unemployment rate |
| Chanhassen | n/a |
| Woodbury | 1.1% |
| Eden Prairie | 1.4% |
| Eagan | 1.4% |
| Shoreview | 1.6% |
| Apple Valley | 1.6% |
| Bloomington | 1.7% |
| Burnsville | 1.8% |
| Maplewood | 1.9% |
| Oakdale | 2.2% |
| White Bear Lake | 2.5% |
| Minneapolis | 3.0% |
| St. Paul | 3.2% |
Posted at 9:54 AM on April 23, 2010
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The major problem with the work studies dating back to the 1960s is that work required to maintain the 'house' has been defined in terms of weekly maintenance work like cooking and laundry. Questions about upkeep of the physical dimensions of the house like painting, fixing things, paying bills, and upkeep of the community aspects like participating in community relationships, social and service groups have been excluded from these studies. So, the outcomes of the research are predetermined and therefore not very informative. Creating, supporting, and maintaining a family is much more complex than the three chores, laundry, cooking, and cleaning.If there were a Pulitzer Prize for reader comments, that one would be a candidate.
As for us, my wife works 50 - 60 hours a week and I work many fewer hours. If we were to have participated in these studies, our shared workload analysis would fit in the average range. However, I would say that I spend more time on the full household management issues than does my wife. ( the exception is now that I am teaching spring term in Mexico, she has all the responsibilities and is to date very overwhelmed) . We have never fully agreed on what constitutes balanced teamwork. Neither have we fully agreed on what constitutes daily and weekly maintenance activities. But that is also true in the work force. I would hope that future studies are able to better capture the complexities of household maintenance.
I am a working mom with a stay-at-home dad. The worst critics are other woman. My husband's ex-wife constantly calls my husband (father of 2) "unemployed." Female co-workers ask how can I "do it" and leave the kids each week. I work out of town 2-3 days a week. Woman are not supporting this dynamic. I make 2.5 times as much as my husband did and can only do it because of his sacrifice.Flip the genders, and the discussion could be happening in 1968.
Reaction to the recession has not been all bad. Many families are rethinking their material priorities. Volunteerism is up. Community gardens and other forms of neighborhood cooperation and sharing are on the increase. And some studies show that in the long run people raised in adversity become more sensitive to social inequity and less inclined to blame others for their misfortunes.We're there.
But when social adversity is accompanied by marked social inequality, it often leads to resentment and scapegoating.
Posted at 3:21 PM on April 7, 2010
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Did you pay any federal income tax from the in 2009. If you did, you're very close to being in the minority, according to a new report from the Tax Policy Center.
The Associated Press combines that statistic with another report to conclude:
The result is a tax system that exempts almost half the country from paying for programs that benefit everyone, including national defense, public safety, infrastructure and education. It is a system in which the top 10 percent of earners -- households making an average of $366,400 in 2006 -- paid about 73 percent of the income taxes collected by the federal government.
But the Tax Policy Center says 73% of us pay some form of federal tax, just not income tax.
They pay Social Security and Medicare taxes when they work, sales taxes when they buy things and property taxes on their homes. Drivers pay gasoline taxes, and smokers and drinkers pay excise taxes on tobacco and alcohol.
That includes 99.7 percent of people making over $1 million a year, the group says.
Posted at 8:34 AM on April 7, 2010
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Posted at 11:11 AM on April 6, 2010
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
These signs have started sprouting at the pumps of some area gas stations. What's it all about? It's an attempt by the companies to get Congress involved in the credit card company practice of charging merchants every time a credit card purchase is processed.
The companies are making more money off the fees now that recent card card reform in Washington has limited some of the profits from high interest rates and fees charged to people who carry a balance.
Robert Shapiro, a former Clinton administration advisor and author of a study on swipe fees wrote on Forbes.com in February that the credit card legislation should've included limits on "swipe fees."
While free market competition tends to drive prices down, the kind of cartel-like competition that goes on between the handful of major credit card companies--Visa, MasterCard, American Express and Discover account for 85% of the market--drives up these fees. The credit card companies recruit banks to their networks by promising them higher fees paid by consumers and merchants, and the banks try to attract new, well-to-do subscribers by offering rewards that are then financed through these fees. All of these costs are hidden from consumers.
"Credit card fees are hidden to our customers and have increased at a double-digit annual compound growth rate during the past decade," Tony Kenney, the head of SuperAmerica Speedway said.
Shapiro's "report" said without the fees, up to 250,000 jobs could be created. Not everyone is buying that, including Mike Duff, writing on BNET.
Besides the inherently dubious nature of the assertion that X amount of money translates into Y number of jobs, the retailers ignore the other side of the transaction. To wit: If banks are deprived of profiting from credit-card transactions, which is what the study bases its numbers on, how many bank jobs will be lost?
The retail organizations face other problems if they want the government to intervene with the credit-card industry. First, the government is propping up the banking system. Taking money out of the finance system, as in reduction of credit card fees, could mean money out of the U.S. treasury system.
Plus there's the philosophical question in the wake of recent health care and banking legislation: Is there a compelling public interest for Congress to intervene? Or is it a matter between private businesses?
Posted at 1:54 PM on March 30, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| City | Change from
December |
|
| Portland | -1.8% |
|
| Chicago | -1.7% |
|
| Seattle | -1.7% |
|
| Atlanta | -1.5% |
|
| Denver | -1.3% |
|
| Dallas | -1.3% |
|
| Detroit | -1.1% |
|
| Cleveland | -0.7% |
|
| Phoenix | -0.6% |
|
| San Francisco | -0.6% |
|
| Minneapolis | -0.6% |
|
| Charlotte | -0.6% |
|
| Tampa | -0.5% |
|
| Boston | -0.5% |
|
| Las Vegas | -0.5% |
|
| Washington | -0.4% |
|
| New York | -0.3% |
|
| Miami | -0.2% |
|
| San Diego | 0.4% |
|
| Los Angeles | 0.9% |
|
| City | Change from year ago | |
| San Francisco | 9.0% | |
| San Diego | 5.9% | |
| Minneapolis | 1.9% | |
| Miami | -0.2% | |
| New York | -0.3% | |
| Washington | -0.4% | |
| Boston | -0.5% | |
| Tampa | -0.5% | |
| Cleveland | -0.7% | |
| Detroit | -1.1% | |
| Dallas | -1.3% | |
| Denver | -1.3% | |
| Atlanta | -1.5% | |
| Chicago | -1.7% | |
| Seattle | -1.7% | |
| Portland | -1.8% | |
| Charlotte | -3.1% | |
| Los Angeles | -3.9% | |
| Phoenix | -4.6% | |
| Las Vegas | -17.4% | |
Posted at 2:35 PM on March 29, 2010
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
Almost a year ago, a Minnesota company announced it would move to Wisconsin because of the tax policies of Minnesota which made it difficult to attract investment.
"We're not getting the job done in Minnesota," said VitalMedix CEO and president Jeff Williams told the Star Tribune at the time. "Angel investment in the Twin Cities has almost dried up. People are just sitting on their money. The past year has been the most difficult that I've ever seen in my career. It's extremely difficult and frustrating."
An "Angel investment" tax credit rewards investment in companies with tax breaks. Investing in a start-up company, especially in the high-tech world, is risky. The angel investor credit provides a cushion for the investor, its proponents argue.
Wisconsin has such a program. Minnesota doesn't.
In December, VitalMedix made the move to Hudson. How's it going for the firm in its new state? It's not. A month ago it filed for bankruptcy.
Other companies, however, have been able to get the green in Wisconsin. Rapid Diagnostek, which moved from St. Paul to Hudson in 2008, recently received a $4 million investment.
The Minnesota Legislature this session has been debating whether to offer the tax credit to the investors and, if so, whether it would be paid for by removing tax credits to some low-income individuals.
The House is debating a bill this afternoon that includes the angel investment. You can watch the debate here.
3:39 p.m. - The House passed the bill 112-20.
Posted at 11:47 AM on March 26, 2010
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, The Unemployed series

You may recall the story of Aja Halvorson from last year's News Cut mini-series on the stories of people who've become unemployed in the economic "downturn."
"Even if you don't know me, you know me," Aja Halvorson says. "I really do rub off on people." She's right. She's the poster child of many in her generation. She's looking to make a difference, she's gone back to school, but she's also struggling through the flotsam of foreclosure, unemployment, and bankruptcy.
Here's an update, based on an e-mail she sent today:
You did an unemployment piece on me earlier this year and asked me to follow up with you when I got a job. Well, I'm delinquent in notifying you, but I was hired by the U of MN this past December. It's only a 25-hour-a-week position, but I love it and it feels great to be working again. This summer my hours will go up to 30 per week since there appears to be enough money in our budget for next year (however I am only 1/3 of the workforce for my program. We're associated with the College of Continuing Education).
I'm still in school and doing very well. I'm working towards my teaching license. The new developments regarding financial aid are making me both excited and nervous to see what my educational future has in store. I think it's a good move to eliminate private subsidized loans, but at the same time I'm wondering if there will still be the same availability for aid. But that's a whole other matter which I'm sure you're already hard at work on.
All in all, things are headed in the right direction. Most of my unemployed friends have also found part-time or temporary work, just a few of them continue to struggle with employment issues.
On a day-to-day basis, it's hard to know how we're doing economy-wise. The Commerce Department released revised economic data today, for instance, that shows the economy is growing at only half the rate it did at the end of 2009, and nowhere near enough to bring the unemployment rate down.
Posted at 10:47 AM on March 9, 2010
by Bob Collins
(78 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
It says something about the glamorous life I lead that my heart skipped a beat last night when I went through the daily mail and found the census form had arrived. "Oh cool, the census," I actually said as my wife leaned in for acknowledgment that I was glad to see her, too.
Only it wasn't the census form. It was a letter saying the census form would be arriving in about a week.
Want to guess how much this little exercise cost? Hand me that napkin.
There were 105,480,101 households in 2000. At 500 sheets of paper per ream, that's 210,960 reams of paper for the letter. It's cheap paper, though. At $40 a case, Office Max has the cheapest price I could find online, so that's $843,000 for the paper.
Five-hundred envelopes go for $30. That's another $6.3 million (I'm rounding up and down here; it's the government afterall).
Finally, there's the cost of mailing. It's presorted first-class mail. According to the U.S. Postal Service Web site, pre-sorted mail costs .335, although a standard rate letter could be sent for 17 cents. But this was first-class. Total: $35,335,833.83.
Total: $42.5 million (although I remain somewhat skeptical about the postage) to send you a letter to tell you you're going to get another letter next week. Oh, and sending a postcard would've been $15.8 million cheaper.
The average person pays $13,000 in federal taxes per year. So it took the annual federal taxes of nearly 327 taxpayers to send you the letter.
(See "Why Use Advance Letters")
Posted at 2:40 PM on March 8, 2010
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Tech
Posted at 8:07 AM on March 6, 2010
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
When you get into your 50s -- or so I've heard -- you start looking forward to retirement and fearing it at the same time. You look forward to it because .... do I really have to explain that? You fear it because there's always the danger of outliving the money you've put aside.
Today, the Economist fans the fear by noting that the time people are spending in retirement is increasing. That could lead politicians to change the rules of retirement to delay retirement benefits, which -- in turn -- fans the flame of fear that we'll never actually get to retire.
In practice many people in the rich-world OECD countries retire several years early, which lets them enjoy, on average, some 19 years in retirement before death. Spaniards should spare a thought for the previous generation; those who became pensioners in 1970 could expect to survive for less than a decade.
Coincidentally, US News reported this week, the push to delay retirement is gaining some favor at a time when many older workers are being forced into early retirement because they're losing their jobs.
(Paul) Skidmore is among a growing number of people who want to work into their 60s but are pushed into early retirement by the weak job market. The number of unemployed Americans ages 55 and older expressing interest in finding a job has grown by 60 percent since the end of 2007, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. But finding work has proved difficult. The unemployment rate for older job seekers has more than doubled since 2007 to 7.2 percent in December 2009, and the average duration of the job search for older workers was 36 weeks in November--far longer than the 28 weeks most younger workers remain unemployed. Some discouraged seniors eventually give up on finding a new job and start calling themselves retired.
This week, National Public Radio provided a three part series on the 50- and 60-somethings who are stuck in this spot. Find it here. Share your situation below.
Posted at 11:13 AM on March 4, 2010
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The bank pays its top executives more than any other bank, it took $25 billion in bailout money, and it was one of the leaders in "relaxed" lending standards during the housing bubble. "So why does Wells Fargo bank escape negative headlines?" CNBC's David Faber wondered today.
The bank repaid its TARP money after President Barack Obama tied the money to limits on executive pay. Now we know why.
The country's 4th-largest bank rewarded CEO John Stumpf with $21.3 million in 2009, according to a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission late on Wednesday. That's more than the CEOs of Goldman Sachs and J.P. Morgan, Faber notes.
The chief financial officer of Wells Fargo, Howard Atkins, made $11.6 million, up from a $4.9 million year in 2008. David Hoyt, the senior executive vice president of wholesale banking, was compensated with $13.5 million. The man in charge of home and consumer financing for the bank, Mark Oman, made $12.7 million -- four times what he was paid the previous year.
In each case, the compensation was well above their compensation in 2007, which was the height of bank profitability in the U.S.
Wells Fargo posted a $12 billion profit in 2009. The company is the country's biggest home lender.
Posted at 11:39 AM on March 3, 2010
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Posted at 8:48 AM on March 3, 2010
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Energy
Posted at 11:24 AM on February 24, 2010
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Today's hand-wringer-of-the day is this one:
New-home sales drop to record low in January.
It's dire, indeed. The economy depends on people wanting another house than the one they've already got, then buying all the junk they need to fill it up, running out of room, and then buying a bigger one, filling it with more stuff, and keeping the economy going.
New-home sales for all 2009 fell almost 23% to 374,000, worst year on record. The National Association of Home Builders is forecasting that sales will rise to more than 500,000 this year, an improvement from 2009 but still far below the boom years of 2003 through 2006, when builders posted more than 1 million new home sales each year.
The unexpectedly large drop in January activity will increase concern that the housing rebound could falter in coming months as the government withdraws the support it has used to try to bolster the housing market, which stood at the epicenter of the country's overall recession, the worst downturn since the 1930s.
That's the problem with most economics reporting. It's all numbers. And clearly there are people who need new and bigger, especially in the Midwest for some reason. But what if there's the beginning of a bigger sociological change going on? What if the recession has been -- in some small way -- a well-deserved slap upside the head? What if we realize we don't need a bigger house? What if we don't need to change school districts? What if we realized part of our problem isn't that we don't have a big enough house, it's that we have too much junk?
Last year, the Pew Center seemed to confirm this.
The question testing whether Americans judge specific consumer goods to be luxuries or necessities has been asked over many years by different polling organizations, beginning with the Roper Organization in 1973. A review of the results over time shows a noteworthy pattern: On many of the items tested, the public's current "necessity" judgments have retreated to levels not seen for a decade or more. And on virtually every item for which a trend is available, the 2006 results represented a high-water mark in the necessity rankings. (Perhaps not coincidentally, 2006 was also the year before the recession set in and marked the outer limits of America's housing bubble.)
For example, two-thirds (66%) of respondents in the latest survey consider a clothes dryer a necessity. That's down from 83% in 2006 but nearly identical to the 69% who said in a 1983 Roper survey that a clothes dryer was a necessity. Similarly, about one-in-five rated a dishwasher as a necessity in the latest survey (21%) and in 1983 (19%) -- a double-digit decline from the 35% who said three years ago that a dishwasher was essential.
Maybe economic reports are telling us we've learned to be happy with what we've got. If so, can an economy survive that mindset?
Posted at 12:55 PM on February 23, 2010
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
The verdict is in: The stimulus plan created 1 - 2.1 million jobs through December 2009.
The report comes today from the Congressional Budget Office, a non-partisan office that is cited as reputable by both sides when it suits them. Here's the full report.
That's quite a wide range of numbers there. The CBO says while 600,000 jobs were reportedly created in the 4th quarter, the actual number might be higher or lower than that. Lower, because the jobs might've already existed, and higher because the reports measured only the jobs created by employers, not by subcontractors.
That's a nice way of saying that when Democrats say the stimulus has worked, and Republicans say it hasn't, both are just guessing and cherry-picking data.
For its part, the CBO reports tax cuts are going to be $7 billion more than it originally estimated because tax changes were carried out more quickly than it expected. It also said spending was lower -- albeit slightly lower -- than it had predicted.
Incidentally, here's a moment of serendipity in reading an otherwise dull government report. In a typically bland preface, the report credits various people who worked on it, including Lenny Skutnik who was in charge of printing it. Does that name sound familiar? Maybe this will help.
It's the answer to the "whatever happened to Lenny Skutnik?" question. A non-descript government employee who became internationally famous for jumping into the Potomac to rescue victims of a plane crash in a "rousing act of courage," then went back to being a non-descript government employee. It's too bad. He's not a guy who should be forgotten:
Posted at 10:53 AM on February 16, 2010
by Bob Collins
(19 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics

Unquestionably, Minnesota is one of the highest-taxed states in the country for business, and that fact is being used by lawmakers who see cutting those taxes as the first step in creating and maintaining jobs.
Usually, anecdotal stories of companies folding up shop in the state are used to prove that taxes cause companies to leave Minnesota. But there have been few -- if any -- comprehensive (and objective) studies asking them why they left.
On Minnesota Public Radio's Midmorning broadcast this morning, a caller asked why taxes couldn't be raised to give Minnesotans a "21st century education" (whatever that is). That, the caller said, gives Minnesota an advantage over other states.
Rep. Marty Seifert, R-Marshall responded that politicians aren't the ones to answer that question, but "it's best to ask the people who create the jobs."
"We lost the world headquarters of State Farm out of Woodbury. In my area, we've lost divisions of Schwann's, Viessman Trucking, Anderson Trucking, Luverne Bumper Company, Luverne Fire Apparatus, Hill Stainless Steel, and the list goes on and on and on. Can can talk about Dayton Hudson and divisions of Honeywell. The reality is if you raise taxes and these folks leave, there'll be no one to educate."
Seifert is correct that State Farm moved out of Woodbury, fewer than seven years after building a huge campus in the city. Fifteen-hundred jobs were lost in the city; 350 of them moved to Mendota Heights. But he's wrong that it was because of the state's business climate. He's also wrong that it was the world headquarters of State Farm, a company that calls Illinois home. The Woodbury office was a regional service headquarters for six states.
Before the company consolidated its operations in Lincoln, Nebraska, the company announced the two sites would combine, but at the time it didn't say where. Area officials offered tax breaks to State Farm, but the company rejected negotiations, saying the decision wasn't about taxes, it was about efficiency to save $26 million.
The theory that taxes prompted the move tends to ignore Nebraska's business tax ranking at 33rd in the nation. That's better than Minnesota's, but not by a lot.
Dayton Hudson became Target, which is still headquartered in Minnesota. It sold its department store chain to May Department Stores, which eventually sold it to Macy's, a company based in New York, another high-tax state.
This isn't too suggest, of course, that taxes aren't part of the mix. But to the original question of the caller, it's unclear what the balance is between taxes and other factors.
Meanwhile, there were plenty of people e-mailing their commentaries during the show on the subject of the state budget Here's a sample:
From Saginaw, Mn.
As a former employee of MSOP in Moose Lake, I here nothing of finding cuts within the state system. Currently in MSOP, consultants are utilized when there are qualified people within the state. Directors of a health facility, do not have any health care experience. They have been taken from the DOC system, where the emphasis is incarceration not patient wellness. It is a needed evil to have such a facility, however I think it could be managed more efficiently. Note the employee turnover in the last 4 years, also I think the taxpayers would like to know the amount of wages earned by the directors/consultants. How many state employees were laid off versus terminated in recent years? Look into cost overruns during the last construction phase, and see if the same expenditures are projected to the new construction phase. Thank You
From Alexandria:
Tax breaks might keep companies here, but how does cutting public services, education, health care impact the quality of living and the workforce? What happens when our most qualified and our best educated don't want to live here because the standard of living decreases? People don't come or stay in Minnesota just because of the jobs. They come and stay here because of the overall standard of living.
From Rochester:
If lawmakers are so concerned about lower corporate tax rates why aren't state tax laws conformed with federal depreciation tax deductions to give small business the same faster write-off for capital expenditures that they enjoy for federal tax purposes?
(Photo: Loopnet)
Posted at 3:56 PM on February 8, 2010
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| President | Inauguration Day |
2/8 one year later |
Diff. |
Pct. |
| Barack Obama | 7949.09 |
9908.39 |
1959.3 |
24.6% |
| Bill Clinton | 3241.95 |
3906.03 |
664.08 |
20.5% |
| George H.W. Bush | 2235.43 |
2644.37 |
408.94 |
18.3% |
| George W. Bush | 10587 |
9744 |
-843 |
-8.0% |
| Ronald Reagan | 950.68 |
833.43 |
-117.25 |
-12.3% |
| Jimmy Carter | 959.03 |
782.66 |
-176.37 |
-18.4% |
Posted at 3:58 PM on February 4, 2010
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
"Am I going to have to start watching the market again?" a friend on Twitter asked me a few minutes ago.
Apparently so. Reports of a recovery appear to have been premature. The stock market is about to drop below 10,000 again.
There is, of course, more to an economy than 30 stock prices. But economies are emotional things. Today's big drop was spurred by higher-than-expected jobless claims.
"The higher than expected (jobless claims) number indicates we're probably not in the job creation phase at this point," an analyst told Reuters. That's just the thing that makes people put their wallets back in their pocket, and begin to hunker down for another recession.
This Friday, according to a report today, the government will acknowledge that the number of jobs lost during the recession was much worse than previously thought. It will reportedly issue the biggest change in unemployment numbers in 30 years.
We know that unemployment data is a "lagging indicator," meaning that after a recession ends, it takes awhile before jobs start returning. Some economists have theorized that the recession actually ended last May. Others say it ended in November.
So how long will it take? Maybe longer than most baby boomers (in my case) have got.
During the Depression, the economy started growing in 1933, but unemployment stayed in the 15-percent range until the 1940s, when the economic impact of World War II began to be felt.
The Wall St. rally that started last spring was based on the assumption that the economy was no longer in a free fall. The market is down 4 percent so far in 2010 and some are predicting a full-blown market correction of 10 percent.
An economy needs optimism to recover. There's little to be found.
Posted at 1:42 PM on January 11, 2010
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
The opening of the Detroit Auto Show put some members of the Tea Party in a bad spot today: reconciling the political philosophy with hometown reality. Few people showed up to protest the government intervention in the auto business, apparently after a Tea Party leader urged them to stay away because the government intervention helped Michigan and Michiganders, according to the Associated Press.
Joan Fabiano, who has organized several Tea Party events in Michigan called the protest "ill conceived."
"Why must some Americans boycott G.M. and throw innocent people, such as myself, out on the street trying to find another job in this economy? Did I do something wrong? Would you like to see yourself out of a job if your company's leadership made the errors and you had nothing to do with it?" she said in a statement urging the Tea Party to stay away.
Counter-protesters, made up mainly of auto workers, outnumbered the Tea Party groups, the Detroit Free Press reports.
Posted at 11:01 AM on January 6, 2010
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Posted at 9:11 AM on January 3, 2010
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Many of the nation's banks are still in business today, thanks to the generosity of the American taxpayer. Now they're about to give you a "thank you" gift, the Wall St. Journal reports. New fees and check charges.
In the financial version of Whack-A-Mole, the banks are jacking up charges to make up for the revenue lost with the government's crackdown on certain business practices, the newspaper said.
The changes come against a backdrop of rising anger at the nation's banks--having been largely supported by hundreds of billions of public bailout dollars in late 2008 and 2009. One recent survey by Chicago's Bank Administration Institute found that 43% of retail-bank executives feel that consumer trust in banks has eroded in the past six months.
To make up for lost overdraft revenue, banks are promoting greater use of debit cards, which can be more profitable for banks than processing paper checks, and new types of checking accounts.
If you think you can avoid the fees by cutting up the card, some banks may start charging customers who don't use active accounts.
Also expected to be a casualty of the revenue grab: Free checking. TCF Financial Corp., a bank that uses a "totally free checking" slogan, is re-thinking a plan to start charging a monthly fee on accounts that don't meet minimum balances, the paper said.
Posted at 9:46 AM on December 29, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| City | Change from September |
| San Francisco | 1.7% |
| Detroit | 1.2% |
| San Diego | 1.1% |
| Phoenix | 1.0% |
| Los Angeles | 0.7% |
| Seattle | 0.4% |
| Denver | 0.3% |
| Washington DC | 0.2% |
| Minneapolis | 0.2% |
| Charlotte | 0.1% |
| Dallas | 0.0% |
| Atlanta | -0.2% |
| Boston | -0.2% |
| New York | -0.2% |
| Las Vegas | -0.3% |
| Portland | -0.3% |
| Cleveland | -0.4% |
| Miami | -0.5% |
| Chicago | -1.0% |
| Tampa | -1.2% |
| National | 0.4% |
Posted at 11:30 AM on December 17, 2009
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The Minnesota unemployment rate dropped 0.2 percent in November, with the state adding 2,000 jobs, officials reported today. It's good news, of course, but it falls short of "glass-half-full" status once you look beyond the headline.
First, more than 200,000 Minnesotans "officially" still can't find a job. But beyond that, the majority of business sectors are still bleeding jobs, statistics from the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development appear to suggest.
Of 12 sectors listed in the department's estimate of current places of work, employment dropped in eight of them. These included goods-producing businesses, mining & logging, construction, manufacturing, information, professional and business services, leisure & hospitality, and "other services" (auto repair, for example).
Employment was flat in financial services. Only "trade, transportation & utilities," "education & health," and "government" showed increases.
In fact, it appears the fastest-growing "business" in Minnesota, is education, which increased 2.4% in one month. Can government lead us out of the recession at the same time calls are increasing for less spending by government? We'll see.
It's also worth noting that while the unemployment rate has gone down, the number of out-of-work people has dropped only slightly. Seasonally adjusted numbers show it's dropped by about 7,000 people, while the number of people holding jobs increased by 20,000.
This is a glimpse into the shadowy world of unemployment numbers that's difficult for mere mortals to understand. Where did these 13,000 people come from?
So I went to my economics expert, Paul Tosto, who writes the MinnEcon blog. He states that they might be people who "came back into the labor force."
We do know, for instance, that people get discouraged when they can't find work so they stop looking. Of course, that brings up another important question: Who are these people who can afford to stop looking for work?
He asked Louis Johnston, a professor of economics at the College of St. Benedict/St. John's University. He says the figures do not allow for determining the underlying causes of the various shifts in numbers.
Paul is in the process of sifting through the numbers and crunching them with Johnston and others. Look for his post soon.
In the meantime, tell me your story. If you're working, how do things "feel" at the workplace compared to recent months. Have things picked up? Are people's moods changing? Is the boss making eye contact with you again? If you're out of work, are you getting more interviews? Are you still looking? Is there any sign of employment life out there?
Posted at 10:33 AM on December 11, 2009
by Bob Collins
(10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

There's been a two-pronged approach today on Minnesota Public Radio to an old Minnesota problem: Keeping rural Minnesota vital in an era when young people, in particular, tend to move away. I'm not sure we've found answers.
First, MPR's Midmorning has been talking to Patrick Carr, an associate professor of sociology at Rutgers University and co-author of "Hollowing Out the Middle: The Rural Brain Drain and What it Means for America."
One of the most interesting things he said this morning -- and I'm paraphrasing -- is that schools make a mistake by identifying the best and the brightest, lavishing educational resources on them, pushing them off to college, the stepping stone to a life lived somewhere else.
He noted that in "the old days" the people who stayed behind could find a decent job and a live a good life, but those opportunities aren't in such abundance anymore.
What's a state to do? Gov. Pawlenty tried his JOBZ program to encourage businesses to locate in rural Minnesota, and that hasn't really worked that well. In many communities, the major employer is the school system and some would say the state isn't exactly friendly to that business these days. "I'm an achiever who moved away. I just can't move my kids back to the small town when the schools are underfunded and the older citizens continually ignore the schools in their rigid rejection of taxes," reader Chad wrote.
Meanwhile, Public Insight Network boss Michael Caputo has been hosting an online discussion with some experts around the state. Ben Winchester of the University of Minnesota Extension Center for Community Vitality, for example, disputed the notion of a brain drain, saying the age 30-49 migration to rural Minnesota is at record levels.
An online reader added:
I'm a 38-year-old who recently returned to my small town with my husband and kids after 20 years living in and nearer the Twin Cities. I wanted to come back years ago, but jobs are a big issue. My husband commutes to the Cities; we live about an hour west of Mpls. One thing that has helped him is DSL recently coming to our neighborhood, allowing him to work at home 2 days a week. Before that we had no good high-speed access.
A caller, who moved up from Chicago, said she moved back to rural Minnesota and she attempted publish a calendar of cultural happenings in outstate Minnesota, and now questions whether anyone cares.
Another reader wrote:
I'm 28, I used to live in an urban area and have moved to a smaller town 6 months ago. I was really worried about finding a job, especially in this recession, but because we have good broadband here, I was able to get a job from a company based in NYC.
What can one conclude from all of this? Here are some possibilities:
1) You can move to rural Minnesota if you make your living in some consulting field and can find a company to hire you without having you sit in a cubicle somewhere. But how many opportunities -- really -- are there for people like that? Still, listener Russell of Lake City proves it can be done. "My wife and I are in our mid twenties and just moved back to our hometown this summer immediately after completing our masters degrees. Our first child is due anyway now and we wanted to raise our kid in a small town and near family. I work for a large bank and was able to get a job that allowed me to work from home. My wife works in health care so she had plenty of options near Lake City. Being able to work from home really allowed this to happen," he said.
2) You can move to rural Minnesota if you make your money in the big city, and can afford to retire or otherwise "live down" economically. But how many people can do that?
3) You can move to rural Minnesota if you don't mind a long commute to your job in the Twin Cities.
4) You can move to Minnesota if you're self employed or have skills in fields that are in demand in rural Minnesota. What are those?
5) You can move to rural Minnesota if you're in the education or health care field.
Unquestionably, rural Minnesota is a great place. Small towns offer a quality of life that can't be found in cities.
But how can one make a living there? That's the question that seems to be the key to today's discussions. It also seems to be the one that hasn't yet been answered.
Posted at 3:19 PM on December 10, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| County | PerCapita |
Unemployment Rate |
| Lake of the Woods | $41 |
6.9% |
| Lac Qui Parle | $48 |
5.4% |
| Anoka | $50 |
7.9% |
| Scott | $83 |
6.8% |
| Koochiching | $86 |
7.3% |
| Roseau | $92 |
5% |
| Washington | $106 |
6.8% |
| County | PerCapita |
Unemployment Rate |
| Lincoln | $4,997 |
4.5% |
| Yellow Medicine | $2,693 |
5.1% |
| Chippewa | $1,268 |
6.1% |
| Big Stone | $1,131 |
4.5% |
| Cook | $1,018 |
4.7% |
| Kandiyohi | $1,006 |
5.5% |
Posted at 10:50 AM on December 10, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
An advocacy group for small business is out with a report today showing Minnesota ranks 42nd in its calculations of business-friendly states.
Neighboring South Dakota ranks #1, according to the survey. The group favors lower personal income, corporate tax, and capital gains tax rates. It also objects to family leave policies, health insurance regulations, and a higher minimum wage.
There's not a lot new in the survey -- businesses have made the claim that these issues cost jobs for years. But it doesn't entirely track with other surveys.
For example, the highest percentage of start-up companies is in the West and while many of these states are among the top-ranked, South Dakota isn't one of them. Idaho, ranked 32nd in the small-business group's survey was among the top five states for start-ups in a 2000-2005 survey Kauffman Foundation; so was Montana (31st in the small business ranking). The lowest percentage of startups included Connecticut, Ohio, and Massachusetts. While Connecticut and Massachusetts are ranked close to Minnesota, Ohio's poor ranking conflicts with its #11 ranking by the Small Business and Entrepreneurship Council.
Meanwhile, a survey out today shows optimism by small business owners remains stuck in recession levels.
Let's hear from some small business owners.
Posted at 10:02 AM on December 3, 2009
by Bob Collins
(14 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
| State | Total Taxes | Population | Taxes per person | Unempl. |
| South Dakota | $1,321,368,000 | 804,194 | $1,643 | 5 |
| New Hampshire | $2,251,179,000 | 1,315,809 | $1,711 | 6.8 |
| Texas | $44,675,953,000 | 24,326,974 | $1,836 | 8.3 |
| Missouri | $10,965,171,000 | 5,911,605 | $1,855 | 9.3 |
| Tennessee | $11,538,430,000 | 6,214,888 | $1,857 | 10.5 |
| Georgia | $18,183,117,000 | 9,685,744 | $1,877 | 10.2 |
| South Carolina | $8,455,463,000 | 4,479,800 | $1,887 | 12.1 |
| Oregon | $7,250,033,000 | 3,790,060 | $1,913 | 11.3 |
| Alabama | $9,070,530,000 | 4,661,900 | $1,946 | 10.9 |
| Colorado | $9,624,636,000 | 4,939,456 | $1,949 | 6.9 |
| Florida | $35,849,998,000 | 18,328,340 | $1,956 | 11.2 |
| Arizona | $13,705,901,000 | 6,500,180 | $2,109 | 9.3 |
| Utah | $5,944,879,000 | 2,736,424 | $2,172 | 6.5 |
| Mississippi | $6,618,349,000 | 2,938,618 | $2,252 | 9.8 |
| Iowa | $6,892,026,000 | 3,002,555 | $2,295 | 6.7 |
| Ohio | $26,373,813,000 | 11,485,910 | $2,296 | 10.5 |
| Oklahoma | $8,484,227,000 | 3,642,361 | $2,329 | 7.1 |
| Indiana | $14,916,295,000 | 6,376,792 | $2,339 | 9.8 |
| Nebraska | $4,175,471,000 | 1,783,432 | $2,341 | 4.9 |
| Nevada | $6,115,584,000 | 2,600,167 | $2,352 | 13 |
| Kentucky | $10,056,293,000 | 4,269,245 | $2,356 | 11.2 |
| Virginia | $18,408,276,000 | 7,769,089 | $2,369 | 6.6 |
| Idaho | $3,651,917,000 | 1,523,816 | $2,397 | 9 |
| North Carolina | $22,781,199,000 | 9,222,414 | $2,470 | 11 |
| Illinois | $31,890,597,000 | 12,901,563 | $2,472 | 11 |
| Michigan | $24,781,626,000 | 10,003,422 | $2,477 | 15.1 |
| Louisiana | $11,003,870,000 | 4,410,796 | $2,495 | 7.4 |
| Montana | $2,457,929,000 | 967,440 | $2,541 | 6.4 |
| Kansas | $7,159,748,000 | 2,802,134 | $2,555 | 6.8 |
| Pennsylvania | $32,123,740,000 | 12,448,279 | $2,581 | 8.8 |
| Rhode Island | $2,761,356,000 | 1,050,788 | $2,628 | 12.9 |
| Arkansas | $7,530,504,000 | 2,855,390 | $2,637 | 7.6 |
| Wisconsin | $15,088,662,000 | 5,627,967 | $2,681 | 8.4 |
| West Virginia | $4,879,151,000 | 1,814,468 | $2,689 | 8.5 |
| Washington | $17,944,925,000 | 6,549,224 | $2,740 | 9.3 |
| Maine | $3,681,614,000 | 1,316,456 | $2,797 | 8.2 |
| New Mexico | $5,674,530,000 | 1,984,356 | $2,860 | 7.9 |
| Maryland | $16,605,830,000 | 5,633,597 | $2,948 | 7.3 |
| California | $117,361,976,000 | 36,756,666 | $3,193 | 12.5 |
| New York | $65,400,355,000 | 19,490,297 | $3,356 | 9 |
| Delaware | $2,930,955,000 | 873,092 | $3,357 | 8.7 |
| Massachusetts | $21,836,357,000 | 6,497,967 | $3,360 | 8.9 |
| Minnesota | $18,320,891,000 | 5,220,393 | $3,509 | 7.6 |
| New Jersey | $30,616,510,000 | 8,682,661 | $3,526 | 9.7 |
| North Dakota | $2,312,056,000 | 641,481 | $3,604 | 4.2 |
| Connecticut | $13,367,631,000 | 3,501,252 | $3,818 | 8.8 |
| Hawaii | $5,147,480,000 | 1,288,198 | $3,996 | 7.2 |
| Wyoming | $2,168,016,000 | 532,668 | $4,070 | 7.4 |
| Vermont | $2,544,163,000 | 621,270 | $4,095 | 6.5 |
| Alaska | $8,424,714,000 | 686,293 | $12,276 | 8.9 |
Posted at 12:05 PM on November 30, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
A New York Times interactive map (and an accompanying story) on food stamp usage in the country provides an interesting -- and sobering -- assessment of the program that feeds the hungry. One in 8 Americans and 1 in 4 children in the country are on food stamps now.
But the opportunity for a further review of racial and ethnic disparities in matters of poverty is lost with the Times' view that there are only definitions -- whites and blacks. That might work in much of the country, but it may not work well to explain things in the Upper Midwest.
In Minnesota, for example, two counties are the heaviest users of food stamps -- Beltrami and Mahnomen. In Beltrami County, 36% of "blacks" are on food stamps. But African Americans make up only .36% of the Beltrami County population. The largest non-white group is Native Americans.
In South Dakota, Shannon County has the highest rate of food stamp usage in the country (49%). Shannon County resides entirely within the Pine Ridge Indian Reservation.
In North Dakota, 45 percent of all people in Sioux County are on food stamps, as are 63% of the children there. According to the Times data, 7% of the county's whites are on food stamps, 0% of the county's "blacks" are on food stamps. How is that possible? The county lies entirely within the the Standing Rock Indian Reservation, and it's pretty clear that the Times wasn't interested in categorizing the majority populations in this section of the country.
That's a shame, because the U.S. Department of Agriculture changed the ethnic definitions a few years ago precisely so that it can be analyzed this way. The current definitions are:
* American Indian or Alaskan Native
* Asian
* Black or African-American
* Native Hawaiian or other Pacific Islander
* White
* American Indian or Alaska Native and White
* Asian and White
* Black or African American and White
* American Indian or Alaska Native and Black or African-American
Posted at 10:57 AM on November 19, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Minnesota officials today said the unemployment rate rose to 7.6 percent in October, while 2,200 jobs were added. As with most economic stories, this one, too, is long on numbers and short on English.
Treasury Secretary Tim Geithner is one of the few people in Washington who speaks English when it comes to testifying before Senate and House committees. He's also one of the few cabinet members who appears to have little stomach for the niceties of politics.
So today's Geithner testimony before the Joint Economic Committee held a lot of potential for fireworks. It includes Senate and House members with similar dispositions. It did not disappoint.
Republicans came out looking for blood, and Geithner was more than happy to oblige. It was not only great theater, the two sides provided a clear picture of where two economic philosophies collide.
Take this exchange between Geithner and Rep. Michael Burgess (R-TX):
Burgess: TARP (the bailout) is supposed to expire. Why won't we let it die a natural death rather than letting it painfully linger?
Geithner: We are looking to put the TARP out of its misery, and nobody will be happier than I am to see that program terminated and unwound. I want to point out that we are moving very aggressively to close down and terminate the programs that defined TARP at the beginning of the crisis.
Burgess: It looks like the money is going out with little or no oversight.
Geithner: That is absolutely not true. The Congress established three separate oversight committees...
Burgess: Your own inspector general on the Troubled Asset Relief Program has got several concerns. Why not just stop spending on the TARP funds and why not repeal the program? We don't need it anymore. People never liked it, let's just do away with it... If you just get the heck out of the way, the American economy will recover, as it has always done.
Geithner: That broad philosophy helped produce the worst financial crisis and the worst recession we've seen in generations. We had a pretty good test of that philosophy, pretty good test of those policies, it did not serve the country well...
Burgess: When I came here in 2003, we were in a jobless recovery. Tax relief was passed in May 2003 and as a consequence, by July of that year we were adding jobs at a significant rate. It seems to have worked fairly well. I don't think you should be fired, I thought you should never have been hired. And I objected when the hearings were going on over in the Senate; I thought there were too many question marks about things that had occurred in the past, and it did not leave the American people with a good feeling about the person who was going to be responsible for this economic recovery. What can you say today... I'll tell you my folks, they're not just anxious, they are mad; they are fighting mad about what is happening in the economy. They are fighting mad about the stimulus. They are fighting mad about how many jobs we created in Arizona's 9th District, do you know the congressman in Arizona's 9th District? They won't have a 9th District until after redistricting; they only have 8 right now. This kind of nonsense is what the American people are seeing and that's why they're so upset. (Bob notes: See my post here on the mystery districts)
A few moments later, the committee chair asked about the gap between the "haves" and "have-nots" in America.
"We've had a decade-long increase in inequality in America; it did not start in this decade," Geithner replied. "It really started a long time ago. But in the '90s, we had a long period with budget surpluses, rapid growth in private investment, rapid growth in productivity across the American economy, with broad-based gains in income for middle-class Americans. That record should make one optimistic about this country, and what's possible if we get the basic policies right. But you can see from the state of this economy, looking back just a year ago, what happens when you get those broad judgments wrong. It's unfair and unjust because the people who bear most of the burden of those crises are the people who are the most vulnerable."
A few minutes earlier, Geithner sparred with another Texas Republican congressman:
Minnesota Sen. Amy Klobuchar ran the latter part of the hearing but had little to offer. But, then again, what was left to say?
Posted at 1:15 PM on November 12, 2009
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Per chance, you've seen the occasional news story of a U.N. trip to a third-world country where investigators probe squalid living conditions.
Now there is here, according to the Guardian. The U.N.'s Raquel Rolnik is preparing a report on the U.S. housing crisis. The U.N. special rapporteur had been blocked from touring the U.S. by the Bush administration.
"I was shocked when I realised that the US, and countries in Europe - England - as well, had a solid housing policy for many years that worked pretty well. That was dismantled and the situation became worse throughout the nineties. Then we had this financial crisis and a real crisis in housing. It's all tied together," she said.
"But I didn't expect to see what I have seen. In some ways the situation is worse than I expected."
She traveled to New York, Chicago, New Orleans, South Dakota, and Los Angeles to chronicle housing woes.
Rolnik admits there's nothing she can do about the problem other that to publicize it in hopes someone will pressure the U.S. government to change things.
Posted at 9:27 AM on November 7, 2009
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
This week the House closed the barn door as the horses galloped over the horizon, voting to freeze interest rates until a credit card law passed 8 months ago kicks in. The credit card companies have been wallpapering consumers' homes with notices of increased rates.
Many credit card companies, which had offered no-annual-fee accounts, are now slipping in charges. In many cases, the card companies are trying to "test" how much you love your credit card, and how much money you're willing to fork over to keep it, according to Marketwatch.
And this week, Pew's Safe Card Card Project released a study showing credit unions as a far more logical source of credit cards than commercial banks:
In July 2009, median advertised interest rates on cards from the 12 largest credit unions were between 9.90 and 13.75 percent annually, depending on a consumer's credit profile approximately 20 percent lower than comparable bank rates. Meanwhile, credit union penalties were generally less severe than those of banks.
That was all I needed to hear to write letters to the half dozen credit card companies, whose notices arrived in the mail this week:
To whom it may concern:
Thank you for your notice of the above date informing me that you're raising the APR on my Discover (Account #XXXXXXXXXXXX) card to 22.9%, raising the APR for cash purchases to 25.9%, increasing the penalty for APR to 29.9%, and the late payment fee up to $39.99.
As you probably know, I pay my balances every month, and am not foolish enough to get cash advances from this account. That should suggest to you that I manage my finances relatively conservatively. I wish you had.
As I understand it, your industry is not raising your fees to confiscatory levels because of new credit laws. That's just a coincidence. Your industry says you're trying to recoup massive losses from your customers.
Whatever the reason, during these difficult economic times, I'm sure you understand that I cannot enter into any business agreement with financial institutions that are so clearly in peril. For that reason, I am rejecting the changes per the terms of this account, which we agreed to when you were a more solvent institution.
You are certainly free to close the account, although I can't say I understand why you'd want to. Customers who use your card, allow you to skim the purchase price from merchants. Customers who pay their bills on time do not seem to be the people responsible for bringing you to the apparent precipice of bankruptcy.
No doubt, when that occurs, you'll be seeking a bailout from me - the taxpayer. So this letter is to inform you that when that time comes, you will immediately be charged 25.9% for the cash advance, and 22.9% for any outstanding balance each month. Trust me, you don't want to know the late payment fee. On the other hand, I will offer you the same reward your credit card statement offered me this month: A discount on Beano tablets. Enjoy!
Please be sure I'm taken off the mailing list for your daily solicitations for me to become an account holder again. You had your chance.
Sincerely,
Robert B. Collins
Posted at 12:04 PM on November 6, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Schools
I'm calling your attention to an American RadioWorks documentary, airing at this hour on MPR's Midday program. Rising by Degrees looks at a developing problem. The fastest-growing segment of our society -- young Latinos -- are the least likely to graduate from college. What does this mean for the future of the country?
You'll meet Veder Garcia, who spoke no English when he arrived in the U.S. from El Salvador as a high school junior, and is now completing his Ph.D. in plant biology at UC Berkeley. Community college was a critical step along the way. And the program introduces us to Mike Carvalho, who "always knew he would attend community college. What the 20-year-old didn't know is that he would drop out two years after he started."
If you can't listen, you can find the Web site for the project here.
Posted at 3:32 PM on November 5, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Lost in the breaking news of the day was an announcement out of Fannie Mae in Washington that most certainly will be of interest to those struggling with the possibility of foreclosure, including many of the people, perhaps, whom I've profiled on the The Unemployed series.
The new program is designed for borrowers who do not qualify for or have not been able to sustain other loan-workout solutions, such as a modification. Under Deed for Lease, borrowers transfer their property to the lender by completing a deed in lieu of foreclosure, and then lease back the house at a market rate.
To participate in the program, borrowers must live in the home as their primary residence and must be released from any subordinate liens on the property. Tenants of borrowers in this circumstance may also be eligible for leases under the program. Borrowers or tenants interested in a lease must be able to document that the new market rental rate is no more than 31% of their gross income.
Some of the qualifications can be found here.
Borrowers cannot have 12 or more past-due payments on their mortgage. And they must have made at least three payments since the loan was first taken out--or since the last time it was modified. Borrowers can't be in the process of declaring bankruptcy.
People in danger of foreclosure should call their lender. If you do, please let me know how it works out for you.
And while I'm at it, I'm looking for more people who are struggling with unemployment (or unemployed but not struggling, even). Contact me here.
Posted at 1:24 PM on October 30, 2009
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
"Don't do favors for people without asking them," said Rep. Barney Frank, D-Mass., said at a House Financial Services Committee hearing at which he unveiled a bill preventing banks from enrolling you in a high-fee overdraft plan without your permission.
Most banks automatically allow customers to overdraft their accounts, then charge them $25 to $35 per "infraction." It's either that or suffer the embarrassment in public of being told your debit card is no good, banks say. Most banks don't allow checks to bounce anymore. They pay the check amount and then charge you for it.
But with regulators heading toward new regulations, many banks -- Wells Fargo is one -- are allowing customers to opt out of the plan.
The legislation also would prohibit banks from imposing more than one overdraft fee a month, or six per a year.
If you knew banks could only charge you one overdraft fee a month, would you be more inclined to bounce a check?
Banks have a habit of coming up with new ways to make up for fees that are outlawed. Free checking, for example, could disappear, the New York Times reported this week.
What's your experience with bank fees, including overdrafts? Answer below.
Posted at 9:24 AM on October 29, 2009
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
At this hour, an utterly amazing exchange is taking place on Capitol Hill on an issue that is clearly the most important and fundamental issue facing the nation.
It's a brutally honest discussion between Tim Geithner, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the few members of the House Financial Services Committee who showed up for work today.
Geithner is, basically, calling out Congress for its inaction on closing loopholes that led to financial meltdown in the first place
It's a rare honest debate in which both sides are speaking frankly.
For example, Geithner was incredulous when one member of the committee suggested the "too-big-to-fail" banks should not be subject to the same regulation that smaller, community banks are.
"The important thing to recognize is -- and it's just worth going back to what it was like last fall -- without the ability for the government to step in and manage the failure of a large firm, to contain the risk of the fire spreading, we will be consigned to repeat the experience of last fall. It's a stark, simple thing. And there is no... I know of no person who has stood in my seat -- this is true of (Fed) Chairman Paulson -- in any central bank in any major country that would say the country should be run with no authority to step in and act in that case."
"They are getting into the fundamental issue of regulatory reform and that is the issue of pre-emption by the authority; do they have the right to go in and tell a bank they can't do a certain business, what is the right to take over a certain company if there's deemed to be a systemic risk?" a CNBC analyst noted. "This whole concept of prevention has been out there for, really, decades, that Congress has decided not to do because of these issues that have just been brought up."
Is that an important discussion -- the fundamental philosophical on the role of government -- for the people who were elected to Congress to hear? Not for many of them.
I count at least seven empty chairs. Even the committee chair, Rep. Barney Frank, left after his opening statement, in which he defended Congress by saying the committee has passed legislation that further regulates the banking industry. In fact, however, that legislation has not become law.
Three Minnesotans -- Rep. Michele Bachmann, Rep. Keith Ellison, and Rep. Erik Paulsen -- sit on the committee.
Posted at 8:54 AM on October 27, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| City | Increase/Decrease |
| Minneapolis | 3.2% |
| San Francisco | 2.8% |
| Detroit | 1.9% |
| Chicago | 1.7% |
| Phoenix | 1.6% |
| Los Angeles | 1.6% |
| San Diego | 1.6% |
| Washington | 1.4% |
| Miami | 1.1% |
| Atlanta | 1.0% |
| Denver | 1.0% |
| Boston | 0.9% |
| New York | 0.5% |
| Tampa | 0.4% |
| Portland | 0.3% |
| Dallas | 0.2% |
| Seattle | 0.1%
|
| Las Vegas | -0.3% |
| Cleveland | -0.5% |
| Charlotte | -4.0% |
Posted at 12:21 PM on October 5, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The Pew Center's Project for Excellence in Journalism is out with a report on coverage of the recession today. It finds that "the media" has largely ignored covering the economic woes from the perspective of anyone or anything other than big banks, big companies, and politicians:
Three storylines have dominated: efforts to help revive the banking sector, the battle over the stimulus package and the struggles of the U.S. auto industry. Together they accounted for nearly 40% of the economic coverage from February 1 through August 31. Other topics related to the crisis have been covered much less. As an example, all the reporting of retail sales, food prices, the impact of the crisis on Social Security and Medicare, its effect on education and the implications for health care combined accounted for just over 2% of all the economic coverage.
It's an interesting report that -- at least for those of us here in flyover country -- is bound to flunk the "smell test," depending on how you define "the media."
Network news, which mostly comes from New York and Washington, is bound to focus on things in New York and Washington, a city a relative always described as "12 square miles surrounded by reality."
But for the most part, Minnesota media -- and I'll define that by the local papers and public radio -- have covered the recession's effect on people. The Star Tribune today, for example, published an insightful look at how the banks are calling the shots on whether homeowners get any mortgage assistance. MPR, like other media, has beaten the drum on the Rosemary Williams story, News Cut is profiling the lives of The Unemployed and earlier this year took a generational look at the economy.
Is it enough? Probably not. Is it non-existent? Certainly not.
Posted at 10:05 AM on October 1, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
Congress hasn't done much in the last year to close some of the loopholes in the nation's banking system that led to the worst economic crisis in America since the Great Depression, and it's not hard to figure out why. They're not that interested in the subject.
Today, Federal Reserve Board Chairman Ben Bernanke testified before the House Financial Services Committee, which is "considering" changes in regulations.
Bernanke did something, however, that a lot of members of the committee didn't do: He showed up. Here's the revealing image off CNBC this morning:
What's the point of being on an important committee, if you don't show up -- preferably for the entire hearing -- to listen and participate in the discussion?
But discussions are rarely part of these hearings. Congresspeople show up for a few minutes when it's their turn to ask questions, then use most of their time to make a speech, and leave.
Rep. Michele Bachmann, R-Minn., for example, had five minutes to quiz Bernanke this morning, but used all but 3 seconds of her time to read a statement criticizing the possibility of the dollar not being the international standard, criticizing President Obama for saying he 'inherited' the financial mess, and wondering whether a new regulatory agency would regulate funding to ACORN. She then invited Bernanke to respond.
That earned her a rebuke from committee chair Rep. Barney Frank, D-Mass. "I've asked you before... there's only 3 seconds left in your time.... This practice of going right up to the end and then taking another minute or two is unfair to the other members."
Frank gave Bernanke 30 seconds to answer Bachmann's "questions," and said the dollar is in danger and punted on the question of funding for ACORN.
People watching on TV tend to get more information about the state of the economy and the options for fixing it than people who are elected to fix it. That might explain why it's broken.
Posted at 10:22 AM on September 30, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Back when the Northwest-Delta merger was announced, a lot of the questions being posted on News Cut were from pilots of the regional carriers involved -- Mesaba, Pinnacle, and Comair.
A few years later, it's becoming clear: More business for the regional airlines.
The blog Things in the Sky has noticed that some of Mesaba's jets have been moved to Atlanta. Some former Northwest and Delta routes are being flown by the regional carriers now (the planes are all gussied up to look like Delta , but they're not Delta.
Many of the flights from Minneapolis St. Paul to the Northeast are also now being flown by regional carries, using smaller jets.
But it's still not a great time to be an airline pilot (or any other airline employee) whether you're flying for a legacy carrier, a regional, or a no-frills airline, according to the Department of Transportation. The agency reports a 5.9% decline in employment at the airlines. The number jumps to 6.9% at regional carriers.
Posted at 8:54 AM on September 29, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| City | Change June/ July |
| Minneapolis | 4.6% |
| San Francisco | 3.3% |
| Chicago | 2.7% |
| San Diego | 2.5% |
| Atlanta | 2.3% |
| Phoenix | 1.8% |
| Los Angeles | 1.8% |
| Washington | 1.8% |
| Denver | 1.5% |
| Cleveland | 1.5% |
| Tampa | 1.4% |
| Miami | 1.3% |
| Boston | 1.2% |
| Dallas | 1.2% |
| Detroit | 1.1% |
| Portland | 1.1% |
| New York | 0.8% |
| Charlotte | 0.6% |
| Seattle | -0.1% |
| Las Vegas | -1.1% |
| City | Change Jan/Jul. |
| Dallas | 7.5% |
| Denver | 5.3% |
| Cleveland | 4.9% |
| San Francisco | 3.6% |
| Washington | 2.5% |
| Boston | 2.5% |
| San Diego | 1.8% |
| Atlanta | 0.6% |
| Charlotte | 0.3% |
| Minneapolis | -1.4% |
| Los Angeles | -1.6% |
| Chicago | -1.9% |
| Portland | -2.4% |
| Seattle | -3.2% |
| New York | -4.0% |
| Tampa | -4.3% |
| Miami | -7.4% |
| Phoenix | -8.9% |
| Detroit | -9.4% |
| Las Vegas | -15.6% |
The debate continues - is the price increase because of the seasonal mix (distressed sales vs. non-distressed sales), the impact of the first-time home buyer frenzy on prices, and the slowdown in the foreclosure process (with a huge shadow inventory), or have prices actually bottomed? I think we will see further house price declines in many areas.
Posted at 12:22 PM on September 21, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
If the cubicle-bound day job doesn't work out, maybe you can be a crop duster. The Associated Press reports today the demand for crop dusters has -- ummm -- taken off this year.
"Some new products came out to control disease in corn and soybeans, and those are applied when crops are mature, so the demand has been tremendous," said 56-year-old crop duster Tim Steier, of Blue Earth, Minn.
The surge in demand is largely because of corn and soybean crops.
Posted at 12:15 PM on September 18, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Posted at 11:03 AM on September 17, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, The Unemployed series
Posted at 2:47 PM on September 15, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

A few weeks ago, men's underwear was cited as an economic indicator. Today we have a new category: White paint.
Here's the theory:
The price of Titanium Dioxide, a key ingredient of white paint, fell 7.3 percent over the 12 months ending in August, the Labor Department reported today. That would indicate that the demand for white paint -- used on cars and many consumer goods, of course -- is softening.
"I think the white paint index is signaling that the manufacturing recovery may be short-lived," said Richard Yamarone, economist at Argus Research.
It also spells bad news for real estate. When people are buying homes, one of the first things they do is paint the walls white.
As with everything else, economists appear to be surprised by the falling index. Just a few months ago, an increase in the price had them projecting a significant recovery.
In other economic news, Federal Reserve Board Chair Ben Bernanke says the recession is likely over.
Photo credit:
Posted at 3:10 PM on September 9, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
There may be no company more dependent on the health of its CEO than Apple. Today, Steve Jobs appeared at a company event in San Francisco, his first appearance in one year to the day.
He unveiled new iPod Nanos with video cameras and lower prices, and iPod Touches with more storage.
But people were more focused on how Jobs looked. He's suffered from several health problems since revealing he had pancreatic cancer in 2004. He had a liver transplant last year.
For many pundits, however, there was rejoicing that he was on the stage at all. Investors, however, were not impressed, sending the stock price lower on fears that an Apple without Steve Jobs and his intellect is a different investment.
Here's a look at him at company appearances over the last decade and how the company's stock price performed the same day. The numbers have been adjusted to reflect stock splits and dividends.
January 5, 1999 - Up $.52

July 17, 2002 - Up $.33

September 10, 2002 - Down $.02

January 6, 2004 - Down $.04

October 12, 2005 - Down $2.24

September 9, 2008 - Down $6.24

September 9, 2009 - Down $1.79

Posted at 2:07 PM on September 9, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I guess I thought the end of the recession would be announced with a bigger deal. But there it was buried in a stack of wire copy, just another story.
Fed findings indicate recession may be over, the Associated Press declared today in a story about a Federal Reserve Bank survey of the country's regions.
In the new survey, all but one of the Fed's 12 regions indicated that economic activity was "stable," showed "signs of stabilization" or had "firmed." The one exception was the St. Louis region, which continued to report that the pace of decline in economic activity appeared to be "moderating."
The full Federal Reserve report -- called The Beige Book -- is available here.
The Minneapolis region's report, however, is hardly the stuff that leads to cartwheels.
On consumer spending:
Overall retail spending remained soft, except for auto sales, which were boosted by the cash-for-clunkers program. A major Minneapolis-based retailer reported that same-store sales in July were down 7 percent compared with a year earlier. Same-store sales at two Minneapolis area malls were down 4 percent and 8 percent, respectively, compared with last year.
On construction:
Commercial construction activity mostly decreased, with some bright spots noted in public construction projects.
On agriculture:
... lenders expect overall agricultural income and spending to decrease in the third quarter
On employment:
In Minnesota a defense contractor laid off over 300 workers, a boat manufacturing plant also cut over 300 workers, about half of its labor force, and a medical device manufacturer announced plans to reduce staff by 200 companywide. A meatpacker in South Dakota laid off 30 workers. Competition for seasonal work was much greater this summer compared with a year ago in many areas of the District.
But, the Fed says, some month-to-month employment gains have occurred.
Reuters, however, wasn't quite as upbeat as the Associated Press, noting only that there are some signs of improvement.
Wall St. seems to be siding with that sort of shoulder shrug. At mid-afternoon, the Dow was up an uninspiring 33 points.
Aside: Be sure to spend some time with American Public Media's Marketplace program. It's just launched an impressive series about people who've started over in the recession.
Posted at 12:01 PM on September 8, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, The Unemployed series

Posted at 8:02 AM on September 7, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Posted at 11:51 AM on August 31, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
You know we're near the depths of recession when men's underwear is used to gauge the nature of the economy.
The Washington Post says the economy, apparently, is turning around:
Here's the theory, briefly: Sales of men's underwear typically are stable because they rank as a necessity. But during times of severe financial strain, men will try to stretch the time between buying new pairs, causing underwear sales to dip.
"It's a prolonged purchase," said Marshal Cohen, senior analyst with the consumer research firm NPD Group. "It's like trying to drive your car an extra 10,000 miles."
It's a theory first publicized by former Federal Reserve chairman Alan Greenspan with NPR science correspondent Robert Krulwich.
Other consumer staples have been variously portrayed as the coalmine canaries of the economy:
Lipstick - The theory was that when times are hard because women who cut back on clothing purchases will turn to buying lipsticks for a relatively inexpensive pick-me-up, according to the Wall St. Journal.. It's a theory, however, that has now been dismissed.
Cardboard boxes -- Makes sense, right? If people are buying things, more cardboard boxes need to be produced. Earlier this month, industry analysts said cardboard box sales have risen to a level not seen since last October.
Scrap metal prices -- Greenspan was fond of tracking scrap metal prices, the Wall St. Journal said, because it indicated higher industrial production. Prices have risen only slightly over the last year, but the indicator may not be valid this year since Cash for Clunkers is flooding salvage yards with scrap metal.
Posted at 9:01 AM on August 29, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

At the Mainstreet Bank branch in Woodbury on Saturday morning, it was a far cry from the scene in It's A Wonderful Life when depositors stage a run on the Bailey Savings and Loan. The FDIC took over the failing bank on Friday night and sold it to Central Bank of Stillwater.
But there was a hint of slight tension.It didn't take more than a couple of seconds of photographing the FDIC notice on the bank's front door, before Central Bank President Scott Faust emerged -- a Minnesota State Patrol trooper watching from just inside the lobby. He said it'll be a few days before the Mainstreet Bank signage is wiped away, and the bank will open only a half-hour late on Saturday morning. Good news, perhaps, for a couple of people sitting in their cars in the parking lot waiting for the bank to open.
"But I shouldn't be talking," Faust said as he handed me the phone number for the bank's CEO, Larry Albert.
Here's what the notice on the door said:
*Central Bank, Stillwater, Minnesota, Assumes All of the Deposits of Mainstreet Bank, Forest Lake, Minnesota*
*FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
Mainstreet Bank, Forest Lake, Minnesota, was closed today by the Minnesota Department of Commerce, which appointed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) as receiver. To protect the depositors, the FDIC entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with Central Bank, Stillwater, Minnesota, to assume all of the deposits of Mainstreet Bank.
The eight branches of Mainstreet Bank will reopen on Saturday as branches of Central Bank. Depositors of Mainstreet Bank will automatically become depositors of Central Bank. Deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC, so there is no need for customers to change their banking relationship to retain their deposit insurance coverage. Customers should continue to use their existing branches until Central Bank can fully integrate the deposit records of Mainstreet Bank.
This evening and over the weekend, depositors of Mainstreet Bank can access their money by writing checks or using ATM or debit cards. Checks drawn on the bank will continue to be processed. Loan customers should continue to make their payments as usual.
As of June 30, 2009, Mainstreet Bank had total assets of $459 million and total deposits of approximately $434 million. Central Bank will pay the FDIC a premium of 0.10 percent to assume all of the deposits of Mainstreet Bank. In addition to assuming all of the deposits of the failed bank, Central Bank agreed to purchase essentially all of the assets.
The FDIC and Central Bank entered into a loss-share transaction on approximately $268 million of Mainstreet Bank's assets. Central Bank will share in the losses on the asset pools covered under the loss-share agreement. The loss-sharing arrangement is projected to maximize returns on the assets covered by keeping them in the private sector. The agreement also is expected to minimize disruptions for loan customers.
Customers who have questions about today's transaction can call the FDIC toll-free at 1-800-405-7869. The phone number will be operational this evening until 9:00 p.m., Central Daylight Time (CDT); on Saturday from 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., CDT; on Sunday from noon to 6:00 p.m., CDT; and thereafter from 8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m., CDT. Interested parties can also visit the FDIC's Web site at http://www.fdic.gov/bank/individual/failed/mainstreet-mn.html.
The FDIC estimates that the cost to the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) will be $95 million. Central Bank's acquisition of all the deposits was the "least costly" resolution for the FDIC's DIF compared to alternatives. Mainstreet Bank is the 83rd FDIC-insured institution to fail in the nation this year, and the second in Minnesota. The last FDIC-insured institution to be closed in the state was Horizon Bank, Pine City, on June 26, 2009.
# # #
Congress created the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in 1933 to restore public confidence in the nation's banking system. The FDIC insures deposits at the nation's 8,195 banks and savings associations and it promotes the safety and soundness of these institutions by identifying, monitoring and addressing risks to which they are exposed. The FDIC receives no federal tax dollars - insured financial institutions fund its operations.
Friday night is close-a-bank-night at the FDIC. Banks were also closed last night in California and Maryland. Eight-four have failed this year, mostly because of rising defaults on loans.
Hundreds more are expected to fail in the next few years largely because of souring loans for commercial real estate, the Associated Press reported.
The insurance fund has been so depleted by the epidemic of collapsing financial institutions that some analysts have warned it could sink into the red by the end of this year, the AP said.
Posted at 10:50 AM on August 28, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
We got this note from a listener today following this morning's Midmorning broadcast about the Cash for Clunkers program:
A comment on Kerri Miller's guests discussing cash for clunker appliances. I totally disagree with their comments-- I have been hoping and waiting for a cash-for-appliances program. We have not been able to take advantage of any of the house or car programs, but we are limping along with an ancient stove and fridge. News flash for your guests-- people do wait and get along with crummy, old appliances and even get them fixed if they can't afford to go out and buy new, even though they know new appliances would be much more energy efficient. I only hope ours keep working until a cash for appliance program begins.
It may not be long. Such a program is coming this fall, though it won't be anywhere near as impressive. Rebates will only be in the $50 to $200 range, according to reports. It's also not apparent whom the program is intended to help. Many of the appliance makers moved their jobs overseas years ago.
St. Cloud's Electrolux, for example, closed down its small chest freezer production in 2004 and moved the jobs to China. The company still employs about 1,200 people in the city, but that's down by about 650 jobs since 2004.
While the Cash for Clunkers program proved popular, a poll out today says most Americans do not favor a rebate program for appliances. Almost half of those surveyed disapproved, according to Rasmussen Reports. Only 39 percent favor such a program.
Support -- or lack of it -- for both the appliance program and the cars program appears to break down along party and generational lines, the poll said.
Posted at 11:53 AM on August 26, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Two "farm" stories in the news this week -- one bad, one good.
Bad: A survey of farm management instructors in the Minnesota State Colleges and Universities system suggests the state's farmers are facing a difficult couple of years. The report finds 40 percent of the farmers enrolled in the farm business management program expected to lose money this year, and projections suggest many farmers be forced out of business in 2010.
Good: Some enterprising farmers have figured out how to make a buck. Tourists will pay to do the work some farmers may consider drudgery, the New York Times reports.
These new farm stays are profitable. For three years, Scottie Jones has been subsidizing her small lamb and turkey business by renting out a cabin on her 60-acre Leaping Lamb Farm, about two hours from Portland, Ore. For $125 a night, visitors can feed the animals, bring in hay and learn the basic rule of farming: closed gates stay closed and open gates stay open. It now brings in seven times what she makes on her meat business, plus a little free labor.
"Even those people sitting on the porch drinking a glass of wine will come help me feed eventually," she said.
It's a haycation!
Posted at 11:11 AM on August 26, 2009
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Earlier this month, I wrote that it was difficult to find a standard by which Cash for Clunkers, the government giveaway program to help people buy new cars, would be judged. First it was funded with $1 billion, then when it became a hit, another $2 billion was added. In both cases, there didn't seem to be firm economic analysis ahead of time on what the payback to the economy would be.
In a subsequent conversation in the comments section, I said:
Why don't we commit to programs that DO have a meaningful measure of success? Because we don't WANT to because then someone might say we failed. So now we don't even try.
We just keep things open-ended. Maybe after we see the "results," we'll come up with the standards for measuring so we can say, "Yep, it was a success all right."
The program ended Monday evening. Today, it was declared a success according to this release from the White House:
The CARS program came to a close Tuesday night with nearly 700,000 clunkers taken off the roads, replaced by far more fuel efficient vehicles. Rebate applications worth $2.877 billion were submitted by the 8 p.m. deadline, under the $3 billion provided by Congress to run the program.
Cars made in America topped the most-purchased list, from the Ford Focus to the Toyota Corolla to the Honda Civic.
"American consumers and workers were the clear winners thanks to the cash for clunkers program," said U.S. Transportation Secretary Ray LaHood. "Manufacturing plants have added shifts and recalled workers. Moribund showrooms were brought back to life and consumers bought fuel efficient cars that will save them money and improve the environment."
"This is one of the best economic news stories we've seen and I'm proud we were able to give consumers a helping hand," Secretary LaHood said.
According to a preliminary analysis by the White House Council of Economic Advisers, the CARS program will:
Boost economic growth in the third quarter of 2009 by 0.3-0.4 percentage points at an annual rate thanks to increased auto sales in July and August.
Will sustain the increase in GDP in the fourth quarter because of increased auto production to replace depleted inventories.
Will create or save 42,000 jobs in the second half of 2009. Those jobs are expected to remain well after the program's close.
Ford and General Motors recently announced production increases for both the third and fourth quarters as a result of the demand generated by the program. Honda also said it will be increasing production at its U.S. plants in East Liberty and Marysville, Ohio and in Lincoln, Alabama.
In addition, the program provides good news for the environment. That's because 84 percent of consumers traded in trucks and 59 percent purchased passenger cars. The average fuel economy of the vehicles traded in was 15.8 miles per gallon and the average fuel economy of vehicles purchased is 24.9 mpg. - a 58 percent improvement.
"This is a win for the economy, a win for the environment and a win for American consumers," Secretary LaHood said.
With the end of transactions under the program, the Department of Transportation is augmenting a team that already includes more than 2,000 people processing dealer applications for rebates
LaHood makes an odd prediction in that release; that the program will "sustain the increase in the GDP in the 4th quarter."
According to the Bureau of Economic Analysis at the Department of Commerce, the latest data is for the 2nd quarter of the year and it dropped 1 percent. Car sales added only .2 percent to the GDP in the 2nd quarter.
The third quarter results won't be released until October. If LaHood is right, the Cash for Clunkers program will be responsible for ending the recession. Now that's a yardstick!
Some of the consumers may be having "buyer's remorse," according to a study in USA Today:
A survey of nearly 1,000 participants in the program found 17% say they have some doubt or serious doubts about having bought a new car, says CNW Market Research. Most said they regret now having a $275 to $350 per month car payment that didn't have before the purchase. Typically, buyers' remorse hits roughly 6% to 8% of new-vehicle buyers within a month. But dealers don't have any regrets.
Posted at 10:48 AM on August 25, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| City | % Change |
| Cleveland | 4.18 |
| San Francisco | 3.78 |
| Minneapolis | 3.14 |
| Washington | 2.85 |
| Dallas | 2.72 |
| Boston | 2.65 |
| Denver | 2.54 |
| San Diego | 1.55 |
| Atlanta | 1.45 |
| National Avg | 1.39 |
| Phoenix | 1.13 |
| Los Angeles | 1.08 |
| Chicago | 1.06 |
| Portland | 1.02 |
| Charlotte | 0.72 |
| Miami | 0.54 |
| New York | 0.42 |
| Tampa | 0.39 |
| Seattle | 0.38 |
| Detroit | -0.8 |
| Las Vegas | -1.99 |
Buyers are writing offers. The market is becoming more balanced. In 2007 it seemed like everyone wanted to sell and no one wanted to buy and the inventory of homes on the market kept rising. This year the inventory of homes for sale is much lower than in 2007 or 2008 and it continues to drop. There are currently 1611 homes on the market, or about half as many as there were last August. At the same time almost twice as many homes sold in July of 2009 when compared with July of 2008.The big economic news today, of course, is President Barack Obama's decision to nominate Ben Bernanke for another term as head of the Federal Reserve Board. Good? Bad? You'll want to listen to today's first hour of Midmorning on MPR (Archived audio here). David Wessel, economics editor for The Wall Street Journal and author of "In Fed We Trust," argued that there were times during the financial collapse when the Fed acted as a fourth branch of government. "If we were attacked by a foreign power, and the president of the United States has the ability and power to fire back missiles, the president of the United States does not have billions of dollars in his pocket to save the financial system. Only the Federal Reserve has that," he said.
Posted at 8:45 AM on August 20, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The state has released its unemployment figures for July, and like the national figures (released a few weeks ago), it's being hailed as a bright spot.
"Minnesota Employers Add 10,300 Jobs in July", the press release's headline from the Department of Employment and Economic Development said. The unemployment rate fell .3 percent in July, to 8.1 percent (seasonally adjusted).
235,167, however, are out of work in the state. That's 17,000 fewer than June, according to the data, but it's 6,000 more than May, when the unemployment rate was also 7.8 percent. It's possible this signals a turnaround. Of course, it was possible May signaled a turnaround, too.
Here's the release:
Minnesota employers added 10,300 jobs in July, the state's first monthly employment gains since August 2008, according to figures released today by the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development (DEED).
The state's unemployment rate fell 0.3 percent from June to a seasonally adjusted 8.1 percent. The U.S. unemployment rate in July was 9.4 percent.
"This is encouraging news, particularly because the job gains were widespread across industry sectors," said DEED Commissioner Dan McElroy. "We are hopeful that this is the beginning of an upward trend for our economy. As always, we continue our efforts to help businesses grow and to help people find jobs in Minnesota."
Eight of the state's 11 industry sectors gained employment during the month, led by leisure and hospitality, which added 3,900 jobs. Other gains were posted by government (up 2,800), manufacturing (up 1,700), professional and business services (up 1,700), education and health services (up 1,200), construction (up 700), logging and mining (up 200), and financial activities (up 100).
Job losses occurred in trade, transportation and utilities (down 1,300), information (down 500) and other services (down 200).
Over the past year, education and health services added 13,600 jobs and government added 6,000 jobs.
Jobs losses occurred over the past year in manufacturing (down 38,900), professional and business services (down 31,900), trade, transportation and utilities (down 20,600), construction (down 17,000), other services (down 3,900), financial activities (down 3,600), information (down 3,000), logging and mining (down 2,200), and leisure and hospitality (down 600).
In the state's Metropolitan Statistical Areas, over-the-year job losses occurred in the Minneapolis-St. Paul MSA (down 3.5 percent), Duluth-Superior MSA (down 4.4 percent), Rochester MSA (down 1.6 percent) and St. Cloud MSA (down 2.7 percent).
The agency also announced the results of its second quarter job vacancy survey, which showed 31,400 job vacancies in the state between April and June 2009, down 39.4 percent from the same period a year ago. The survey showed that there were 7.7 unemployed people for each vacancy statewide during the quarter. The survey also indicates that over 95 percent of Minnesota employers expect to increase or maintain current employment levels through the end of the year.
I'm still soliciting people who are unemployed to tell me their stories for News Cut's The Unemployed series. Contact me here.
Posted at 1:52 PM on August 18, 2009
by Bob Collins
(15 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, The Unemployed series

Posted at 11:04 AM on August 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
Both Minneapolis and St. Paul mayors have released their budget updates. Both call for increases in property taxes and reductions in some services. Mayor R.T. Rybak and Mayor Chris Coleman are Gary Eichten's guests on Midday. Listen to the program here. React below.
11:07 a.m. - Coleman says the city is "relatively strong," and looking at doing things "more efficiently." Says the city is focusing on "what really matters," which brings up the obvious question: "What doesn't matter?"
11:09 a.m. - You can watch Rybak's budget message here.
11:10 a.m. - Coleman says St. Paul is "down 40 officers." Gives props to Obama for stimulus. Rybak gives props too, and criticizes state cuts to cities and says stimulus money will go away. "Every budget I've presented in five years has been balanced, which is in sharp contrast to the state."
Rybak says more than 100 positions were eliminated yesterday.
11:12 a.m. - Gary plays sound bite of Pawlenty says some good things in Minneapolis wouldn't have happened without him. He cites Guthrie, Northstar, Twins stadium, light rail, and "all of the money pumped into the University of Minnesota."
11:14 a.m. - "I wish he'd stick around because I'd love to have him come on this program,' Rybak countered. He says spending in Minneapolis increased 1 percent, during Pawlenty's term, state spending jumped 12 percent. "I don't need a lecture." He says Pawlenty sat on his hands for Twins stadium. Rybak says he led initiatives and Pawlenty 'was there for the signing.'
11:17 a.m. - Coleman says Pawlenty did not solve budget problems this year. "He just pushed it into the future."
"This whole country has been engulfed in this negative tone where people get up and scream. I wish we could have a dialog about where we need to go and stop blaming everyone for our problems," Coleman said.
Q: Are you running for governor?
A: Coleman: I've made no secret I'm exploring that?
A: Rybak: "I'm likely to do that."
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
Q: Have you laid off more firefighters? (Question from wife of firefighter)
A: Everyone is taking a cut, public safety taking less of a cut. Didn't accept grant for firefighters because it required us to spend more money.
Q: To Coleman: How can you call a 6 percent hike in property tax, "more service at a better price"?
A: We have merged departments, invested up-front money to save money in the long run. We're making long-term investments in which we'll see huge paybacks. We're asking employees to do more with less. Layoffs after the first of the year.
Q: Caller: In 1967 the Legislature passed first sales tax. 100% were to go to reduce property taxes. That was the purpose. Now the state is fighting increases in sales tax and has no regard for local property taxes.
A: Rybak: Correct. We should say "let's have the sales tax but earmark it for property tax relief."
Q: Without Gang Strike Force, will gang activity increase?
A: Coleman; We have great anti-gang cops. "Unfortunate that the sideshow has taken away from what our officers are doing."
Rybak: "Doesn't have a significant impact on what we're doing in the city." Says Minneapolis cops have lots of intelligence (informers?)
11:29 a.m. - Coleman just mentioned the Harlem Children's Zone as a model. Here's the Web site.
Q: (Caller to Coleman) I live in Highland Park. We can save money by not cleaning the streets in the summer. They're not dirty.
A: Coleman: You're going to get your wish; it's one of the things we're going to have to clean the streets (Ah, but will there be towing on days you're not going to clean anymore?). It's not all about aesthetics; it ends up in the river.
11:36 a.m. - Why do the cities have different policies on things like trash collection?
Rybak: There's a whole long history of garbage in Minneapolis. It works well for us. St. Paul's works well for them. Same with snow plowing.
(Of course, this brings up an old question: Why do we need two big cities? Why not just be like businesses and merge)
Q: Does downtown St. Paul have a future?
A: Coleman: "It's unbelievable. I'm so excited it's impossible to contain (bob: Is a lunch joint staying open after 2 p.m. downtown?). Cray is coming downtown. Microsoft wants to be a part of downtown. Light rail is a critical piece of that. High-speed rail is a critical part of that.
Q: Block E has reputation for intimidation and violence. When is the mayor going to do something?
A: Crime in downtown is dramatically down, Rybak says. Putting more people on the street -- via the Twins ballpark -- will help. So does all the residential properties "we've built."
Q: Re: Central Corridor light-rail. There are still a lot of critics. Businesses are worried on University Ave., etc. Are these problems going to be resolved?
A: Coleman: "This line is going to be built. We've all but begun construction. I've sat through mitigation meetings at the University of Minnesota. Communities along the corridor have deep concerns and we are taking proactive steps -- adding money for parking mitigation and beautification of University Ave., and another stop on Western Avenue. How we get there is an open question.
It's like the 7 minute blackout when a rocket ship is coming back from space.
Rybak: We have to figure out how to get Uptown connected. We're doing bus rapid transit on 35W. None of these will be easy. Everyone needs to bring their points to the table, but stay at the table.
Wrapping up, Gary asked how they thought Obama is doing. Surprisingly, they both think he's doing great.
Posted at 8:55 AM on August 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(14 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Today's item from "the economy doesn't make sense" file:
The University of Michigan consumer sentiment survey released today shows American consumers were less confident in July than June, when they weren't all that snappy, either.
According to the press release:
Consumer confidence slipped in July as consumers anticipated that their personal finances would improve more slowly than they had anticipated several months ago. "While consumers believe the economic free-fall is now over, consumers see little reason to believe that the economic stimulus package will improve their finances anytime soon," according to Richard Curtin, the Director of the Reuters/University of Michigan Surveys of Consumers. Financial reversals were reported with equal frequency across all income subgroups, as was the expectation that joblessness would continue to increase. "It is difficult to determine whether the recent loss in confidence simple reflects the impatience of consumers or the sprouting of changed assessments of the effectiveness of the stimulus policies," noted Curtin. In either event, "economic apprehensions can be expected to increase along with rising unemployment and stagnant incomes during the months ahead," according to Curtin. Although consumer spending will improve during the balance of 2009, total personal consumption expenditures will post an lackluster increase of 1.5% during 2010.
What's the confusion? Cash for Clunkers brought tens of thousands of Americans out of their shell to buy new cars, thanks to the government handout. And while it's true "free money" is attractive, many of those consumers also committed themselves to five (or more) years of loan payments. If you were apprehensive about the economy and your status in it, why would you do that?
The survey also said that buying plans for homes and vehicles declined in July.
Consumers also had less faith in the government's handling of the economy in July. Those holding an unfavorable view increased from 28 to 32 percent.
The "recession is almost over" narrative, and the one that says things are looking up, are increasingly getting attention in the media. But the public isn't buying it. At least, not yet.
Posted at 2:10 PM on August 13, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, The Unemployed series
Posted at 11:27 AM on August 12, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Let's jump into the minefield of corporate executive travel.
When the big automakers needed a Washington bailout, they arrived in their corporate jets, to the scorn of the public and the politicians. The public, they reasoned, shouldn't be subsidizing such excess.
"[When] corporate executives use the company aircraft for personal business, I think that rubs the public the wrong way," Rep. James Oberstar said.
But the taxpayer was already subsidizing corporate travel through the Essential Air Service program, which is intended to provide air service to small communities. Alaska is the big winner in the 1980s-era legislation, which was only supposed to last for 10 years.
It doesn't cost that much in the big scheme of things, $123 million this year.
Today, Oberstar announced a third commercial flight is being added to the Hibbing-Chisholm area, subsidized under the program.
The primary beneficiaries, according to Oberstar, will be mining executives.
One fallout from the program, however. The program from the government's left hand kicks in a wave of new bureaucratic regulations from the government's right hand. Once commercial air service comes to a smalltown, private pilots and the business who operate at the airports -- the ones who mostly use and benefit smaller airports and their communities -- are slapped with new security regulations.
A new Department of Homeland Security directive, which the agency refuses to make public, "puts undue burden on rural airports and general aviation personnel" and "stifles rural aviation, which is a lifeblood for many of these smaller communities," one activist wrote.
In Minnesota, that applies to Bemidji, Brainerd, Duluth, International Falls, St. Cloud, Rochester, and Thief River Falls.
In rural Minnesota, the government gives, and the government taketh away.
Posted at 5:11 PM on August 10, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Any business school worth its money has taught its students that attention to customer service can get your company through some lean times. In recent years in the U.S., it seems, this simple point has been lost on most students.
Now, in the face of a crippling recession, some corporations are starting to "get it." Some aren't.
Act 1: A writer on the blog AdMelee hasn't been in a Ford automobile in years, he writes. But he's been hearing more testimonials on Twitter lately about Ford, so when he lease is nearing an end, he test drives one.
Now Ford, like many companies, is on Twitter and the writer sent a "tweet" to the Ford account.
"I'm test driving an Edge for the second time this week. Have Alan Mulally (Ford CEO) call to tell me I'm not crazy."
You can probably guess what happened next:
If you know me you know that was me just joking around like "ha ha I know you and Alan are hanging at a BBQ this weekend so why don't you guys ring me up when you have a few in you?". Something funny happened. Scott send me a direct message on Twitter asking for my phone number that following Saturday morning. "Hmm" I said. "That can't be. He's not going to have Alan call me". I honestly figured Scott was going to call to give me some insight into the Edge. When my phone rang with a Michigan number during my daughter's birthday party I let it go to voicemail. I would call Scott back after. When I finally checked the voicemail it was not from Scott Monty, but rather Alan Mulally. He was singing the praises of the Edge and what I thought was looking like a cute PR stunt ended up being a sincere message with the request to call him back. Let's pause for a second and process this...
Read the whole story here. (h/t: @tbrunelle via Twitter)
Act 2: A couple of weeks ago, my wife had to fly back to New England to visit her ailing father. She flew Northwest Airlines (actually, Pinnacle, but you know it's all one happy family, right?).
She got stuck in a smaller jet next to a large man who spilled over into her seat, and had to jam one of his legs under the seat in front of hers. She got to fly for three hours in half a seat.
When she got back to Minnesota, she wrote a letter to Northwest (dubbed "Northworst" by many over the years). Last week she made reservations for another trip (for the same reason, unfortunately) back East and referenced her letter to a more-than-helpful Northwest reservations agent. A voucher for half a round trip showed up in the mail and when she checked in on Sunday, she didn't get charged to check her baggage.
"What's up with that?" I asked the customer service agent.
"She has 'elite status,'" she said, whatever that is.
She also ended up with an aisle seat in an emergency exit row.
But her biggest prize was the opportunity to spend the five minute walk to the security checkpoint, reminding her husband that he rolled his eyes when she said she was going to complain, and suggesting she "pick her battles" better.
Act 3: A swift reaction doesn't always save your bacon, however. As I indicated in this morning's Five at 8 (you read that, right? I'm not wasting my time with that?), Continental Express left passengers sitting in an aluminum tube in Rochester for 9 hours, in defiance of all common sense.
Unlike Northwest, Continental initially took little responsibility for the actions of its little-brother airline, referring all questions to the little-brother airline, though it offered a too-little,too-late refund.
Much of the revitalized attention to customer service parallels the rise in social media, according to Aaron Strout, writing on Multichannel Merchant.
For starters, so many products and services have become commoditized, other than price - which is not an insignificant factor. Customer service is one of the last things left that differentiates one company from another. Do it poorly, and your customers will leave.
On the flip side, when done well, customer service can actually increase loyalty. And if you've ever read Fred Reichheld's manifesto titled "Leading with Loyalty" you know that companies that enjoy the "loyalty effect" grow at better than twice the average for their industry.
With Twitter and Facebook providing immediate details of great -- and poor -- customer service, the importance to corporations has never been higher. You haven't booked a flight today on Continental Express, I assume.
Have you found great examples of customer service that have made you a loyal customer of a company in these tough times? Tell me about it.
Posted at 1:01 PM on August 10, 2009
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, The Unemployed series
Posted at 8:29 AM on August 8, 2009
by Bob Collins
(15 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Philip Greenspun, the MIT prof and computer sciences guru, asks an interesting question today. If the U.S. didn't spend billions on Cash for Clunkers, what could it have spent its money on?
37 percent of Americans don't have broadband Internet at home (source). If we spent the Cash for Clunkers money on Let's Try to Catch up with Korea (95 percent of households with broadband, typically much faster than ours (one source)) a lot of Americans might not have needed to make so many trips in their cars because (1) they could work from home, (2) they could shop from home, (3) they could get information from home, (4) they could find out, from home, that some place they were planning to go was in fact closed.
Cash for Clunkers has been hailed as either an environmental program (generally discredited by most environmentalists) or an economic boost, the effects of which are far from clear.
Some analysts have suggested people who bought cars under the program, probably would've bought them anyway soon. In Annie Baxter's story, Scott Lambert, of the Minnesota Automobile Dealers Association, disagrees:
"Most of the dealers think these are just conservative people who had hung onto their cars for a long time and took advantage of this, and probably would not have come in if not for this program," said Lambert.
The problem is we don't know and never will know. If the unemployment rate drops over the next few months, does that mean it worked? If it goes up again, does that mean it doesn't? If Minnesota's sales tax collections go up, perhaps that's attributable to new cars, but what if it stays flat or goes down? We know that consumers have paid down their debt in recent months and that's now a bad thing. But now they've got car loans, a big sales tax bill, and higher auto insurance payments. Does the injection of cash into the economy now offset their inability to spend more later? Will the number of auto jobs saved/created, offset the number that are on a pace to be eliminated?
In the unemployment figures released Friday, factory employment in the U.S. dropped by 52,000 but some auto workers didn't get laid off for summer retooling. Considering that some union contracts call for them to get paid -- fairly generously -- during layoffs, there may not be an economic bounce from that fact unless jobs were going to be eliminated permanently. And that's still the plan for struggling U.S. auto industry. How do we factor in the big boost in advertising cash to radio and TV stations and newspapers?
What exactly will be the measurement for success of the program?
"There's no real way to calculate it without making a bunch of assumptions," Lee Schipper, a researcher at the University of California, Berkeley, and at Stanford said in a New York Times' attempt to measure the program.
... Seven years from now, when cars have to average 39 miles a gallon, what will we think of a government program that enticed hundreds of thousands of consumers to buy vehicles that got 30 miles a gallon (and that in 2016 will be middle-aged)? Had the program not existed, some of those buyers might have waited until 2012, when the new mileage rules begin to be phased in.
But in the end, "cash for clunkers" may help undo a previous government program: for years, small businesses got a tax break for buying S.U.V.'s, but only if they were the very largest -- at least 6,000 pounds.
Posted at 3:05 PM on August 7, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The Federal Reserve today reported that consumers have paid down their credit cards and reduced debt for the fifth straight month. The cut is much steeper than what analysts had expected. In June, the Fed says, Americans cut outstanding consumer debt by $10.3 billion.
Let's go behind the numbers on that one.
There are 304,059,724 million people in the U.S. On a per-capita basis, consumer debt was reduced by a little over $33.
Not everyone has consumer debt, of course, but almost every household does. There are an estimated 111,161,226 households. On average, households reduced their total debt in June by about $92.65.
How much more to go before we have this debt paid off? There's $2.5 trillion in consumer debt still out there, or $22,514 per household.
If we reduce that at the rate of $96 a month, we'll be good to go in about 20 years.
Posted at 3:44 PM on August 6, 2009
by Bob Collins
(13 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

There's nothing about the Cash for Clunkers program that's going to come easy, apparently.
First, the program was so successful that the government ran out of money to give to people to buy new fuel-efficient cars. The Senate, after days of negotiations, has come up with another $2 billion.
Now there's a shortage of cars.
"Everything's gone," Jerry Haas, the sales manager at Sugarloaf Ford in Winona told me this afternoon when I asked him about the odds of getting a Ford Focus, the second-most-popular car in the Cash for Clunkers program. "We have none and there are no Focuses at any dealer within 100 miles of me."
Haas said one reason for the problem is the "poor timing" of the programming, coming at the end of a model year when dealers were trying to get rid of the older models and the new models haven't arrived at showrooms yet.
"We're trying to move (customers) into other units, but we're all sold out in the first wave of the program. If they allotted more money, we don't have enough cars to sell," he said.
Ford, maker of the Focus had only a 25-day nationwide supply of cars. And only one plant in the world makes them.
"Car production is not something that you can snap your fingers and all of the sudden all the components and materials show up on your loading dock from your suppliers," George Pipas of Ford said.
Toyota says it still has a decent supply of Corollas, at 37 days, according to the Associated Press. But there are shortages of the Prius gas-electric hybrid,
with a 13-day supply.
"It's frustrating," Haas acknowledged. He also can't sell the cars in anticipation that Ford will deliver it later. "Without an MSRP sticker (manufacturer's suggested retail price), I can't sell the car."
Posted at 11:15 AM on August 5, 2009
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media
In a world of a 24-hour news cycle, If you're not publishing daily, are you still a newspaper?
The Red Wing Republican Eagle announced today that it will publish only two days a week starting in September.
"We will deliver more local news to subscribers -- but twice a week in larger newspapers instead of in five smaller papers. This change will allow our staff to concentrate only on the local market," publisher Steve Messick said on the Web site today.
It's another attempt to save money but right off the bat, revenue from subscriptions will drop by about $50 per subscriber.
It's not a new concept, of course. The Capital Times of Madison switched to a twice-a-week print schedule more than a year ago, also promising to put more energy into its Web site. The Detroit Free Press publishes only three times a week.
More than 100 newspapers nationwide have made the cut, according to Editor & Publisher magazine. So far, nobody's died because of it, and most of the problems the move causes seem generally to involve the comics and Friday night high school football scores.
Posted at 3:32 PM on August 4, 2009
by Bob Collins
(17 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I would be delighted to share the president's optimism about high-speed rail, but if benefits do not exceed the costs, then America will just be living through a real-life version of "Marge vs. the Monorail," where the residents of the Simpsons' Springfield were foolishly infatuated with a snazzy rail project oversold in song by Phil Hartman's character.
Number of Riders times (Benefit per Rider minus Variable Costs per Rider) minus Fixed Costs.He found that high speed rail will cost four times the benefit.
Posted at 1:25 PM on August 4, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Posted at 12:17 PM on August 4, 2009
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The Associated Press is trying to find out if the Cash for Clunkers program is working.
In the era of "transparency," it's having a hard time getting any help from the Obama administration.
According to the AP, the Department of Transportation reports it's "too busy" to provide information that car dealers are providing to it about the program.
But from what little data has been released, it appears it's been a gold mine... for "foreign" car companies:
The limited information shows most buyers are not picking Ford, Chrysler or General Motors vehicles, and six of the top 10 vehicles purchased are Honda, Toyota and Hyundai. The Associated Press has sought release of the data since last week. Transportation Secretary Ray LaHood said Sunday the government would release it.
It's true that many of the popular models are made in the U.S., but the Prius -- one of the popular cars in this deal -- isn't one of them. It's only made in Japan.
The Honda Accord, on the other hand, is made in Marysville, Ohio. The V6 model comes from Alabama. Seventy-six percent of Hondas sold in the United States are made in the U.S.
So far, the Ford Focus is the top-selling vehicle under the government's program. It's made in Wayne, Michigan.
But not all fuel efficient car models are benefiting from the program. Sales of the Chevy Cobalt, GM's most fuel efficient car, tanked in July.
Posted at 2:11 PM on August 3, 2009
by Bob Collins
(12 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Supporters of Cash for Clunkers have suggested the program is both a floor wax and a dessert topping - it's both good for the environment and a boost to the economy. Good mileage automobiles use less fuel. Less fuel is less pollution. It's hard to argue with that logic.
But a study a few weeks ago raises more of a question about the drivers of fuel-efficient vehicles.
Quality Planning, a consultant to the insurance industry, studied the habits of drivers of hybrid vehicles. It found they drove their vehicles 25 percent more than drivers of non-hybrids.
"The additional miles driven by hybrid vehicle owners would seem to offset the net ecological benefit of owning a fuel-efficient vehicle. After all, a gallon of gas is a gallon of gas, no matter which type of engine is burning it," Dr. Raj Bhat, president of Quality Planning said on a posting on the firm's Web site.
Bhat says he doesn't know, however, if the lower per-mile cost encourages people to drive more miles each day or take more trips.
But why wouldn't it? It's an established fact, of course, that the cost of fuel changes our driving habits. As the price of gasoline went up last year, people combined trips and drove fewer miles. Why wouldn't a reduced per-mile cost similarly affect drivers' behavior?
A good question, perhaps, but one that doesn't have an answer. We'll have to do this anecdotally. If you've bought a hybrid -- or other "fuel efficient" vehicle -- in the last year or so, what was the bottom-line impact on the total amount of fuel you purchased? Did you change your habits from your gas guzzler days?
Update 3:03 p.m. - The Transportation Department released data on Monday showing the vehicles traded in so far averaged 15.8 miles per gallon, compared with 25.4 miles per gallon for the new purchases, or a 61 percent improvement. That's a lot of extra driving you can do and still be ahead of the game.
Update 3:41 p.m. - Here's the link to the Christopher Joyce piece on how long you have to wait to offset "new car carbon." Audio should be available by 6 p.m. The story runs this afternoon on All Things Considered.
Update 3:47 p.m. - MPR's Curtis Gilbert sends along this e-mail from Friends of the Earth:
Based on calculations done by colleagues of ours at CalCars (www.calcars.org), replacing an older, lower-mpg vehicle with a new, higher mpg vehicle reduces CO2 only if the replacement vehicle provides more than twice the fuel economy of the vehicle it replaces. This is why Cash for Clunkers is not an ultimately environmentally progressive program: the emissions avoided from transitioning to a 22 mpg vehicle from an 18 mpg vehicle does not, over the lifetime of the vehicle, make up for the energy embedded in the older car that is destroyed before its useful life is over, as well as the energy involved in manufacturing the new car--unless the mpg of the new car is double that of the old.
An important alternative to Cash for Clunkers is an idea that a colleague of ours, Felix Kramer of CalCars, has developed--i.e. to dedicate the cash that consumers would have put towards a new car to convert their older vehicles to electric vehicles. Please see more on this below and at the following link: http://www.calcars.org/scrap-or-retrofit.html
Posted at 5:42 PM on July 22, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Amazon announced today it's purchased Zappos.com, an online shoe store. That news is of little consequence to 99 percent of the world. But in announcing the sale today, Amazon's Jeff Bezos provided more in 9 minutes than -- it's obvious -- most business schools provide in four years.
Posted at 4:58 PM on July 20, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The apparent pent-up demand for cheap flights from the Twin Cities to Toledo will remain pent up.
Jet America, the firm that announced $9 fares to Toledo when it announced (to the disbelief of this blog) service to the Twin Cities earlier this year, has given up the idea.
The airline is promising refunds to customers who bought tickets.
A Northwest/Delta flight for Toledo is going for $365.
Posted at 4:01 PM on July 16, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The recession is getting so deep, younger adults are cutting back on bar hopping. Booze and cigarettes are the items people 18-29 say they're giving up in deference to the economy.
A third of those surveyed by Pew say they've changed to a cheaper cellphone plan. One in five say they've moved in with a friend. The thing you can do when you're young!
The generation also is more hopeful than old-timers...

... which leads to the obvious question: Do the younger people know something the old timers don't? Or do the old-timers know something the younger people don't?
Posted at 9:45 AM on July 16, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
We figured the June unemployment numbers in Minnesota would be bad, especially considering the national figures -- released a few weeks ago -- took economists by surprise.
How bad? 8.4 percent bad, Minnesota's Department of Employment and Economic Development said today.
That's 16, 740 jobs that disappeared in June. Based on a 40-hour week, that's 95 jobs disappearing per hour for the entire month. Imagine the boss calling in three people every two minutes for an entire month to tell them they're losing their jobs. That's how bad.
The sectors that added jobs in June were trade, transportation and utilities, which gained 800 jobs, and financial activities, which added 600 positions.
The job losses appeared to occur right where the economic stimulus was aimed: Construction (down 3,900) and manufacturing (down 3,700).
"Government" added 2,500 jobs during the month year. It takes a lot more than a recession or a hemorrhaging state budget to slow down the growth of government.
Over the course of the year, the Duluth-Superior area was the hardest hit, with more than 4 percent of the jobs disappearing. By contrast, Rochester lost only 1.3 of its jobs; a testament, perhaps, to the axiom that health care weathers recessions.
The statewide map -- provided by DEED -- shows the extent to which Minnesota is a have/have not state when it comes to unemployment. This is based on the county breakdown, the latest numbers for which are May's:

Posted at 11:22 AM on July 10, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Is the time still right for Minnesota to be buying land for a new state park?
Gov. Tim Pawlenty today said the window is closing for one of his pet projects -- a new state park around Lake Vermilion in northeastern Minnesota. The land is owned by U.S. Steel, which wants more money and thinks it can get it from developers anxious to build luxury homes.
That's business. Housing. Jobs. All the things that Gov. Pawlenty has been saying for 6 1/2 years should trump just about everything else in the state. But he says the plan could help save small campgrounds in the region. Back in 2005, however, some of those campgrounds said the problem is state regulations around the lake.
The Legislature appropriated $20 million to buy up the land during the 2008 session.
Who's the biggest landowner in St. Louis County now? The state of Minnesota.
"Our only request back to the DNR, which is a very reasonable request, is that they would sell other properties within St. Louis County," county commissioner Keith Nelson told MPR's Stephanie Hemphill back in 2007. "Waterfront properties that they hold presently, that would be of equal value to this new proposed park."
Of course, times were better back when Pawlenty came up with his idea. The economy hadn't yet tanked, and social services to people -- many of whom had no chance of using the new state park -- weren't yet being unalloted.
Posted at 12:33 PM on July 9, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Energy
Posted at 11:02 AM on July 9, 2009
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The economic stimulus program doesn't appear to be working yet. Depending on whom you talk to, it's either because the money is going to the wrong places or is being misused at the right ones.
In Washington, officials point out that most of the stimulus money hasn't been spent yet so it's too early to conclude it isn't working. But official Washington is also abuzz with the suggestion that a second stimulus is needed. So, which is it?
Mere mortals cannot understand these things. "Obama not talking about second stimulus," the Washington Post says. "Top Obama Aides: Second Stimulus "Might Eventually Be Needed," is the headline at USNews.com today. Same source, different headlines.
USA Today's headline is "Billions in aid go to areas that backed Obama in '08." The suggestion is obvious, isn't it?
The reports show the 872 counties that supported Obama received about $69 per person, on average. The 2,234 that supported McCain received about $34.
It's not until well into the story we get the punch line:
Investigators who track the stimulus are skeptical that political considerations could be at work.
With a few exceptions, Obama won the more populous states. And even in states he didn't win, the population centers of those states -- that is, big cities -- showed strong support. Shouldn't the stimulus money go where people are?
The reason no one can say for certain that the stimulus is or isn't working is because months after its passage we still can't agree on what it was supposed to do.
"States aren't using money as intended," USA Today said this week.
Under pressure to spend stimulus money quickly, many states are using the federal funds for short-term projects and to fill budget gaps rather than spending on long-term improvements, according to a report by congressional investigators.
The assertion comes from no less than the General Accounting Office (read the full report).
Minnesota used the money to help plug its massive budget deficit. It shouldn't come as a surprise to anyone. Officials said that's what they were going to do last February. Minneapolis used the money to keep some cops employed, and that got a shout-out from Obama.
In Minnesota, stimulus money is supposed to create (or save) 66,000 jobs.
Minnesota arts groups are getting about $1 million in economic stimulus, MPR's Elizabeth Baier reported this morning. MPR is getting $50,000. "We will primarily use the funds to restore the position of assistant producer for Performance Today and for content support for Performance Today and Symphony Cast," according to Christina Schmitt, public relations manager for American Public Media.
The Weisman Art Museum is getting $50,000 in stimulus funs. It'll hire an assistant curator. Perhaps that's how the stimulus will work if it's going to work: One assistant at a time.
Posted at 2:19 PM on July 7, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Posted at 3:01 PM on July 6, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
"The first thing I noticed when I went to work at the Mine was the noise," the writer of Mesabi Misadventures says at the beginning her outstanding post on the recession's effect on her slice of the Iron Range. We don't know her name, but we can determine she works at Hibbing Taconite because she notes her mine's shutdown has been extended into 2010, something that was announced last week.
And just like parents get nervous when their kids get too quiet because it usually means something resulting in a spanking is going to happen, it's hard not to get nervous when the Mine becomes this quiet.I love to hear the birds in the morning at home. Or the squirrels when they yell at my dog for getting too close to their tree.
I don't want to hear birds and squirrels at work. And I do now.
What's the sound of a recession? Birds and squirrels.
(h/t: Aaron J. Brown)
Posted at 1:08 PM on July 2, 2009
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
No matter how difficult your financial condition, reading the U.S. Bankruptcy Court filing for Twin Cities auto dealer Denny Hecker may make you feel comparatively lucky. Here's the filing.
Hecker owes millions to banks and automobile makers, as well as hundreds of thousands to Las Vegas casinos and credit card companies.
Hecker has $24,000 in cash in the bank. He's got $766,000 $766 million in debts.
Here's what the filing reveals about the lifestyle of Denny Hecker:
>> He has $35,000 worth of watches, including three 18k gold Rolex watches.
>> His wedding ring is worth $24,000.
>> He has seven snowmobiles, three scooters, and six four-wheelers, two pontoon boats, seven Jet-Skis and a yacht (which has been repossessed).
>> He owns $25,000 worth of clothing.
>> He owns three condos in Two Harbors, a home in Medina, a home in Crosslake, two condos in Bayport, a condo in Plymouth
>> He owes $450,000 in gambling losses at the Mirage, $400,000 at the Bellagio, and $100,000 at the Hard Rock in Las Vegas.
It doesn't appear that he personally owns a car.
Posted at 11:19 AM on July 2, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
June's payroll reductions were deeper than the 363,000 that economists expected.
We have now seen 22 consecutive weeks with jobless claims over 600,000. This is unprecedented. And while these figures are larger than in previous recessions because the workforce is larger, they are declining half as slow as they have done previously.
Unfortunately, the administration's rose-colored forecast has muddied this picture. So if at some point this year or next the White House decides that the economy needs more stimulus, skeptics will surely brandish that old forecast.
Posted at 10:51 AM on June 30, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
After listening to most of today's Midmorning interview with New York Times economics reporter Edmund Andrews, the biggest question isn't "how can an economics reporter for the New York Times be so clueless when it comes to assuming a mortgage." The real question is "how can someone so financially clueless get a gig as an economics reporter for the New York Times?"
Give Kerri Miller credit for being tough on Andrews, who has written a book on how he fell into "a catastrophic binge on overpriced real estate and reckless mortgages. "
How could it have happened?
"The answer to that question takes you into the financial system and the recklessness that pervaded the financial system over the last few years," he said.
Well, maybe, but we also learned during a fabulous interview that Andrews never made any calculations on his $400,000 mortgage; a serious dereliction of duty by a homeowner even if the lender never asked for proof he could afford it. He also admitted he let the house become critical in his mind to making his second marriage work. Understandable, perhaps, but unbelievably ignorant.
It wasn't until well into the hour that Andrews strayed from his insistence -- which, for the record, has plenty of validity -- that the fault for his problems lay with mortgage-lending practices. "It was a stupid loan that never should've been taken and never should have been made," he said.
The meltdown in the nation's economy -- the meltdown that's taken hundreds of thousands of jobs from hard-working people -- clearly has its foundation in the lending practices of financial institutions. But there's also plenty of blame for people who couldn't be bothered "running the numbers" for the biggest purchase of their lives. Andrews is proof of that.
"In spite of people making poor decisions, it never happened in the past... because the mortgage lender wouldn't have let them," a Realtor called in to say. Clearly true. But if there's no one to save us from ourselves, who can we turn to besides... ourselves?
"Human beings make good decisions and bad decisions all the time, but there's nothing we've ever seen before where millions and millions of borrowers went over the cliff at the same time, " Andrews said. True, perhaps, but Andrews makes it entirely too easy to blame the victim. And that's the tragedy here. That people who did their due diligence and lost homes because of lender fraud, won't be able to get past the "how can you be so stupid?" questions that people like Andrews make all too easy to ask.
"There's no one out there who's as financially literate as you are," Miller said near the end of the show.
On that, she couldn't have been more incorrect.
Posted at 8:36 AM on June 30, 2009
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
"What impresses me no matter how you look at it... the story comes up again and again: there is some serious improvement. We've taken the first step toward beginning to turn this around," said David Blitzer, who runs the Case-Schiller Index. He fairly gushed today over the April results of his survey, which tracks resale price of homes around the country.
The index showed a .6% drop in home prices, which these days qualifies as great news.
In Minneapolis, the drop in resale prices mirrored the nationwide average (-.66%), the ninth consecutive month of declining prices, but the lowest drop during that period in which home resale prices dropped here about 16 percent. They've dropped 22 percent in the last year. Good times, indeed.
"In 13 of the 20 cities the decline is less than last month," Blitzer said this morning. "Some people out there are feeling a touch better and are willing to go out and look at a house and in some cases are willing to buy a house."
House resale prices in April 2009 are roughly the same here as they were in August 2000.
Meanwhile, another report today shows consumer confidence has dropped.
Posted at 10:05 AM on June 26, 2009
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

The Curse of the Class of 2009, the Wall St. Journal headline screamed last month. Grim job outlook for new college grads, the Minnesota Public Radio News story echoed.
"If I were a college graduate right now, it'd be enough to make me hide under the covers for the rest of my life, " Lindsey Pollak, a career columnist, told Kerri Miller on MPR's Midmorning this morning.
Got it. It's bad. But grads are getting jobs. We know that because many of them called in today.
Here are the tips we learned today:
Pay your dues
"You have to realize the path you thought you would take isn't the path you can. We're going back to the olden days when you have to pay your dues and some kids don't want to hear that," Pollack said.
Consider unpaid internships or waiting tables, said Steven Rothberg, the president and founder of CollegeRecruiter.com, based in Edina. "My parents did that, I don't see why this year's graduating class should feel they shouldn't have to do that," he said.
Nick, a recent college graduate, is one of the few who got a job. He called into the show to say he had an unpaid internship program with GE and was told all he had to do was work hard and he'd have a job. He's got a job.
Network with alumni
Caller Steve said he'd hand out business cards to everyone, including friends and other people he'd meet. He starts a job on Wall Street next week. "I had a list of 25 alumni and every month I'd make sure I'd go through the list and drop each a note."
"It's about taking the people you know and the people they know and talking to them about your career prospects. If you tap into the network of people who know you... that works," Pollack said.
"Networking isn't about asking people what they can do for you," Rothberg said, "it's what you can do for them." He said an accounting major, for example, may tell a friend in business, "I see you have a stack of bills to get out, what do you think about me coming in and helping you do it for free?"
An engineering student said his "network dried up with hiring freezes." Rothberg said he's networking incorrectly.
Use your summer jobs to get experience in your field
A business owner said most of the resumes he gets have summer jobs listed that have nothing to do with what career they want to pursue. "They're working as roofers because it pays more," he said.
"Talk to professors who may know of businesses who may need some help through the summer," Pollack said. "And just getting a sense of how a professional office works gives you a leg up."
A caller who graduated from law school, disputed that. She worked at Menard's for eight years. "If you can last at a job for eight years, you can do anything," she said.
Don't assume nobody's hiring. Take advantage of the college's career services
A St. Cloud State College career services pro said surveys sent out to area businesses
showed that while there are companies who don't plan to hire until fall, several have indicated they've got jobs to fill.
Rothberg said students aren't taking enough initiative to work with their college career services department. "You have to act like an adult," he said.
"Students drop a resume off at a career fair and they're shocked they didn't get a job," said Pollack. "The days of mailing in a resume and expecting to get a job are so over."
Rothberg said he's not much of a fan of college job fairs. He said many companies send "introverts" to them who don't like shaking hands and meeting people.
Be memorable in interviews
"You can look great on paper and have all the experience in the world," one young caller, Duncan, said. "But personality and humor is important in an interview, too."
"Actors are good because they prepare and practice and a lot of students walk in and just wing it," Pollack said. "It's important not to just say 'I'm great, I have a great personality or I have experience,' you have to explain why you're the best person for the job."
"Role play," said Rothberg. "Get your college roommate to pretend he/she's the hiring manager and practice. Get prepared for the stupid questions."
Remain optimistic
Find job-search support groups and don't let yourself get isolated. "You cannot put your eggs in one basket. A lot of students get all worked up about one or two job possibilities and sit by the phone. You've got to cast a wider net," Pollack said.
Go work with kids or volunteer at a hospital. It'll make you feel better about yourself.
It's great to hear success stories. If you've got some tips, add them below.
(Photo: Getty Images)
Posted at 2:12 PM on June 25, 2009
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Maybe this is a time when Washington pork really is pork.
This week, Republican Gov. Tim Pawlenty's agriculture commissioner, Gene Hugoson, and his Iowa counterpart, Bill Northey (Democrat), are asking that federal funds be used to buy pork, and then direct it to federal food programs, according to the Associated Press.
What's the problem? Swine flu has scared people from pork, even though it has nothing to do with the meat, and the name has since been changed to the H1N1 flu. The recession also has people eating less meat.
Like the big automakers, there's also the comparative inefficiency of small farms. "Producers that aren't efficient will be hit first," Shane Ellis, a livestock economist at Iowa State University in Ames said. "Those are the operators that we will see exit the market. Not the big operators." And farmers are raising more hogs than the consumer demand requires.
Republican opposition to federal spending and intervention in private business tends to soften when things turn tough for farmers -- a traditional Republican constituency. But is there a difference between an autoworker and a hog farmer? On scale, there's a big difference. But what about philosophy?
Consider Gov. Pawlenty's view of the government intervening in the banking and auto industries. "It's headed in the wrong direction in terms of government micromanaging or intervening, and, worse yet, funding and subsidizing and taking over entire parts of our economy," he said earlier this month.
When should the market prevail? And when should the government step in?
Posted at 12:30 PM on June 12, 2009
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
When the recession ends, how long will it take for U.S. businesses to recover from the way they survived it?
Lane Wallace of the Atlantic considers that question today:
A friend of mine who runs a management and innovation consulting business recently told me that almost all of his clients were responding to the recession by making drastic cuts in budgets and personnel, including innovation, R&D, product development and marketing efforts. "The problem with that," he said, "is that when the economy recovers, it's going to take them another two years to ramp up again. They won't even have the right personnel or teams in place anymore. They'll be way behind."
To explain risk vs. uncertainty, she uses the metaphor of a sailing race in a storm, in which the sailor who let out sails takes advantage not only of a favorable wind, but also of the sailors who trimmed their sails.
We forget that sometimes, in our canonization of the innovative heroes of America. Or ... maybe we don't forget it. Perhaps the reason we give such great lip service to taking innovative risks but don't, as a market whole, tend to follow suit ... especially in tough economic times ... is precisely because we understand quite clearly the risks involved. As the saying goes, "Nobody ever got fired for buying IBM." Playing it safe may not win the race, but it's less likely to end up with you going down in flames.
On the other hand, as the former CEO of Continental Airlines once said, if you're in the pizza business and you just keep cutting one topping after another, pretty soon, all you have is crust. And it's hard to sell crust.
I'm not asking you to reveal your company's secrets here, but what did your firm stop doing that was strategically important before the recession, but was deemed worthy of sacrifice once it started?
Posted at 11:46 AM on June 9, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Ten banks have been allowed by the federal government to pay back the government's investment in their banks. What does this mean?
Q: Why are banks in such a hurry to pay back the TARP funds?
A: Because of the restrictions and stigma that come with taking them in the first place. Banks that accepted TARP money also were limited on the number of foreign workers they could hire, and had executive compensation restrictions placed on them. Richard Davis, the CEO of US Bancorp called it "a lousy program" last February and said the rules kept changing.
Keep in mind the original goal of the money was to purchase bad mortgages that led to the financial collapse last fall. Banks are still sitting on the toxic, mortgage-backed assets, however.
Q: Do these 10 banks now have a competitive advantage over banks who took the TARP funds?
A: Yes, some "industry experts" say. Those banks have to pay a high dividend on the government's shares that the 10 banks don't. And they could lose high-priced execs to banks that don't have restrictions on their compensation now.
Q: If the TARP money was meant to loosen credit, will paying it back tighten credit?
A: Possibly, although some of the banks are publicly saying they'll continue to lend money. The proof, however, will be in who can borrow. Have you tried to get a loan from a bank lately? How'd it go?
"We fully expect to continue to vigorously offer lending opportunities to our credit-worthy consumer, small business, corporate and institutional customers, invest for future growth and support the U.S. government's overall efforts to stimulate the economy," Richard K. Davis, chairman and CEO of U.S. Bancorp, said in a statement.
Q: Does this mean the banks are safe?
A: Not according to Elizabeth Warren, who administers a TARP oversight panel for Congress. "The notion that you can get out from under some restrictions but still want some government benefits, seems to me to have a foot in both boats, " she said today. She released a report today suggesting the government keep conducting "stress tests" of the nation's 19th largest banks to ensure their viability.
Even without TARP money, the banks are still getting their debt guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. and credit lines are guaranteed from the Federal Reserve.
"None of this means that we're out of the woods yet; there's a lot of work that the banks have to do and the regulators have to do," Richard Spillenkothen, a director at Deloitte & Touche LLP in New York, told Bloomberg news.
Unemployment is still rising. More people are defaulting on loans because they've lost their jobs. Banks are poised to lose more money.
Q: What happens to the money the banks are paying back?
A: It goes into the Treasury to be used again if the economy gets worse. It's almost as if the Treasury Department isn't sure the recovery is taking hold.
Q: What do the stock markets tell us about today's action?
A: That it's not exactly the financial equivalent of VJ Day. At midday, the Dow industrials are about even. The stock of some of the banks -- including US Bancorp -- drifted lower after the announcement.
Posted at 5:28 PM on June 8, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Two -- technically unrelated -- news stories this week have got us wondering what's wrong with this picture?
(1) The Treasury Department this week is going to announce which banks will be allowed to repay bailout money. The New York Post reports the banks shedding the "TARP" funds include Goldman, JPMorgan, American Express Co, Morgan Stanley, State Street Corp and U.S. Bancorp.
One goal of TARP -- Troubled Asset Relief Program -- is to encourage banks to resume lending to businesses and to each other, thereby getting the economy humming again.
So if the banks are repaying the Treasury Department, they must be loosening credit, right? Let's shift to #2.
(2) In Pipestone, as I wrote this morning, 160 people will be out of work by September because the India-based windmill manufacturer, Suzlon, can't get credit, according to MPR's Mark Steil, who writes:
Renewable energy consultant Martin Pasqualini with CP Energy Group says money is tight throughout the wind industry. He says some of the biggest financial backers of the wind energy industry were also some of the biggest firms to collapse in the credit crisis.
"Lehman had been a tax equity investor. AIG had an ambitious program in place to do large scale investing when they virtually came unwound. We also effectively lost Wachovia," says Pasqualini.
Wachovia struggled and was eventually purchased by Wells Fargo. The financial sectors problems meant plans for many wind farms were shelved. Pasqualini says he excepts construction this year of new wind turbines to fall significantly.
The "other side" of the story:
The layoffs are said to be "devastating" to Pipestone, but the Worthington Daily Globe says it depends on who loses their jobs.
Though Suzlon's manufacturing facility is in Pipestone, the company has also been busing in employees from Sioux Falls, S.D., Worthington, and other area cities.
The impact on Pipestone would be smaller if most of the workers who lost positions came from other cities -- though the impact on southwest Minnesota and the tri-state area would be the same.
That the company had to bus in workers from outside the area suggests a shortage of a trained workforce in Pipestone. And, indeed, the unemployment rate in the county in April -- the latest month for which data is available -- is far below the national and state rate.
Still, the windmill manufacturer's credit woes, and the banks' desire to give the money back to the federal government, makes one wonder whether TARP has really served its purpose?
MPR's Midmorning will attempt to answer that question on Wednesday morning at 9.
Posted at 2:40 PM on June 8, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Apparently, this is "map day" on News Cut.
Vice President Joe Biden is out with another stimulus update, this time it's called "Roadmap to Recovery," that documents projects that have been funded to date.
The accompanying map -- above -- shows how heavily the Democrats' stimulus plan relies on military spending. They're the green dots. (Update: And, the Justice Department are also green dots. A News Cut reader with better ability to differentiate shades notes the projects may be directed to police departments)
Posted at 11:17 AM on June 5, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
One of the reasons I don't mind getting stuck at railroad crossings is it helps remind me that the economy isn't completely stuck. And sometimes you see interesting cargo, like today in South St. Paul.
![]()
There were dozens of them. They're windmills from Suzlon, a company based in India with no manufacturing facilities in the U.S. So by the end of the train, I realized it's the economy in India that's not entirely stuck, and I found myself wondering what the unemployment rate in this country would be if we still manufactured things here. For all the talk about "green jobs" from alternative energy in this country, a lot of them aren't jobs based here, apparently.
Posted at 8:28 AM on June 5, 2009
by Bob Collins
(10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The nation's unemployment rate was released this morning. It's now at 9.4 percent, higher than economists (who never seem to get it right) had expected. Add in all the people who've given up looking for work (question: who has this luxury? If you give up looking for work, what your plan?), and the rate is 16.4 percent.
The worse the economy gets, the better for Wal-Mart.
Meanwhile, Wal-Mart announced this morning it's going to add 22,000 jobs. The giant retailer is holding its annual shareholders meeting today. It's available via Webcast and should be particularly enjoyable for anyone who regularly follows Up With People.
Posted at 12:41 PM on June 3, 2009
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
A little more fallout from All Things Considered host Robert Siegel's interview last evening with Wharton's Jeremy Siegel, in which Siegel (the Wharton Siegel) urged people to get into the stock market.
"Even in December of 1930, where you were 50 percent down from that all-time high in 1929, your five-year return was more than seven percent after inflation. The world looks different once you're down as much as we have been down," he said.
The Wall Street Journal's MarketBeat blog isn't buying it. "After the crash 1929, the Dow didn't return to its high of that year until 1954," it said.
The Motley Fool carried a Siegel quote worth considering:
Mr. Jeremy "Wizard of Wharton" Siegel apparently agrees, saying in a recent interview: "You are now investing when stocks are down 50% from their peak. ... Once you're down 50% from the peak there are almost no bad outcomes going ahead 10 years."
I'm not an equity market expert; I'm just a guy with a fraction of the retirement account I used to have. But the Siegel-on-Siegel interview suggests to me the American media is ready to make the same old mistake again -- using economists as predictors.
Economists make good analysts of what's happened, but for the most part they make lousy predictors of what's going to happen.
Take Siegel, for example.
July 4, 2005 - "I think stocks return is going to be somewhere between, say, 7, 9 percent per year over the next five years. I think real estate is high, and I don`t think real estate is going to compete with stocks, either." In fact, there was a link between real estate and the stock market that Siegel failed to recognize or acknowledge.
August 10, 2007 - "There are good values out there in equities -- especially in financial stocks -- and you will be rewarded in the long run if you start dollar cost-averaging now." At the time he recommended General Electric, Citigroup, and Bank of America.
October 17, 2008 - "I think these prices will be viewed as extremely cheap even a year from now. People will wish they'd had the guts to go in." The Dow is 247 points lower at midday today than it was then.
Posted at 12:05 PM on June 1, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Traveler's -- the St. Paul-based (sort of) -- insurance company has made the big time. It has been added to the vaunted Dow Jones 30 industrials. It and Cisco have replaced the bankrupt General Motors and the teetering Citigroup.
Here's are the current "members" of the industrials:
3M
Alcoa Inc
American Express Company
AT&T Inc
Bank of America Corporation
Boeing Co
Caterpillar Inc.
Chevron Corp
Cisco
E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Exxon Mobil Corp
General Electric Company
Hewlett-Packard Co.
Intel Corporation
International Business Machines
Johnson & Johnson
JP Morgan & Chase & Co
Kraft Foods Inc.
McDonald's Corporation
Merck & Co., Inc.
Microsoft Corporation
Pfizer Inc
The Coca-Cola Company
The Home Depot, Inc.
The Procter & Gamble Company
Travelers
United Technologies Corporation
Verizon Communications
Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.
Walt Disney Company
There are no longer any automakers on the list.
Compare it to the 30 Industrials of 1979, with an abundance of oil and steel.
Allied Chemical
General Foods
Owens-Illinois Glass
Aluminum Company of America
General Motors Corporation
Procter & Gamble Company
American Can
Goodyear
Sears Roebuck & Company
American Telephone & Telegraph
Inco
Standard Oil of California
American Tobacco B
International Business Machines
Texaco Incorporated
Bethlehem Steel
International Harvester
Union Carbide
Du Pont
International Paper Company
United Technologies Corporation
Eastman Kodak Company
Johns-Manville
U.S. Steel
Exxon Corporation
Merck & Company, Inc.
Westinghouse Electric
General Electric Company
Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing
Woolworth
Posted at 12:17 PM on May 29, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
If you're a Midday listener, you've probably been hearing the American RadioWorks series, "A Better Life: Creating the American Dream."
Here's a video the ARW team produced on the subject:
On one segment earlier in the week, a commentator said the American Dream is still alive only because few enough people achieve it to keep them talking about it and keep others dreaming, sort of like Powerball.
In the first hour of today's Midday, Chris Farrell considered whether the recession is killing -- or has killed -- the American Dream.
Posted at 2:56 PM on May 28, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
A survey from the Pew Center this afternoon says over half of adults 50-64 are thinking about delaying retirement. Sixteen percent say they expect to never stop working.
The Pew Research survey also finds that it may not be how much you earn but how much you lost in the investment market meltdown that determines whether you are re-thinking your retirement plans. Among the Threshold Generation as well as among other age groups, higher-income earners are only slightly less likely than lower-income adults to have considered postponing retirement. But regardless of income or age, those who have lost 40% or more of their investment nest eggs are roughly twice as likely as those who haven't lost money in the market meltdown to say they have thought about delaying their eventual exit from the workforce.
More women than men are thinking about delaying retirement.
Posted at 11:04 AM on May 28, 2009
by Bob Collins
Filed under: Economy
Posted at 12:01 PM on May 22, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I listened to and read the coverage yesterday of Minnesota's unemployment rate and the math made no sense to me.
Minnesota employers shed 9,500 jobs in April, which is about half as many jobs as the state lost in March, MPR reported. "Minnesota employers shed fewer jobs in April than in the prior month," the Business Journal said. "Fewer Minnesota Jobs Cut," the Fox9 News headline said.
According to the Department of Employment and Economic Development, there are 13,389 more people with jobs in April, than had them in May. The number of officially unemployed dropped by 3,781 people.
True, there's no putting lipstick on this pig. It's the worst job market since 1984.
Posted at 4:38 PM on May 20, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Congress has passed the new credit card law that imposes restrictions on rate increases the banks can charge customers. The president will sign it Friday.
Marketplace reports, however, that if you've got good credit, and don't carry a balance, you might get dinged in the deal. We might return to the old days of annual credit card fees of, say, $30 or so. Rewards programs might also disappear.
Perhaps, then, some good might come from the legislation if it convinces people to wean themselves off revolving credit. But somebody must be using those checks the credit cards company send; the ones that come with a big fee for using them, usually to pay off other credit card bills. But the bill isn't aimed at consumer habits; it's aimed at the financial institutions who've done pretty well with an assortment of fees and gimmicks.
The industry argues that the good customer will end up subsidizing the deadbeat. "This industry will start looking more like a one-size-fits-all pricing approach which dominated in the '80s -- 18 percent interest and a $20 annual fees," David Robertson, publisher of the Nilson Report, told the Washington Post.
But Washington Post blogger Ezra Klein says it's wrong to separate credit card customers into good and bad. Some have lost their jobs or lost their bills, he says. The bill "forces the credit card companies to return to treating you like a responsible card holder if you return to acting like a responsible card holder," he says.
Perhaps the best consumer protection for credit card customers is a pair of scissors.
The issue is of great concern in South Dakota, which became the credit card company capital of the world because of favorable banking legislation that made the state an attractive place for financial firms to call home. The governor says up to 5,000 jobs are in jeopardy because of the legislation and South Dakota accounted for 2 of the five votes against the bill in the Senate.
Posted at 12:22 PM on May 20, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Major financial news sources had two decidedly different ways to headline Minneapolis-based Target Corp's earnings report today.
HALF FULL
Bloomberg: Target First-Quarter Profit Tops Analysts Estimates
HALF EMPTY
New York Times: Revenue Flat, but Target's Profit Falls 13% (the headline was later changed)
MPR (AP): Target posts 13-percent drop in 1st quarter profit
Which is more accurate? You decide. Target made a half-billiion-dollar profit in the first quarter.
Meanwhile, the company is imposing a near news blackout on its annual shareholder meeting next week, when it has a showdown with hedge fund manager William Ackman. The proxy fight for four seats on the board of directors has become one of the nastiest business stories lately.
In an advisory to news reporters, Target officials said it will ban electronic devices at its meeting at an unfinished store near Milwaukee next Thursday. There will be no question-and-answer session with company officials at the meeting, nor will it be Webcast. Reporters will be able to cover it the old-fashioned way -- with a pencil and a notepad. I had asked if live-blogging would be allowed. No.
The restrictions will also apply to shareholders. It will be interesting to see if anyone with an iPhone and a Twitter account slips through.
How do they do things at WalMart? Differently. WalMart Watch was able to live-blog and take pictures at last year's annual meeting, although the biggest controversy appeared to be whether Miley Cyrus would appear . She didn't.
Posted at 11:22 AM on May 19, 2009
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
According to people who know, consumer confidence has reached a high point for 2009, driven by an improving short-term outlook.
Now the question. Why? Is it because there is genuinely good news about the economy? Or is it because if you tell people something often enough, they'll believe it? In the wake of the collapsing economy, there was pushback against the media for telling "too much bad news." The assertion, not without merit, was that the media was making it worse.
Since then, politicians have done their best to put a happy face on things by viewing a declining economy as good news because it isn't declining as fast as it was. And the media have picked up on the "improving economy" narrative in many of their stories.
But where's the evidence that things are improving?
Today, for example, Medtronic announced it's going to slash 1,500 jobs, 600 of them in the Twin Cities.
Everyone is waiting for the real estate market to bounce back, and while there have been a few stories documenting an increase in home sales, I tend to pay attention to clued-in people like Teresa Boardman, who writes the St. Paul Real Estate blog and yesterday suggested that it's a stretch to say things are brightening.
In the last couple of weeks I have been reading that we have hit bottom and things will get better. I want to believe it but I don't.
Activity has picked up in the housing market but the prices have gone down, there are too many foreclosures and there are two many people who want to sell but can not because they owe more on their homes than they can sell them for.
On Monday, the stock market jumped 3 percent on "brightened" housing news. But today, reports show a steep decline in housing starts for apartments and condos.
The auto industry has just ordered many dealerships in Minnesota to close. And on Midmorning today, legislators reminded us that the tide of job losses in Minnesota aren't expected to ebb until next year... maybe. And in the wake of the mess at the Capitol, hospitals are laying off people already.
Maybe things are getting better for people. How about you? Are you more optimistic? Why or why not?
Posted at 3:25 PM on May 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
From the things you don't have to tell me department: Who's suffered the most in the economic collapse? It's not the kids graduating college. It's not the people living off their retirement savings. It's people like, ummmm, me, according to the Pew Research Center:
... adults ages 50-64 are living through what feels to them like much harder times. Three-quarters of this so-called Threshold Generation say that the nation's current economic problems will make it more difficult for them to afford retirement. Two-thirds of younger adults and 56% of older adults share the same concern.
Far fewer people in other generations report losing money in stocks and retirement funds as this age group.
The report also suggests we can forget about the inheritance:
The survey also finds a sharp inheritance expectations gap between older adults and their adult children. About three-quarters of all adults 65 or older say they plan to leave an inheritance to children or family members. By contrast, less than half (43%) of all adult children with older parents say they expect to receive an inheritance
Posted at 2:22 PM on May 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Through the miracle of Google street view, let's visit some of the small cities of Minnesota, which seemed to bear the brunt of Chrysler's decisions to close dealerships. Will it leave large, gaping holes in the fabric of rural Minnesota? You decide.
Boe Chrysler in West Concord, Mn.

Salmon Motors in Tracy, MN.

Sonju Two Harbors...

Denny Hecker's Jeep Pine City

Posted at 12:43 PM on May 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Here's the list of all the Chrysler dealerships that the company intends to close.
I count 19 Minnesota dealerships and two in the Twin Cities -- in Stillwater and Lake Elmo.
Dealers, start your lawyers!
Posted at 10:42 AM on May 12, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The Los Angeles Times today has an interesting review of 'Street Fighters: The Last 72 Hours of Bear Stearns, the Toughest Firm on Wall Street' by Wall St. Journal reporter Kate Kelly, which purports to show the extent to which federal officials -- mostly then Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson -- orchestrated the first domino in the country's financial collapse.
No paragraph is more compelling than this one:
"Regulators may never know what really happened. But one thing is clear: Once confidence in a company falls away on such a grand scale, it can never recover. Bear started that week with more than $18 billion in capital, its largest cash position ever. Three days later, negative headlines, a stock drop, lender reticence and big withdrawals from client accounts had cut those capital levels in half. Eight hours later, it was nearly dead."
Another YouTube video says Kelly's book reads nothing like the newspaper stories that were coming out at the time of the collapse. You decide. Here's Kelly's lengthy blow-by-blow account in the Journal a year ago.
Posted at 4:23 PM on May 11, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Were business reporters asleep at the switch when it came to covering the financial industry over the last few years? NewsHour posted video late this afternoon of a forum held by the business press a few months ago in Denver.
Larry Ingrassia of The New York Times said maybe the readers were asleep, "but the New York Times definitely wasn't." But most of the people in the video appeared to disagree.
In an assessment of the panel in a Colorado Independent story last month veteran TV journalist Allan Dodds Frank blamed an old reportorial whipping boy: editors.
"Fannie and Freddie were not covered on TV because there's no visual," he said.
Posted at 9:20 PM on May 7, 2009
by Bob Collins
(28 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
A few months ago, when I finished the News Cut on Campus "tour," I wrote this piece: Optimism, pessimissm, and the college graduate.
A writer I very much admire, Lane Wallace of The Atlantic, wrote about that piece today on her online column.
Perhaps Minnesotans are particularly good at accepting life in all its uncertainty and challenge. This is a place, after all, where it's been known to snow in every month of the year, and people have to shovel their roofs as well as their walks. I'm not kidding. I've done it, myself. If you want an easy ride in life, with palm trees and year-round sunshine, you don't settle in Minnesota. But whatever the reason, Collins' advice is a valuable reality check--not only on the current economic situation, but on how all of us, media included, can or should respond to it.
But it was a comment from -- I presume -- a young 'un that got my attention:
Sure the challenges of adulthood are nothing new, but who over 50 graduated college with $50k in student loans and credit card debt? When you're starting out with that kind of burden, never mind the recession, of course there's anxiety. It has nothing to do with the abstract future or achieving your dreams. It's the present, and working for $110 a week or its modern-day equivalent won't cut it. Collins' advice and this post basically ignore that for a lot of recent graduates, there's no time not to be conservative and risk averse. But if you're 50, established and debt-free, well I guess it's fair to look back and wonder if you could have been more care-free, too.
.. and so I responded...
Let's do the math on that. Let's see, I graduated (1976) with $4,000 in debt and a job that paid $5,720 a year. My debt was 69% of my annual salary.
The average student loan debt last year was not, in fact, $50,000, it was $21,899. The average income for graduating seniors in 2007 was $60,000 $46,000, making the total debt 36.5% 47.6% of annual salary.
Are there exceptions? Of course there are. But my point is a simple one to today's kids: You're not the exception you think you are. It's the last thing you will likely learn as part of your college education: Some people do know what they're talking about. The best way to get ahead of the game, is to listen.
But you're right, $110 in today's dollars -- which would be $400 a week -- isn't going to cut it. But here's what you don't understand: It didn't cut it then, either.
That's the point: We weren't entitled then. You're not entitled now.
Go forth, work hard, experience life. Make yourself special.
Graduating seniors: What are you expecting the world owes you starting next month?
Posted at 1:52 PM on May 7, 2009
by Bob Collins
(11 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media
Would you pay for content on the Web?
Rupert Murdoch, the money behind Fox and the Wall St. Journal, expects to start charging you for access to his Web sites within a year.
"We are now in the midst of an epochal debate over the value of content and it is clear to many newspapers that the current model is malfunctioning," he says.
It's the sort of thing newspaper owners dream of during periods of REM sleep. But it's been tried a few times, with fairly mixed results. People will pay for porn; they won't pay for news.
Is there any scenario that you'd pay for news on the Web?
Posted at 12:07 PM on May 7, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Things didn't get any better for General Motors in the first quarter of the year, according to results released by the company today.
It posted a $6 billion first-quarter loss and spent $10.2 billion more cash than it took in during the first three months of the year.
How much is the $10.2 billion in cash the company burned in the quarter?
Posted at 8:27 PM on May 5, 2009
by Bob Collins
(10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
Should taxpayers pay for a hockey arena in St. Paul?
That's the question facing Gov. Tim Pawlenty, a professed hockey nut, now that the Legislature has sent him a political grenade -- a bill that forgives $33 million of a no-interest loan the city got from the state to lure professional hockey back to Minnesota by building the Xcel arena.
The city really doesn't need the money, except that it wants to build another hockey arena across the street for the benefit -- primarily -- of the Minnesota Wild, who need a hockey facility.
A hotel planned for the site has been dropped, according to St. Paul councilman Dave Thune on the the St. Paul Issues Forum. "The ice sheet would provide a base...(surrounded) by a really exciting retail component befitting historic seven corners. The pond would host world class figure skating, public skating, wild hockey practice, curling and youth hockey," he said.
Perhaps. But wasn't one benefit of the Xcel Center to be a boost to business in St. Paul? A few restaurants have benefited, there's more business for parking ramps, but other than that, not much. And while it attracted the Republican National Convention, that week was a disaster, even for businesses a teargas cannister's throw from the arena.
Back when then-mayor Norm Coleman was trying to cut the arena deal, some people in St. Paul objected to the city getting stuck with pricetag for an arena that would attract hockey-loving suburbanites. Perhaps this is one way they can pony up their share.
But what about people in Marshall, for example. Its representative, Marty Seifert, the House Minority Leader is, predictably, no fan of the bill. "Go back to your coffee shop. Go back to your hardware store ... and ask people if you think this is an opportune time for us to be forgiving over $30 million that's owed to the state of Minnesota, from a deal that was struck in the 1990s, when we are $6 billion in the hole," said he said.
What say you?
Posted at 4:16 PM on May 5, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

A battle is intensifying between Minneapolis-based Target and hedge fund boss William Ackman, who has a history of fighting with the companies in which he becomes an investor.
It will come to a head later this month when stockholders meet to vote on a board of directors. Ackman wants to replace four of them with four of his own.
Target has selected an unfinished store in Waukesha, Wisconsin as the site for the meeting and Ackman is suggesting it's an attempt to make it difficult for his sympathizers to get to the meeting.
"This is another Pershing Square (Ackman's hedge fund) sideshow," a Target
spokesman told Reuters.
But Ackman has some reason to be suspicious. When his hedge fund got into a proxy fund against the railroad CSX, the company held its stockholder meeting in a difficult-to-get-to railroad yard.
Here's Ackman's filing with the SEC in which he complains about the Target location.
Posted at 1:18 PM on May 4, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Isn't the nation's banking system a chicken-and-egg situation?
The housing crisis which started the economic meltdown was partially due to banks making loans to people who shouldn't have had them to buy things they couldn't afford. When the house of cards collapsed, banks stopped making loans, which led to the U.S. government to throw billions of dollars at them to try to get them to start issuing credit again.
How's that going? Not so well, the quarterly report from the Federal Reserve says today. Its quarterly survey says about 50 percent of U.S. banks tightened their lending standards on prime mortgages, up from about 45 percent in the survey issued in early February. Sixty-five percent of the banks tightened lending standards on "non-traditional" mortgages, such as ARMs.
This comes at a time when demand for mortgages is starting to increase, helped along by lower mortgage rates.
Posted at 11:28 AM on April 22, 2009
by Than Tibbetts
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The New York Times reports on a plan — and from what you'd gather from the article, a surprisingly non-controversial plan — to effectively wipe out entire blocks and neighborhoods in chronically depressed Flint, Mich.
The population would be condensed into a few viable areas. So would stores and services. A city built to manufacture cars would be returned in large measure to the forest primeval.
Michigan's laws afford local governments a lot of leeway when it comes to dealing with tax-delinquent properties.
The numbers, here, tell a powerful tale of boom and bust in the last half century.
Nothing will happen immediately, but Flint has begun updating its master plan, a complicated task last done in 1965. Then it was a prosperous city of 200,000 looking to grow to 350,000. It now has 110,000 people, about a third of whom live in poverty.
The story ends with the reporter meeting a woman, her pristine house about the only thing left on the block, contemplating whether she would abandon her home if the city offered her a spot in a more stable neighborhood.
Would you?
Update: Bob from the comments recommends this Harper's article: "Detroit Arcadia - Exploring the post-American landscape" (pdf).
Posted at 3:26 PM on April 16, 2009
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
The Minnesota Historical Society is announcing huge proposed budget cuts. According to a news release, more than 90 people would lose their jobs, fewer books would be published and three sites would close.
You know my penchant for aviation, so I'll weep silently for the the Charles A. Lindbergh Historic Site in Little Falls. It, along with Historic Forestville in Preston, and North West Company Fur Post in Pine City would be closed to the public.
Lindbergh, for the record, was good enough for Gov. Pawlenty to invoke in his 2008 State of the State address. "When Charles Lindbergh emerged from the plane, he said just what you might expect a Minnesotan to say, 'Well ... I made it,'" It's easier to fly solo to Paris than it is to keep history alive in Minnesota, however.
Historic Fort Snelling would close for two days each week.
The Oliver H. Kelley Farm in Elk River, Mille Lacs Indian Museum and Trading Post in Onamia, Forest History Center in Grand Rapids, and Jeffers Petroglyphs in Comfrey would only be open weekends.
Maybe nobody cares about these particular cuts, the governor's spokesman suggests.
"If you weren't able to go to the Historical Society Library when you thought you' might be able to, some people might notice that. It doesn't seem like the Historical Society is trying to go overboard. I think their attempt here is one that presents a realistic approach as they seems like they look at the budget situation," said Brian McClung.
But wasn't the "Legacy Amendment" -- that's when you voted for a sales tax increase last fall -- supposed to be a boon to cultural programs in the state?
Posted at 11:58 AM on April 16, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Today marked the biggest real estate bankruptcy filing ever in the United States when General Growth Properties filed Chapter 11. The mall developer is best known, perhaps, for owning Quincy Market (note: some news organizations say the developer owns Faneuil Hall in Boston. Not true. They own the tourist trap next to it.) and South Street Seaport in New York.
There is a local angle here, too. The developer owns Eden Prairie Center. It also owns the Ridgedale Mall as well as the River Hills Mall in Mankato, the Apache Mall in Rochester, and Knollwood Mall in St. Louis Park.
Here's a copy of the bankruptcy filing.
Posted at 10:48 AM on April 16, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Posted at 10:17 AM on April 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
During the famed 1962 debut of the New York Mets, a frustrated Casey Stengel said, "Can't anyone here play this game?" It was a rhetorical question; the Mets lost 120 of their 162 games that year.
Wall St.is channeling Casey today. It. rises and falls on expectations and so far today a report on retail sales has disappointed the market into another dive.
"Retail sales fell unexpectedly in March, decreasing by 1.1 percent," the Associated Press reported.
Who could possibly have expected anything but a disaster where retail sales are concerned? Analysts. They had expected an increase. They have not learned the law of diminished expectations: expect nothing, and you'll never be disappointed. Maybe it's time for new analysts.
One can almost feel Fed Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke trying to get a "we're recovering" narrative going. "Recently we have seen tentative signs that the sharp decline in economic activity may be slowing, for example, in data on home sales, homebuilding, and consumer spending, including sales of new motor vehicles," he said in a speech today. "A leveling out of economic activity is the first step toward recovery.
In other words, we're not free-falling, but we're still falling. And that's what passes for good news these days.
President Obama, in a speech today, went with the half-empty strategy, an apparent attempt to diminish expectations. "By no means are we out of the woods just yet," he said, an odd admonishment since nobody with an ounce of common sense is saying we are.
But, he said, there's a glimmer of hope.
If the economy itself could give a speech, it, too, would cite a Stengelism. "If anyone wants me tell them I'm being embalmed."
Posted at 9:06 AM on March 23, 2009
by Bob Collins
(8 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I'm in the studio with Kerri Miller of Midmorning this morning to talk about the nature of outrage in the wake of the AIG bonuses. "I won't govern out of anger," President Barack Obama said over the weekend, suggesting he'd likely veto the tax on the bonuses passed by Congress last week.
Writing in the New York Times, Joe Nocera says people have gone a little overboard, what with death threats and all. He also notes that the people who put the screws to AIG are living a good life in retirement and nobody seems much interested in getting their money back.
Our discussion about Wall St. features Daniel Gross, the senior editor and columnist at Newsweek, who also writes the "Moneybox" column for Slate; Kate Jennings, a former Wall St. speechwriter (Wall St. had speechwriters? Let's see you write one for this mess!) and Michele Boldrin, chair of the department of economics at Washington University in St. Louis.
As usual, I'll have a parallel conversation in this parallel universe, and will drop in your comments on the air during the hour, which begins at 9. If you've got some comments now you'd like me to pass along, post them in the comments section below.
Posted at 12:29 PM on March 20, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Surveys and trivia
What is the main effect the economic meltdown and subsequent bailout efforts have had on America? It makes giant numbers that used to make our jaws drop, now make our shoulders shrug.
Example? Today some congressional economists reportedly whispered that the nation's deficit will hit $1.8 trillion this year. That shatters the previous record of $459 billion, a number which once sounded like something other than the change you pull out of your pocket and throw on the dresser at night.
How much is 1.8 trillion?
>> It would take 57,077 years for you to count that high, assuming you don't sleep. That doesn't include leap days.
>> It's 882,352,941 pounds of $100 bills. That was about the total weight of one tower of the World Trade Center.
>> You could walk around the earth 72,284,656 times, and you'd still be about 20,000 miles short of 1.8 trillion.
>> At its current rate, AIG could give bonuses to 4.4 million employees.
>> It could close the Minnesota budget deficit 331 times.
>> 51,385,994 people could take a backpacking trip around the world. (h/t: Daniel Konold via Twitter)
Posted at 11:06 AM on March 20, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
You don't have to watch The Daily Show and its occasional snips of CNBC's poor prognostication to marvel at the economists' ability to confound us. You need only look at some of the headlines this week alone.
Let's take deflation and inflation, for example, and the occasional reports of what we should fear. We'll start today and work our way back.
March 20
Fed announcement spurs inflation concern. (Bloomberg)
March 19
So long, deflation (Globe and Mail)
March 18
Deflation: Too late to stop it when we experience it (American Enterprise Institute)
U.S. inflation rises (Reuters)
March 17
Lengthy deflation ahead (American Daily)
Deflation a threat to U.S. economy (Wall St. Journal)
March 16
Paul Krugman: U.S., Europe fear deflation risk (Forbes)
March 11
Pimco predicts inflation (Bloomberg)
Posted at 12:22 PM on March 19, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development reported today Minnesota's unemployment rate for February was 8.1 percent -- dead even with the national average.
Earlier this month, however, the department released data on the counties for January that shows the varying degrees of which Minnesotans are struggling. In Clearwater County, for example, the unemployment rate is over 21%. It's over 17% in Kanabec County.
Counties in the far southwestern part of the state, on the other hand, have unemployment rates under 6 percent. April 1983 was the last time the unemployment rate was this high (yes, now it's 1983), although the last time the state had this few people working was around 2000. And the number of unemployed here may now be the highest in the state's history, although the data only goes back on the department's Web site to 1976.
Politics in Minnesota notes that the rate of unemployment increases is among the highest in the nation. State officials predict the number of lost jobs in 2009 should hit 70,000. That figure could be hit by next month since the number of unemployment has increased by 56,000 32,000 this year alone.
Update 1:42 p.m. - Interesting chart at the Minneapolis Fed's Web site on the depth of the recession compared to other recessions.
Posted at 8:25 PM on March 16, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Tech

On Monday, John Moe, doing a great job filling in on MPR's Midmorning, jumped into the mainstream media hot tub with Twitter. There's only been about 100 stories about Facebook and Twitter in the Twin Cities in the last week,so while I enjoyed the show, I declared myself a conscientious objector to any more infatuation with Twitter.
But that's before I saw the blog, New Media Chatter, in which a guy stranded at an airport, issues a call for help to the airline that stranded him.
It's a good lesson about what Twitter is and what it isn't where business is concerned. Twitter won't rescue you if you have lousy customer service, so there's no reason to use it just so you can say you're one of the cool kids now. If you have poor customer service without the latest gadget, you'll probably have poor customer service with it.
The guy's airline never helped him, so he issued a call -- via Twitter -- to see if Southwest Airlines could help him. In the end, it couldn't, but it tried; it tried a lot.
The message from all of this? The blogger says:
(Twitter) is not about posting links all the time, cool videos or such. It is about dealing with your customer and creating positive brand awareness at that moment. If you are a company, you see an unhappy customer out there, you need to move quick and communicate! @JetBlue could of said "got your tweet, will follow up soon" something to let me know they were working on it. Something..just let me know you have not forgot about me. Cause if you do not your competition will do this:
My take-away? People are getting hung up on Twitter and missing the more basic picture.
How do we get this deep into a recession and how do some companies still not understand that just showing the customer you care about them doesn't cost you a dime, and probably will keep you in business? You can't lay off people fast enough to offset the lost business from poor customer service.
Posted at 7:53 AM on March 16, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Jerry Grundhofer, the brains behind US Bank, is wading into the CitiGroup mess, it was announced this morning. He's one of four independent candidates for the troubled bank's board of directors.
The four new directors are the trade-off Citi made in exchange for the government taking a a 36% stake in the company.
Grundhofer has made a career of turning around failing banks.
Posted at 7:31 PM on March 15, 2009
by Bob Collins
(10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media
Clark Hoyt, the editor of the New York Times, is the latest big-name journalist to try to respond to complaints that the news media is overemphasizing bad economic news, depressing consumers confidence and prolonging the recession.
Consumers and their media are in a "you go first" staredown on the subject.
In Hoyt's words:
This is an old argument between a newspaper and its readers: journalists see their job as reflecting the world as their reporting tells them it is, but many readers want reporters to look harder for good news to balance the bad. Ellenson said he wants news organizations to go even further. "Tell consumers not to worry," he said. "Go out and spend as if there is no recession."
Maybe there are more opportunities to emphasize silver linings. The demise of flower shows in the recession was front-page news; Broadway's surprisingly strong box office was not. But The Times is not about to do what Ellenson suggests -- and should not. As David Leonhardt, a business columnist, told me: "The problems we have are not psychological. They are hard, real problems. None of them can be resolved by waking up tomorrow and thinking we're going to be happy about them."
Of course the Times shouldn't do what Ellenson suggests. There's plenty of reason to worry. I know it. You know it. The '27 Yankees know it. And so do many of the consumers who are asking the news media to step back from the brink. So why respond to the extreme?
A few weeks ago, Don Shelby similarly overreached in describing the request:
But, the old story of the ostrich comes to mind. It sticks its head in the sand believing that if it cannot see a threat, the threat cannot see the ostrich. We could just keep the bad news to ourselves, but then, people who would like a little warning of approaching danger, would rightly say, we didn't do our jobs
What are people really saying when they voice their complaint? It's not that they want the news media to ignore reality or pretend something is what it isn't. It's that they want the news media to take just as seriously, the stories about what people are doing to overcome the tough times. To tell the story without the constant numerical equivalent of hand-wringing.
AIG handing out big bonuses? Unemployment at record levels? A state budget deficit widening faster than the politicians ability to close it? Of course that has to be -- and should be -- reported.
So what are people asking for? A little hope. A little inspiration. Perhaps a few stories every now and again like those President Obama told in his address to a joint session of Congress a few weeks ago:
But in my life, I have also learned that hope is found in unlikely places; that inspiration often comes not from those with the most power or celebrity, but from the dreams and aspirations of Americans who are anything but ordinary.
I think about Leonard Abess, the bank president from Miami who reportedly cashed out of his company (note: see a story ABC did on this guy a few days later), took a $60 million bonus, and gave it out to all 399 people who worked for him, plus another 72 who used to work for him. He didn't tell anyone, but when the local newspaper found out, he simply said, ''I knew some of these people since I was 7 years old. I didn't feel right getting the money myself."
I think about Greensburg, Kansas, a town that was completely destroyed by a tornado, but is being rebuilt by its residents as a global example of how clean energy can power an entire community - how it can bring jobs and businesses to a place where piles of bricks and rubble once lay. "The tragedy was terrible," said one of the men who helped them rebuild. "But the folks here know that it also provided an incredible opportunity."
And I think about Ty'Sheoma Bethea, the young girl from that school I visited in Dillon, South Carolina - a place where the ceilings leak, the paint peels off the walls, and they have to stop teaching six times a day because the train barrels by their classroom. She has been told that her school is hopeless, but the other day after class she went to the public library and typed up a letter to the people sitting in this room. She even asked her principal for the money to buy a stamp. The letter asks us for help, and says, "We are just students trying to become lawyers, doctors, congressmen like yourself and one day president, so we can make a change to not just the state of South Carolina but also the world.
We are not quitters.
My colleague, Julia Schrenkler, was following the conversation on Twitter during that portion of the speech last month and noted that it was at that point when the most snarky comments were posted. "See, I think it is interesting that folks snark a bit at these individual stories...but also complain that the news media only reports bad news. Isn't this a version of positive experiences?" she said on the live blog I ran that night.
It was a great observation. Do people really want the "positive" stories they say they want? Is the media convinced they don't? Does "positive" news have to be synonymous with "fantasy?"
Posted at 9:34 AM on March 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Science
The Boston Globe jumps on the theme we discussed the other night (and was broadcast on Midday on MPR on Friday): the job outlook for graduating college seniors.
It found the same thing I picked up (and wrote about) during the News Cut on Campus tour: that more students are turning toward working for the social good.
Fourteen percent of this year's senior class at Harvard applied to Teach for America, a nonprofit organization that sends graduates to work in low-income urban and rural public schools. The proportion was 9 percent last year.
"There's always that push to make money and be comfortable, but the financial crisis made me think that there's a lot more in life than going to get that corporate job," said Matthew Clair, a Harvard government major who will spend the next two years teaching at an Atlanta primary school. "It gave me a good excuse to take some more time off to do what I'm really passionate about."
But the situation brings up another question: To what extent are graduating seniors heading off in this direction out of a sense of altruism, and to what extent are they heading in that direction because that's where the jobs are?
All of which brings me today to this week's News Cut pick of the week of all the offerings that came out of your radio. It's Thursday morning's Midmorning appearance by Dacher Keltner, the professor of psychology at the University of California at Berkeley, and the author of "Born to be Good." Pay no attention to the misnamed headline on the page ("The science of emotional survival") because the heart of the show (zip ahead about halfway through the audio), was the discussion of altruism, and why we're good (mostly).
It even took on last week's appearance by Richard Dawkins.
Posted at 6:43 PM on March 13, 2009
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Last month, in the now-famous Chicago Tea Party diatribe, CNBC's Rick Santelli said the people who would be in line for some government help with their mortgages are "losers."
Yesterday,an anchor at the same network suggested Bernie Madoff should be "waterboarded" and pointed out that his victims "did nothing wrong."
Is there a parallel?
Yes, according to Joe Nocera of the New York Times. He writes today that Madoff had accomplices -- his victims:
"These were people with a fair amount of money, and most of them sought no professional advice," said Bruce C. Greenwald, who teaches value investing at the Graduate School of Business at Columbia University. Mr. Hedges said: "It's like trying to do your own dentistry. It is a real lesson that people cannot abdicate personal responsibility when it comes to their personal finances."
And that's the point. People did abdicate responsibility -- and now, rather than face that fact, many of them are blaming the government for not, in effect, saving them from themselves. Indeed, what you discover when you talk to victims is that they harbor an anger toward the S.E.C. that is as deep or deeper than the anger they feel toward Mr. Madoff. There is a powerful sense that because the agency was asleep at the switch, they have been doubly victimized. And they want the government to do something about it.
What happened to the victims of Bernard Madoff is terrible. But every day in this country, people lose money due to financial fraud or negligence. Innocent investors who bought stock in Enron lost millions when that company turned out to be a fraud; nobody made them whole. Half a dozen Ponzi schemes have been discovered since Mr. Madoff was arrested in December. People lose it all because they start a company that turns out to be misguided, or because they do something that is risky, hoping to hit the jackpot. Taxpayers don't bail them out, and they shouldn't start now. Did the S.E.C. foul up? You bet. But that doesn't mean the investors themselves are off the hook. Investors blaming the S.E.C. for their decision to give every last penny to Bernie Madoff is like a child blaming his mother for letting him start a fight while she wasn't looking.
Sound familiar? It's victims as partial contributors of their demise.
Under Nocera's theory, are those of us who've lost our retirement savings victims, too?
(Recommended reading: Tonight's NewsHour on PBS looked at the role of the business press in covering the meltdown, including the assertion that stories were covered, but ignored.)
Posted at 4:59 PM on March 12, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Michael Caputo, who helps run Minnesota Public Radio Public Insight Network, is looking for stories about whether you'd sell the things you'd love to pay the bills.
Here's his story:
Okay, money doesn't buy happiness. And accumulating stuff shouldn't make us whole.
But there are some possessions that have value greater than the pricetag. And yet, in a recession, when the times get tough ... you sometimes have no choice but to part with these sentimental items.
Take the case of Jonathan Stimes. More than 20 years ago his father gave him several gold coins. They were a gift of labor, Stimes said, for work that father and son did on a family farm in Illinois.
But Stimes, of Burnsville, has lost his sales job and needs to keep the house paid for. So he decided to part with those gold coins. He tells the story from here.
"My stoic Norwegian Dad would have just shrugged and said, 'well, this is what we put it away for.' But when I handed (the coins) over in exchange for the check, I became rather emotional and had to leave the shop quickly. There are tears in my eyes as I write this now because I still miss him and I know deep down he would have rather that money gone for something more special than a mere two house payments."
Stimes wrote this in response to a question Minnesota Public Radio news posed: Have you considered selling something to boost your income?
What we heard was illuminating -- not only because of the reasons that people sell items, but because of what these items meant to them.
Some have peddled (or contemplate peddling) beer can collections, amphibious ATVs or fluke scopemeters (I had to look that one up). Some sold items to increase cash flow, to get out of debt problems or to stockpile money for the rocky road ahead.
Others, like Chris Carlson of Mound said that initially he sold stuff to pay the bills. But now the business owner says he's peddling possessions as a lifestyle choice.
"I continue to sell my good unwanted items as an alternative to the land fill. Its amazing with the exposure you can get with online listing services there is always someone out there that wants whatever it is. I typicaly list for 1 cent or 99 cents to ensure it gets bought. I now do it for the environment I even keep the packaging peanuts from work that would normaly be discarded and box them up and sell them"
So is anything possessing you to part with your possessions? Are you needing to suppliment your income? Is it a lifestyle choice? Are you parting with something that means a whole lot to you?
What are you willing to part with to make ends meet?
Posted at 4:48 PM on March 12, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
President Obama and Liberal Democrats in Congress don't seem to grasp the fact that since the Democrats took total control in Washington, the stock market has lost over 20% of its value. And over 50 million middle class Americans have lost a huge amount of their life savings.By the time it arrived, Steele's numbers were already wrong. Can you measure the performance of a president based on the stock market? The Associated Press tried on Monday.
Some investors blame the slow-motion crash on Wall Street's disappointment with the government's $787 billion stimulus plan, its seemingly endless bailouts and the lack of specifics on how to rid banks of toxic assets.Here's recent Wall Street performance over the same period for other recent presidents:
Others say Obama inherited a recession destined to become the worst since World War II. And they note that the market was already in awful shape at the tail end of the Bush administration, down 44 percent from the market's 2007 peak to Inauguration Day.
| George W. Bush - 2nd term | +2.8% |
| George W. Bush - 1st term | -3.5% |
| Bill Clinton - 2nd term | +2.8% |
| Bill Clinton - 1st term | +5.7% |
| George H.W. Bush | +2.1% |
| Ronald Reagan - 2nd term | +3.6% |
| Ronald Reagan - 1st term | +4.3% |
| Jimmy Carter | -1.2% |
| Richard Nixon (2nd term) | -5.5% |
| Richard Nixon (1st term) | -1.5% |
Posted at 4:31 PM on March 12, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The mailbag reveals that the Minnesota Department of Transportation has decided how to spend the economic stimulus money heading this way.
The list of projects for outstate (aka "greater") Minnesota can be found here. They include such things creating "living" snow fences in Monticello (I-94) and Atkinson Bridge to installing traffic lights in Fergus Falls. (See pdf)
Posted at 10:13 PM on March 11, 2009
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, News Cut on Campus, Schools
On Wednesday night I participated in a roundtable with some soon-to-graduate college students. It was the final chapter of the News Cut on Campus project in which we focused on how the economy is affecting the outlook of students.
The roundtable will be broadcast on MPR's Midday one of these days, but I don't believe it's been scheduled yet. Find the broadcast here.
I was asked to provide some observations about what I learned during the project. Here's a few I tossed in along with a few I didn't.
It's supposed to be hard to make the transition from college to the working world. The dream has never been accomplished by taking one giant step, but by taking a series of small steps, some of which can be missteps. That's just the way it works. It's the late '90s that were the exception. Don't make me tell you about my first $110-a-week-six-days-a-week job I got out of college.
Part of the reason for that is I'm giving the same sort of advice to my youngest son, who isn't far away from graduating. I'm not going to advise anyone not to listen to Mom and Dad, but here's the thing: As we get older, we grow more conservative and more risk averse. But you're far too young to be 50.
Your mother was a hippie and wants you to be more concerned about settling down than she was? Fine. Ask her if she'd be a hippie again if she had it to do all over. It's all part of the journey and we parents forget that you should make your own, regardless of what might happen.
Posted at 4:15 PM on March 11, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
There was a lot of link love yesterday for a Time Magazine ranking that appeared to suggest the Star Tribune is the second-mostly-likely big city newspaper in America (The Philadelphia Inquirer was first) to go belly up.
Not so fast.
Shocked that the Boston Globe was on the list, media watcher Dan Kennedy (who, by the way, writes a must-read blog), points out the writer was a blogger who might not have the best information in the world:
In fact, the source of this rather startling prediction is Douglas McIntyre, a blogger for 24/7 Wall Street -- not exactly the ghost of Henry Luce. Time just happens to run the feed on its Web site. (Here's a look at the site's syndication service.) I've interviewed McIntyre. He's a smart, knowledgeable guy, but it's fair to say that he likes to be a provocateur.
You will notice, too, that McIntyre repeats that bit about the Globe's being worth only $20 million. In fact, as the Boston Business Journal reported recently, a more logical number is a shade under $200 million -- far short of the $1.1 billion that the New York Times Co. paid for it (in 1993 dollars, no less), but a lot more than $20 million. I know of no one who ever thought the $20 million figure was credible.
Adam Reilly at the Boston Phoenix's Don't Quote Me Blog (another must-read blog), unearths the nugget that the list wasn't in order -- it may not be #2.
None of which matters to the pressmen's union at the paper. Today in New York, the Star Tribune's lawyers told a judge it needs $3.5 million in concessions from the union as part of $20 million more in cuts its seeking from its employees.
Posted at 1:35 PM on March 11, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

Is St. Paul going to lose Travelers?
In Annie Baxter's story about the former St. Paul Companies now listing New York City as its official home, company spokesman Shane Boyd says:
"It's just a designation. It's in the documents. It's just to designate where his primary office is. He still has an office here as he does in Hartford," Boyd said. "It's not like he's in any one location all the time. But of the three executive offices, that's the one he spends more time in."
But it's a word in the last line of her story that jumps out:
Boyd says there are no immediate plans to shift any St. Paul workers out of state.
The affirmation that Travelers is now New York-based confirms a story Baxter aired in 2006 that suggested that the company was operating a "decoy headquarters" in Minnesota.
State officials have been concerned for some time that the state would lose jobs after it lost its St. Paul identity. They may be hoping the company's philanthropy is an indicator, however. In January, the company's charitable foundation dropped $1.4 million on St. Paul schools.
Still, it's hard to look at the St. Paul skyline and wonder what would happen if the company were to head East.
Posted at 6:35 AM on March 11, 2009
by Bob Collins
(29 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Has your salary been frozen?
MPR's Tim Pugmire has a story today with union reaction to Gov. Tim Pawlenty's call for a wage and benefit freeze on state workers and teachers.
"What's crazy about that kind of a statement, any compensation savings when we're in as much financial trouble as the state of Minnesota is in, will not protect personnel," Jim Monroe, who heads one of the several unions in Minnesota state government said. "Those savings will then be diverted to another area of the budget to plug that hole in the dike."
According to a recent report in unemployment, government work was a comparatively safe place to be during this period of massive job losses. But in January, the unemployment rate among people associated with state government dropped 2.1%.
But the government "industry" is projected to lose only .6% of its jobs in the state (2,642 jobs) in 2009.
But, unlike private industry, the CEOs of state government are proposing a wage freeze that could extend for years. A bill at the Capitol would prohibit and wage increases for any government workers until the middle of 2011.
If this all sounds familiar, Gov. Pawlenty proposed the same wage freeze during the last budget 'crisis' in 2003.
Posted at 8:38 PM on March 10, 2009
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

A tent city of homeless people is starting to fill up in Sacramento. It got some publicity last week on Oprah, and now several social service agencies are telling people not to "cater" to the homeless, according to MSNBC.
"It's really not a very good thing to do," says Sister Libby Fernandez, the executive director of Loaves & Fishes. "For one thing, you have to have trash pickup. You bring things out there like clothing, suitcases food, water ... it just builds up an accumulation of trash."
As many as 50 people a week are turning up and the authorities estimate that the tent city is now home to more than 1,200 people, the Daily Mail reported.
What are people and cities supposed to do? The city is thinking about providing some services on the site -- portable toilets, for instance -- but a TV station looked into another tent city in Ontario, California and found as soon as the city did that, people from out of the area moved in.
(Photo via Getty Images)
Posted at 2:26 PM on March 10, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Is it still possible to make money in this economy? Apparently so.
The price of a share of General Electric has shot up 32 percent in less than a week, and in the process gave some hope to people wondering if we've hit bottom.
"The rundown due to finance exposure has been excessive. It is still a very large, well operated industrial company and I think the pessimism about the finance sector has hurt the value of the stock much beyond reason," Peter Jankovskis, co-chief investment officer at Oakbrook Investments in Lisle, Illinois, told Reuters.
That's his take, financial writer Terry Keenan looks at the same stock and sees this:
"Having lost 48 percent of its value just since Obama took office, GE shares traded at 16-year lows this week and its very survival is being questioned. The stock, once a store of savings for millions of retirees, has lost $380 billion in value in the past 18 months, the greatest wealth destruction by any stock in history."
So which is it? A company on life support or a company coming back? It's a microcosm of every conversation surrounding the economy.
GE is still down 30% from Inauguration Day, but that's still an 18% climb back.
And it's not as if there aren't a few positive news nuggets about the markets:
Granted things are bad; nobody can argue about that. An unemployment will continue to increase even in the initial stages of a recovery. It took months of arguing about whether we were in a recession before we finally determined we were, it'll probably take months of arguing about whether we're in a turnaround before we determine that we are.
At the very least, there's at least a whiff of better times.
Update 3:04 p.m. - Here's where it gets frustrating. Listen to Sen. Arlen Specter claim we're on the verge of a depression. He says our economic problems are "more serious than are publicly disclosed." Perhaps he should disclose them, then.
Posted at 1:48 PM on March 10, 2009
by Bob Collins
(8 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Life
I'm not sure exactly what to say about this story that crossed the Associated Press a few minutes ago. Plus, it's a minefield. The story? Women being laid off are getting to know their kids better.
Lucas and other laid-off women like her are involuntarily experiencing the life of a stay-at-home mom, and they are getting to know a lot more about the details of their children's daily existence. They are also discovering some of the things they have
been missing.
Couldn't the same be said of men getting laid off?
Posted at 11:21 AM on March 10, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Economy
How long could the United States continue to crank out lawyers at the rate it has? About this long, according to a story in the Washington Post.
The recession has taken its toll on the industry that once was -- and still is, really -- synonymous with a way to make a ton of money.
But corporations no longer have a ton of money to spend on lawyers, the big law firm model is failing, and even "globalization" is hitting the business.
"We have 300 people in India. We've added 50 people" in recent months, said Michael J. Dolan, chief executive of the Tusker Group in Austin. Dolan said his lawyers charge $25 an hour, compared with $150 to $300 an hour billed by paralegals and associates doing the same work at law firms. "We're in the process of adding another 30 people."
Across the country, lawyers are being axed from law firms in favor of either lower-priced offshore lawyers, or those graduating from law school who'll work for cheap. "Cheap" in the business, however, is about $130,000 a year.
"Everything you hear is a horror story [but] it's hard to grasp how bad it is," John McBeain, a student at William Mitchell College of Law told Minnesota Lawyer last month.
Posted at 3:34 PM on March 9, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Economy
I wrote early today about the difficulty anyone is going to have keeping track of where all of the stimulus money is going, despite the stated best intentions of many of those involved.
So this afternoon, I've been calling around the state, asking communities how they intend to spend the $29 million coming into the state from the Justice Assistance Grants announced by President Obama last week as part of his stimulus package.
This is "small potato" money in the big scheme of things, but the exercise has revealed how stimulus money gets absorbed into budgets at the lowest levels of government and is probably going to take someone with enough time and resources to call and e-mail every city in the state literally hundreds of times to be able to determine how it's spent.
Some cities and counties know how they'll spend it already. Some don't know how the'll spend it, and some don't even know they've got it. Most are scrambling to figure out what strings -- if any -- are attached. In many cases, the communities just found out today that it's available to them. Only a small handful of the more than 50 communities I contacted responded.
Here's a sample of how some of it is going to be spent in Minnesota.
Dakota County - $11,168
According to Chief Deputy Sheriff Dave Bellows, they're trying to determine if it can be used for equipment. The county has recently been upgrading camera systems in squad cars.
Woodbury - $21,804
"Woodbury is a first-time recipient of this funding. As a result, we need a little time to review the specifics of the program and determine what types of expenditures are eligible," city communications director Julie Lahr said in an e-mail. "Once we do that, the public safety director will make a recommendation to the city administrator regarding what he believes would be the best use of the grant money."
Rosemount - $10,104
The Byrne grants have been used for joint ventures with other government agencies in such things as investigations of gangs and drugs, asscording to Jeff May, the city's finance director. He says he's not sure, however, whether this is "new" money that will allow additional programs or whether it's "old money under a new name."
Apple Valley - $46,001
"Our police chief, Scott Johnson, is currently evaluating a number of different options for these funds. Given the one-time nature of the funding, it is most likely these funds will be used to purchase capital equipment items," Apple Valley's city administrator Tom Lawell said.
Inver Grove Heights - $34,301
"The money you refer to would come to Dakota County and not directly to the City of Inver Grove Heights. In that case, I have not heard from the County on any of their plans for receipt of that funding," responded Joe Lynch, the city administrator.
Brooklyn Park - $245,693
Our police chief is busy working on figuring out what the eligible expenditures would be for so I can't tell you specifically what we'll use it for," city manager Jamie Verbrugge said.
South St. Paul - $19,411
"We have not made decisions about where it would be used. The Governor's initial 2009 budget proposal would reduce our Local Government aid - an integral part of our revenues - by about $400,000 in 2009 and another $1 million in 2010. If that becomes reality, there will be lots of uses for the $19,411," wrote Stephen King, the city administrator.
My favorite response, however, came from Tammy Omdal, the chief financial officer of Burnsville, which is receiving $75,250. "I have no idea what you're talking about," she said.
Incidentally, Kerri Miller will have the two mayors in the house on Midmorning on Tuesday (9 a.m.) to talk about the stimulus money.
Posted at 11:02 AM on March 9, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
John Redwood, a member of Parliament, asks a salient question on his blog today: If it was wrong for banks to lend, why wasn't it wrong for people to borrow?
If lending too much was greedy and wrong, wasn't it also wrong for so many people to borrow so much, especially if they cannot now repay it and are going to walk away from their obligations? Who was more guilty - the lender or the borrower?
If the bankers who did the lending were greedy and wrong, weren't the shareholders in the banks similarly guilty as they were happy to receive the dividends from all that excessive lending? Didn't that include most people in the country? The Church Commissioners who pay the clergy salaries doubtless owned lots of bank shares, as did practically every pension fund in the country. I don't remember them speaking out at Bank shareholder meetings asking for the banks to grow less and pay smaller dividends.
What's interesting is the assertion that the economic crisis, formerly known as a "banking crisis" is an issue of morality. Is it?
Related reading suggestions from MPR: Recovering from a layoff, one step at a time, and The 90 second job interview.
MPR's Midmorning also discussed the fallout from layoffs today, although the subject of morality did not come up.
Posted at 9:35 AM on March 9, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
A year or so ago, I tried to find the number of people employed by the state of Minnesota. It took more than a dozen phone calls to find an agency of state government that knew, and even then the data was more than a year old.
So it's no surprise that Minnesota is one of the 19 states that hasn't set up a Web site to track how federal stimulus money is going to be spent, according to the Web site, ProPublica, which tracks these things.
At the same time, it's also not surprising to read in today's Star Tribune that one of the governor's policy advisors (why can't people who run the state agency's on behalf of the governor be his policy advisors?) is actually paid through the budget of seven state agencies.
What is surprising is that anyone could figure it out. Minnesota is not a candidate for "transparent state of the year."
The Minnesota Office and Management and Budget, formerly the Minnesota Department of Finance, posts -- for example -- salary information on its Web site, with information for eight different unions. As long as you're on the union's bargaining team and understand 11 different "step ranges" (or even know what a step range is) and 16 different "comp codes" (and what they are) you can figure out how much an information technology specialist makes. But you can't find out how many there, what they do, or whether we need so many of them.
A total compensation report is somewhat more illustrative of our budget dollars in the executive branch, but not for mere humans who want to figure out whether (a) money is being well spent and (b) how.
"Transparency" is the new buzz word in government. it's meant to provide all the details of where the money goes. It's mostly a dodge. Transparency isn't just throwing a blizzard of numbers at you for you to sort out, transparency is making it easy to sort out.
President Barack Obama's recovery.gov Web site is a good example. It intends to follow how the economic stimulus money is being spent, but there's no indication that it will. It's "news" section is simply puffed-up press releases to tout components of the plan. A section on "justice grants," for example, tells us about money being thrown at anti-crime programs, but it doesn't tell us that while the president promoted a graduating class of police recruits as evidence the stimulus plan is working, it doesn't mention that subsequent classes for potential recruits have been canceled.
A link on the page sends us to the Justice Department to find out how much each state will get. There, we download a spreadsheet for Minnesota and learn, for example, that $19,000 of the $2 billion is trickling down to South St. Paul. How is it going to be used? Call South St. Paul (Note: I did. I had to leave a message.). Now repeat that for every line item in the stimulus package and you've got your transparency. More likely? People trying to figure out will give up.
Is there a better way to do this? ProPublica thinks so; it points to Missouri's Web site to track how stimulus money will be spent. It lists only $223 million received for Medicare reimbursement, so far. But it provides e-mail alerts and RSS feeds as the money is spent.
It also has an area for people to make suggestions on how the money can be spent but, unfortunately, like the Minnesota Legislature's "submit your idea about the budget," it keeps the suggestions to themselves. Why?
How will we know whether the money is being spent correctly? The Boston Herald reports today that the feds are planning to go undercover to "monitor whether unqualified applicants try to obtain stimulus funds." That must be under the "spies" line-item.
Don't look for it on a Web site, though.
Posted at 2:12 PM on March 6, 2009
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Things that are puzzling
There was an interesting segment on APM's Marketplace the other night on how the recession is affecting the way we dress. You'd think that we'd be slobbing it up a bit, but actually -- the story goes -- we're dressing up for the down economy.
"It's time to really make an effort, you can just sink down into, you know, the depths and think about this gloom and doom. And fashion is something that, you know, traditionally is an escape for people, and I think no more so than right now, people will look to it as an escape," said Kate Betts, a fashion editor.
She also said she was shocked -- shocked -- when she was in Milan the other day and heard there were stores that went an entire day without anyone showing up. "And remember Italians are big consumers of fashion and luxury," she said.
Did she say Milan? Milan, where it's fashion week this week?
This is what they're turning out for people to wear in Milan these days:




Of course, it was another cruddy day in the economy. Unemployment numbers for February showed nearly 700,000 lost their jobs, and your retirement plan tanked again.
The good news. Things haven't gotten bad enough to make you want to "escape" to that. Have they?
Posted at 8:33 PM on March 5, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
How bad is the mortgage foreclosure and delinquency problem here? Bad, but not as bad as the rest of the country, according to a report released Thursday by the Mortgage Bankers Association.
In the West North Central area -- Minnesota, Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, Missouri, and the Dakotas -- 6.7% of all mortgages were past due in the last quarter of 2008, that's the lowest of all the geographical regions. Six percent of mortgages in Minnesota were past due. Just 3 percent of mortgages here were in foreclosure.
Nationally, almost 8 percent of mortgages were past due.
But the situation gets much worse for subprime mortgages -- the mortgages given primarily to people with low credit ratings. Twenty percent of those mortgages in Minnesota were past due in the 4th quarter; 15 percent were in foreclosure.
Posted at 11:59 AM on March 5, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Sports
This week, TCF Bank announced it's giving back the federal bailout money that it didn't want in the first place.
Theirs is not the only "pushback" to the government money and the accompanying nosing around that politicians are doing.
On the Web site, The Biz of Baseball Pete Toms well captures the sentiment that sports marketing is the new "whipping boy" of the recession. The subject? Naming rights for stadiums.
As far as I know, TCF did not get much political grief for its deal with the new University of Minnesota Football stadium naming rights, for which it paid $35 million. But it appears to be one of the few that have escaped.
Two major banks (other than TCF) with homes in Minnesota are in the naming rights business, including those who have accepted bailout money, according to the Sports Business Journal.
Wells Fargo & Co.
$25.0 billion in bailout funds
Wells Fargo Arena in Des Moines, Iowa ($11.5). Wells Fargo Arena at Arizona State University ($5 million). Also has marketing deals with five MLB clubs; five NBA clubs; San Francisco 49ers and Seattle Seahawks; Minnesota Wild; multiple minor league teams; Western Athletic Conference; deals at approximately 15 colleges, including Arizona, Southern California and Texas
U.S. Bancorp
$6.6 billion in bailout money
Naming rights at U.S. Bank Arena in Pittsburgh ($3 million). U.S. Bank Arena in Cincinnati. Also sponsors PGA U.S. Bank Championship Milwaukee; Seattle Mariners; Minnesota Timberwolves; Utah Jazz; Denver Broncos; Minnesota Vikings; Big Ten and Pac-10 conferences; six college athletic programs
The pressure to pull back from sports marketing is affecting the already-questionable math used by proponents of publicly financed sports stadiums.
Less than one year ago, professional sports was anticipating a group of stadium naming rights deals which would command unprecedented dollars. The Mets deal remains in place (at least temporarily) but has generated vast amounts of negative attention for the sponsor. The Yankees deal collapsed. Interest in the naming rights for the Cowboys and Giants/Jets stadiums appears slight. On a smaller scale, the Washington Nationals will soon begin their second season of play in Nationals Park, still with no naming rights sponsor.
BofA sponsorship chief Ray Bednar was quoted in SBJ, "We may have seen a sea change in the acceptable way to develop and nurture and maintain and grow relationships using client B2B entertainment."
Whether or not that change is temporary or permanent will have an enormous impact on professional sports.
It all adds up to increasingly unlikely sell for a new stadium for the Minnesota Vikings, whose lease at the Metrodome expires in 2011, thanks to a lousy economy, the disappearance of naming rights money, and a Legislature that has little interest in asking taxpayers to pony up a dime for a new stadium.
Posted at 8:00 AM on March 5, 2009
by Bob Collins
(11 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Why are economists so constantly surprised? It's becoming the tag line for just about every economic story lately: "... than economists expected." As in -- mostly -- "worse than economists expected." They're supposed to be the smartest people in the room.
Today's invocation, as cited by the Associated Press:
The number of laid-off workers receiving unemployment benefits has jumped to an all-time high near 5 million while new jobless claims remain well above 600,000. Both figures were worse than expected and new projections from the Federal Reserve show unemployment rising for the rest of this year.
Three days ago the government released the monthly report on consumer spending. Economists got it wrong... again:
The Commerce Department says consumer spending rose 0.6 percent in January, even better than the 0.4 percent gain that economists expected.
This comes on top of last week's bombshell that the economy shrank at the end of 2008 more than...well, you know...
The Commerce Department report released Friday showed the economy sinking much faster than the 3.8 percent annualized drop for the October-December quarter first estimated last month. It also was considerably weaker than the 5.4 percent annualized decline economists expected.
"Analysts" (economists who drive nicer cars, basically) don't get off the hook, either. Take today's earnings report from Target:
Discount retailer Target Corp. says its same-stores sales fell 4.1 percent in February. That was better than analysts had expected.
Wall Street, which hates to be surprised, is reacting to today's surprise in the way to which we've yet to become accustomed. Perhaps the solution is for economists to predict that things will be worse than they expect, then take the bounce when Wall Street is pleasantly surprised.
Granted it's not sound economic theory, but since when has that been a problem?
Posted at 9:59 AM on March 3, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Highlights of the budget forecast, from Tom Stinson, the state economist: Here's the entire budget forecast.
Why are so many jobs being lost when the state has been approving record bonding bills. "It takes awhile for jobs to materialize under bonding bills," according to Stinson. "We've had an enormous depression in the housing construction industry... it's an enormous turnaround. You just can't overcome that overnight."
I saw three Minnesota Public Radio reporters at the news conference. Expect a plethora of coverage on tonight's All Things Considered broadcast.
Posted at 4:27 PM on February 27, 2009
by Steve Mullis
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
In following up with Bob's News Cut on Campus series and the discussion about the increasing use of credit cards on college campuses, MPR's Molly Bloom sent in this series of responses:
It's no doubt that the job market is tough out there. So we asked students how the changing employment landscape is leading them to change their plans. We expected to hear from students who were shifting majors or changing career paths in hopes of finding a decent job once they graduate.
Instead, we heard from students who are staying in school, signing up for service projects or pursuing special certifications, waiting for the job market to improve.
Ariane Laxo, 22, is double majoring in Interior Design and Music and minoring in Sustainability Studies. She's studying for the LEED AP exam in hopes that it will make her more attractive to employers. Still, she worries about digging herself into an even bigger hole.
"The largest effect the economy is having on students is rising tuition costs. Student loans are still available, but some students have to take out more private loans (with outrageous interest rates) than before. Between my husband and I, we have close to $75,000 in student loan debt and are always scrambling to cover the cost of tuition that isn't covered by grants and loans. Plus, as tuition costs go up and we take out more loans, our loan interest payments go up. If it's difficult to pay interest payments now, what will it be like when we're paying off our loans?"
Like many students we heard from, Ariane and her husband are buried under a mountain of student debt. But with the job market in such dire straits, staying in school - even if it means taking out more loans - is their most attractive option. They say a graduate degree is necessary to set themselves apart, even if it means they'll be that much more in the hole when they do find a job.
Sarah Winikoff, 22, is about to graduate with a degree in freshwater ecology. She wanted to get a job with the Forest Service or Conservation Corps., but now she thinks she needs to go to graduate school to be competitive.
"More of us feel like graduate school is the only way we will be marketable to employers. Most of us have no idea if we will be able to get a job after graduation and there is more anxiety than ever around paying off student loans."
If Samantha Oxborough, 21, can get the loans she needs, she'll be going to law school at the University of Virginia in the fall. While she's taking on more debt, she sees her peers trying to defer that first payment by joining AmeriCorps or other government-funded organizations.
Senah Sampong, 24, a student a Minneapolis Community and Technology College, writes that even with increasing debt and a shaky economy, he and his peers have little choice but to continue their schooling. For his generation, debt is simply a fact of life:
"We expect to be poor. That's really the thing. WE expect to be strapped with heavy debt, and more so once the budget is completed. It is hard to accommodate forces over which one has very limited control. The sense of powerlessness drives the blindness I see at my school, I think. I go to a two-year school. A lot of people have kids to think about, a full-time job to think about. You can't really let something like this stop you from acting in the present. When you're up to your turtle neck in debt, stopping isn't going to help anything. It's like trying to pull back a bet, when the only way to stem your losses is to keep raising."
Share your story with MPR's Public Insight Network.
Posted at 12:16 PM on February 27, 2009
by Than Tibbetts
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media
It was shocking to read of the sudden closure of the Rocky Mountain News. The writing, presumably, was on the wall, but to come to work to find out that the institution you work for — and the Rocky was an institution (the paper was shuttered 55 days before its 150th birthday) — will cease to exist tomorrow.
The paper's staff put together a documentary of sorts that seems to be directed more to the paper's owner, The E.W. Scripps Co., than to its Colorado audience.
Twin Cities readers and writers might see the words of Scripps President and CEO Rich Boehne as an omen: "Denver can't support two newspapers any longer."
Update: I left this in a comment but it seems worthy of noting in the entry itself.
Apparently the Rocky folks wanted -- and tried -- to continue on as an online-only 'paper' but the company's joint operating agreement with the Denver Post wouldn't allow it.
Posted at 2:31 PM on February 26, 2009
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Michael Caputo, one of the icons of Minnesota Public Radio's Public Insight Journalism initiative, and I have been talking in the past week or so about how people are paying -- or not paying -- their bills.
On Wednesday, during the News Cut on Campus listening tour stop in Moorhead, I was set up not far from a group from a bank who were trying to sign students up for credit cards.
Coincidentally, Michael sent me this today on the subject of students trying to balance their credit card debt:
As if paying for college was not rough enough... now that plastic in your pocket is getting into the act.Philip Novak of Minneapolis thought it made sense to put about $8,000 on his credit card. The rate was good and he needed to buy books and supplies, like a laptop, while pursuing his engineering degree at the University of Minnesota.
Then he heard that Citicard's rate was being doubled to 14 percent. For a returning student, not relying on support of parents, this is a factor that is helping to make his fifth year of school quite costly.
"I've tried to find other cards onto which I can transfer balances, but because I'm a student with a low income, I'm having trouble qualifying for $8,000 in credit," Novak said.
He's one of many college students getting caught up in the recent rate hikes by credit card companies.
You may remember that university's were encouraging students to use credit cards for tuition and books costs.
A Minnesota State Colleges and Universities survey in 2005 on student financing said 25 percent of students use credit cards to pay part of tuition or fees... 37 percent use them for books and supplies. That's only going up, said the MnSCU Student Association advocate Shannah Moore.
The reason: Rising tuition, the cap on federal student loans and the tightening of the private credit market.
In many ways, we saw this coming. In this 2004 story, MPR's Elizabeth Stawicki called attention to the increasing role of credit cards in funding college.
If you're caught up in the credit card interest rate-raising, we'd love to hear from you. Please comment below.
Posted at 11:28 AM on February 25, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Pat, whose last name I'm not using to guarantee privacy, is another one of the people who can tell how the economy is doing, even if she closes here eyes. Her ears tell the story.
She's a volunteer crisis counselor for Crisis Connection, which has experienced a noticeable increase in calls since the economy tanked. She's trying to help, one caller at a time.
During a typical four-hour shift each week, she told me yesterday, anywhere between 8 and 20 people will call looking for help. Most are people "at the end of their rope" these days, she says. And most seem to be women. "It's just the culture we're raised in," she says.
People tell their problems to Pat, and she puts them in touch with resources, whether it's a place to get food or shelter. "A lot of them are 15, 16, 17 year old girls who've lost their boyfriend."
She became a crisis counselor two years ago as a grad student in psychology at Bethel University. "It's wonderful," she said. "It's fascinating and frustrating at the same time." Fascinating because of the "things that people get themselves into." Frustrating because many times people don't listen to the solutions she offers. That's when she uses the psychology. She asks the callers what they think they should do. Then they listen up.
Though she says she leaves the job behind when she leaves, she acknowledges that she occasionally thinks about particular callers -- the woman with too many kids at too young an age, for example. She says she's gotten burned out a couple of times, but says she can't walk away. "They're my tribe," she says of her fellow counselors, a few of whom work the phones 8 hours a day 5 days a week.
Occasionally, some people helped by the Crisis Connection volunteers call back to report success, but not too often. "I like to think I've helped someone," she says.
Here's Crisis Connection's profiles of some of the counselors.
Posted at 7:12 PM on February 24, 2009
by Bob Collins
(8 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
We'd like to get your feedback and observations as the president speaks to a joint session of Congress about the economy. Afterwards, react to Gov. Bobby Jindal's response.
Posted at 10:58 AM on February 24, 2009
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
NPR's John Ydstie has been NPR's "roving national correspondent," but he covered the economy for a couple of decades. Maybe he can make sense of this mess and also answer some questions about the challenges of covering the economy without contributing to its collapse.
He's on with Gary Eichten on MPR's Midday and I'm live blogging the conversation. By the way, he's a Minneapolis native.
11:09 - The Dow is up 53.21 as Gary and John start their discussion. Let's see if the market is listening to the lads.
11:11 a.m. - John says he's flying back to Washington to cover the president's speech tonight. Obama, by the way, previewed his speech. In a sound bite during the 11 a.m. NPR news, he said he would be honest and convey the enormity of the problem. Ugh. Raise your hand if you don't understand how bad the economy is.
11:12 a.m. Ydstie says he thinks the experts "know what they're doing." As he's speaking, Fed Chair Ben Bernanke is speaking to a Senate committee. He said if the stimulus stabilizes things, the recession could end this year. The market jumped, but now it's lost all of those gains.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
Q: "There's so much negativity from the Republicans," a caller says. Says the country is in "an economic war with each other."
A: What you're witnessing is the Republicans trying to figure out how to come back after November's election. They're going back to "core values." It's fraught with political risk. A new poll shows people back Obama. Meanwhile, consumer confidence is at record low levels.(This would be the part where I bring up the media's role in this. Are people reacting to the economy? Or are they reacting to the media's coverage of the economy? Are the two the same?)
>> It's a pledge break. If you follow me on Twitter, you know how I'd do this. Alas, it was rejected. (Disclaimer: It was a joke.)
11:26 a.m. Back to business.
Q: Should banks be nationalized?
A: "I'm not sure it's a good description. We've nationalized many banks over the years. They clean it up and sell it off back to the private sector." It might take longer to deal with a bank like Citi or Bank of America, but it's not impossible. There's nobody who thinks the government should take over the banks and run them forever. It's a tough political sell.
Aside -- Chicago Tribune: Nationalizing banks poses risk but other options look worse.
"If the banks don't start lending again, the stimulus will go to waste. Whatever it takes, is my view," he said.
Q: What if banks fail the "stress test."
A: Unless the feds find a bank is insolvent, not much will happen. If U.S. stock in Citi is converted to common stock, the government will own 80 percent. If banks fail the stress test, they'll try to convert some of that stock. "We can't afford to have zombie banks that aren't lending that the government is propping up."
Q: We're ignoring people who deal with behavior, that the emotional part of this is bigger than the qualitative part of this. Why aren't we hearing from psychologists?
A: Behavioral economists are gaining status as a result of this crisis. It's easier to quantify numbers than quantify emotions and the tendency is to crunch the numbers.
Q: Given the steady drumbeat of bad news. Is there a point when MPR and other media outlets overcover this?
A: John says he had the same question at a breakfast this morning. It's difficult because as a reporter you report what happens and if the market falls because investors don't have confidence, you have to do that. Maybe we should have a bank holiday and a media holiday.
(Bob aside: Look, this is the problem with answers like this. Nobody is suggesting the media not cover this. But the answer suggests that everything the media covers is in context and it simply isn't. Editors and reporters are not asking the question of what every economic story serves before throwing it on the air. If a company announces it's laying off 25 people, it gets on the air simply because every layoff story gets on the air. But consider the placement a few weeks ago of Traveler's financial results and its investment in schools. Hint: It wasn't on the front page.
So Ydstie answered the question, ignoring why behavioral economists are getting a bigger voice today. The media is dismissing the emotional part of the economy and prefers instead to just crunch the numbers. And he unwittingly, perhaps, answered this caller's question in the previous answer: "It's easier to crunch the numbers." That's true. But that's simply not good enough. I was similarly disappointed that the new Star Tribune columnist also dismissed the validity of the point.)
11:40 a.m. - Pledge break (here, kitty!)
11:44 a.m. - Tangent time: MPR's Tom Weber sends this link to a CNN.com on Minneapolis people handling the economy.
Q: Should the government buy out CEOs and banks and put someone in there who can run things properly?
A; Some people think so. The pool of people to run large financial institutions has gotten quite thin. A lot of people have already been dismissed and finding people -- untainted -- is difficult.
Q: Can Obama marshall elected representatives to work on Social Security and Medicare for real?
A: With 401Ks cut in half, people will depend more on Social Security. He'll try but it'll be like Nixon to China. It'll be easier for a Democrat than a Republican. But SS and Medicare are very different. Cost of health care is rising rapidly and those costs need to be controlled. There is a demographic issue with Social Security but there are multiple ways of solving that problem. The size of the Social Security problem is about 1 percent of GDP. The ability to solve it is much easier than for Medicare.
11:51 a.m. - Pledge break. Back after the top of the hour.
12:07 p.m. - We're back. Down in the comments section, join the "what should the media have known and when should they have known it" thread.
Q: What has to happen before people see a light at the end of the tunnel?
A: Getting the banking system stabilized. Ydstie says he thinks the Obama administration will come up with a plan soon because then the markets will grow as businesses think they can make some profit again (Tangent: Target's profit dropped a lot, but it made a ton of money.) Says if 401k's started to come back, that would help.
Q: Do you see a moratorium on the use of IRA funds without a penalty?
A: No.There is some help for college students in the economic stimulus package (Bob notes: You might want to read how that's getting neutered here.)
Q: What if the stimulus doesn't work?
A: They'll do another one. Until consumers and businesses start spending.
12:19 p.m. - Pledge break. Hearing that Gary Eichten was Ydstie's first editor when he worked at KCCM in Moorhead. Kate Smith is noting the number of people who've come through MPR's doors, "and then gone on to great broadcasting careers" somewhere else. Hmmmmm....
In another thread, Tom Sweeney writes:
1. People are drowning in econ crisis coverage but little (none?) of the information is actionable. What would John have me do in reaction to the reports? I was laid off last March 4 and am still looking.
2. Is the crisis likely to boost US productivity and global competitiveness by enabling companies to pay people way less and by causing employees to work way harder for the good fortune of having a paycheck? I'm a certifiable workaholic with sweet references and 25 years in publishing but have yet to land after declining a transfer to NYC.
>> I don't know if Gary will take either one of those questions. But #1 sounds familiar.
Q: People are framing "economic recovery" in the context of where we are a couple of years ago. That's the problem. We got away from real values, to speculative values.
A: "You make an interesting point. Scott Simon interviewed a demographer on Saturday and compared the situation to the Great Depression. When he looked at them, they were a 'reset' to the economy. We were living in a fantasy world. He suggested that instead of thinking of them as recessions/depressions, they are resets. The problem is unless you get the economy moving along again, you're going to have people losing their jobs and losing their homes. We can have a theoretical discussion about what the economy and values ought to be, but if you're about to lose your job or your home, you need something fast. You need a program that tries to keep you employed. The poison that got us into this is the medicine that will get us off our backs, and then we need to have a conversation about consuming less or saving more. The problem is that everyone is saving now."
Q: Why don't you correlate market action to government action? The market knows wasteful spending.
A: It's more about the banking system.
Q: Were banks forced to make bad loans?
A: No. We all think home ownership -- along with motherhood and apple pie -- is a good thing. But it's not a good thing if you can't afford the payment.
12:38 p.m. - Pledge break. None of the people joining/renewing appear to be listing News Cut as a reason. What's the matter with you people? There's a guy trying to eat here!
Q: Any relief for large student loans?
A: You're unlucky because your parents made more money and you had to take out the loan. If you had a home and had an "exotic loan," you may be able to get help under the housing plan. But for people who are "highly leveraged," you probably just want to take the $10 a week tax cut and put it toward debt retirement.
12:51 p.m. They're close to wrapping it up. the Dow is up 164.15. What does this mean? It means the Dow went up 110 points while Ydstie and Eichten were talking, and went down 30 when Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke was speaking earlier today. Perhaps we've unwittingly identified our way out of this mess.
Posted at 8:27 AM on February 24, 2009
by Bob Collins
(17 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The resale price of homes is dropping faster in Minneapolis than in almost any other U.S. city.
The Case-Schiller housing price index has just been released for December and it shows a massive drop in the resale price of homes here -- 4.6 percent -- in one month. It is the largest single-month decline since Minneapolis was added to the index in 1989, and puts the region right up there with Phoenix on the list of basket-case cities.
The price of a home is now at spring 2002 levels.
It's hard to say what this means because at the same time, the sales of homes is increasing -- albeit slightly -- according to MPR's Jess Mador.
"I think we need at this point is a certain amount of patience," David Blitzer, the chairman of Standard & Poor's Index Committee told CNBC this morning. "Right away there's a lag in any numbers that come out a month, a month and a half... there's a lag in people getting going. Mortgage rates have come down. It's very difficult for people to qualify for loans. The banking system, now that the horse is out of the barn, has locked the barn up very tight. This is also the slow period. You gotta hang on 'til late in the second quarter in the summer before all the stars are aligned."
Only Phoenix (-5.1%) and Las Vegas (-4.8%) dropped more than Minneapolis in the month.
For the year, Minneapolis housing prices dropped 21.1% 18.4%, about the same as the entire country. The pace of the price drop is not changing much increasing slightly, however. In the last six months of the year, Minneapolis prices dropped a little more than 10%.
At 11, NPR's John Ydstie, will join Gary Eichten on Midday to answer questions about the economy. I'll live-blog it here.
Update 9:31 a.m. - In response to a question from a reader asking for a comparison between the current rapid drop in home prices compared to the rapid increase in home prices during the "boom years," I played with the spreadsheet and found these factoids:
Posted at 7:37 AM on February 24, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
It was a gorgeous sunrise across the frozen tundra of flyover country this morning. Against the backdrop of a collapsing economy, we caught ourselves singing "the sun will come up tomorrow," before we recalled another famous sun-phrase: "Red sky in morning, sailor take warning."
Tonight, Barack Obama gives his speech to a joint session of Congress and we'll figure out which he's going with. I'll live blog it here at 8 p.m.
Posted at 6:17 PM on February 23, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
It was another horrible day in the equity markets. The last time the market was this low -- 1997 -- Brad Radke was winning 20 games as a 24-year old for the Minnesota Twins. Yeah, that long ago.
Usually, stories about rough days on Wall Street are accompanied by the cliche picture of a stock exchange trader.
Today, however, let's look at the body language of the nation's governors and the president and vice president as they met in Washington.






Where have I seen this expression before?

(Photos via Getty Images)
Posted at 11:28 AM on February 23, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Economy
At least one business made money and doesn't foresee any layoffs. MINNCOR Industries, the "company" that uses prison labor. The company was created by the state during the economic slowdown of the early '90s, to encourage prison industries to operate in a more business-like fashion.
According to a report from the Legislative Auditor, that presents some challenges because most businesses don't have to take a headcount in the middle of the day to make sure nobody has escaped, and some inmates not only don't have skills for the job, but often aren't all that interested in showing up to work on time or putting in a full day of work. (Fill in joke about your workplace here.)
But the economy is putting a squeeze on MINNCOR in its own way, according to today's report. The number of inmates is increasing so rapidly, it's getting difficult to find jobs for them.
The company also has a turnover problem. The majority of "employees" have less than a year remaining on their sentence, the report said.
Posted at 9:10 AM on February 23, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
It's a small step; a very, very small step. But US Airways announced today they're bringing back free drinks. US Airways was one of the few airlines to charge $1 for coffee and $2 for soft drinks and water, but there was always the danger other airlines would follow suit.
Now, about those checked baggage fees...
Posted at 7:00 AM on February 23, 2009
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media
Conservative and liberal groups don't agree on much, but they agree on this: TV did a very questionable job covering the economic stimulus bill signed by President Obama last week.
The liberal Media Matters for America said of the 681 people who appeared as guests on cable news and Sunday TV talk shows, only 6 percent, were economists, said the Associated Press.
While Media Matters didn't survey the network evening news shows, the conservative Media Research Center did, and found that only 13 percent of those interviewed were economists.
The rest were the usual suspects -- reporters, political "experts" and talking heads.
The producer of ABC's This Week said the guest selections mirror the need for news shows to have verbal battles between contrasting viewpoints.
Posted at 8:47 AM on February 22, 2009
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
"I don't want to pretend that today marks the end of our economic problems. But today does mark the beginning of the end," President Barack Obama said on Tuesday when he signed the economic stimulus bill. It was a rare message of hope from a president who campaigned his way to the White House on the theme.
Has the president, who has got a big speech to give on Tuesday, become too much of a downer? Are we in such denial that we need to be told how bad things are... again?
Writing in the New York Times this weekend, Frank Rich chronicles Americans' ability to deny bad news and accept the enormity of the economic crisis. What is a president to do?
Pity our new president. As he rolls out one recovery package after another, he can't know for sure what will work. If he tells the whole story of what might be around the corner, he risks instilling fear itself among Americans who are already panicked. (Half the country, according to a new Associated Press poll, now fears unemployment.) But if the president airbrushes the picture too much, the country could be as angry about ensuing calamities as it was when the Bush administration's repeated assertion of "success" in Iraq proved a sham. Managing America's future shock is a task that will call for every last ounce of Obama's brains, temperament and oratorical gifts.
More than half of America now fears unemployment, one in 10 homes are in foreclosure, retirements are now unattainable. Minnesota courts are about to let scofflaws run amok, and the nation is running out of rich people. The economic recession was felt out here in the working world long before it reached the cubicles of the New York Times or, most certainly, the Oval office.
We get it. The economy is bad. Really bad.
While Rich wonders whether Americans will "get it," his op-ed page colleague, Maureen Dowd, wonders whether it's Washington that fails to grasp the reality of the situation.
President Obama disdains sound bites, and he does not have Bill Clinton's talent for reducing the abstruse to aperçus. We wanted someone smart to gather a bunch of smart people around him to get us out of this fix. But Mr. Obama's egghead manner has failed to soothe a nation with the jits. Maybe he has been so intent on avoiding the stereotype of the Angry Black Man, as he wrote in his memoir, that it's hard for him to connect with and articulate public anger about our diminishment.
Though he demonstrated in the campaign that he has a rare gift for inspiring the country with new belief in itself, Mr. Obama has not yet captured either the grit the moment requires or the fury it provokes. He has not explained in a compelling way why Americans who followed the rules need to sacrifice more to help those who flouted the rules.
Part of the problem, perhaps, is that politicians use speeches to us, not to talk to us, but to send messages to each other. When the president tells us how bad things are, he's talking to Republicans who don't support his proposed his solution. Here in Minnesota, the DFL, for example, is engaged in "listening sessions" around the state to come up with ideas for closing the state's budget gap. When they heard the first one the other night in St. Cloud, that was one more than the DFL has presented, since it's yet to propose an alternative to the governor's budget. Lawmakers, no doubt, have their own ideas how to do it, but the "inner cynic" can be forgiven for thinking they want the political cover of full meeting rooms in small towns across Minnesota first.
Meanwhile, Minnesotans -- and most Americans -- wait for instructions on what we are supposed to do now about the situation, the extent of which we know only too well.
What is the one message you want to hear from the politicians and pundits now?
Posted at 12:31 PM on February 20, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Or maybe not.
(h/t: Bill Hibbler)
Posted at 10:26 AM on February 20, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Perhaps you've seen this New York Times tool by now. It helps you calculate what would have to happen for your retirement fund to get back to where it was at its zenith.
According to the various scenarios I entered, in my case I would have to get a 5.2% annual return -- starting today -- to get back to my 2006 state by the time I retire. To get to the point where I'd calculated the resources I'd need to retire, I would need roughly a 10 percent return.
If I were much younger, this isn't a problem. But it's here where the usual financial advice isn't making sense and doesn't apply to a significant number of Americans -- essentially those who are within 10-15 years of retirement. Sure, historically the market comes back given the right amount of time. But there isn't enough time left for these people. They are looking at a significantly reduced standard of living, and there's virtually nothing they can do about it.
It's that reality that few economic experts are addressing or acknowledging. Might it soon be time to warn them that they need to accept a lower standard of living? Is that politically wise for them? Should younger people plan on having mom and dad move in?
(h/t: Marty Moylan)
Posted at 8:26 AM on February 20, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Gold passed the $1,000 an ounce mark a few minutes ago, which is the economy's version of a hurricane flag.
Today, apparently, is going to be another horrible day in the equity markets. Fear of bank nationalization is being blamed for pre-market jitters. And the rhetoric surrounding Wednesday's unveiling of a housing assistance plan by President Obama is starting to sink in, and not just among the talk-radio crowd.
"The government is supporting bad behavior," said CNBC's Chicago Board of Exchange analyst Rick Santelli as he organized a "revolt" on the floor of the exchange on Thursday morning. "You can go down to -2% on a mortgage and they still can't afford the house."
It was such a display of economic petulance, that this morning, the Today Show brought Santelli in for a repeat.
Visit msnbc.com for Breaking News, World News, and News about the Economy
A few people have moved past the "why should I help someone who bought too much house?" stage and are concentrating on some interesting questions. For example, if someone gets help with their mortgage, and the economy rebounds and home values go up again, does that person who got help give something back?
Posted at 3:50 PM on February 19, 2009
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
If you're over the age of 50, you can probably relate to my colleague, who took a look at the closing Dow average today and proclaimed,"someone wants me to die here at my desk."
To paraphrase: "Retirement is not an option."
The Dow closed at its lowest level in the last six years.
What's our next benchmark? If the Dow drops another 180 points, it'll be at the lowest level since October 28, 1997, the day the "Asian flu" halted trading on the New York Stock Exchange for the first time... ever.
Posted at 12:44 PM on February 17, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media
I'm prohibited by copyright law from showing you the winner of the contest for the best news photograph of the year as chosen by the World Press Photo. Lots of online sites appear to be ripping the photographer off, but I'm not going to be one of them. You'll have to look for yourself here.
It is a chilling image of a Cleveland police officer, gun drawn, making sure the people who lived in a foreclosed-upon home are out of it.
It's a sign of the times in the journalism industry, too, that the world's best news photo ran only online, and that the photographer who took it is having trouble finding work.
Another online site -- The Raw File -- won first place in the "stories" category for its photographs accompanying a profile of Troy, New York.
I couldn't find the photographs on the Web site, but did find this photographic story about Troy which further documents the declining economy.
Upstate Girls - What Became of Collar City from The Raw File on Vimeo.
Posted at 9:20 AM on February 16, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
In December, I wrote about jobs that may be recession proof. It came on a day when hospitals announced large cutbacks, exploding the notion that health care was recession-proof. It's not.
"Mortician," a reader volunteered, a suggestion that seemed perfect for the times.
But MPR's Tom Robertson pokes that bubble with a needle today, too. It's not that people aren't dying, Tom points out in his story today, it's that when they go, they're going more cheaply. The big caskets aren't selling.
So let's scratch "mortician" off the list, too. What's left?
A TV station in Oklahoma went searching for some last week. "Health care" was #1 on their list. It was an odd conclusion, all things considered, but if you look at the job listings for area medical centers in Minnesota, there are jobs posted despite the announced layoffs.
The Boston Globe today profiles a young couple, victims of the economy who have been looking for work and identifies "career management counselor" as a recession-proof job. How does one break into that business?
Lawyers once were considered recession proof. Those days are gone.
On the other side of the coin, however, heating and air conditioning repair, barbers and hair stylists. And the biggest growth industry is government.
Posted at 5:47 PM on February 13, 2009
by Bob Collins
(8 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I drove up -- and back -- to Moorhead today, which gave me plenty of time to listen to Minnesota Public Radio along the way. In between, I heard details of an estimated 14-percent budget cut at the University of Minnesota Morris. It's amazing, really, how every moment of my day these days is somehow consumed with the economy. I find it difficult to end the day with the same hope with which I start it. How about you?
Some excerpts from MPR's broadcast day are worth considering:
KEEP HOPE ALIVE
The first is the Midday rebroadcast of the Commonwealth Club speech by journalist and former Clinton administration adviser Matt Miller. He discussed his new book "The Tyranny of Dead Ideas: Letting Go of the Old Ways of Thinking to Unleash a New Prosperity."
What got me yelling back at the radio was his claim that we have overemphasized -- or at least overvalued -- the power of the individual to change his or her life; that the "you can grow up to be whatever you want to be if you work hard enough" mantra is dead or dying.
I come from New England with an overdose of the Protestant work ethic so it's virtually impossible for me -- DNA wise -- to accept the premise, although I find it an intriguing one worthy of discussion.
But it requires the dissolution of hope and I, personally, can't let that be an early casualty of this economy. I'm not talking about the black, former drug-using, kid who grows up to be president, I'm talking about the people I've met on the News Cut on Campus tour. To accept Miller's premise is to say the very heart of those kids' endeavors -- and there's a lot of heart involved -- is a charade.
WHAT HOPE?
And that idea lasted me from Pelican Rapids to Maple Grove, and then I heard the story of Silvia Martinez on All Things Considered. I tried to get at the emotional toll of the economy earlier this week in this post. And Brandt Williams gave it a similar go.
But nothing that's been said about the economy for the last year anywhere put a human face on the desperation like her story did. She loved her job. She was the sole provider for her family, and she got laid off. She was too ashamed to tell her children. She not only feels unemployed; she feels worthless.
"I would start thinking about it and my heart would start racing and I would start sweating and [having] chest pains," she says. "And, of course, at that point I would try to hide, because I didn't want my children to know what was going on with me. So I would go to the bathroom and just stay in there. Just go through it in the bathroom."
In the three months since she was let go, this sense of panic and fear has not improved.
"I apply for jobs and apply for jobs and no one calls. Nobody. I've even gone as far as applying at fast-food places; I've applied at Wal-Mart, at Kmart, at Target," she says.
Be sure you listen to the audio.
I thought to myself, "someone with a job will hear this story and offer her a job," but I quickly realized those days are probably gone, too.
During the drive out, I listened to two state senators talk about transportation and the best way to jumpstart the economy. They disagreed on most things. Lots of talk about numbers and each uttered the usual talking points of their party, but they never really talked about what it's like for people who don't have a guaranteed job through at least November 2010.
On the drive back, I heard the House approved a stimulus bill and heard our local delegation arguing about whether it was too much.
But there's something I didn't hear from any of the politicians: What is Sylvia -- and no doubt, the tens of thousands just like her -- going to do? Where is she going to live? How is she going to take care of her children? Now that her kids can't go to community college, how are they better off?
I don't have an answer, either. But after listening to her story "just work harder" seems insulting.
What would you do?
Posted at 6:01 PM on February 12, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, News Cut on Campus
Each week, after the Wednesday News Cut on Campus stop, either All Things Considered or Morning Edition graciously invites me to stop in and share what I've learned from the most recent stop. And each week I'm more and more impressed with the producers' ability to edit my rambling dissertation into a less-rambling one. MPR is an iceberg. You see (hear) the very tip of an active organization that is primarily underwater. Well, perhaps that wasn't the best analogy in these economic times.
Here's this week's version, based on my stop on Wednesday at Minnesota West Community and Technical College's Worthington campus (hat tip for the picture to MWCTC).
Here's the whole list of profiles of students I've met over the last month. Perhaps you have learned something from them, too.
Next week I'll be at Lake Superior College in Duluth. On Friday, I'm driving up to Moorhead to visit with the people who are helping me set up at Minnesota State Moorhead in two weeks, so posting (at least from me) will be light.
Posted at 5:03 PM on February 12, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Health
It's no secret that hospitals in the area are hurting. During the economic downturn, people are putting off elective surgery. The state has cut $73 million in funding for health care and human services. And with people losing their jobs and health care coverage, they're showing up in emergency rooms for free care, which the hospitals have to absorb.
Even people with health insurance are costing the hospitals money, however. I was checking out a rumor that North Memorial had eliminated more nursing positions (they hadn't) today, when Robert Prevost, a spokesman for the hospital, told me about the rapidly rising rate of delinquent accounts by people with health insurance.
In 2007, he said, the hospital had over $1 million in unpaid bills by people who had health insurance coverage. In 2008, that number has risen to $8 million.
No interest is added to medical bills, Prevost said, so people who have insurance but may be having financial difficulty, are putting medical bills last in line to be paid. And quite often they're not paid at all.
Posted at 6:19 PM on February 10, 2009
by Bob Collins
(13 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
If you've listened closely to top economic officials in the last few months, perhaps you -- like me -- got the impression that there was something -- something serious -- they weren't telling us. Why else would so many politicians be so quick to pass legislation they hadn't really read, giving so much unchecked power to the treasury secretary?
True, they were hinting at it, but they wouldn't come right out and say it.
In the last few days, a video has raced around the Internet (which was actually made in January) at a fever pitch which appears to reveal what that something is: A run on the nation's banks that allegedly brought the nation within hours of collapse.
The details came in a C-SPAN interview with Rep. Paul Kanjorski, D-PA.
Here's the facts and we don't even talk about these things: On Thursday (September 18) at about 11 o'clock in the morning, the Federal Reserve noticed a tremendous drawdown of moneymarket accounts in the United States, to the tune of $550 billion. It was being drawn out in the matter of an hour or two. The Treasury opened up its window to help. They pumped a $105 billion into the system, and quickly realized that they could not stem the tide. We were having an electronic run on the banks. They decided to close the operation, close down the money accounts and announce a guarantee of $250,000 per account, so there wouldn't be any further panic out there and that's what actually happened.
If they had not done that, their estimation was that by 2 o'clock that afternoon, $5.5 trillion would've been drawn out of the money market system of the United States, would've collapsed the entire economy of the United States, and in 24 hours, the world economy would've collapsed.
We talked at that time about what would happen if that happened. It would've been the end of our economic system and our political system as we know it. That's why, when they made the point, 'we've got to act and do things quickly,' we did.
Here's what we don't know: We don't know if any of that is true. Kanjorski hasn't elaborated on it since, and today he had only this to say during a hearing with Federal Reserve Chair Ben Bernanke (as quoted by a New York Times live blog).
Paul Kanjorski, a Democrat from Pennsylvania, says he thinks "All of you," including the chairman and the current and previous presidents and Treasury secretaries, "have failed for all of us, particularly the general public, to enunciate what the problem is." He wants to know what "we can do to facilitate" the explanation of the problem to the American public.
So on the one hand he says he describes what the problem was and on the other hand he complains that nobody is saying what the problem was (and, apparently, still is.)
Rep. Brad Sherman, D-CA., took to the House floor a week or so later and, without citing too many specifics other than the prospect of martial law, suggested it was all a con to get the bailout passed.
Still, Motley Fool adds it up by comparing it to a confirmed run on the banks in London, and concluded that, yes, we were within 3 hours of economic disaster.
Posted at 7:03 AM on February 10, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

There's been a significant jump in the number of people calling crisis hotlines in Minnesota.
"We've had a 27 percent increase from the first quarter of 2008 to the last quarter of the year," according to Linda Schmid, clinical director of Crisis Connection, which operates the Twin Cities crisis line, the Suicide Prevention Lifeline in Minnesota, Men's Line Twin Cities and Minnesota Link Vet. " We're seeing a higher proportion of men calling. I can only speculate anecdotally that these calls are about employment and financial issues and men are particularly distressed."
Calls to the Minnesota suicide hotline are up 35 percent, she said.
Overall calls doubled in October, when the stock market crashed and the first large waves of layoffs were made.
"I can't say that there's a typical caller. Some people call for a referral (for help). Most want to talk; sometimes they just know they're distressed and want to talk," Schmid said.
The organization recorded 9,300 calls in the first quarter of 2008, and 11,500 in the last three months of the year. About 90 percent of the calls come from the Twin Cities, according to Schmid.
The experience of the Minnesota crisis organization is mirrored throughout the country. In Pennsylvania, calls to a crisis hotline have doubled, Oregon officials say more victims of domestic abuse are calling, a hotline in Tennessee reports they're getting more suicide calls in a week than they used to get in a month, and Illinois has seen a significant increase in calls from people who are losing their homes.
(MPR file photo: Tim Boyle/Getty Images)
Posted at 7:44 AM on February 9, 2009
by Bob Collins
(16 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Until I heard American Public Media's Marketplace on Friday evening, I had no idea that the economic downturn and the resulting unemployment is falling disproportionately on men.
Men make up 82 percent of the total number of people eliminated from the country's workforce and for the first time, women are poised to pass men in the majority, according to the New York Times.
"Given how stark and concentrated the job losses are among men, and that women represented a high proportion of the labor force in the beginning of this recession, women are now bearing the burden -- or the opportunity, one could say -- of being breadwinners," says Heather Boushey, a senior economist at the Center for American Progress, told the newspaper.
It is a huge societal shift with changing roles.
"Oh yeah, of course. For a while there we were calling him the man maid, because he was doing all the house work while I worked," Michelle Tully, whose husband, Stephen, is laid-off.
As recently as 2005, the unemployment rates for men and women were about equal, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Only in the early '80s have they varied much.

Still, women are likely to make less money, work fewer hours, and have no benefits in their soon-to-be workplace majority.
The situation, meanwhile, is setting up an interesting political debate as Congress considers President Obama's stimulus package. If men are bearing the brunt of unemployment, should the economic stimulus favor men?
"Absent efforts to increase worker diversity in infrastructure-related jobs -- this could lead to a shift of hundreds of billions of dollars of wealth from women to men," Rep. Jared Polis, D-CO. said in a letter to President Obama last month.
Posted at 3:00 PM on February 6, 2009
by Bob Collins
(15 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Should money from President Obama's economic stimulus bill be used to pay down an operating deficit in the metro area transit system? Or should it be used to expand that system along with whatever jobs that theoretically could provide?
The answer from the Met Council today? Pay off the bills.
Peter Bell, the head of the Met Council, told a legislative committee on Thursday that he'd favor using the $87 million targeted for transit, to pay off his agency's operating deficit.
Says Finance & Commerce
Bell conceded Thursday that "at present," those dollars aren't intended for covering deficits in regular operational expenses. But he suggested a workaround -- some federal block grant dollars currently targeted for Met Council capital costs could be moved to cover operating costs, while stimulus dollars could go toward "what we originally intended those capital dollars be used for."
Bell's suggestion for how the money could be used for something it isn't intended for, illustrates a dilemma facing stimulus supporters -- that money will be moved from account to account to keep everything legal, but in the end nothing gets done that wasn't going to get done anyway.
Bell said he'd be reluctant to use stimulus money to expand transit programs while the agency is running a deficit. On Wednesday, he indicated he's reluctant to raise fares or reduce service.
Posted at 5:10 PM on February 5, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
As I mentioned at the time, one of the things that jumped out from Gov. Pawlenty's proposed budget is that he didn't touch the state subsidy to ethanol producers. In 2007, the state paid $15 million to ethanol producers, and in the last big budget deficit, the state delayed the payments. Pawlenty, who has become an evangelist for ethanol, tried to eliminate the then-$27 million subsidy in his first year in office.
Today, seven House DFLers -- mostly city slickers -- introduced a bill that would repeal the state subsidy. The state sends checks to farmers who own ethanol plants four times a year.
In a recent interview, legislative leaders didn't appear warm to repealing the subsidy:
As the session continues, the possibility increases of the city vs. rural legislative feuds reigniting. Within the last week some rural lawmakers filed legislative to divert transit funds to school transportation budgets.
Posted at 4:07 PM on February 5, 2009
by Bob Collins
Filed under: Economy, Media
The spreading economic woes in the newspaper industry have reached a new level at the St. Paul Pioneer Press. Members of the paper's Newspaper Guild will vote tomorrow on whether to accept one-week unpaid furloughs
The paper's corporate parent, Media News, has ordered the furloughs for non-union employees and management at its newspapers, and is asking its unions to accept them as well.
According to a memo to Guild members, the union asked the newspaper for assurances the furloughs "will prevent or even delay layoffs," but the request was denied.
At other Media News newspapers, the furloughs are to be completed by March 30, but the union asked for -- and received -- a delay for their completion until the end of April.
The company says it's following the lead of Gannett, the giant media company that is forcing thousands of its employees to take the one-week furlough.
Update 4:46 p.m. - Here's how the furlough works:
1. This is a one-time agreement that is intended to apply only to this furlough (Feb. 9, 2009-April 30, 2009).
2. Seventy (70) percent of the furloughs in the Guild bargaining unit will be accomplished by March 31, 2009.
3. Employees will sign up for five (5) furlough days on or about February 9, 2009.
4. The furlough is five days for full-time employees. Part-time employees are required to take a proportional furlough (for example, an employee who works four days per week is required to take four days). Furloughs can be taken in increments of one day, or in consecutive days.
5. All furloughs shall be unpaid. Employees may not use paid vacation or sick leave during furloughs.
6. Operational considerations will be taken into account when approving furlough days/schedules. Employees and their managers should work together in scheduling furlough days. In the event a plan cannot be agreed upon, the employee, a Guild representative, a representative of Human Resources and the manager will immediately meet to develop a schedule for the employee. Any scheduling conflicts between employees in selecting furloughs will be determined by seniority.
7. Employees can, with management approval, take additional unpaid time and donate time to a coworker, assuming that the employees’ pay is comparable and it does not create an operational hardship. Management approval for such donations will not be unreasonably withheld.
8. Employees can convert previously scheduled vacation time to furlough time.
9. Employees on furlough will continue to accrue vacation and sick leave and will continue to be eligible for all healthcare and related benefits.
10. During their furlough, employees shall not perform any work on behalf of the Company. Furloughed employees shall leave an outgoing message on their voicemail stating they are not at work, their return date, and that any matters needing immediate attention should be forwarded to an active employee to be named by their manager. The same procedure shall be followed for email.
11. Employees who are salaried exempt must take their five (5) days in one week.
12. Certain departments, at the discretion of the Company, may be exempted from the furlough program due to operational considerations. No individual exemptions within departments will be made.
13. Any covered employee who is laid-off from employment during the term of the furlough shall be paid for any and all unpaid furlough days taken on behalf of him/herself during the furlough period. Unpaid days taken on behalf of another employee (see item # 7 above) shall not be converted to paid days as would otherwise be provided by this provision.
14. If called to work while taking a scheduled furlough day the employee will be paid a full day for working and will not be required to reschedule an additional furlough day.
15. Freelancers will not be used to displace bargaining unit work while bargaining unit members are on furlough.
Update 4:48 p.m. - David Brauer has some union reaction and background.
Posted at 12:42 PM on February 2, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
The Obama administration has turned to its giant database of supporters (and others), which it assembled during the campaign, to garner support for the economic stimulus plan.
In an e-mail this afternoon, the administration is organizing meetings this weekend for people to watch a video from Virginia Gov. Tim Kaine, answering questions about what the stimulus plans means for you. You can submit questions here.
Obama assembled an impressive technological array of tools to get elected, and this is the first time it's been deployed in support of legislation which has very little Republican support.
Posted at 11:10 AM on February 2, 2009
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Amy Lindgren was on MPR's Midday today, offering advice on job hunting. She also shared a few how-not-to-lay-people-off tales.
"I can't get over all the wrong ways I run across. I'm not a big fan of the walk-the-person-out-the-door-practically-in-handcuffs model. Suddenly people who have been entrusted with the company secrets, can't be trusted for another five hours. I would think the right way would be to give people some time to say goodbye," she said.
She said she knows of one person who was told by his landlord he lost his job. It happened when the landlord was doing a reference check. 'They just told me you don't work there anymore,' the landlord said.
I've heard of a similar story of a former classmate who was a disc jockey at a New Hampshire radio station. He was in the shower, getting ready to go to work and listening to his radio station, when he heard the announcer telling people to tune in and hear another announcer on his show.
Here's a few other questions-and-answers from the show:
Q: I was recently laid off and given a three-week severance package. Is there a standard?
A: The common formula is a month for every year of service but there's no standard. There is a standard for mass layoffs in Minnesota.
Q: If you're required to sign something that says you can't speak about the company in order to get your severance pay, should you?
A: Generally, they usually say you can't speak in a negative way. I'd consider bringing the notice to an attorney to get it pared down a bit. (Bob notes: I'm sure the questioner meant "speak negatively," which makes the severance "hush money.")
Q: I was employed for 12 years, and now the searching parameters seem to be online. There, they ask for salary requirements. What should I do?
A: You've lost much of your negotiating power because you've already identified what you will or won't work for. Try filling in all zeros or all ones. But if they're employing a screening program to eliminate all applicants above or below a certain number, that won't work.
Q: I was fired while on vacation. Does that happen often?
A: I'm aware of someone who made the mistake of answering his cellphone while on vacation. A shoe salesman, driving all over North Dakota, got back to his home office and the doors were locked. He had no idea the company had closed. "All I have is a bunch of business cards and a trunkfull of left shoes."
Q: Is there a difference between being fired and laid off?
A: I don't know if people care as much about the distinction. Fired is a word we use when someone causes their own demise. Laid off is the term we use when it's due to an economic situation that isn't framed as the fault of the employee.
The distinction is significant. You'd be hard-pressed to find people who haven't been laid off. Fired is another story.
Posted at 8:30 AM on February 2, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
A few years ago, when the economic experts were lamenting Americans' unwillingness to save money, this news today would've been greeting with smiles.
Personal savings surged in December to 3.6 percent of disposable income from 2.8 percent in November, the largest rate since May 2008.
But context is everything:
The Commerce Department said spending decreased by 1.0 percent after falling by a revised 0.8 percent in November.
The report from the Commerce Department also said Americans' personal income is dropping, even as we save more of less of it.
Wall St. opened lower.
Posted at 9:50 AM on February 1, 2009
by Bob Collins
(20 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Back when I used to be an editor, my favorite question was a simple one: "Who cares?" It was the way I tried to separate those stories that have some meaning from those stories that are done simply because we've always done them. If a press release comes into a newsroom tomorrow announcing 10 layoffs at the Layoffs 'r Us store, it'll get a fair amount of attention because we need to tell you just how bad the economy is. As if you didn't already know.
At what point does the news do you no good if all it does is tell you what you already knew?
These days, I ask myself a new question: "What do you want me to do about it?" It's one of the reasons behind the News Cut on Campus effort. Documenting what some people are doing about it, shows that people are...doing...something... about.... it.
From what I can tell from all of the economic stimulus package coverage last week, lots of money is heading our way, but only a few pennies are coming to us directly. The state has its hands out. The cities have their hands out. The counties have their hands out, and all of them are in no mood to do any more than they're already doing and, in many cases, less than that.
So it's unclear what I'm supposed to do now as a member of the U.S. economy.
The front page of the Star Tribune tells me today that nurses, recently in short supply in Minnesota, are now being laid off because the state is cutting reimbursements to hospitals (again), and people are putting off elective surgery. It's enough to make me feel I'm not pulling my weight because I feel fine today. It's a terrible thing -- nurses being laid off and all -- but what can I do about it?
MPR tells me that Duluth is bracing for local government aids cuts, but I already figured that because there've been stories for three weeks that local government aid was going to be cut under Gov. Tim Pawlenty's plan. Most cities that get LGA are cutting back. What am I supposed to do? I'm not the governor, I'm not a legislator, I'm not a mayor. It's the reality that leads people to throw shoes.
"You know what you people can do?" a man said to me as he picked up chairs last week at Minneapolis Community & Technical College. "You can stop telling me how bad things are: It's just making it worse."
It's an opinion that is gaining some traction and it doesn't mean people want the news media to pretend everything is great. It means people want people like me to stop telling you how bad things are, and start telling people what they can do about it?
Nobody is telling me what that is.
Susan Brown of St. Paul had a suggestion in her letter to the Star Tribune today:
Here's a request to all those whose jobs are secure: Don't pretend to be hurting if you're not, or hold back on spending because it seems like you ought to. It doesn't have to be lavish or extravagant, but go out for lunch, shop at Target, check out the skyways, go to the mall, go to a play or concert, consider a spring break vacation, throw a dinner party and maintain your charitable giving. It's the right thing to do!
Is she right?
Posted at 6:48 PM on January 30, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
![]()
PBS NewsHour's Ray Suarez produced an informative and compelling report for Friday evening's broadcast on how the financial mess came to be a financial mess. In it, Elizabeth Warren, the chair of the Congressional Oversight Panel said three simple regulations would've prevented it.
Her panel blamed "complacent policymakers for missing warning signs of a looming financial crisis and called for tighter regulations to prevent it happening again."
But what stuck me was the image above. A near-empty hearing room where Warren (in the foreground) appeared. Where was everybody?
Posted at 7:34 AM on January 29, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
President Obama's economic stimulus package has passed its initial test in the U.S. House of Representatives. So, prepare for stimulation!
The average worker will see an additional $12 to $13 a week, thanks to lower withholding, according to an analysis by the New York Times. The unemployed will see a continuation of unemployment benefits.
Republicans want more tax cuts, and they all voted against the package, a factoid that is being headlined this morning by a media that is infatuated with political good and bad guys rather than an analysis of what's in the bill.
The Tax Policy Center has issued a report card on all of this. It gave generally high grades to provisions that puts money in the hands of low-income people, because they're more likely to spend it. Obama's plan calls for a $500 tax credit for individuals and $1,000 for couples. A letter-writer in today's Star Tribune suggests that people who make more than $105,000 should be taxed higher in Minnesota, revealing a shortfall in the calculations of how effective the package is going to be: Of the money being sent our way, how much will be siphoned by increases state, county, or city taxes and fees?
Are you thinking about buying a home? There may be some incentive coming along, CNN reports.
The cost? About $6,000 per taxpayer or $2,800 for every person in America.
Will it work? At the heart of the stimulus philosophy: No matter how you benefit, you have to spend it. Will you?
Posted at 2:10 PM on January 27, 2009
by Bob Collins
(34 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Health

The governor has unveiled his budget proposals to close the large state deficit. A couple of things stand out.
The repeals on MinnesotaCare are most interesting (at least to me). Said the governor:
Several enhancements to health care programs have been enacted in the last three years and are simply unaffordable in today's financial climate. The Governor's package repeals recent coverage expansions and premium reductions, some of which have yet to be implemented, in Medical Assistance (MA) and MinnesotaCare.
As indicated before, MinnesotaCare is funded by the Health Care Access Fund (the tax on providers). In recent years, however, the fund's surplus has been used to offset other areas.
There are about a half-dozen MPR reporters working on the story. You can examine some of the budget documents here.
Posted at 12:06 PM on January 27, 2009
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
It wasn't too long ago that Target was eating WalMart's lunch. Those days are over. WalMart is now doing spectacularly well, given the poor economy. Target is not.
Today there are unconfirmed reports that up to 15 percent of the Minneapolis-based discounter's workforce is being fired.
"Like many other companies, Target is taking actions to manage payroll and non-payroll expense in the current economic environment," Target said in a statement. "We believe the decisions we are making, though difficult, represent appropriate actions to manage our business and maintain our competitive advantage going forward."
In 2007, the company said it had 366,000 employees.
Update - A person commenting below, who was one of those let go, says 1,063 employees are affected.
Update 4:30 p.m. Here's Target's press release:
Target (NYSE:TGT) today announced a workforce reduction at our headquarters locations which affects 9 percent of our headquarters population. This includes the elimination of approximately 600 employees and 400 open positions, primarily in the Twin Cities area. The majority of these changes are effective today. In addition, the company announced it will close its Little Rock, Ark. distribution center, which currently employs 500 people, later this year.The company has recently undertaken other actions to manage expense and capital investment and minimize the number of affected employees. These actions include suspending salary increases for senior management, suspending share repurchase activity, tightening credit card underwriting and credit granting, implementing initiatives to improve store productivity, reducing planned new store openings, and cutting outside contractor support, travel, entertainment and other headquarters operating expenses.
"We are clearly operating in an unprecedented economic environment that requires us to make some extremely difficult decisions to ensure Target remains competitive over the long-term," said Gregg Steinhafel, President and CEO of Target Corporation.
In recent months, Target has experienced weaker-than-expected sales, which is pressuring earnings performance. Combined with the outlook for continued difficult economic conditions well into 2009, the company is taking a more conservative approach to business planning.
Headquarters employees affected by the announcement will continue to receive their full pay and benefits through April 1, after which they will receive a comprehensive separation package based on their years of service. As part of that package, Target also will provide these employees with 12 months of continued Target health care benefits in addition to 12 months COBRA benefit, and outplacement support to assist them in transitioning to their next position. Little Rock distribution center employees will be offered positions at other Target distribution centers, or will receive comparable severance.
As a result of these actions, the company expects to record a charge of approximately 3 cents per diluted share, the majority of which will occur in the company's 2008 fourth quarter. The company believes the annualized benefit resulting from these actions will exceed the charge.
Target Corporation's retail segment includes large general merchandise and food discount stores and Target.com, a fully integrated online business. In addition, the company operates a credit card segment that offers branded proprietary and Visa credit card products. The company currently operates 1,682 stores in 48 states, 34 distribution centers and employs approximately 350,000 people worldwide.
Update 5:38 p.m. - This blog, written by a Target employee, has the details of an understandably somber meeting.
Posted at 9:32 AM on January 27, 2009
by Bob Collins
(20 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I'm going to go on a "find the fee" hunt when the governor releases his budget proposal this afternoon. With cutting alone not enough to plug the gap, fee increases -- not taxes -- are usually part of the mix.
Given the reality that fees will go up, what fees would you consider raising?
One of the top of my head: Vanity plates. I've never really understood the allure of vanity plates, but apparently they're quite important for those who can afford them. The initial cost is $100 (with an $8.50 filing fee) in this state with a $14 renewal charge. Should it be more?
Divorce fee - The current filing fee is about $250. If $500 were enough to discourage someone from filing for divorce, is the marriage really over?
Manicurist fee - Currently, it's $60. Raising it would bring in some revenue, or perhaps limit the number of "nail" salons in strip malls.
Scale fee -- Currently, there is no fee to test whether a gas station's pump is actually delivering a gallon of gas. But there is a fee -- $10 -- to check the accuracy of the scale at a grocery store to be sure a pound of hamburger is really a pound of hamburger.
You're on.
Posted at 8:22 AM on January 27, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The Case-Schiller housing price index has just been released. The survey tracks repeat sales of the same houses. Eleven of 20 metros areas continue to show record decline in housing prices.
"The numbers (for November) didn't completely fall off a cliff (from October)," said David Blitzer, the chairman of Standard & Poor's Index Committee, in what passes for a sliver lining these days. "Before you go up, you've got to stop going down."
The prices in the Minneapolis area dropped 2.1%, a much shallower decline than October's 3.4% decline, which was only worse in Detroit and San Francisco.
We're a little farther down the list this month:
Phoenix -3.60%
Las Vegas -3.40%
Detroit -3.20%
San Francisco -3.10%
Chicago -2.90%
Tampa -2.80%
Atlanta -2.70%
Boston -2.70%
Seattle -2.50%
Washington -2.40%
Los Angeles -2.30%
San Diego -2.30%
Portland -2.30%
Miami -2.20%
Minneapolis -2.20%
Charlotte -1.90%
Dallas -1.90%
New York -1.60%
Cleveland -1.20%
Denver -1.10%
In Minneapolis, the housing price index is at its lowest level since July 2002. In the last year, the price index has tumbled 16.2% here, which puts us in the middle of the pack. Phoenix had the biggest drop (-32.9%)
Posted at 7:51 AM on January 27, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
There's been plenty of outrage in the last 24 hours since the NY Daily News reported that CitiGroup, a recipient of about $45 billion in bailout money from the taxpayers, has ordered a spiffy $50 million jet to haul its execs around.
"To permit Citigroup to purchase a plush plane -- foreign-built no less -- while domestic auto companies are being required to sell off their jets is a ridiculous double standard," said Sen. Carl Levin, D-Michigan, yesterday.
Who's responsible for allowing companies that receive taxpayer-funded bailouts to spend it on luxury business jets? The U.S. Senate.
Two weeks ago, the Senate removed a provision that would bar companies receiving bailout cash from buying new jets, and the reason shows the left-hand-doesn't-know-what-the-right-hand-is-doing nature of economic stimulus.
Kansas is the center of the domestic general aviation industry. It, too, is hurting. If the companies there don't sell business jets, people lose jobs. Cessna, for example, cut 2,200 people last week. The Kansas senatorial legislation lobbied -- hard -- to get the provision removed from the TARP package.
This morning, Citi announced it would not buy the French-made jet afterall.
Granted the foreign-made component of the issue is part of the outrage, but in general it's based on buying a jet at all. So on the one end, economic stimulus is intended to help businesses build business jets, and on the other end, other companies -- also receiving taxpayers funds -- are criticized for buying the product the other soon-to-be-government-subsidized business sells. It's not in the best interest of taxpayers, they say.
Posted at 7:22 AM on January 27, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Today, as you probably know, Gov. Pawlenty is going to reveal his budget plan for Minnesota. On MPR's Midday yesterday, the governor talked about cutting corporate taxes and making Minnesota a more business-friendly state. I asked on yesterday's post why a corporation would move here to do business and fell into an old trap -- thinking of the 3Ms and the Cargills rather than the small business. If I had, I'd already have my answer: Minnesota is where they already live.
An article in today's Wall St. Journal about an Ohio tile company reaffirmed the notion.
Big corporations aren't the source of new jobs. In fact, 60-80% of new jobs are created by small firms, the newspaper indicated. Half of the jobs in the country are at companies of fewer than 500 people.
Small business is also the place where the boss also has a better -- if not entirely complete -- clue about the lives of the employees.
Let's hear from those of you who either own a small business in the state or work for a small firm. Check in and describe your biggest challenges.
Posted at 4:41 PM on January 26, 2009
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
Does it ever seem to you like you've heard all the news before about the state budget quagmire? Much of the talk surrounding the present situation focuses on "the future." So it seems like a good time to go into the News Cut Wayback Machine. Setting: Fourth Monday in January 2003.
Here's the MPR newscast scripts from that date:
* * * *
House DFLers are calling a Republican budget balancing plan too harsh to the state's most vulnerable. The House is scheduled to begin debate today
* * * *
Governor Pawlenty continued his tour of greater Minnesota today to promote tax-free zones. Pawlenty and members of the Minnesota House have offered the plan as a way to stimulate business and job creation. Pawlenty told an audience in Luverne that tax-free zones are the "mother of all economic development incentives." He says a particular area or collaboration of counties would be encouraged to come together and develop regional or theme-based tax-free zones.
* * * *
Senate Republicans are proposing a two-year pay freeze for all public sector employees in Minnesota to help reduce the state deficit. They say keeping salaries constant could produce one billion dollars or more in savings. The plan would affect state workers as well as employees in cities, counties, school districts and universities. State allowances to all government entities would be reduced to account for the lack of pay raises. By the Senate GOP's estimate, Minnesota has 350-thousand public sector employees. Senate Minority Leader Dick Day of Owatonna says a freeze is a more compassionate way to cut costs than layoffs. But he won't guarantee that everyone would keep their job.
* * * *
Governor Pawlenty says he'd prefer to continue full subsidies for Minnesota's ethanol industry -- but the state's budget crisis will force tough choices. The governor spoke in Luverne yesterday. His short-term deficit reduction plan includes a proposal to eliminate almost 27 (m) million dollars in subsidies to ethanol plants. But Pawlenty says most ethanol facilities will continue to be profitable even without the subsidies. On a tour to support his plan for out-state tax-free zones, Pawlenty said he's open to the legislature reinstating some of the ethanol subsidy reductions in his budget proposal -- as long as lawmakers find the money to solve the budget deficit somewhere else.
Posted at 8:27 AM on January 26, 2009
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The scariest hours in the day are the one before the stock market opens and the one after it closes. That's when companies announce their layoffs. Today was no exception. Home Depot slashed 7,000 jobs. Caterpillar is whacking 20,000. Caterpillar -- is it worth mentioning? -- had record sales last year and made a profit of $3.6 billion dollars, which counts for nothing in today's economy. Heads must roll.
These days, we'll take optimism wherever we can find it. It's been a tough search today but we found a little today in Caterpillar chairman Jim Owens' assessment of what's ahead:
"We are optimistic that economic conditions in the United States will stabilize later in the year and may show some signs of recovery."
Granted, the next sentence was the announcement that 20,000 people would lose their jobs, but when's the last time you heard someone say there may be some recovery later this year?
The CNBC anchor this morning made a big deal about that, noting that Owens is usually a pessimistic guy "who nailed the recession."
Really? This was his comment one year ago:
I think I'm considerably more optimistic than the mood here in Davos," CEO James Owens said Friday.... Owens said he expects "either a mild recession or a soft landing" on tap for the U.S. economy.... Issues surrounding subprime mortgages "have been with us for a while," and the correction in the wake of the housing bubble is already under way, Owens said.... Owens said he expects to see "a bit of decoupling" between the world economy and the United States, pointing to extremely strong growth in the Middle East, Russia, and other emerging economies, where the commodity boom has fostered strong balance sheets.
Two months later -- March 2008 -- he was described as "a financial whiz" because he claimed the U.S. was already in recession, which it was.
"The U.S. economy is probably in recession now but will likely have real growth this year of around 0.5 percent, so very very slow growth and probably a couple of quarters of negative growth," Owens said.
Update 10:02 a.m. - These additional layoffs were announced today:
Pfizer - 8,000
Sprint - 8,000
ING - 7,000
The consumer confidence survey will be released on Wednesday. We're all on the edge of our seats.
Update 3:56 p.m. - The post stock-market-close layoffs:
Texas Instruments - 3,400 jobs
Posted at 8:46 AM on January 25, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Would you take less money in exchange for a guarantee you'll have a job? How much?
Those are questions that many American workers are facing and answering "yes" and "plenty," according to the New York Times.
America is on the hunt for a secure job.
Profiling workers in Wisconsin, the Times reports, for example, that people who've worked in a paper mill, are now training to be truckers and welders -- two jobs thought to be relatively safe. In many cases, they're not trying to replace lost wages. Behold, the declining standard of living!
"Two of my classmates just this week applied at a trucking company advertising for tractor-trailer drivers," Mr. Geneen said. "They were hired on the spot and told to report for work on Feb. 1. They didn't even meet with the personnel people."
Mr. Geneen says he plans to drive a truck, preferably within Wisconsin. But with his wife, Kathy, earning $40,000 a year as a certified public accountant and with enough severance from his mill job to help care the family for a while, Mr. Geneen has enrolled in a yearlong course to qualify as a welder. It is another occupation chronically short of qualified people, even in a recession. At $40,000 a year or so, welders' work would not match his old pay but would provide a backup plan for the future.
Which brings up another question. Can people afford to train for new jobs if they don't have a working spouse making $40,000 a year and a fat severance package to help bankroll it?
Posted at 1:27 PM on January 23, 2009
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I read in the newspaper a few weeks ago that the worst day to lay someone off is Friday, because the person has two days before they can do anything about it. Not everyone read that, apparently, for it was a hefty day in the layoff-notice printing business.
Here are today's
Andersen Windows -- Bayport. 160 more employees have been laid off through the first quarter of the year. That's in addition to 450 who were laid off at the company earlier this month.
Hutchinson Technology - Its Sioux Falls plant is being closed and 300 current employees are being turned out. The company announced in December it planned to cut over 1,100 people.
Polaris - Medina. The company is cutting 460 jobs.
Recognizing that some of these jobs are in South Dakota, the total number of employees laid off today is almost 10 percent of the number of people who were laid off in Minnesota in the entire month of December.
All of these cuts are because of lower consumer -- and company -- demand for the products being made. One wonders how this spiral can ever end since increasing layoffs increases the number of people who can't buy products, which leads to more layoffs, which leads to...
Posted at 8:40 AM on January 23, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
There are days one wonders whether the meltdown in the financial sector would lead to cheering and dancing in the streets, were it not for the fact that it's taking the rest of us down with it.
Thursday was one of those days that the banking industry reminds us that it often has as much Snidely Whiplash in it as George Bailey. Two stories provide an example.
Former Merrill Lynch chief executive John A. Thain has "resigned" his job. He's the one who arranged the sale of his firm to Bank of America in the darkest days of the meltdown. But just before the sale, he allegedly made sure that huge bonuses were paid out to execs. And he reportedly lobbied for a $10 million bonus for his good work arranging the sale of the company he drove into the ground.
Thain spent $1.2 million last year redecorating his office, including $87,784 on area rugs and $18,468 on a George IV chair, according to CNBC.
During a photo opportunity this morning, President Obama denounced the spending.
Closer to home, today the Star Tribune has the story of TCF Bank, which is doing better than many banks because its loan losses aren't mounting as quickly as other banks. The report said real estate in areas where TCF does business has "stabilized."
But we're reminded how banks make much of their money and why they're not making as much these days:
... TCF still faces significant headwinds. It's a consumer-oriented bank that generates about a quarter of its revenue from fees and service charges. As unemployment has increased and consumer spending has declined, the bank's fee income has also fallen, because people are writing fewer checks and overdrawing their accounts less frequently, the bank said.
Today the stock market is tanking again, partly on fears of the viability of banks. I should go bounce a check.
Posted at 2:44 PM on January 22, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Al Tompkins of the journalistic think tank, the Poynter Institute, writes a daily list of suggestions for stories newsies can pursue. I usually don't pay much attention to it because I figure if I need someone else to come up with ideas of what is newsworthy, I need to find another line of work.
But today he talks about WHAS in Louisville, which airs programs with help wanted announcements. His column reminded me that on the drive down from Cloquet this morning, I listened to a radio station in St. Cloud (there's about a 5-mile stretch of I-35 in which you can't get an MPR station) which was doing the same thing.
Partly out of general interest, and partly out of personal interest, I turned the volume up to hear what's available:
I'm sure there were more, but by this time I was back in range of an MPR station and a segment that told me I have to stop eating dairy and meat because I'm leaving too big of a carbon footprint. Instead the guy recommended a lunch of oatmeal with soy sauce.
The fog in which I was driving seemed entirely appropriate.
Posted at 12:53 PM on January 22, 2009
by Bob Collins
(11 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The state's unemployment rate jumped to 6.9 percent in December. What does this mean?
Posted at 10:28 PM on January 19, 2009
by Bob Collins
(13 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I wrote a few months ago about the people who work hard delivering the morning paper.
A bunch of them may have just lost their jobs, with the announcement the Pioneer Press carriers will now start delivering the Star Tribune.
If you're a carrier keeping his/her job,it'll be a massive change. Your one or two hour route delivery probably just went to three or four. Your Sunday delivery will probably require an extra vehicle and another two hours to put together.
Who knows? If the East Metro combination works out, it wouldn't be hard, perhaps, to start printing the paper using Pioneer Press facilities. And what's next after the operations are combined? We'll see.
Posted at 8:51 AM on January 18, 2009
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
There's a fair amount of argument in the country about just how bad the economy is, but a new poll shows that a significant number of people don't think it's bad at all, apparently.
The Washington Post-ABC News poll today shows the most negative assessment of the country since the two started polling decades ago.
Nearly eight in 10 of those surveyed say the country is headed seriously off course. Seven in 10 worry about their family's finances, and 94 percent say the country's economy is in "not so good" or "poor" shape, the most negative assessment in more than 23 years of Post-ABC polling.
Six percent say, apparently, that the economy is at least "okee dokey." Who are these people and what do they do? Is it the very rich big boss type? First, how did they reach them by telephone? Second, how did they reach them by telephone when they were out on the ledge?
Seventy percent of those surveyed worry about the economy's effect on their family's finances. But 30% don't? Who are these people?
The poll also shows that Barack Obama is taking popularity as the most popular president. Want to guess who had the highest popularity ratings during a term in the history of polling? George W. Bush.
A separate New York Times CBS poll today says most Americans do not expect real progress in improving the economy, reforming the health care system, or ending the war in Iraq.
And, yet, 80 percent say they're "optimistic" about the next four years, even though they don't think much will change on the major issues.
Why?
Posted at 8:37 AM on January 17, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media
Maybe the bankruptcy of the Star Tribune newspaper means the end of the Pioneer Press brand. Maybe not.
MPR's Martin Moylan's story on this week's bankruptcy filing of the Minneapolis-based Star Tribune documents the likelihood of this two-newspaper town becoming a one-newspaper town:
"Bankruptcy is often used to effectuate a sale. That is not out of the realm of possibility. I'm not too sure if those arrangements have been explored. But I can assure you the lenders have given it thought," (bankruptcy attorney george singer said. The most logical buyer of the Star Tribune would seem to be Media News, which runs the smaller Pioneer Press.
If that happens, which name lives? The Pioneer Press? The Star Tribune? The Star Press? The Pioneer Tribune? The Pioneer Press Star Tribune?
Of course, that's a big if. The company that owns the Pioneer Press -- Media News -- has its own financial struggles. And its competition in another two-newspaper town may be drawing its immediate attention.
Any combination of the two local papers would most certainly result in some lost jobs at both locations. It may well be that hopes for a healthy Star Tribune, may be highest in the cubicles at its local competition.
Posted at 8:11 AM on January 16, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Why is it so difficult to understand the big banking bailout and the financial situation that makes it "necessary?" Because it's a different reality from one mere mortals live in.
American Public Media's Marketplace took a look at Bank of America's sudden fall from grace. It was one of the survivors of last fall's big meltdown (making a ton of money), so much so that it gobbled up on of the slower fish -- Merrill Lynch.
On Thursday, the banking giant, which practically had to be forced to take some bailout cash at gunpoint last year, reported its earnings for the third quarter of 2007:
The banking giant, which moved up its quarterly report from Tuesday, reported a net loss of $1.79 billion, or 48 cents a share, compared with year-earlier net income of $268 million, or 5 cents a share. Revenue increased 19% to $15.98 billion. Analysts' estimates were for per-share earnings of eight cents on revenue of $20.71 billion, according to a poll by Thomson Reuters.
Take your current salary. Increase it by 20 percent. Are you better off or worse off now, financially? If you're better off, you're not Bank of America.
You're also not likely to get an amount more than your total income for a second time in three months in the form of a bailout and still have financial experts tell you that may not be enough.
Posted at 10:56 PM on January 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, News Cut on Campus
Corey Anorve-Andress, 19, of St. Paul wants to be a police officer, and that may come as bad news for his cousin, who runs in a St. Paul gang.
He's been at Century College since last summer, taking some general classes, including forensics and biology. He plans to get a degree there, then attend Metro State University to learn more about the psychology of juveniles.
He might be able to teach the class. "Where I grew up there are a lot of negative influences and a lot of bad things and I've seen how it looked on the other side of law and it wasn't good. So I started to help people out and I figured out I'm a leader and people started to listen to me. (I was) saving them from a lot of things," he said.
"Most kids were African American and they wanted to do what everyone else was doing in St. Paul, which is fighting and drugs and all that crap," he said. So he organized football games instead.
He says he talks to cops, even when he gets pulled over for a broken taillight, and asks what they like about being a cop, "and they say it's the best job ever. I always get their card and then I call them."
Economic worries? "Right now there's a lot of people trying to be a cop," he says, suggesting that may be because of the economy.
He's not thrilled by the idea of wearing a gun, and he realizes the nightmare scenario of living his dream. He might face his gang-member cousin. "I told him, 'if I catch you at the wrong time, I'm going to have to do what I'm supposed to do, but I said, 'if you need help, if you need help getting out of it, or you need some kind of protection, I'm there for you; I'm not going to just ditch you.'"
Posted at 10:24 PM on January 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, News Cut on Campus
Can the Appalachian Trail be a metaphor for life? Let's ask Sarah Anderson of St. Anthony Village, who told me on Wednesday that she hated high school in Roseville and she didn't want to go to college. "Then all of my friends moved out of state because I hung with really smart people and they were going to private colleges."
So Anderson went to Georgia with a friend, to hike the Appalachian Trail. That's the 2,175 mile Appalachian Trail. "Two nights into the trail... I called my mom and I was bawling, and I was, like, 'I want to come home. Come and pick me up! I don't want to be here.' And my mom said, 'We're not coming for you. You still have 2,170 miles to go. Get moving.'"
She made it to Maine. Her days of not following through on anything she started were over.
When she got home, she admits, she had nothing else to do, her parents were willing to pay for school, so she went to Century College, where she's now working on her general courses before transferring to the University of Minnesota veterinary school. "It's a lot of school, and I hated school, but the whole AT experience really put things in perspective for me. I'd rather work hard now for something I'll enjoy 20 years down the road, than be lazy now and have something 'meh, whatever' 20 years down the road," she said.
"I'm a completely different person. School is nothing (difficulty wise). For the first time in my life I actually care about tests and I'm getting good grades. Now I actually want to get A's and get a good GPA. It's stressful to do so, but I'm like 'meh, whatever.'"
"You get out of it what you put in and it's as hard as you make it. If you put in a lot of work, sure it'll be hard, but you're going to get the A grade back and you'll be a smarter person for it in the end. It's just going to take a lot of time," said Anderson, who describes herself as "a pretty chipper pessimist."
She's less chipper about the economy. "The government is lazy. They don't care about the people out here in the middle class. They're not progressive, they just recycle old ideas. We need something new. We need something fresh, and I don't see that happening."
Posted at 9:45 PM on January 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, News Cut on Campus
If there's such a thing as a recession-proof career, David Crawford, 20, of Owosso, Michigan may be on track for it. He wants to be a priest.
On Wednesday he started the first day of classes in art history, music, and Spanish at Century College. He's a seminarian at the University of St. Thomas, sent here by the Lansing diocese.
He felt like he was called to the priesthood since about 4th grade in public school. "I was about to get expelled; I was the class clown and I was raising hell," he said. Thus began his education in parochial school. "I grew in my faith, buckled down. In high school is where I really felt the call."
He knows what you might be thinking.
"If I'm walking down the street and someone asks me what I want to be and I answer, 'a priest,' what is the number-one thing they say? A child molester or someone that's going to manipulate people. Fifty years ago it wasn't like that. Morality and the family and celibacy, people mock it. Living in a marital relationship faithfully, those things are less and less important to our society," he said.
He acknowledges, though, that perhaps the recession-proof nature of the priesthood has some cracks. Many churches are empty, or struggling to survive. "The economic dimension of the church, you see at once the church controlled art and politics and a lot of the wealth and it's because people entrusted what the church stood for, and still stands for but has been manipulated in the eyes of the public."
But he says the priesthood is not a career, "it's something you are."
Posted at 9:20 PM on January 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, News Cut on Campus
When you're talking to the reigning "Miss You Can Do It," about the economy, you can pretty much scratch the whole "are you pessimistic or optimistic?" question.
Last summer, Alexandra Schmitt of New Brighton won the competition for people who've proven people wrong by proving people wrong. She has mild Cerebral Palsy. She and her twin sister were born three months premature. "We had a 50-50 chance of survival. I weighed in at 1 pound 11 ounces and they thought we weren't going to make it through the night," she told me.
Alexandra is now attending Century College, working on her general courses. She wants to pursue a career working with kids. "Whether it's teaching or working on advocacy for people with disabilities, especially in college. Once you get past high school, the IEP (individual education plan) is no longer valid, but I think it should be."
"I like to try new things and since I won the pageant, I'm not afraid to try something new. A couple of years ago I would never have gone on this radio station to talk to you, I would never have done the TV interviews that I have done. I would never have been able to do speeches. So I think it's boosted my confidence that I can do things," she said.
This weekend, she's going to Washington to attend the Disabilities Power & Pride Inaugural Ball at the National Press Club. She may meet the incoming president.
Posted at 8:52 PM on January 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
Filed under: Economy, News Cut on Campus
Zach Rossow of Osceola needs two more biology classes at Century College before he can transfer to either Texas A&M or the University of Minnesota on his way to becoming a doctor of dental surgery. That's another six years of work before he starts his own practice.
That's not just a lot of time. It's a lot of dollars. How does he pursue his dental dreams? He sells knives.
That took our conversation about the economy in an entirely different direction and I asked him to tell me about his favorite sales calls. "In our business we remember the lady or gentleman who had Cutco 55 years ago and they're, like, 'Oh my gosh I haven't seen Cutco in 50 years.' And then they tell you a million stories about their one paring knife."
Nothing perks up a day like a good paring knife story.
He made $35,000 in the last year selling knives 5 to 10 hours a week to finance his education, but he's quick to point out that a friend of his who's graduating from Mankato State University made $180,000.
He figures it's a recession-proof business in the bad economy "until grocery stores stop selling food that's bigger than your mouth."
"You've practiced that line, haven't you?" I asked.
"I've used it before," he admitted.
If you can make that much money selling knives, why become a dentist? "To help people," he said.
It's not a long-standing dream. He was pursuing a career in economics until September when the economy collapsed. He realized the market is going to be flooded with people with financial experience, "and I like school, and human anatomy was my favorite class so it's always been in the back of my mind. So I just chose to change now while I'm still young. I'll still be in my 30s, so what?"
Posted at 8:18 PM on January 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, News Cut on Campus
A bad economy takes away, and a bad economy gives back. Lucy Elmbald of Osceola, Wisconsin is going to be a nurse, a profession which is in short supply, and for which there's a waiting list. She's been meeting the academic requirements to get into Century College's nursing program.
Up until 2007, nursing wasn't in her future. That's when Anderson Windows permanently laid her and about 500 others off. "It was, 'OK, here's a struggle, here's a bump in the road. You have to just come up with some ideas and figure where to go after that," she said.
"At 32 years of age, thinking that Anderson was the promised land, it was almost a blessing because now I can get my degree and move on with life. Otherwise I'd be a manufacturer until I was 60 or 65 and I wasn't looking forward to that. When I was let go from Anderson, my husband looked at me and said, 'it's either law or it's medical, which one do you want?'"
Up until recently, nursing seemed a recession-proof career. But "right now, people go to hospitals and clinics, they're going because of an emergency," she said. They're putting off other procedures to save cash and that's requiring fewer nurses.
Elmbald doesn't see the overall economy picking up for 5 or 10 years. "It's slim pickings out there and that's why people are going back to school," she said. "Every day is a struggle. Until I get my degree, I don't know where things are going to go but I am bound and determined, even if I'm living in a cardboard box, to get this done."
Posted at 7:48 PM on January 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, News Cut on Campus
Mary Bowlin figured she wanted to be a child protection worker right around the time she "had a bad experience with a child protection worker," she said during my visit to Century College on Thursday. "I was living with my mom and then my mom died and my sisters kicked me out. They told child protection I was being irresponsible because I was. I was doing crack. My life got more and more depressing and then my kids got taken away by child protection and it was a nightmare," she said, adding it took five years to get one back.
She stopped drinking, stopped doing crack and she realized there was money available to go to college when a friend of hers told her he was buying cars with financial aid money. "I was just looking for a job and I was doing banquet serving forever. With the economy and stuff, it just goes down, down, down. But you only get $10 an hour , you only get 4 hours and you have to drive out to Plymouth. It's not worth it."
The idea of going into human services popped up at her daughter's 9th grade career fair. She says she'd be good at it because she knows what it's like from the other side. "One thing I would do is having empathy for the people. If they're drinking, I'd tell them to go to AA every day. Don't cut them down. Don't degrade them," she said.
The poor economy and the foreclosure crisis could help her, she figures. The house she's living in is in foreclosure, so she's trying to buy a house. She interested in a duplex that available for $35,000 and she thinks a tenant could help pay the mortgage and her way through college.
When she's not at school, she often talks to women in recovery groups.
Posted at 7:20 PM on January 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, News Cut on Campus
You don't often hear about motivational speakers getting laid off, a fact Kary W. Bowser might keep in mind in the difficult economy. He's working on general courses at Century College with an eye on a career in advocacy and leadership.
Some of Bowser's 31-year-old track records still stand at Roosevelt High School. Between then and today he flew missions with the Air Force to Grenada, was assigned to President Ronald Reagan's support team on a visit to China in the '80s, and had a 15-year career in the Postal Service in North Carolina.
He had a track scholarship waiting for him in Mankato but took his route because he wasn't ready for college, he said. Timing is everything. When he returned to Minnesota in 2005, he wanted to enroll in the two-year pharmacy program at Century, which Century was phasing out in a year. Just as well, his mother wanted him in pharmacy. He wanted to go into radiology.
But now he says he's into helping other students. "After they graduate from high school, there's a crossroads: They can turn down a bad road or they can look at other avenues and turn it up a notch. I didn't have that in the inner city but I had the drive and determination to go another way."
"I like helping people; it's just blessings all the way around," he said, adding that he's turned some kids' lives around. "I see myself working in higher education field, dealing with children, pushing a lot of things."
Posted at 6:22 PM on January 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, News Cut on Campus, Schools
Nathan Green, 33, a Nebraska native, says he saw the economy collapsing five years ago when he was working in a parks and recreation department. Bond issues for swimming pools kept getting put off, he said during News Cut's stop at Century College today.
"I wanted a profession that I could be proud of," he said. He wanted to get into orthotics and prosthetics and said the Minnesota campus is the only program in the country for both.
For three years, he and his then-girlfriend-now-wife maintained a long distance relationship. After they got married, she got a job in New Ulm and they had a less-long-distance relationship for three months.
"I needed to make a clean break so I didn't fall into the same old situation, hanging out with the same old friends trying to scrounge out part-time jobs here and there," he said. He's been working in the practitioner program working with patients, and now he's starting to check out possible residency programs.
"It's looking a little bleak right now because the bigger not-for-profit hospitals maybe had their donors in the stock market. They're getting kind of tight and aren't willing to take the students. Taking a resident costs them money. The benefits of them taking new students might become a little daunting when they need to do what they can to keep the lights on in their facilities," he said.
"I'm a little nervous with Medicare and the different outlooks on reimbursement for insurance," he said. It's cost him about $3,000 per semester and he's not altogether sure that won't go up. He expects MnSCU (Minnesota State Colleges and University System) schools to be the first to get hit with budget cuts at a time when the economy is requiring more people to go back to school.
"(People) worked in the airline profession and are coming back to be different technicians and stuff. These are people who had a life, they're starting a brand new career, how long are they going to be in school before they actually get out in the work force and how long do they have to be out in the work force before they get established in the field?"
Most of the money Green stockpiled for school is gone and he's found it difficult to get a job while going to school because employers don't think he'll be around long-term and they won't give him a long-term job while he's in school.
Green's original degree was in education and therapeutic recreation, working with adaptive aquatics, "saw a lot of people post-op or amputation, special needs children."
"I have a very positive outlook; I know everything will work out and things happen for a reason," he said. "My wife stuck with me so I know there's something there. I don't know if anybody knows what the right answers are right now. You may worry yourself into a hole. Yeah, a job is a big part of that but you've got friends and family, too."
He and his wife are expecting their first child in June, right around the time he'll be starting a residency program. Somewhere.
"I'm not going to live in the kind of house my parents do, with the cars and things like that. I'm not entitled to that. That's something I'm going to have to work for it. I'm hoping I'm prepared for that."
Posted at 5:36 PM on January 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, News Cut on Campus
When I asked Elaine Burns of Minneapolis what her outlook for the future looks like, her answer hit me like a bucket of slush.
"Our outlook for the future is we want to get the heck out of here," she said, bouncing one youngster on her knee as another begged for her attention nearby.
"Out of Minnesota?" I asked.
"Out of the United States," she said. "We're looking very seriously at moving to Canada after we both graduate. We're kind of fed up, especially with the health care situation. We feel completely abandoned. We've been in and out of coverage by the state or by the companies my husband's worked for and we just can't do it. When we graduate, we'll be in a much better position ... but we're, like, just forget it, we're not going to participate in the system anymore; we want out."
Her husband is a PhD candidate in biochemistry at the University of Minnesota. He graduated from Mankato State University after six years, went to work, then went back to school. Elaine went back to school after her youngest child was born,
They're scraping by, she says. "My husband worked while he was in school. He was in construction. His dad has been able to help us out a little bit. Student loans, which with the current economic situation, is on our minds. Student loan money might not be there. He gets a small stipend, but we also worry about money from NIH (National Institutes of Health) drying up -- research money for programs he's in."
"The health care is really scary. We're covered by the U of M, but it's still expensive. We don't have dental. It's always something; you always wonder what's going to be the next thing that happens. When you're living week-to-week, it only takes one catastrophe to put you under."
She's taking Spanish at Century College at the moment, hoping it will be the "golden ticket" to break into the nursing field. She wants to work somewhere -- in Canada, apparently -- with kids.
What does 5 years from now look like? "We're hoping things will settle down for us and we have a regular life. A little house somewhere that we won't have to move out of sometime in the near future," she said.
In a typical day, she says her husband is gone 10 or 12 hours working in the lab, "and then doing classes. I go to school in the evening and then it's midnight and I'm working on online courses and I'm, like, 'We can't do this for four more years.' Then other days you just think about what it'll be like when it's over."
Here's a second helping of slush:
"There are people at this school that are doing way more than what we're doing. Single parents with parents to take care of, working two jobs, and going to school; so I know it can be done," she says.
Posted at 4:50 PM on January 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, News Cut on Campus, Schools
My hand-scrawled sign at the table I set up at Century College in White Bear Lake on Wednesday said conversations 25 cents. Terrence McBride, 24, of Inver Grove Heights was one of the first in line. He put 25 cents down. I put 25 cents down. "Whichever one of us enjoys the conversation more, the other one gets the money," I said.
"Anybody's life can get out of whack when they're looking at the peak of a mountain," McBride said when I asked him about looking at the challenge he faces in a bad economy. He's one of thousands of students across the state who are pretty sure better times are ahead, because in some ways, they've already arrived. In a challenging economy, he's biting off a daunting task in small bits.
McBride, who admits he "screwed up" when he was a teenager, was working at an auto dealership, performing oil changes when he saw which way the economy was heading. "There were firings and I have a six-month-old daughter and I wanted more job security," he said.
He wants to become an information technology specialist and he talks "when," not "if." He goes to school fulltime and works fulltime.
"How hard is that?' I asked.
"Not hard enough to keep me from doing it," he said. "If something is really important to you, there's nothing that can stop you." His girlfriend is a nursing student and they get by by cutting expenses. "We don't go to movies, we buy movies on demand, we don't go out to eat. I study and I go to work. In the long run, I'm relatively sure it's going to pay off."
Despite the bad economy, McBride says the work will pay off. "You can have any perspective on this whole economy that you want to, but people still have jobs. No journey is impossible if the first step is belief."
That's when I gave him the quarters.
He says two years from now he hopes to be doing an intership in "some sort of conglimerate, slowly working my way up the ranks. I've been down and out myself and I bring more maturity than a normal 24-year old." He says his girlfriend will be in nursing, and his daughter will be in preschool "to get a head start on her education."
"I don't want to raise my daughter as a statistic. I want her to have a choice as to which school she goes to. I want her to have me in her life. I'm a black guy with a daughter and there's so many prejudices about that. I want her to have as good of a life as anybody else," he said.
And what will he says to the kid in the auto dealership when he needs his car's oil changed? "Stay in school. Get into school if you can. Apply for financial aid if you need to. Set a small goal each day. That's what I did. I broke it down to tasks. Check out a school, pick a school, apply for financial aid, get books, arrange my schedule and work schedule, then all the pieces start fitting together."
Posted at 10:00 AM on January 14, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Schools
I'm at Century College in White Bear Lake, the first stop in an every-Wednesday initiative to visit MnSCU campuses to talk about students' outlook and also to hear some of their stories about their journey to the here and now. I'll start at 10:30 and here's how it'll work: I'll just quickly blog about who I'm talking to and indicate something about them that I find interesting.
update 3:04 p.m. - I couldn't get a wiFi signal out of the campus so I couldn't live blog. However I'll be posting a few dozen profiles over the next few hours.
Posted at 11:17 AM on January 13, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Tech

I wrote last month about an initiative to provide assistance to low-income people for converting their analog TVs to ones capable of receiving digital transmission signals. At the time, the people putting the effort together, could not say where in the Twin Cities (One of seven cities in the country targeted) such people could get help.
Now they have:
Lao Assistance Center
503 Irving Avenue North, Suite 100A
Minneapolis, MN 55405
(612) 374-4967
Main Street Project
2104 Stevens Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55405
(612) 879-7578
The official opening is tomorrow afternoon. It's a bit of a pity a center couldn't have been opened in St. Paul.
Coincidentally, I got my "coupons" for discounts on converter boxes yesterday. They're not really coupons at all, actually. They're ATM style cards. Initially, I ordered the cards because I've been thinking about getting rid of Dish Network and going back to the old days of sticking an antenna on the roof, and pocketing the cash I'd save.
Instead, however, I'm going to donate them to people who need help and for whom TV is important.
Posted at 7:10 AM on January 13, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Schools
I'm kicking off a three month experiment on News Cut tomorrow when I visit Century College in White Bear Lake to hear the personal outlook by some of the students there and -- I hope -- hear about their journey on the road to the future.
MPR Morning Edition host Cathy Wurzer asked me about it this morning on her program. Listen
Posted at 6:51 PM on January 11, 2009
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
What can we conclude from two unrelated-but-related stories out today?
Reports the Associated Press:
Hybrid sales plunged 43 percent in December and 50 percent in November, according to the auto Web site Edmunds.com, surpassing the industry's overall sales decline of 36 percent in December and 37 percent the month before.
Toyota watched sales of the Prius, the top-selling hybrid in the U.S., tumble 45 percent in December, while sales of Nissan Motor Co.'s Altima hybrid fell a whopping 70 percent.
Meanwhile, you've probably noticed that gasoline prices are on the way up again, thanks to the violence in the Middle East::
Crude oil prices increased by 30 percent in the last seven days, according to information posted by the New York Times, causing the wholesale price of gasoline to increase by 40 percent since Dec. 24."A lot of people are talking about dollar-a-gallon gasoline, when the wholesale market seems to be pointing to $2 a gallon," said Tom Kloza, chief oil analyst at the Oil Price Information Service (OPIS).
All of this on a day when Ford unveiled its all-electric plans.
Posted at 8:48 AM on January 11, 2009
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Eat your vegetables and do your math homework, kids. It's where the good jobs are. So says the Web site, Careercast, which has ranked the best and worst jobs in today's economy.
See the common thread in the top ten?
1. Mathematician
2. Actuary
3. Statistician
4. Biologist
5. Software engineer
6. Computer systems analyst
7. Historian
8. Sociologist
9. Industrial designer
10. Accountant
And the worst jobs...
1. Lumberjack
2. Dairy farmer
3. Taxi driver
4. Seaman
5. Emergency medical technician (EMT)
6. Roofer
7. Garbage collector
8. Welder
9. Roustabout
10. Ironworker
The ratings are, we're told, based on a number of factors including salary, stress, and physical demands.
Some other rankings in the list of 200 include federal judge (69), newscaster (75), airplane pilot (116), newspaper reporter (140), undertaker (164), photojournalist (167), and bricklayer (180).
"Blogger" did not make the list. Again.
For you old-timers, if you had to do it again, would you take the same career path? Me? My first career choice was airline pilot. These days, either road would've led to a dead end.
Posted at 1:30 PM on January 9, 2009
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I wrote -- briefly -- the other day that the people who are left behind after company layoffs are under their own brand of stress. I was hoping for some individual stories from News Cut readers but, alas, life is full of all sorts of disappointments.
Coincidentally, Fortune Magazine has an article on how to be the person still employed with 10 tips for success.
Here's the one that seems most controversial to me:
For now, forget about work-life balance. A major preoccupation when the economy was humming along nicely, "having time for outside interests has to go right out the window now," says Bright. "You need to concentrate on doing whatever it takes to make yourself indispensable."
Just as we are now being told massive budget deficits aren't to be worried about, we are finding that we're now not supposed to give a rip about life outside of work.
Coming in the next issue, perhaps: Ten ways to survive divorce and look for work.
The Web site Lifehacker.com tackles the list and a reader confirms the notion that, at least in his case, getting left behind may be a more miserable outcome than being let go:
I got laid off in November, along with most of my engineering team. My biggest concern (ok, second biggest, I do have kids to feed) was for the engineer that was left behind. My first call was to him, and since I knew his skills well I sent him the offers I spotted that I thought might be a good fit. We all took a break over the holidays, but I've got to catch back up with him and do a more focused effort on getting him out of there, he's miserable.
Let's hear your story.
(h/t: Julia Schrenkler)
Posted at 8:03 AM on January 9, 2009
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
In his speech about the economy on Thursday, President Barack Obama had never sounded so presidential, if you define "sounding presidential" as already sounding frustrated by the glacial pace of Congress.
"I don't believe it's too late to change course, but it will be if we don't take dramatic action as soon as possible. If nothing is done, this recession could linger for years," said the president-elect, appearing to predict inaction on a plan he hasn't even sent to Congress yet.
Today, the president-elect got even more evidence that it's getting worse before it gets better. Unemployment has reached a 16 year high.
But a glance at the morning papers proves that Congress is hitting the ground running on threats to our country's survival.
Posted at 9:26 AM on January 8, 2009
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
How does the country turn around the housing market? Start bulldozing some of them, according to one expert.
David Rosenberg, chief North American economist at Merrill Lynch, says the country is "attacking the symptoms" instead of the problem.
"It's pretty foolhardy to believe anything is going to reach any sustainable low until we put in a firm bottom on residential real estate prices," he said today, which is economist-speak for create a supply problem to create a demand.
If the Treasury Secretary can tell bank officials, "you're going to take this bailout money no matter what," then maybe municipalities need to stop issuing building permits.
He made a similar suggestion this week in the Financial Times:
What we probably need is a supply-side resolution, either creating regional land banks to ring-fence the inventory or a moratorium on new housing starts to prevent further corrosion in residential real estate values. Supply-demand divergences are likely to persist through 2009, in our view, and will require even further contraction in construction activity before balance is restored in the real estate market.
It is a frugal future, indeed, but we believe the US economy will endure nonetheless and will inevitably emerge all the stronger.
The negative wealth effect will subside and, along with that, the savings rate should start to level off - likely near its pre-bubble normalised level of 8 per cent.
"I'm flabbergasted we're seeing housing starts at all," he said today.
What would the effect be of a moratorium on housing starts around here? Probably property tax increases. Look at Woodbury, one of the fastest-growing communities in Minnesota over the last decade. It financed city operations largely on the strength of the money it made from housing permits. It issued only 14 permits in December, and is now trying to slash its budget to account for the lost income. The city doesn't take local government aid from the state.
And therein lies a significant part of the economic problem: One hand doesn't know what the other hand is doing. Some cities are depending on money from a policy -- if you believe Rosenberg -- that is only making the economic situation worse. In this regard, efforts to boost the housing sector are only making matters worse.
Posted at 8:36 AM on January 8, 2009
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
In the -- entirely appropriate -- focus on people who are losing their jobs, one area that's being ignored are the people who aren't.
In many cases, companies are cutting people, but not production, leaving the people still employed to pick up the slack. Is that happening to you? Tell me about it, making it clear if you want your name to be withheld.
Posted at 8:25 AM on January 8, 2009
by Bob Collins
(8 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Macy's announced today that it will close 11 stores, including one in Brooklyn Center at the Brookdale Mall, which is fast becoming an economic basket case.
The store, of course, is a former Dayton's, a store that every company once wanted in their mall -- the name was that magical. The magic is gone.
Is it too early to start thinking about what St. Paul will do when Macy's closes its downtown St. Paul store?
Taxpayers guaranteed a $6.3 million loan for renovations to the store in 2001. The loan would be forgiven if the store stays open until December 2012. One gets the impression that Macy's executives fall asleep at night to dreams that it's almost January 2013.
Posted at 9:29 AM on January 6, 2009
by Bob Collins
(8 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Julio Ojeda-Zapata's excellent story in the Pioneer Press noting that the government has run out of coupons for digital TV converters could hit the Twin Cities area particularly hard.
Minnesota is among the lowest participating areas of the country, according to the agency that was handling -- and apparently botching -- the coupon program. Many people who received coupons, aren't aware that they have expiration dates, and may now be worthless. (Note: Some places will accept an expired coupon at a fraction of their value.)
Last month, the agency had a conference call with reporters, and mentioned nothing about running out of money and coupons, noting only that people should order their coupons by December 31 to get them in time for the February switchover from analog to digital TV transmission.
Meredith Baker, acting administrator at the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA), an office of the U.S. Department of Commerce, said the agency had issued 41 million coupons to 24 million households. But only 29 million of the coupons are still good (either already redeemed or still "active").
Baker is asking for $250 million to $325 million more in government money to provide 2.5 million more coupons.
What's happening to the analog broadcast spectrum being vacated by TV broadcasters? The government auctioned it off for an estimated $4.8 billion. The money was supposed to be used to ease the federal deficit, although that plan was in dispute.
(This post has been corrected. The original math showed a per household cost to the government rather than a per-coupon cost).
Posted at 4:57 AM on January 5, 2009
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Schools
Starting next Wednesday and continuing every Wednesday into March, I'll be visiting a campus of the Minnesota State Colleges and University System to talk to students about their outlook. The economy certainly paints a bleak picture, but young people usually tend to have hope. Is hope still alive? And what journeys have brought people to their particular campus?
I'll have multiple postings each Wednesday evening on what I find.
Here's the schedule. If you're on one of these campuses, I look forward to talking to you. You can find me at the campus cafeteria or student center.
January 14 - Century College. White Bear Lake
January 21 - Vermilion Community College. Ely
January 28 - Minneapolis Community and Technical College. Minneapolis.
February 4 - Winona State University. Winona.
February 11 - Minnesota West Community and Technical College. Duluth.
February 18 - Lake Superior College. Duluth
February 25 - Minnesota State University. Moorhead
March 4 - Hennepin Technical College. Eden Prairie.
I'll be in each location from about 10:30 a.m. to noon.
Meanwhile, posting will be a little light today. I'm on my way to Winona to talk to a school official about the Feb. 4 visit.
Posted at 11:18 AM on December 30, 2008
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
This isn't the day we notice a turnaround in the housing market.
The Case-Schiller housing index for October was released today. It measures home prices based on what homes sold for the last time they changed hands vs. the most recent transaction.
Housing prices fell by a record 18 percent from October last year, the largest drop since the survey's inception in 2000. The 10-city index tumbled 19.1 percent, its biggest decline in its 21-year history.
But enough about 10 other cities. What about Minneapolis? It's not good. The prices fell 3.4% from a year ago. There was only one other time when the drop was this steep -- February 2008. It's the lowest home price benchmark since September 2002.
Measured by one-month declines, we're more Detroit than New York.
| Detroit | -4.50% |
| San Francisco | -4.20% |
| Minneapolis | -3.40% |
| Tampa | -3.40% |
| Phoenix | -3.30% |
| Miami | -3% |
| San Diego | -3% |
| Las Vegas | -2.70% |
| Washington | -2.70% |
| Los Angeles | -2.60% |
| Atlanta | -2.40% |
| Portland | -1.90% |
| Charlotte | -1.80% |
| Chicago | -1.60% |
| Denver | -1.50% |
| Seattle | -1.40% |
| Boston | -1.10% |
| Dallas | -1.10% |
| Cleveland | -1% |
| New York | -0.90% |
Meanwhile, local expert Teresa Boardman analyzes other local housing market numbers "designed to show the relationship between how many new listings are put on the market each week and how many homes get offers from buyers that are accepted by sellers each week."
She notes that prices have come down 30% on bank-owned homes, and 2% on non-bank-owned homes that are ready to move.
Posted at 9:07 AM on December 26, 2008
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The true meaning of Christmas, the steady drumbeat of news stories suggests, is the bottom line for retailers. The writers are running out of adjectives to describe the 5-8% drop in seasonal sales.
"Gloomy," Marketwatch says today. "Rotten," says the Canadian Press. Huffington Post says retailers are "desperate" to salvage the season with post-Christmas sales. "Retailers get coal in their stockings," NPR says.
What if sales had equaled or exceeded last year's? Would analysts and retailers still be so down?
Let's hit the News Cut "Wayback Machine," and set the date for "any Christmas but this one."
So here we are in 2007, where the MPR story described things as "bleak."
But big sales will mean lots of red ink for retailers. Many retailers have gone out of business or closed stores already. Analysts warn that deep price cuts could kill even more retailers or drive them to close stores.
Even back in 2005, the stories warned of the danger of people spending less. In 2002, we told you things were "grim."
The end-is-near. Again.
Posted at 3:17 PM on December 22, 2008
by Bob Collins
(15 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
We must delve into the causes of Metro Transit's problems as detailed this afternoon by MPR's Dan Olson.
Money for transit from the motor vehicle sales tax is down because of slumping auto sales. The latest numbers show Metro Transit is short $72 million over the next two and a half years, according to Dan.
I wrote a few weeks ago about the wisdom of financing things by taxing things you want to have less of -- cigarettes or gas taxes in that post. Ideally, a proper public transit model would have everyone riding it, and getting rid of cars. But if you're financed by the sale of automobiles, can you do both?
Ridership on Metro Transit has increased, but the system imposed a fare hike this year nonetheless. One solution for the current revenue shortfall? Another fare hike. At what point do you force people off mass transit?
More Twin Citians are riding public transit, getting squeezed in the wallet, and squished on the ride.
Posted at 2:44 PM on December 22, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
A friend told me the other day that Minnesota was so concerned about the stability of the economy during the Great Depression, that it printed its own money. I'd never heard such a claim, and for good reason. It isn't true.
But even wading into the subject revealed how different times were in the Great Depression than in the Great Recession.
I learned this from Shawn Hewitt, to whom I turned today to find out if what my friend said was true. Hewitt is the author of A History & Catalog of Minnesota Obsolete Bank Notes & Scrip .
The claim of your colleague is incorrectly stated. In the 1930s, there were two main types of notes issued by entities from Minnesota. One is National Currency, or National Bank Notes. These were issued since the 1860s by National Banks, bearing the name of the issuing bank on the face. An example is shown on my web siteThey were introduced by the Union during the Civil War as a means to finance the war and to bring about a more uniform currency. They were discontinued in the 1935 at the close of the Great Depression as part of broader government efforts to shore up the financial system.
The other type is known as Depression Scrip. An example can be found here. The notes were not issued out of fear of government collapse, but due to the scarcity of money.
There were four main types of issuers of Depression Scrip from Minnesota:1) Bank Scrip, in the form of denominated cashier's checks. These were issued by banks during the Banking Holiday of 1933 and served as a currency substitute until banks were permitted to resume the normal course of business.
2) Municipal Scrip, issued by towns to fund unemployment relief projects.
3) Company Scrip, issued by companies for payrolls and commodities, or by merchant associations.
4) Barter Scrip, issued by unemployment relief organizations.
Most notes were issued in 1932-1933 as a measure of necessity, not one of fear.
Posted at 8:46 AM on December 22, 2008
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The Associated Press is out with a survey that says banks that are getting taxpayer bailouts gave their bosses $1.6 billion in salaries, bonuses, and other benefits last year. $1.6 billion. That was once considered a lot of money.
Even where banks cut back on pay, some executives were left with seven- or eight-figure compensation that most people can only dream about. Richard D. Fairbank, the chairman of Capital One Financial Corp., took a $1 million hit in compensation after his company had a disappointing year, but still got $17 million in stock options. The McLean, Va.-based company received $3.56 billion in bailout money on Nov. 14.
John A. Thain, chief executive officer of Merrill Lynch, topped all corporate bank bosses with $83 million in earnings last year. Thain, a former chief operating officer for Goldman Sachs, took the reins of the company in December 2007, avoiding the blame for a year in which Merrill lost $7.8 billion. Since he began work late in the year, he earned $57,692 in salary, a $15 million signing bonus and an additional $68 million in stock options.
Meanwhile, another AP story today says the banks won't say how they're spending the money.
Posted at 8:26 AM on December 22, 2008
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
2009 will likely be the year the Twin Cities becomes a one-newspaper town. The closest thing to us is, perhaps, Denver where the Rocky Mountain News and the Denver Post (owned by Dean Singleton, who also owns the St. Paul Pioneer Press) are slugging it out to be the last newspaper standing.
The Rocky isn't going down without a fight, and it's willing to shed its dignity in the process.
The newspaper has created iwantmyrocky.com to rally support for the newspaper. In the process, its employees get to publicly beg for their jobs.

Posted at 4:07 PM on December 19, 2008
by Bob Collins
(8 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
CBS/CNET does a "reality check" on the auto industry, including the myth it says that Detroit was out of touch with the auto market by making trucks and SUVs.
Around the urban United States you find hostility toward Detroit because it makes so many trucks and large SUVs - 5.35 million in 2007. But they didn't just make that many, they sold that many. We snapped them up. Should we have bought all of those? Probably not, but these are Wall Street-driven companies and the margins on trucks & SUVs were great business. For the consumer populace to wash its hands of any involvement in Detroit's product plans is disingenuous.
Posted at 3:31 PM on December 19, 2008
by Bob Collins
(10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media
I blogged about NPR dropping two shows because of budget cuts last week, so I can't very well ignore an MPR press release today.
American Public Media™ is cancelling weekly production and distribution of Weekend America® as a result of the current economy's impact on station carriage and sponsorships. The final broadcast will be January 31, 2009. Thirteen full- and part-time positions will be affected. Weekend America is carried on 134 stations with a weekly audience of about 657,000 listeners.
American Public Media is proud of the many accomplishments of Weekend America's talented staff. They have produced personal, thoughtful, funny and challenging journalism that you couldn't hear anywhere else. The program topics ranged from in-depth reporting on the fallout from the Iraqi war, multi-part series on foreclosure and immigration, and the lessons of racism. The hosts and reporters also engaged people all across America on their weekends, skydiving or dancing or giving concerts or celebrating the diverse cultures and festivals of our country.
MinnPosts's David Brauer reports more cuts are coming:
Margaret Ann Hennen, APM's VP of Corporate Communications, says, "Yes, there will be further reductions, but we don't know when or what. This is part of the alignment of revenues and expenses ... that has been going on for the last year. We continue to make very methodical decisions."
As Linda Ellerbee used to say, "and so it goes."
Posted at 8:00 AM on December 19, 2008
by Bob Collins
(10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The White House caved in this morning when President Bush announced a plan to bail out the auto industry.
Chrysler, for one, turned up the heat on Mr. Bush by announcing all of its plants would close for a month.
In a statement a few minutes ago, Bush said in normal times "this is the price failed companies must pay." But he said allowing the auto industry to collapse "is not an appropriate course of action." He said bankruptcy is not an option because American consumers won't buy cars from a bankrupt automakers.
Under the plan, autoworker pay and wages must be "competitive" by the end of next year. The federal government will grant billions of dollars in "loans."
Automakers are getting 3 months to put reorganization plans into effect. If it can't be accomplished outside of bankruptcy, the federal money will give the companies more resources to organize bankruptcy proceedings. Retirement plans will also have to be cut back.
CNBC referred to the loan as the "bridge to Obama" loan. It also noted that the private company that owns Chrysler -- Cerberus Capital Management LP -- isn't putting any money into the deal.
Republicans who scuttled legislation in Congress on an auto bailout last week "shot themselves in the foot," says John Harwood, CNBC's chief Washington correspondent. "The situation that we're left with now is instead of having the force of law, the terms of these loans can immediately be changed by Barack Obama when he takes office." He says even the White House thought the Republicans were posturing last week.
Posted at 8:54 PM on December 18, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I've noted here before that Cirrus Design up in Duluth, which makes airplanes, is one of the true Minnesota success stories. Alan Klapmeier -- its boss -- may be one of the most influential people in general aviation. Yet he's unknown to most Minnesotans.
Today, however, Klapmeier stepped down as the CEO of the company.
You never know in these announcements how much of the reasoning is true, and how much is just corporatespeak for something more dire. Klapmeier acknowledges times have been tough for the industry (is there an industry for which times haven't been tough?) but says he thinks Cirrus "has gotten a handle on that."
Posted at 10:37 AM on December 16, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Perhaps a little good news won't kill us. Says a news release from the Department of Employment and Economic Development:
Manufactured exports set another record in the third quarter of 2008, growing 8.6 percent from the same period a year ago to $4.5 billion. It was the second straight quarter that state manufacturers broke the record for export sales.
So far this year, Minnesota exports have grown 9.5 percent to $13.1 billion. The state is on pace to break last year's export record of $16.2 billion
Computers and electronics are the #1 export. Canada is the state's biggest trade partner.
Posted at 8:20 AM on December 16, 2008
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Just a few years ago, they were practically printing money at the Richfield headquarters of Best Buy.
Despite lower sales, MPR's Marty Moylan reports, Best Buy is poised to become even more dominant in the electronics field. Still, 4,000 employees at the company headquarters in Minnesota are being offered deals to become unemployed.
The Wall Street analysts generally love misery of working people, fairly gushing this morning that the company is "right-sizing." And the stock opened higher after the firm reported its earnings, prompting a wave of "half empty" vs "half full" news coverage.
"Best Buy tops profit forecasts" said CNN Money. "Best Buy 3Q Net Plunges 77%, To Slash New-Store Openings," the same Web site reported 10 minutes later. The bottom line? Best Buy made a profit; just not a big profit -- only $52 million.
So it was surprising to hear CNBC tease an interview with an analyst this morning by asking, "Can Best Buy survive?" A company makes $52 million in three months and it's on death's doorstep? It is, indeed, a "new" economy.
That analyst, Stacey Widlitz of Pali Research, said the good news is "it wasn't a total disaster." She also described the cuts in employees as "good news." Best Buy's problem, she said, is electronics are 10-percent cheaper at WalMart, a company analysts seemed to be burying a year ago.
The CNBC hosts tried mightily to do the same to Best Buy this morning, but Widlitz wasn't biting. "No, I'm not worried about their viability," she said. "With cost cutting in the organization... they have plenty of time before there's a real issue here."
The soon-to-be unemployed may not be able to say the same.
Posted at 3:43 PM on December 15, 2008
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Economy

I watched It's a Wonderful Life the other night at the end of another bad week of worry about the economy, hoping for a reminder about perspective. It didn't work, but not for the reasons you might think.
I'd driven up to Ely and back on Friday and so I spent much of the day hearing about the economy. Have you heard? It stinks and it's only a matter of time before it swallows all of us, the narrative seems to suggest.
I couldn't get the day's bad news out of my head as I watched the movie. Here's why: In the course of one afternoon, Uncle Billy misplaced the credit union's receipts, Mr. Potter stole the envelope with the cash, the state banking investigator showed up to audit the books, a warrant was issued for George's arrest and the investigator and cops showed up at the Bailey household a few hours later. All in one afternoon!
Boy, those were the days.
Bernard Madoff ran a Ponzi scheme that ripped off $50 billion (including $100 million from Twin Cities investors) and nobody who was supposed to notice noticed. Bloomberg reports today that the Securities and Exchange Commission never inspected Madoff's books, even though it was required to:
Given what the SEC claims is the magnitude of the fraud, this is something you would hope an inspection would have uncovered," said Mercer Bullard, a University of Mississippi law professor and former mutual-fund attorney at the SEC. "It's hard to imagine a fraud of this alleged size not being accompanied by significant and pervasive compliance problems."
On National Public Radio today, Jim Zaroli reported that a securities industry official warned the SEC in 1999 that Madoff's returns were too good to be true.
Congress doesn't seem to be in too big of a hurry to find out what's going on at the SEC, according to the Wall St. Journal:
A spokesman for Rep. Barney Frank, the chairman of the House Financial Services Committee which will be the key in writing the new regulatory structure for the financial industry, said that "in due time" the committee would work with the SEC to see "what if any, failings of policy" were revealed from the alleged Madoff fraud. He said Frank hasn't been in touch with the agency.
On NPR's All Things Considered this afternoon, a former SEC official said there aren't enough people to keep up with the crooks (although he didn't use that word). It's a view shared by Columbia Law School professor John Coffee, who told the Journal that the agency is overworked and typically only examines 10% of the new funds that are registered.
The Madoff story, of course, is huge. Even the Dow's drop today is being pegged on it. But Matthew Goldstein, writing in BusinessWeek, suggests it's no bigger than Tom Petters' alleged scam in Minnesota:
Consider how little national coverage a similiar alleged Ponzi scam involving Minnesota businessman Tom Petters has generated. Sure, the alleged damages in the Petters affair are smaller--but a $3.5 billion loss isn't chump change. Some six-dozen hedge funds and their hundreds of individual investors suffered huge losses when federal prosecutors alleged that Petters was borrowing money for several companies that existed on paper only. At least a few of the victims include wealthly widows in their 90s, living in Florida, who invested in one of the hedge funds.
If there's anything to salt away from the Petters and Madoff cases (and the economic meltdown in general) it's this: If you're making money with an investment, find out why.
Posted at 2:25 PM on December 15, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
Not everyone is sweating the possible loss or reduction of local government aid in Minnesota. The League of Minnesota cities has released a city-by-city estimate of LGA payments due on December 26th. These cities don't accept the state aid:
Albertville
Andover
Arden Hills
Baxter
Blaine
Bloomington
Brooklyn Park
Burnsville
Champlin
Chanhassen
Circle Pines
Corcoran
Cottage Grove
Dayton
Eagan
East Bethel
Edina
Farmington
Forest Lake
Golden Valley
Ham Lake
Hugo
Inver Grove Heights
Lake Elmo
Lakeville
Lino Lakes
Mahtomedi
Maple Grove
Maplewood
Mendota Heights
Minnetonka
Minnestrista
Monticello
Mound
New Brighton
Oakdale
Orono
Otsego
Plymouth
Prior Lake
Ramsey
Rogers
Rosemount
Roseville
Sartell
Savage
Shakopee
Shoreview
Shorewood
Spring Lake Park
St. Anthony (JT)
St. Louis Park
St. Michael
Vadnais Heights
Victoria
Woodbury
Many cities, of course, depend on local government aid (St. Paul has $28 million riding on this issue. Ely has $777,000 to think about.), but others probably don't. Can Chickamaw Beach live without the $438 it's due to receive later this month? What about Funkley, Minnesota? It gets $73. The population of Funkley as of June 2007: 16.
Posted at 1:47 PM on December 15, 2008
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Who needs police? Not Cook, Minnesota which has voted to get rid of the department in a wave of budget cutting.
The Cook News-Herald has the play-by-play of the decision, written in the no-nonsense ways of the Iron Range.
Council member Storm added, "It's nice to have police in town," but then said, "Is it a luxury?"
Pastor Reuben Rosnau, who is a member of the Cook Volunteer Fire Department and the Ambulance Squad, spoke of the need for law enforcement at fires and with the ambulance and how the local police usually were there.
Arlee Olson... He spoke of Highway 53 going through Cook and the 10 roads coming onto it with the potential for accidents. He spoke of Cook having a pharmacy and the hospital and the drugs they hold. He told the council they were making a mistake dropping the police department.
Council member Dan Manick spoke of speeding, dangerous intersections and added they should "take into fact the human factor."
Mayor Edblom said it was strictly "dollars and cents."
Police Officer Dan Nylund told the council they could not enforce city ordinances since they didn't have a badge and the county wouldn't do it. Mayor Edblom said they would have to live with that. The elimination of the police will take place March l, 2009, after Nylund is given 60 days' notice.
Until then, Cook will have one police officer, and six people who serve on the "police committee." A final decision will be made after Cook finds out more about possible cuts to local government aid (LGA). According to the League of Minnesota Cities, Cook would lose $5,300 if LGA and/or the homestead credit is cut by $25 million, $28,000 if the Legislature cuts the program by $100 million.
Sperling's Best Places lists crime in Cook as a "4" on a scale of 1 to 10.
Cook, MN, violent crime, on a scale from 1 (low crime) to 10, is 3. Violent crime is composed of four offenses: murder and nonnegligent manslaughter, forcible rape, robbery, and aggravated assault. The US average is 3.
Cook, MN, property crime, on a scale from 1 (low) to 10, is 4. Property crime includes the offenses of burglary, larceny-theft, motor vehicle theft, and arson. The object of the theft-type offenses is the taking of money or property, but there is no force or threat of force against the victims. The US average is 3.
(h/t: Than Tibbetts)
Posted at 12:18 PM on December 10, 2008
by Bob Collins
(16 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

When he unveils his plans for closing the projected $5.2 billion budget deficit, Gov. Tim Pawlenty will be hard-pressed to leave one of the state's sacred cows unscathed -- ethanol. And few of its backers will talk about the possibility today.
Ethanol, of course, has been hailed in Minnesota as the economic future for rural Minnesota farmers, and an answer to an evolving energy crisis. And the state has been among the leaders in supporting it, not only with a mandate for ethanol in gasoline sold in the state, and tax-free zones where ethanol plants are likely to be built, but also direct -- and somewhat controversial -- payments to ethanol producers.
In 2007, Minnesota paid over $15 million to ethanol plants as part of a per-gallon subsidy. Gov. Pawlenty has argued that it's a worthy investment with a large return. The state, however, cut the payments during the last budget crisis in the state (although it cut sizeable checks more than a year ago to make up for the cut), and seems likely to target the subsidy again. Nobody in the State Agriculture Department today, however, would speak to the possibility.
If the subsidy is targeted, it couldn't come at a worse time for rural Minnesota. Because the demand for gasoline is down, so is the demand for ethanol. Last month, one of the largest ethanol producers -- VeraSun -- declared bankruptcy after betting the price of corn would keep going up. The price of corn fell sharply, though, and VeraSun is out of cash. The producer payments can help secure private lending, but the tight credit markets remain in a deep freeze.
Last week, an ethanol plant in Iowa closed up. "We were still chewing through $6 corn (recently) and ethanol was around $1.50," Pine Lake Corn Processors president Larry Meints Meints said. "Hedging, that did not go well... It's very disappointing."
Posted at 5:58 AM on December 9, 2008
by Bob Collins
(10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, The jobs we do
Two stories today remind us that these are not normal times, and not even normal downturns. In a normal economic "downturn," there are recession-proof jobs, jobs that are so critical, or fill a need of the times so perfectly, they can't possible be eliminated.
Health care is one such historical recession-proof job. But two large area health care organizations have announced cutbacks. Park Nicollet Health Services and North Memorial Health Care will trim 613 jobs.
"My colleagues thought health care was recession proof," Lawrence Massa, president of the Minnesota Hospital Association, told the Star Tribune. "We're seeing that's not the case."
Meanwhile, the New York Times reports today, another recession-proof gig is endangered -- prostitution.
Big Sister is not the only brothel suffering the effects of a battered global economy. While the world's oldest profession may also be one of its most recession-proof businesses, brothel owners in Europe and the United States say the global financial crisis is hurting a once lucrative industry.
Egbert Krumeich, the manager of Artemis, Berlin's largest brothel, said that in November, usually peak season for the sex trade, revenues were down by 20 percent. In Reno, Nev., the famed Mustang Ranch recently laid off 30 percent of its staff, citing a decline in high-spending clients.
An article on Yahoo Jobs earlier this year suggested education is a recession-proof job. Teaching? Have you seen the size of the state's projected budget deficit?
Forbes says there's always jobs for salespeople, although now they're called "business development specialists."
What about you? Are recession-proof? If so, I'd like to talk to you about your job for News Cut's "The Jobs We Do" category. Use this form or e-mail me.
(Posting here will be very light today. I'm driving to Worthington today to meet with officials at Minnesota West Community and Technical College. It will be on of the stops on the News Cut on Campus tour starting next month. Each Wednesday I'll be at a different college/university in Minnesota, talking to students about their journey and their outlook. Stops will include, White Bear Lake, Ely, Duluth, Worthington, Winona, and Moorhead. Everybody has an interesting story to tell and if you're in college, I'd like to tell yours. So stay tuned for more information.)
Posted at 1:56 PM on December 8, 2008
by Bob Collins
(11 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Weeks after the massive -- and so far unsuccessful -- bailout of some financial institutions and days after Congress took another whack at the auto industry, New York Times columnist David Carr today identified the boogieman behind the country's economic woes -- the media.
Every modern recession includes a media séance about how horrible things are and how much worse they will be, but there have never been so many ways for the fear to leak in. The same digital dynamics that drove the irrational exuberance -- and marketed the loans to help it happen -- are now driving the downside in unprecedented ways.
The recession was actually not officially declared until last week, but the psychology that drives it had already been e-mailed, blogged and broadcast for months. I used to worry that my TiVo thought I was gay -- doesn't everyone enjoy a little "Project Runway" at the end of a long, hard week? Now I worry that my browser knows I am about to lose my job.
"When everyone is talking about recession, we all feel like something has to change, even if nothing has changed for us," said Dan Ariely, author of "Predictably Irrational," a book that explains why people do things that defy explanation. "The media messages that are repeating doom and gloom affect every one, not just people who really have trouble and should make changes, but people who are fine. That has a devastating effect on the economy."
Carr's riff isn't all that different from a similar one in the '70s. Only then, the subject was the Vietnam War. We really weren't losing it, the media was just focusing on the bad news.
But increasingly, the message behind Carr's prose is being amplified. A Business and Media Institute writer said today:
The barrage of constant bad news can affect people who don't find themselves in financial trouble, Carr noted, citing Dan Ariely, the author of "Predictably Irrational."
"When everyone is talking about recession, we all feel like something has to change, even if nothing has changed for us," Ariely said. "The media messages that are repeating doom and gloom affect every one, not just people who really have trouble and should make changes, but people who are fine. That has a devastating effect on the economy."
It sounds plausible, but who are these people for whom "nothing has changed?" People still may have jobs, but their plans for retirement are in ruins. Not everyone is 30 with a lifetime to get back what's been lost.
And Carr doesn't say the media is making it up; only that the bad news these days can be collected and disseminated far more quickly than ever before. But what are we supposed to do about that? In fact, that's a question that media critics have specifically not answered.
Here's today's economic news: The Tribune company filed for bankruptcy, 3M cut its earnings outlook and announced more job cuts, many borrowers who have their mortgages restructured are defaulting a second time, and auto magnate Denny Hecker closed some more businesses.
In non-economic news, the Timberwolves fired a coach, the Fergus Falls band is going to march at an inauguration, and a truckload of reindeer slid off an icy road in Freeport. So it's not as if other stories aren't being reported.
"The media are only doing what they always do eventually: They get it right, way too late to make a difference," said the Center for Citizen Media's Dan Gillmor, who hasn't had a nice thing to say about mainstream media, it seems, since savings accounts paid 5 percent.
Gillmor said, however that "people who save their money today are not being irrational, even though this is exactly the time you hope that enough people will spend to keep the economy from an absolute crater."
So there we are. A gloomy economy, a gloomy media, and a handful of critics who don't know the solution to either problem.
Posted at 11:25 AM on December 7, 2008
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The same technology that affords us the luxury of reading blogs and exchanging e-mails is creating a nightmare for business. It's easier for internal spies to steal corporate secrets.
Nowhere is that nightmare being played out more publicly now than in the battle between Airbus and Boeing. Boeing is trying to compete with Airbus' new A-380 jet with the Boeing 787 Dreamliner, a jet on which the American company has a share of its future based. It's also a jet that's behind schedule and over budget.
What popped up on the Internet this week was a 46-page critique of the Boeing project by Airbus, which has led to suggestions the European competitor got its information the old-fashioned way: it stole it.
Says the blog FlightBlogger:
Competitive intelligence is a standard practice in the aerospace industry, but the information revealed in the Airbus analysis reveals a scope and specificity of the data collected.
The document includes what appear to be seven slides labelled BOEING PROPRIETARY with a format style used in Boeing presentations, including two that appear to have been photocopied, raising questions about the methods and sources the European consortium utilizes to collect its data.
Airbus claims the presentation, as well as its competitive intelligence gathering methods, fully comply with all laws. Though when approached about how the information was gathered, Airbus declined to address it specifically, suggesting that a lot of data labelled BOEING PROPRIETARY is freely available online. Airbus added that not all documents labelled BOEING PROPRIETARY are in fact proprietary. A spokesman emphasized that Airbus closely watches the market to draw its own conclusions, as do its competitors.
Regardless of how Airbus got Boeing's secrets, its report details what surely is a mess for Boeing, and a continuation of a long assembly line of bad news for America's manufacturing base.
Posted at 12:45 PM on December 5, 2008
by Than Tibbetts
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Economists are abuzz over the numbers behind the big number of the day. While non-farm labor employment fell by a staggering 533,000 jobs, ticking the national unemployment rate to 6.7% from 6.5%, the Times' Economix blog offers a much darker perspective.
According to the Labor Department, the number of unemployed workers rose by 251,000 in November. But the number of people who were outside of the labor force -- that is, neither working nor looking for work -- rose by much more: 637,000. These people aren't counted as unemployed in the government's statistics, because they are not looking for work. Many of them, presumably, have stopped looking for work because they didn't think they could find a good job.
That's roughly the equivalent of every man, woman and child in the cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul throwing up their hands and saying, "I give up."
The report from the Bureau of Labor Statistics has a few more interesting nuggets. The place to be appears to be in health care. It looks to be the only major sector to add a significant number of jobs over the last year.
Health care employment grew by 34,000 in November. Over the past 12 months, health care has added 369,000 jobs.
When the numbers show that 1 in 5 teenagers can't find work, it adds to sense that college is becoming unaffordable.
If you have a job, you're likely to be spending less time physically at work.
In November, the average workweek for production and nonsupervisory workers on private nonfarm payrolls fell by 0.1 hour to 33.5 hours, seasonally adjusted--the lowest in the history of the series, which began in 1964.
In other words, welcome to The Recession!
Update: Of course, Wall Street takes these numbers and runs up 3 to 4 percent.
Posted at 10:23 AM on December 3, 2008
by Than Tibbetts
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
It's been a whirlwind of a year for many folks on the Iron Range.
Yesterday, U.S. Steel announced it was laying off 400 people at its taconite plant in Keewatin. Just 10 months ago in February, the company announced a $300 million expansion at the plant.
A quick trip through the headlines shows how quickly things can change.
June
Range boom triggers housing concerns
July
Mining giant Cliffs gets bigger with merger - The proposed $2.7 billion merger was called of a few weeks ago.
September
Essar Steel breaks ground on Nashwauk plant
Renewable fuel plant would create jobs, coal alternative
October
Furnances at two taconite mines idled by downturn in steel market
November
Iron Range sees hope in Chinese stimulus plan
Cliff's (Hibbing Taconite and Eveleth's United Taconite) warns of possible layoffs
Of course, there are still plenty of projects silently moving forward and many city councils and economic development agencies working hard to create new jobs up north. But as the taconite industry goes, so goes prosperity for many people on the Range.
Posted at 4:24 PM on December 1, 2008
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

Could this nondescript piece of land be the answer to a moribund retail economy in downtown St. Paul? Maybe.
Lund's announced today it's going to build a supermarket here at the corner of 10th and Robert in downtown. It's on the site where the Penfield tower was going to be built -- a 30-story condo project that collapsed when the housing market did. Now, the Penfield is back. "The $88 million development also is expected to include an upscale apartment complex and a Hyatt Place Select Service hotel. Construction is slated to begin in the fall of 2009," according to a city news release today.
It's no secret that retail downtown has been a losing proposition, despite an increase in condo development.
"With a rising population and a lack of full-service supermarket options in downtown Saint Paul, we know there is a real need for a Lunds in this area," said Tres Lund, chairman and CEO of Lund Food Holdings. "We're eager to provide the residents and businesses in downtown Saint Paul with a selection of products and a level of service that will exceed their expectations."
Though the city has given its blessing, apparently there's no financing for the huge project yet. Construction is scheduled to begin next fall. But, huge signs still stand on the site announcing the Penfield opening in the fall of 2007.

Posted at 11:55 AM on December 1, 2008
by Bob Collins
(18 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
State economist Tom Stinson is probably too nice of a guy to say "I told you so" to Gov. Pawlenty. Besides, he's got his hands full finishing up what's reported to be a bleak Minnesota revenue forecast, which he'll deliver later this week.
But last February, Stinson said, "We're in a recession."
"Tom Stinson tends to be a bit on the pessimistic side of things, to put it charitably...I don't think it's helpful - unless it's clearly justified by the data - for people to get overly pessimistic or overly scare people, either," Gov. Tim Pawlenty said at the time.
Today, nine months later, the National Bureau of Economic Research has reached a conclusion that Stinson figured out nine months ago. The U.S. has been in a recession since December 2007.
Posted at 10:49 AM on December 1, 2008
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I'm in no position to hold my own in an economic discussion with Robert J. Samuelson, The Newsweek and Washington Post columnist was one of Kerri Miller's guests in the first hour of Midmorning on Minnesota Public Radio today. But something he said about taxes this morning didn't make sense to me.
Kerri prodded Samuelson for an answer about an obvious shortfall in Social Security benefits for now-retiring baby boomers. "The tax increase that is required will have to be massive," he said. He might've also used the word "inevitable." He said the retirement age would have to be raised and benefits cut for wealthy retirees. Nothing much you haven't heard before.
"But Barack Obama wants to provide a middle class tax cut," Kerri pointed out. Samuelson responded that an incoming president ought to be able to enact the main part of his platform but opined that what he would do is raise the gas tax a penny a gallon each month for the next three years to help raise necessary funds.
OK so far, if that's what he wants to do. But then he added this:
"Plus, it would send a message to automakers to start making, and consumers to start buying more fuel-efficient vehicles."
Can a tax -- any tax -- be both a way to raise revenue and an incentive to change behavior? How?
Gov. Pawlenty proposed his cigarette tax (I refuse to call it a health impact fee) during the lean budget years of his first term. And he noted it would be an incentive for people to quit smoking. What would happen if half of the cigarette tax's mission was fulfilled? It would be unable to fulfill the other half.
It's not as though the state isn't trying to squeeze as much as possible out of the sale of cigarettes. It quietly raised the sales tax on distributors by a penny in August.
Cigarette taxes are now "a lousy way to fund your government," David Brunori, said last year in an Associated Press story predicting a drop in revenue in Minnesota and other states. He teaches tax policy at George Washington University.
True, it's a small slice of the overall budget pie here. But the 2007 projected $449 million cigarette taxes raised in Minnesota isn't much to sneeze at. And according to the February budget forecast, tax revenues from tobacco products, which pulled in $407 million in fiscal year 2006, are projected to raise $36 million less this year, with another $8 million drop next year. A statewide smoking ban also is a factor, of course. This week's forecast, from all accounts, may make those numbers look robust. The cigarette taxes are doing one job so well, it can't do the job for which it was originally intended.
Why wouldn't the same thing happen with an increase in the gasoline tax? Samuelson's plan -- I figure -- would cost each driver about $120 a year. Getting 5 miles-per-gallon more would neutralize the tax. Sure, it'd be a great way to push more fuel-efficient vehicles, but can it do that (which obviously leads to lower consumption of gasoline) and still be a solution to the revenue ills of the U.S. government?
I'll hang up and listen.
(Photo by Getty Images)
Posted at 11:51 AM on November 30, 2008
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
By now, perhaps, you've seen the video of the embarrassing moment for auto company executives when they went before a Congressional panel, asking for a $25 billion bailout of their industry a few weeks ago. Members of Congress upbraided the officials for using company jets to fly to Washington.
"There's a delicious irony in seeing private luxury jets flying in to Washington, D.C., and people coming off of them with tin cups in their hands saying that they're going to be trimming down and streamlining their businesses," said Rep. Gary L. Ackerman (D-N.Y.) "There's a message there."
"Those type of symbolic things, they really matter, they set a tone," said Rep. Peter Roskam (R-Ill.).
"I'm going to ask you to raise your hand if you are planning to sell your jet in place now and fly back commercial. Let the record show, no hands went up," said Rep. Brad Sherman, D-California
True enough, and why would they? Who provided the incentive for businesses to make money via tax breaks for buying the jets in the first place?
Ackerman, Roskam, Sherman, and 382 other members of the House who voted for the Economic Stimulus Package of 2008, which carried this section:
(a) In General- Subsection (b) of section 179 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (relating to limitations) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: `(7) INCREASE IN LIMITATIONS FOR 2008- In the case of any taxable year beginning in 2008-- `(A) the dollar limitation under paragraph (1) shall be $250,000, `(B) the dollar limitation under paragraph (2) shall be $800,000, and `(C) the amounts described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall not be adjusted under paragraph (5).'. (b) Effective Date- The amendment made by this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2007.
Company officials, like the auto industry ones, can expense a new jet up to $250,000 and can also take a 50-percent bonus in depreciation in the first year of ownership. That's a big pile of cash.
At least in this case, the business practices members of Congress criticize are the ones they encouraged in the first place in the name of economic stimulation.
Posted at 2:06 PM on November 28, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
A study from the Federal Reserve says poverty in America is spreading to the suburbs.
"It shows that concentrated poverty is still very much with us, and that it can be found among a much more diverse set of communities and families than previous research has emphasized," Bruce Katz, a director Brookings Institution Metropolitan Policy Program, told Reuters. "Poverty is spreading and may be re-clustering in suburbs, where a majority of America's metropolitan poor now live."
The report was put together by all 12 Fed regions, including Minneapolis, and is posted on the Fed's San Francisco site. It's called "The Enduring Challenge of Concentrated Poverty in America: Case Studies from Communities Across the U.S."
The experts visited 16 communities around the country. The closest to the Twin Cities was Milwaukee, which falls under the Chicago Fed. In the Minneapolis district researchers looked at the Blackfeet Reservation in Montana.
Posted at 9:46 AM on November 26, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Given a choice of who's words to hang on -- President-elect Obama or the State Canvassing Board -- I've chosen the president-elect.
He's underway with his third news conference and repeats -- for a third time -- that we face a historic economic challenge, something just about every working stiff in America knows. He's announcing the "President's Economic Recovery Board," which is a throwback to the Eisenhower administration.
9:47 - Mark. The Dow is down -62.85 at the start of the news conference.
9:40 a.m. - Obama says one of the reasons for the board is that in Washington, these sorts of things result in "group think" and there's little knowledge of whether policies are actually working on main street. He names Paul Volcker to head the board. The financial world seems to love this pick, but Volcker isn't exactly Mr. Main Street America. But Obama says he likes Volcker because he's not afraid to say what he thinks. Obama has clearly intended to surround himself with people who won't tell him simply what he wants to hear.
One interesting sidenote to how the economy ripples. Just a few days ago, Volcker gave Major League Baseball an update on the economy.
QUESTIONS
Does your saying you want a new way of thinking indicate a frustration with the way the crisis has been handled so far?
No. I think what it speaks to is a frustration to eight years in which middle-class income has gone down. And frustration of the incapacity of Washington to take bold steps to deal with our economic problems. (Isn't that actually a "yes" answer?)
We're two days away from the biggest shopping day of the year and retailers are worried it'll be a disaster. Any shopping advice and are you going to go shopping?
We're going to do some Christmas shopping and the daughters have put their list together. It's mostly for Santa but we may do some extra shopping. "I think families are understandably nervous about their economic situation. The economic statistics have been bad. There is no doubt that during tough economic times, family budgets are going to be pinched. It's important, though, for the American people to have confidence."
We have the best workers in the world, the most innovation in the world, we're in possession of extraordinary resources that if we harness properly, we'll get the economy moving over the next couple of years and decades. People should understand that help is on the way and as they think about this Thanksgiving shopping weekend and the Christmas season, I hope everyone understands we'll get through these difficult times but they're going to have to make good choices.
(Nice try, New York Daily News reporter, but he didn't take the obvious "just go shopping" bait. Things have changed in Washington.)
Are you worried about the latest Bush administration bailout and the continued printing of money. What federal programs would you cut to actually pay for your stimulus package. You talk about change but Paul Volcker has been around a long time. You talked about John McCain would come to Washington and put the same people in different chairs. You've got Tom Daschle, Hillary Clinton....
Obama interrupts and says "you hear that. First of all that's not the topic. We're not talking about my cabinet because I haven't made those appointments yet..."
"Sir, we're talking about Paul Volcker...he's been around a long time. He knows the way of Washington, but what do you say to your supporters who are looking for change?"
Actually, Paul Volcker hasn't been in Washington for quite some time and that's a reason he can provide a fresh perspective. (University of Chicago economist) Austan Goolsbee (he'll be the economic board's director), this is about as fresh a face as you can get.
With respect to the details of the economic plan, we'll work over the next few weeks to put the framework together. We'll have a strong stimulus/economic recovery plan to put people back to work. It'll be large enough to jump-start the economy. On Tuesday I talkd we'll have to pare back on programs that do not work. We can hardly be expected to provide you a detailed list right now. We'll identify programs that don't work and make sure they are eliminated and put the money into programs that do work, like health care modernization.
When it comes to the people we've pulled together -- I know there's been a conventional wisdom floating around Washington that there's been a recycling of people who were in the Clinton administration, the last Democratic administration that we had was the Clinton administration, so it would be surprising if I selected a treasury secretary who had no connection to the last Democratic administration because that would mean the person had no experience in Washington whatsoever. And I suspect you would be troubled -- and the American people would be troubled -- if I selected a treasury secretary... at one of the most critical economic times of our history who had no experience in government whatsoever.
We're going to combine experience and fresh thinking. Understand where the vision of change comes from. It comes from me.
Do you support the latest bailout?
What I've said is we have to do whatever is required to be sure our economic system can give credit to the markets. It's important for the federal government use the authority in a forceful fashion. The latest attempts by the Treasury to make sure we have a housing market in which credit is falling, that is a positive sign.
(That's all the questions he took, but he did a good job defining what "change" is. It's not different faces, it's efforts that work.)
10:02 a.m. - Mark. The Dow is down 12 points at the end of the news conference -- and falling -- after briefly going positive during Mr. Obama's news conference.
Posted at 7:21 AM on November 26, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The rough economy took a toll on Tuesday on one of Minnesota's biggest economic success stories -- Cirrus Design in Duluth, a maker of light aircraft.
The company is going to furlough about 500 production workers in staggered segments for 30 days, according to AvWeb, an aviation news publication. The company is taking the action with a heart, however. It's using furloughs instead of layoffs and will top the unemployment benefits pool and continue health insurance benefits while it tries to clear excess inventory of airplanes. Cirrus has facilities in Minnesota and North Dakota. About 300 of the furloughs will come in Duluth.
The move comes as one of Cirrus' competitors in the light-jet business, Eclipse Aviation, has filed for bankruptcy.
Posted at 8:50 AM on November 25, 2008
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Nobody likes to admit he's the stupidest guy in the class, so I'll go first.
The economy is tanking. We all get that now because we can understand things like a talk with the boss who says "I'm letting you go." But how did this happen? Why didn't the media tell us the financial system was failing us? Where were the regulators?
I submit, based on my view from the back of the classroom, that we were told, we just didn't understand what they were talking about and we didn't want to admit we didn't understand what they were talking about.
Case in point: This morning CNBC ran a segment that the prime -- as opposed to the "subprime" market, which I still don't understand -- may be the next big problem in the United States. And to prove it, they put up this graphic:
Yes, that's certainly something to make us all sit up and take notice because -- as everyone knows -- when prime jumbo securitizations have only 3% subordination to Aaaa tranche, well, do I really have to point out the obvious?
But even if business journalists were required to speak English to us -- or we were all required to get a business degree -- it doesn't make common sense.
Case in point: An Associated Press story today says, "Government plans new program to aid credit issuers." Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson apparently intends to give a slice of the $700 bailout to the companies that jam your mailbox with credit card offers.
Interesting timing because last night I came home to this:

They're getting better at this. Now they make these mailings look like your bill, so you have to open it. And, sure enough, there were checks inside:

Now, let's say I wanted to write a check for $100. It will cost me a minimum $10 fee and an interest rate of 28.99%. Last month, I paid off a credit card bill in full and this month I got a bill for another $2.18 finance charge on my zero balance. Keep in mind, too, the credit card companies get a piece of the action from the merchant when a sale is made. If you're a credit card company, how do you not make money with these things? Moreover, how do you tell an autoworker, his industry is too messed up to get help and tell the credit card company theirs isn't?
Here's a way to help the American consumer. Buy each household one of these:

And make us pay cash.
Update 9:12 a.m. Secretary Paulson is having a news conference at this hour and says the government is stepping in to help credit card companies -- a $200 billion bailout -- because consumers are having a difficult time getting credit.
The central bank also launched a $200 billion facility to back consumer loans, including student, auto, and credit card loans and loans backed by the federal Small Business Administration.
Have you had difficulty getting credit or purchasing anything on credit? Or is you reason for not buying that you didn't want to take on any debt right now? Tell me more. This might be one of those times when "helping" the economy and "helping" the consumer are not the same thing.
Posted at 11:59 AM on November 24, 2008
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Americans are still putting money into their 401Ks, despite the dwindling returns, a survey by Hewitt Associates released today shows.
An analysis of 2.7 million U.S. employees found the average 401(K) has dropped 14 percent so far this year, down to $68,000 from $79,000 at the start of the year.
"Some have lost more than 30 percent," the report said. Gosh, it's almost like they were talking directly to me on that one.
Only about half of the 401(K)s are invested in the stock market, according to the survey, and more than 6 percent of those surveyed cashed out, a move that runs contrary to most financial advice these days.
Posted at 11:00 AM on November 24, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
We're waiting for the start of the president-elect's news conference, and silently praying that nobody will ask questions about puppies. NPR is stressing Obama's insistence that "there's only one president." That president this morning said more Citi-type bailouts are possible.
11:07 a.m. - We're underway. In his opening statement Obama says "we're facing an economic crisis of historic proportions." He announces the nomination of four individuals, including : Tim Geithner as secretary of treasury; Larry Summers as head of the economic council; Melanie Barnes as head of the domestic policy council.
11:12 a.m. - Dow up 305.13 as Obama begins.
11:13 a.m. - Obama says one of his nominees -- Melody Barnes -- is "an expert at determining whether a recession has started." He needs someone to tell him that? On the other hand, he didn't mention that she was name done of the "best dressed women in Washington." Matthew Yglesias takes a more intellectual approach.
11:17 a.m. - It doesn't sound like we're going to hear many specifics today on Obama's solutions. The Dow is dropping slightly from its high.
11:18 a.m. -- How bad is the economy and, in particular, the auto industry. While Obama was talking, GM announced its ending its endorsement deal with Tiger Woods.
Questions
Q: What about the stimulus package?
A: Obama says he doesn't want to get into numbers right now. "We have a consensus, which is pretty rare, between conservative economists and liberal economists, that we need a big stimulus package that will jolt the economy back into shape." Dow gains continue to evaporate. Now up 250.
Q:Will you let Bush tax cuts expire?
A: Says the tax cuts were disproportionately targeted to the wealthiest. "It is important if we're going to help pay for some of these expenditures to get our economy back on track, then it's important for those who can pay more do so." He then avoided answering the question about whether those tax cuts would be repealed immediately or allowed to expire.
Q: Can you give us a range of the size of stimulus package you're considering?
A: No.
11:24 a.m. - The Dow has shed 100 points since the president-elect started talking.
Q: Can you describe how your team's approach might differ from the approach we've had in the last year?
A: "I don't want to look backwards. I'm sure there are some things that Secretary Paulson has done that he wish he'd done differently." He then punts the question and lapses into the stump speech about a strong Main Street is as important as a strong Wall Street.
Q: Do you think the automakers made a convincing case for a bailout?
A: "We can't allow the auto industry simply to vanish. We've got to make sure it is there and that the workers and suppliers ... stay in business. I've also said we can't just write a blank check to the auto industry."
So is that a "yes" or a "no"?
"I was surprised they didn't have a better thought-out proposal."
So, that's a "no," I guess.
Q: How and when should the second half of the rescue money be spent?
A: Obama said he spoke with President Bush and Fed Chair Bernanke today. I will make further assessments about whether it's necessary to draw down additional (bailout) money as the administration and treasury secretary provide me with more real-time information. We are united in making sure the financial system operates the way it was mean to.
11:33 a.m. We get the trademark, "thank you, guys."
Another very short Obama news conference with very little insight.
The Dow is up 205 183 at the end of the news conference. It bent but did not break.
Posted at 10:59 AM on November 24, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
President-elect Obama reportedly is going to keep the tax cuts on the wealthy around until they're scheduled to expire in 2011 (We'll find out more at 11 when he holds a news conference on the economy, which I'll live blog here). But a Minnesota budget expert sees a tax increase on wealthy Minnesotans as a solution to an estimated $4 billion state budget deficit.
"The deficit we're hearing about would be about 11 percent of the general fund," says Nan Madden, director of the Minnesota Budget Project. That's slightly less than the size of the deficit that greeted Gov. Tim Pawlenty when he took office in 2003. (Listen)
Madden says lawmakers need to understand "that programs that help people get and keep jobs, and make ends meet, those things should not be cut. We shouldn't pile on folks who are already suffering from the economic downturn. Second thing to understand is cutting state spending is a drag on the state's economy. State spending largely goes to people's salaries, to buying goods and services in Minnesota. So when we cut spending, that's actually taking dollars out of the state economy."
Madden says a targeted tax increase to people with high incomes won't have a detrimental effect on the economy because "that's money that people would save rather than money that would be spent on consumption."
Are there enough wealthy people left in Minnesota? "The size of this problem means you can't take anything completely off the table but we would argue we need a balanced approach. We can't take revenue increases off the table. And when you have a budget deficit that's 11% of the general fund, you can't close it only through spending cuts."
Madden expects some delays in payments to Minnesota school districts "and some things that are on the gimmicky side." She says she hopes lawmakers take a long-term view of the state budget, using spending cuts and delayed payments as "a short term bridge."
Posted at 9:49 AM on November 24, 2008
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Part of the big Citibank bailout (by the way, did you notice the White House said it "didn't know anything about weekend rescue talks? Entirely believable, unfortunately) calls for the government to buy "toxic mortgages." So, now we -- the taxpayer -- are back to buying bad mortgage instruments? Let's recap. The initial big bailout bill was to be used mostly for buying up "toxic mortgages." But when the Treasury Department experts got a look at things, they realized that was an unworkable solution, so they started buying stakes in banks instead. That led to uncertainty (a nice way of saying "calamity" in stock market-speak) in the market because the feds were sending the signal that they really didn't know what they were doing. The Citibank bailout -- a partial return to Plan A -- has cheered the market, which is up 300 points at midmorning.
And we haven't even figured out yet whether the taxpayers are now on the hook for the $400 million Citi is paying the New York Mets.
Bailouts and the economy defy explanation by mere mortals.
Which is why my colleague, Preston Wright, has formulated his own economic plan. I'll let him tell it:
Yes, this is a real solution. It's kind of like daylight savings.
Extend the number of days in a month to 42.
That way, everyone paid every two weeks would suddenly get an extra paycheck per month to pay off debt and mortgages.
Financial institutions would take the brunt of it because it would be like refinancing all loans, yet people would suddenly have extra cash to spend, save and pay back debt.
The economy would be jump-started because everyone would feel like they had gotten a 50% raise.
If I follow this correctly -- a dubious assumption at best -- we'd still have 12 months in the year, thus adding 84 to our year. Under this plan, the first day of summer could also be New Year's Day at least once.
Posted at 10:08 AM on November 23, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Three different perspectives on the economy that gives one pause:
Depression will cure our obesity
Philip Greenspun posits that if we have less money to spend, we're less likely to spend it on junk food snacks. Wait a minute! Has anyone told this to the Heart Attack Grill?
Boomtimes in Jackson
Wait a minute. What? A Minnesota community is doing well? Did they not get the memo? It's Jackson. An agricultural manufacturer is looking for 150 people to hire. A technical services company is looking for a dozen more. The Worthington Daily News says the city's secret is they have employers who aren't subject to the whims of the economy. There are businesses that aren't subject to the whims of the economy?
Homeless shelter goes homeless
A pastor in a Pennsylvania town sheltered homeless people until locals got wind of it and booted the shelter. Some townspeople, according to the New York Times, objected to having a homeless shelter so close to the downtown. Wait a minute! There are towns that still have downtowns?
Posted at 9:27 AM on November 18, 2008
by Than Tibbetts
(18 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Suppose the government "allows" one of Detroit's big automakers to fail — and at this point, it might happen, as it is still not clear Congress will pass a rescue plan.
What happens next?
GM appears to be the first in line to fall.
GM burned through $6.9 billion during the third quarter, leaving it with only $16 billion on hand as of Sept. 30. But it needs $11 billion to $14 billion to continue normal operations.
The basic bailout scenario is this: The government provides a large sum of cash to keep the companies afloat long enough for savings from renegotiated autoworkers contracts to kick in and slumping sales to rebound. Only one of those is a sure thing. (The NYTimes' story on the failed bailout of British automaker Leyland is also worth a read for some historical context.)
The prospects aren't good for an automaker that heads into Chapter 11 bankruptcy. Would you buy a new car from a company that had publicly declared its insolvency? Then again, who's buying cars from the Big Three when they've put their collective hands out and declared the virtual inevitability of their bottom lines bottoming out?
The CEOs of GM, Chrysler and Ford have been making a case that the auto industry is the linchpin of the American economy, and without a quick cash infusion, mass financial ruin is just beyond the horizon. For millions, it's a devastating scenario.
Nearly 2 million Americans get their health insurance directly from one of the Big Three automakers. Most of them would lose that coverage if their company goes out of business. A failure of one of the Big Three could also cause a string of bankruptcies among suppliers....
The Center for Automotive Research, a Michigan think tank that supports the bailout, estimates that between 1.4 million and 1.7 million jobs indirectly tied to the Big Three would be lost in the first year following widespread auto failures.
The question that many ask is -- how do you turn around a company in three months when it has lost $20 billion already this year?
So, let's suppose the Big Three's biggest battle now is ostensibly for the hearts and wallets of the American consumer. My perception of my (loosely defined) generation — I'm 24 — is that for the most part, what loyalty is left in our bunch is to whatever car is going to get us where we need to go.
I'm a two-time Honda Accord driver — one passed down from my parents and one purchased used with cash. If I had to buy a vehicle today, I would be more inclined to purchase a Honda as both vehicles have made it past 200,000 miles, with the current one pushing 250,000, but I'm not wedded to the brand.
So, do the Feds prop up the Big Three, or should they let the companies run their course and deal with the fallout? And would you buy a car called Ka?
Posted at 12:03 PM on November 17, 2008
by Than Tibbetts
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The New York Times gave a shout-out of sorts to Spam — the much-maligned meat product made by Austin-based Hormel Foods — along with several humorous, half-hearted attempts at endorsing the product as the great supper savior during tough times.
Through war and recession, Americans have turned to the glistening canned product from Hormel as a way to save money while still putting something that resembles meat on the table....
"People are realizing it's not that bad a product," said Dan Johnson, 55, who operates a 70-foot-high Spam oven.
... and ...
Because it is vacuum-sealed in a can and does not require refrigeration, Spam can last for years. Hormel says "it's like meat with a pause button."
And in case you were wondering what former Minnesota congressmen do with their time, the Times ran into Gil Gutknecht in the Spam Museum's gift shop, buying a Spam tie, sweatshirt and earrings.
Mr. Gutknecht recalled that he once served as a judge in a Spam recipe contest."The best thing was Spam brownies," he said, with more or less a straight face.
Perhaps the only positive economic indicator in the story is that the New York Times can still afford to dispatch a stringer to camp out in the canned goods aisle at Cleveland Wal-Mart for 63 words of Average Joe's James' analysis.
So, has the economic slowdown led you to start eating more 'food' that resembles other food? Feel free to share a favorite Spam recipe in the comments.
Posted at 2:13 PM on November 14, 2008
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

So many different angles to take on the continuing saga of "the bailout generation."
Let's start here. Coming on the heels, as it does, of the Legislature's hearing into the bailout of Northwest Airlines yesterday, St. Paul Mayor Chris Coleman's letter to members of the Minnesota congressional delegation seems poignant. Coleman's letter says if the feds bail out Ford, maybe -- maybe -- the Twin Cities Assembly Plant can stay open.
Dear Senator Klobuchar, Senator Coleman, and Congresswoman McCollum:As the debate has progressed regarding the proposal to infuse the U.S. auto industry with federal aid, I am writing to explain what economic relief would mean for the City of Saint Paul and encourage you to support such a plan.
Saint Paul has been the proud home of the Ford Twin Cities Assembly Plant for more than 80 years. It is one of the best performing plants in the Ford Motor Company. Despite its performance, though, Ford officials announced in 2005 that it would shutter the plant as the company moves away from producing the Ford Ranger truck. As you know, Ford announced an extension of operations at the plant earlier this year, and I thank each of you for your strong support in that effort. But as the plant is now scheduled to close in 20II, we need to take advantage of this important opportunity to support Ford and encourage new innovations in the auto industry that will allow for the permanent
operation of the Saint Paul plant.Since the initial announcement, the City has worked closely with Ford to determine the future use of the site. We need to do everything we can to keep the plant - providing more than 2,000 well-paying jobs at its peak - open.
The value of this plant cannot be understated. The Ford plant has provided generations of our residents the ability to own a home, pay for college, and live the American dream in Minnesota. We are also fortunate to have a strong workforce at this plant, which continues to set the standard for innovation and efficacv at Ford.
Providing economic relief to Ford could create the opportunity for significant job growth in Saint Paul and the region. If we can incentivize Ford to innovate and expand their operations by retooling our plant, we can spawn green industry that could boost the local, state, and regional economy. Since 2006, we have actively promoted the potential for building a green-collar economy in the region, and retooling the Ford plant would boost Minnesota's effort to take a leading role in such manufacturing. With the University of Minnesota's research in altemative fuels, our available land for supportive industry, and a statewide commitment to provide new opportunities for job growth in green manufacturing, we are uniquely poised to take full advantage of the federal investment
and provide tangible economic retums.Saint Paul has a well-educated, creative, world-class workforce and a long history of partnership with Ford. Ford has been a good neighbor and a good corporate citizen in our city. To be clear, our priority has always been to keep the plant open, and we used every tool available to us to that end.
The possibility of economic relief represents a new tool and a great opportunity and I urge you to consider it as the City and nation look to Washington for help in solving our economic crisis. I have appreciated our partnership in working to find the best alternative for the Ford plant and keeping it and the jobs it provides in Saint Paul. As always, I will continue to make myself and any of my staff available to meet with you on this issue. I now look to your leadership on the federal level to help us and Ford take full advantage of the opportunity to build a new manufacturing economy that will employ families for generations to come.
Sincerely,
Christopher B. Coleman
Mayor
On Thursday evening, MPR's Tom Crann, the host of All Things Considered, looked at the changing face of the big financial market bailout (noted here several days ago, but who's counting?) with two members of the Congressional delegation.
Sen. Amy Klobuchar said there was "a clear need for a change of course." She says Congress needs to examine how the money spent so far -- $250 billion -- has been used. Asked about Congress giving Paulson powers without oversight, Klobuchar said Congress couldn't "micromanage" the bailout. Listen
Rep. Collin Peterson, the oft-forgotten member of the Minnesota delegation, was more direct. Peterson, who voted against the bailout, left the distinct impression the people in charge of hundreds of billions of dollars, have no idea what they're doing. "Now he's (Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson) changing his mind every couple of days again," he said. "They're bungling this whole thing beyond belief, which is kind of what I figured they were going to do." Listen
Today on Capitol Hill, the man administering the bailout was called on the carpet to explain what's going on. Rep. Dennis Kucinich held up the original bailout bill and read from the section that said the Treasury Department should do all it can to "keep homeowners in their homes." What happened to that section?
So, we have the financial institutions bailout and the auto industry bailout. What's coming? Big cities. Michael Nutter of Philadelphia, Shirley Franklin of Atlanta and Phil Gordon of Phoenix -- all mayors -- have sent a letter to Paulson asking for a piece of the action.
Posted at 5:10 PM on November 12, 2008
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The stock market tanked again and the former chair of Goldman Sachs said on Wednesday that the economic problems could be worse than the Great Depression, according to Reuters:
"I think it would be worse than the depression," Whitehead said. "We're talking about reducing the credit of the United States of America, which is the backbone of the economic system." Whitehead encountered plenty of crises during his 38 years at the investment banking firm and was a young boy during the 1930s.
Politicians are debating an economic stimulus package for the U.S., with a figure of $150 billion being tossed around. Can this work?
At Harvard, Philip Greenspun says an economic stimulus package likely won't work from a consumer perspective because people will just pay down debt. And from a corporate viewpoint, well, why would you build a business in the U.S. anyway?
Based on tax rates, education, and costs, the U.S. is not looking competitive right now. Corporate tax rates are among the highest in the world. The quality of our high school graduates is stagnant or slipping while other countries have enjoyed big improvements. Our workforce is expensive to employ if only because employers are required to pay for health care costs that are now certainly the highest in the world.
Meanwhile, banks are jacking up credit card rates while (a) receiving a government infusion of cash and (b) their costs to borrow are coming down... further strangling consumers trying to pay down debt.
All of this poses a grave challenge to American journalism: Tell the story in visual ways other than stock exchange workers with headaches, who are mostly losing money that's not theirs.

Over the next few days, be alert for everyday images that portray the economic mess, and send it in. I saw one today but didn't have a camera with me: A full parking lot at a pawn shop in Crystal.
Posted at 11:06 AM on November 12, 2008
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Remember that rush to pass the largest bailout in the history of the United States, in which Congress agreed to hand over $700 billion to the treasury secretary without any oversight? Remember how it had to be wrapped up right away so that the government could begin buying up the "toxic mortgages" of teetering banks?
Never mind. Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson today confirmed the government has given up on that idea, and will stick instead with Plan B, buying ownership stakes in banks.
Says the BBC:
However, many analysts said he was right to backtrack on the plan to buy up the bad debts, saying it was difficult to see it being workable, and that simply buying up more banking stock was more straightforward.
But if it's difficult seeing it workable now, why wasn't it seen as difficult working when the plan was passed by lawmakers, anxious to get out of town before the election?
The Newark Star Ledger editorial today tackles that question:
Fairly or unfairly, the impression was one of haste by Bush administration refugees from Wall Street looking out for their former (and perhaps future) colleagues in the battered financial industry. It's an impression reinforced now by news that the bailout process has produced a little-advertised tax windfall of up to $140 billion for U.S. banks.
And, yet, history seems about to repeat itself, but this time the Democrats are in charge. They're calling for emergency aid to automakers. Workers in the auto industry are to the Democrats what bankers and stock brokers are to Republicans.
Paulson appeared to rule an auto bailout out, today. Last night on Charlie Rose's show, Bill Ackman, the hedge fund manager who seems on the verge of trying to take Target Corp. apart, made some interesting arguments for forcing the automakers into bankruptcy. He said taxpayer money would just be spent paying the interest on debt the companies acquired six years ago, money the automakers have long since lost. Bankruptcy would turn the company over to the banks (which essentially own it already) and allow a mechanism for it to survive in better long-term shape.
Unfortunately, Rose's Web site hasn't posted the video yet. It was a fascinating dissection of the economic crisis. Equally unfortunate, Rose ran out of time just as he was about to turn to Ackman's intent with Target.
Posted at 7:25 AM on November 11, 2008
by Bob Collins
(17 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
We were talking in a newsroom meeting yesterday -- briefly -- about the differences between the Great Depression and the still-unnamed-current-economic-meltdown. Back in the day, people sold apples on the street corner. Clearly there's some pain now, but many have kept the wolf at the door at bay while silently worrying that the cable TV tier would have to be halved.
The morning read of the New York Times story on a California town where most houses now have more debt than value started off well enough for me today, but it didn't take long before the definition of "pain" became clear.
From one couple:
No more family bowling night. No more dinners at Chili's or Applebee's. No more going to the movies.
Another homeowner, a data security specialist, is really feeling the pain:
He has cut his DVD buying from 50 a month to perhaps one, and is waiting until the Christmas sales to buy a high-definition television. He does not indulge much anymore in his hobbies of scuba diving and flying. "Best to wait for a better price, or do without," Mr. Rogers, 52, said.
And a third....
"My house is underwater, so I'm not doing too much impulse shopping or any renovation. But I'm not cutting back on this," said Ray Lopez, a database administrator, as he placed a $24 petite sirah on the counter. "Life's too short."
It's a veritable Dust Bowl out there.
Here's the Times' interactive map of places where home values are less than the amount of the mortgage. In Minnesota, that amounts to about 12 percent of the homes.
Posted at 10:21 AM on November 10, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Deloitte's 23rd annual holiday survey of the Twin Cities holiday shopping season is out today. Fifty-two percent of consumers surveyed say they're pessimistic about the economy. That's a big headline, of course, but if Forty-eight percent are not, that may be a bigger one.
But most people are not worried about their jobs, according to the survey. Eighteen percent are concerned about a job loss, but that's only up 2 percent from a year ago. Nonetheless, 60 percent of Twin Cities consumers expect to reduce spending for the holidays.
Twelve percent are still paying off last year's holiday spending debt, but most of those surveyed say they'll spend the same amount on gifts this year (average $461) as last year. The average person buys 22 gifts.
Here's the national survey.
In September, the National Retail Federation predicted a meager 2.2-percent increase in holiday spending, but that was before the bottom fell out of the economy in October.
Posted at 8:03 AM on November 7, 2008
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The latest unemployment figures came out this morning. They're bad. Read bad. Worse than professional pessimists thought.
The U.S. economy has lost more than 1 million jobs so far this year, the statistics show. The rate edged up to 6.5 percent, the highest in 14 years.
But here's the startling figure in today's report: In the past year, 2.8 million jobs have vanished.
How many is 2.8 million? Fifty-nine thousand less than the total number of people who voted for the three main candidates in Tuesday's election in Minnesota. Imagine every person voting being out of work.
Other data:
Posted at 5:43 PM on November 3, 2008
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
New data out this afternoon says the U.S. auto industry suffered its worst month of car sales in more than 17 years last month.
"This is clearly a severe, severe recession for the U.S. automotive industry and something we really can't sustain," said Mike DiGiovanni, General Motors Corp.'s executive director of global market and industry analysis who said the government should speed up actions to thaw out frozen credit.
Tucked in the analysis, however, is a factoid contributing to the problem: The cars being built these days are too good.
Emily Kolinski Morris, Ford's senior economist, told a conference call with reporters that because automobiles are more durable than in the past, people can wait without buying a new vehicle until they feel more confident in the economy.
In the past, perhaps, the auto industry could pull the economy out of a slump if people had no choice but to buy cars. Those days are gone.
Posted at 3:00 PM on October 28, 2008
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
We interrupt the steady drumbeat of bad news for this message.
Whooo hooooo!
The Dow closed almost 900 points higher today. And it all happened in the final hour of trading. It was the second-largest point gain in history -- the largest was just two weeks ago.
According to the Associated Press, bargain hunters were buying "in anticipation of a Federal Reserve rate cut, (and) grabbed stocks that have been pounded lower in recent sessions."
Is that a bottom?
Posted at 12:15 PM on October 28, 2008
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The sales price of homes has fallen again. The Standard & Poor's Case/Schiller Index for August was released today, showing home prices falling about 1 percent in 20 metropolitan cities.
"The downturn in residential real estate prices continued, with very few bright spots in the data," David M. Blitzer, Chairman of the Index Committee at Standard & Poor's, said in the statement.
The index is particularly fascinating because it measures the sales price of a home, compared to the last time it was sold.
Minneapolis is one of the metro cities measured, and registered a 14% drop in home prices from a year earlier, but declined only 1% from July to August. According to the index, home resale prices had been rising since April. Home resale prices are now about what they were in May 2003. By comparison, home resale prices in America's basket case -- Detroit -- are what they were in 1999.
Here's the spreadsheet if you'd like to play.
Teresa Boardman has a chart on her blog today showing a closing gap between the number of houses being listed, and the number selling.
The sour economy has hit northern Minnesota today with the announcement from Cleveland Cliffs that three taconite furnaces on the Iron Range are being shut down, as the demand for steel has waned.
Little wonder, given the news of the last month, that a survey of consumer confidence has revealed it is at its lowest ever.
Posted at 8:23 AM on October 28, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
A press release from a hedge fund owner has ignited some debate over the future of Minneapolis-based Target Corp.
"Pershing said it will present details on Wednesday about a potential transaction that the firm reckons 'will build long term value for Target,'" the release said.
Since Pershing first disclosed its stake in Target, there's been speculation that the hedge fund firm may try to find a way to unlock the value of Target's large real estate holdings, according to Marketwatch.
Target owns its stores, while chains like WalMart lease their space.
It's probably worth remembering that when KMart was sold off years ago, it was to get at the value of the real estate.
Pershing already has a 10-percent stake in Target. Here's an old Star Tribune profile of Pershing's boss, Bill Ackman, who -- the Star Tribune notes -- doesn't always play nice.
Posted at 1:43 PM on October 27, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
What's this? Good news in the housing industry?
With home prices at their lowest in four years, the Commerce Department reported today that home sales rose 2.7 percent in September. That's compared to the August rate.
In the Midwest, however, the news isn't as cheery. Sales dropped 5.8% in September, compared to August, and are down nearly 38% from a year ago.
Local Realtor and blogger Teresa Boardman has a post up today, however, that suggests things may not be as grim as we've come to believe.
Posted at 11:13 AM on October 27, 2008
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Politics
CBS' 60 Minutes did a pretty fine job explaining the underpinning of the financial crisis now hitting Wall Street. It explained the "side bets" that were allowed into law in 2000.
Think of it for a moment as a football game. Every week, the New York Giants take the field with hopes of getting back to the Super Bowl. If they do, they will get more money and glory for the team and its owners. They have a direct investment in the game. But the people in the stands may also have a financial stake in the ouctome, in the form of a bet with a friend or a bookie.
"We could call that a derivative. It's a side bet. We don't own the teams. But we have a bet based on the outcome. And a lot of derivatives are bets based on the outcome of games of a sort. Not football games, but games in the markets," Partnoy explains.
The show focused on a vote in Congress in 2000 to remove credit derivatives -- credit default swaps -- from regulations. It's the The Commodity Futures Modernation Act of 2000. On the last vote, on the last day, of the 106th Congress in 2000, the Senate passed the bill -- unanimously -- removing the derivatives from a law regulating gambling.
Here's what 60 Minutes didn't say. The bill in the Senate (S.3283) and the companion bill in the House (H.R. 5660). The combined bill was put into an omnibus budget bill without ever being examined in committee.
Every Minnesota representative -- except Rep. Jim Oberstar, who didn't vote -- voted for the final bill. At the time, they were Gil Gutknecht (R), David Minge (D), Martin Sabo( D), Bill Luther (D) and Collin Peterson (D). Rep. Bruce Vento died several months before the vote. (See the full House vote)
But the Senate passed the bill on a voice vote, so no record was kept of the individual senators' positions. In an earlier vote on the bill, however, both Sen. Rod Grams and Sen. Paul Wellstone voted against it.
All in all, however, it was a bipartisan failure of good government.
Posted at 3:07 PM on October 24, 2008
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Maybe gambling wasn't the answer afterall.
Canterbury Park today announced that 10-percent of its employees are being cut, citing the reduction in revenue in a bad economy.
"The downturn in the nation's economy has had a significant adverse effect on our card room and pari-mutuel revenues," stated Randy Sampson, Chief Executive Officer of Canterbury Park said in his news release. He also blames illegal Internet gambling.
Betting on horse racing in the nation was down 10 percent in the third quarter compared to 2007, according to an industry trade group. One racing wag says the impact will be felt in state coffers.
In 2005, some state legislators wanted the state to partner with Canterbury to build a "racino," a combination horse track and casino.
Posted at 9:16 AM on October 23, 2008
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
"I cannot see how we can avoid a significant rise in layoffs and unemployment," former Federal Reserve chairman Alan Greenspan told a congressional panel this morning. Greenspan was the poster boy for the boom times of the market, at least until he gave his "irrational exuberance" testimony earlier in the decade.
"What went wrong with global policies?" he asked this morning, and then answered. "Subprime mortgages served as securities became subject to explosive demand around the world." He said as long as home prices were rising, the risk from foreclosure was "deceptively modest."
A lot of people blame Greenspan for not speaking out about mortgage-backed securities when he had the job, although he insisted this morning, he did. "We are in the midst of a once-in-a-century credit tsunami," he said.
Hopeless? Apparently not. Greenspan said, "this crisis will pass" and we will be stronger for it. Still, that may be cold comfort to the tens of thousands of people who Greenspan expects will lose their jobs first.
Questions and Answers
Q: (Henry Waxman) You were a leading proponent of deregulation. Were you wrong?
A: Partially. He defended "derivatives," which he says transferred risk from those who couldn't afford it to those who could. "I made a mistake in presuming that the self-interest of organizations -- banks -- was such that they were best capable of protecting their own shareholders and the equity in their firms," he said, saying loan officers at banks knew "far more than even our best regulators."
Q: Paul Krugman in 2006 said you shared some of the blame for the sub-prime crisis. Do you share any blame?
A: Greenspan denied that he didn't listen to officials who alerted him to the building mortgage crisis. He blamed a subcommittee of the Fed Board would "move forward and present to the board as a whole, recommendations to be made. That didn't happen."
Q: Did you ideology push you to make decisions you wish you didn't make?
A: "I found a flaw ... in the model that I perceived in the critical functioning of how the world works." (Is that's "fed" talk for 'yes?').
During Greenspan's initial testimony, the Dow jumped about 150 points.
Posted at 1:04 PM on October 20, 2008
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

"Right now would not be the time to balance the budget."
That's the kind of economic analysis that usually goes in one ear and out the other. And it did today, until I saw who said it to the New York Times: Maya MacGuineas, president of the Committee for a Responsible Federal Budget.
Consider that just over a week ago, she was throwing up her hands because neither Barack Obama nor John McCain would name a single sacrifice he would ask of Americans to help the country through the coming -- or already here -- recession. "They don't make any of the tough choices," she said. "Not even close."
But now, MacGuineas is advocating worrying about a balanced budget... later. The message seems to be that right now a balanced federal budget is not a responsible one.
Start spending.
And that's OK with Ben Bernanke, the architect of the Wall St. bailout package. Bernanke told the House Budget Committee the country's economic weakness could last for a while and it was the right time for Congress to consider a new package, something along the lines of the rebate checks we got -- and spent -- earlier this year. President Bush gave it lukewarm approval without flat-out rejecting the idea.
"This is a fine mess," Oliver Hardy used to say. Up until fairly recently, we were supposed to be concerned about the debt we're leaving our children. Now, kids, you're on your own. We gave you the Internet. What more do you want from us?
If you only had two choices: A harder struggle now, but a budget deficit that would be less crushing to the next generation or an easier economic time of it now, causing a harder struggle for the next generation, which would you choose?
Posted at 10:40 AM on October 16, 2008
by Bob Collins
Filed under: Economy
What's the old joke? The best way to make a small fortune in the airline business is to start with a large fortune. Southwest Airlines, until today, seemed to buck the trend of losing money. But today it reported its first quarterly loss in 17 years, mostly because of the dropping cost of jet fuel.
Company officials are conducting a conference call with analysts and reporters at this hour, and attempted to put a happy face on things. It said that it posted its 70th consecutive quarterly profit. Welcome to the world of financial disclosure. The company subtracted the cost of a hedge fund portfolio it uses to lock in fuel costs. The hedge practice has saved the company millions over the last year, as prices for jet fuel skyrocketed, but when the price of oil drops, the company actually loses money on the practice. Take that away, the company said, and it made an operating profit, it's 7th straight quarterly operating profit.
The company also said it would tap a $400 million line of credit. "You get cash when you can, not when you have to have it," Gary Kelly, Southwest's boss said.
The airline's plans to move into the Minneapolis market next March came up briefly. " It's not an aggressive move," he said. "We're only flying to Chicago Midway, a route on which one-way fares are as high as $400." But he didn't hold out much immediate hope for adding more routes out of the Twin Cities. He said the airline may cut capacity in 2009, the first time it's done so.
While Southwest fees is a "good way to differentiate ourselves from other airlines," Kelly said, he didn't promise that Southwest wouldn't ever follow airlines like Northwest in tacking on charges for previously-free services.
Meanwhile, the soon-to-be-former hometown airline -- Northwest -- will report its third-quarter results next Wednesday.
Posted at 3:16 PM on October 15, 2008
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Wall Street suffered its second-worst, one-day drop ever. Not that most Americans care.
The Pew Research Center reports today the public is worried, but not panicking over the economy.
But viewed here from the cheap seats, this is the bombshell:
There has been no decline in people's perceptions of their own financial situations. Looking ahead to next year, Americans are more confident than they were in July about an improvement in the national economy and in their own personal finances
The Pew experts say this doesn't mean the public has been spared the effects of the economic meltdown, with many people saying they're learning to live with less. But a review of the numbers shows almost no difference in how people viewed their personal finance situation in October, compared to July.
The survey also says we're more optimistic about the economy than we were in 2004, and more people have confidence in the government to fix problems. The #1 cause of the the financial crisis, the survey said, is too many people taking on debt and comparatively view said it was because of lack of oversight.
There's also been no change from July in how people view the presidential candidates' ability to handle economic issues.
Posted at 9:48 AM on October 15, 2008
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Energy
Anyone who was in the middle of sipping a cup of coffee last June when Rep. Michele Bachmann said just signaling an intention to drill for oil could bring back the days of $2 a gallon gasoline, probably spit most of the java out. It was that crazy a prediction at a time when the average price for gasoline was over $4 a gallon and, apparently, heading higher.
This morning, one energy analyst predicted the rapidly falling price of crude oil would yield a further drop of 60 cents a gallon at the gas pump. With the low end of gas prices in Minnesota today around $2.57, you don't have to be Paul Krugman to do the math correctly.
Voila! Two-dollar-a-gallon gasoline.
In politics, it doesn't matter whether you're right by accident or by design, you get to still say you were right. Politicians did nothing more than talk about drilling, and the price of gasoline is headed for $2 a gallon.
Of course, gas prices are falling because of a worldwide recession that's put enough people out of work, shuttered enough factories, and cut the demand for oil. The law of supply and demand still works. The cure for high oil prices, as the saying went, is high oil prices. Never mind the consequences or the collateral damage.
The situation illustrates a different truism: Economic predictions are almost as worthless as a TV weather forecast.
Posted at 1:40 PM on October 14, 2008
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
If you fell on hard times and needed some quick cash, what is the most valuable thing you have that you'd sell, despite what your heart might be telling you?
Duluth has taken its choice -- a Tiffany window -- off the market because "experts expressed skepticism at its $2.9 million appraisal. But nonetheless, it was close to selling off a piece of itself.
I'll go first. I have a life insurance policy that's worth several thousand dollars. It was sold to me in 1963 by my father, who died in 2004. Presently, I can't bring myself to cash it in, but if times got desperate, I'd have to.
Your turn.
Posted at 7:00 AM on October 14, 2008
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
President Bush just made a statement at the White House at 7 a.m. 7 a.m.? Messages like that aren't aimed at folks like me. It's aimed at Wall Street, unless the people of California have set their alarm clocks for 5 a.m.
Bush announced the government is investing part of the $700 billion bailout to purchase stakes in nation's banks (Wait a minute! Wasn't that money needed to buy up toxic mortgages? Now it's not?), by purchasing stock in the bank. He also said the FDIC will guarantee "most new debt."
The FDIC will also cover "non interest" accounts used by small businesses to cover day to day operations. And he said the Federal Reserve will serve "as a lender of last resort" to buy commercial paper.
According to Nobel Prize winner Paul Krugman, several of these actions could've been accomplished weeks ago, but Treasury Secretary Harry Paulson ruled out the suggestion of Federal Reserve boss Ben Bernanke..
The Dow Jones futures suggested a lousy opening on Wall Street, but turned up slightly after the president made his announcement.
"It's not designed to abandon the free market," President Bush said, seeking to calm fears on the right that capitalism is dead.
In an interview this morning, Krugman defended the president's latest initiatives. "A certain amount of public intervention and partial takeover of the financial system is something you have to do," he said. "Leaving the financial system to fix itself on its own was a disaster in the '30s and brought us to the brink of disaster this time. It's not a case for socialism, it's a case for ovesight. We are going to rediscover some of the things Franklin Roosevelt learned years ago."
Krugman also called for more aid to state and local governments and an extension of unemployment benefits.
Not surprisingly, the Wall St. Journal has a somewhat different view. "The Government is Contributing to the Panic" suggests the switch in Paiulson's strategy has created the impression that the administration really doesn't know what it's doing.
Posted at 4:07 PM on October 13, 2008
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

Few stories highlight the standoff between environmentalists and the economy better than this month's Smithsonian article, On California's Coast, a Farewell to King Salmon.
The salmon have disappeared and jobs have disappeared right along with it. In the past, large declines have been attributable to significant events. But not this time.
Said Jason Peltier, deputy manager of the sprawling Westlands Water District, which supplies hundreds of farms in the Central Valley. "That's their (environmental groups) agenda. I can't understand how they get away with it. I can't understand how [the groups] push a fish-and-nature-first agenda at the expense of human socioeconomic conditions."
Probably because the two are linked, the story goes:
"The kings' spawned-out carcasses nourish not only the baby salmon that will take their place but also living things up and down the food chain, stimulating whole ecosystems. Salmon-rich streams support faster-growing trees and attract apex predators like bears and eagles. In certain California vineyards, compounds traceable to salmon can be found in zinfandel grapes."
Does the environment and the economy always have to clash? An answer comes from what many might consider an unlikely source, a group of Republicans, specifically Republicans for Environmental Protection.
Professor Stephen Meyer of MIT rated all fifty states according to the strictness of their environmental protection policies. He then compared those ratings with indicators of economic health, such as overall growth, employment growth and construction growth, over a period of nearly twenty years. He found exactly the opposite of what the anti-environmentalists claimed: "States with stronger environmental policies consistently out-performed the weaker environmental states on all the economic measures."
But that didn't stop CNN from polling people on a question of environment vs. economy a few months ago. At the time, the environment won. One wonders what a similar poll would reveal today?
Posted at 3:55 PM on October 10, 2008
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
President Bush today channeled Franklin Roosevelt in his Rose Garden speech today.
Roosevelt's fireside chats often talked about the "fear" he railed against in his inaugural speech. But he also took on the dangers of "cut-throat competition," a complaint we don't hear much about these days.
Here's some more FDR to consider:
Seven months passed between the time Roosevelt delivered his first inaugural address ("The only thing we have to fear is fear itself."), and the third Fireside Chat I've posted above, one in which he renews a call for patience and optimism.
The current economic crisis, it's worth remembering, only exploded out in the open in a fashion that seems to affect all Americans less than a month ago. And yet, here was President Bush already trying to explain today why the bailout hasn't worked yet, and things haven't been fixed.
Meanwhile, The Atlantic's James Fallows critiques Bush's "crisis statements," and says a president should only make them if they have something new to say.
Posted at 12:21 PM on October 10, 2008
by Bob Collins
(23 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The Dow dropped 500 points at the open today, dropping below the 8,000 mark for the first time since March 31, 2003. There are some interesting views being expressed today and I'll be dropping them in here. An analyst on CNBC suggested before the open that "we hit bottom today." Maybe it's wishful thinking, or maybe it's actual optimism, something we're simply not used to.
8:42 a.m. Bob Andres, of Portfolio Management Consultants, says what's happening is "irrational pessimism." He called for "a timeout," and suggests there be a few days of "bank holidays." He also wrote earlier this week in the Washington Times, "The financial landscape will be remarkably different, and we suspect so too will the social landscape" after the historic events of the past month.
8:49 a.m. - It's a rally! The financial sector is up. Is this it? Is this the end of the slide? The Dow is back above 8,000. The credit markets are, we're told, "beginning to thaw." President Bush to make a statement shortly.
9:03 a.m. - Blame Game O Rama. BusinessWeek has a good story on the earlier warnings sounded by two state attorneys general (no, ours wasn't one of them) to a Congress not willing to believe them.
9:05 a.m. - Opinion piece: Forget about tax cuts. (Dow has stabilized with about a 200 point drop.)
9:11 a.m. - A cheer goes up on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange. It sounds like the Metrodome when Tavaris Jackson is pulled from the game. The Dow goes positive.
9:13 a.m. - The Dow drops again. "This place sounds like a stadium where a team is losing by 40 points and the backup quarterback is put into the game," CNBC's anchor says. Hey, get your own material, fella!
9:20 a.m. - At 2:30 this afternoon, officials from the Minnesota Department of Finance and Employee Relationswill discuss the state's quarterly economic update. It'll be interesting to see if there are sales tax receipt updates from August and September, one way we can determine whether the Republican National Convention helped or hurt the local economy.
9:25 a.m. Dow is down -83.95. President Bush just started speaking. He says the "United States government is acting and will continue to act." He says banks holding mortgages have suffered serious losses and American businesses have not been able to finance expansion.
"Anxiety can feed anxiety and that can make it hard to see all that is being done to solve the problem," the president said. "We can solve this crisis and we will." He highlights the steps the government has been taking over the last few days.
He says the commercial paper market has been freezing up. (Explainer: What is commercial paper and why does it matter?) The president says it will take time for the bailout to work.
He didn't take questions.
9:33 a.m. -186.06 The Dow dropped 100 points while President Bush was speaking.
9:35 a.m. - Here's an interesting story worth chewing on. In the Washington Post (reg. required), The End of American Capitalism?
"People around the world once admired us for our economy, and we told them if you wanted to be like us, here's what you have to do -- hand over power to the market," said Joseph Stiglitz, the Nobel Prize-winning economist at Columbia University. "The point now is that no one has respect for that kind of model anymore given this crisis. And of course it raises questions about our credibility. Everyone feels they are suffering now because of us."
9:39 a.m. - Time Magazine: Charities are bracing for a long, hard winter. I beat you by four days, Time. (Dow now down 290)
9:46 a.m. - A very good comment in the comments area that I'm hearing more and more. Essentially, if the media would just shut up and report good news, these problems would go away. Discuss.
10:02 a.m. Wall St. Journal: Ten ways to protect your finances from the crisis. One controversial item:
6. Stop pulling a Monty Python when it comes to your worst investments. If you ever saw John Cleese and Michael Palin perform their famous skit about the dead parrot, you know exactly what I mean. No, your Fannie Mae shares aren't "resting." They're lying at the bottom of the cage with their feet in the air. What more do you need to know? So stop waiting for them to "recover" before sorting out your portfolio.
These days all of my investments are my "worst investments."
10:13 a.m. - As of today, average gasoline prices in the Twin Cities are just 17 cents higher than a year ago. 18 cents statewide. The price has gone down another 4 cents in the last 24 hours.
10:43 a.m. Dow down 343. Maybe you've seen ads on TV like this:

What's this? Refinancing? Without regard to credit scores. Isn't that what got us into this mess in the first place? What's going on here.
This company -- Lend America -- is actually trying to buy up mortgages and convert them into FHA loans. According to the Long Island Business Journal, the firm is bucking the trend by buying adjustable rate loans -- usually at a loss to the investor. The warning flag is that the FHA requires a credit score of 580. The advertisement says people can refinance "up to 97 1/2 percent of the home's value," but many adjustable rate mortgage holders have mortgages that are now more than the value of the home.
Obviously, look carefully here. But FHA loans are still available to potential homebuyers. In addition to the credit score requirement and you need a 3 percent downpayment.
11:57 a.m. - In a few minutes, MPR's Midday will take a look at the volatility of the markets. Guests are: Louis Johnston: Economics professor, St. John's University and the College of St. Benedict; Ross Levin: Founding Principal of Accredited Investors Inc. and author of "The Wealth Management Index." He is a regular columnist for the Journal of Financial Planning and the Star Tribune. The Dow is down 312.
12:12 p.m. - Johnston says there's no sign of the credit crunch easing. Levin says this is temporary. Here's a quote you won't like: "The pain will be great and the bleeding will be extensive."
12:19 p.m. - The two guests discussed the Wall Street Journal article today (I provided a link earlier) that said this isn't a short-term deal. Neither bought the notion although one pointed out that, technially, the market has been down for 9 years.
Questions:
Q: Where is the money that people have lost?
A: Unlike a hat or unlike a pair of socks, this money "evaporated." It didn't really go anywhere.
Q: Should I plow a lot of money into stocks now while things are at bargain-basement levels.
A: Probably yes but not for the reason you think. The caller was 24. The percentage of what he'd invest is a small amount of "total future compensation."
Q: Why not give everyone a pile of money rather than give it to the banks?
A: The $700 billion actually works out to around $400 and we saw what happened when we sent stimulus checks to everyone.
Q: If all the banks failed, what happens to my mortgage?
A: Good question. If it ends up in bankruptcy court, who collects the money from the mortgagee's? It could take a long time to work out. There'd be nobody to provide loans or do any inter-company transfers. People with mortgages would be in legal limbo.
Q: Why should I have to bail out people who overextended themselves?
A: Resist the urge for vengeance; it will only make matters worse.
Q: is the media providing good information or fanning the flames of fear?
A: We constantly reporting what's happening with the Dow . We need a patient discussion that goes through the problem and says "here's what's wrong and here's what we need to do." It's far too much breathlessness.
Q: What should we do with the 401K statements that are arriving this week?
A: Put them in the shredder.
1:40 p.m. - Dow down 484. Looking for optimism? Try a spoonful of The Big Picture, which uses plenty of charts I don't understand to come to a conclusion I can.
1:43 p.m. - Here's the full MPR/Humphrey Institute survey that shows the economic crisis is reshaping the political agenda, just weeks before the election.
2:57 p.m. - This economy must have several feet because shoes keep dropping. Finance & Commerce reports today that pensioners of three state-managed plans are getting pretty squeezed.
3:09 p.m. The "every problem is an opportunity" award today goes to Barb DeGroot, PR specialist for the Minnesota Arboretum who just sent a press release out:
Stock market crashes, nasty political ads....the world is too much with us these days. Poet William Wordsworth's refrain aptly describes the current mood in the United States. I invite to you come to the Minnesota Landscape Arboretum and experience "Autumn Unplugged," a celebration of the colors and quiet beauty of fall. Please see attached release for weekend events and a color report We are nearing peak color, by the way! Thanks and have a great weekend.
That's a pro right there.
And as long as we're on the subject, here's a photograph reader Kelly Rice sent me that he took while walking his daughter to school in Oakdale yesterday.
OK, now back to the economy...
3:14 p.m. Dow closes with its best showing of the week. It lost only 126 65 points.
3:18 p.m. - We're on a tidal wave of unbridled optimism. The state took in more money than expected last quarter. The sales tax revenue was down. We need to see that broken out by city to determine if the RNC did any good, economically. The bad news: The economic outlook has worsened, which I guess isn't really news at all.
Posted at 5:00 PM on October 9, 2008
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
| Greatest Net Losers | ||
| Rank | Date | Change |
| 1 | 9/29/2008 | -777.68 |
| 2 | 9/17/2001 | -684.81 |
| 3 | 10/9/2008 | -671.91 |
| 4 | 4/14/2000 | -617.08 |
| 5 | 10/27/1997 | -554.26 |
| 6 | 8/31/1998 | -512.61 |
| 7 | 10/7/2008 | -508.39 |
| 8 | 10/19/1987 | -508 |
| 9 | 9/15/2008 | -504.48 |
| 10 | 9/18/2008 | -449.36 |
| Greatest percentage losers | ||
| 1 | 12/12/1914 | -24.39 |
| 2 | 10/19/1987 | -22.61 |
| 3 | 10/28/1929 | -12.82 |
| 4 | 10/29/1929 | -11.73 |
| 5 | 11/6/1929 | -9.92 |
| 6 | 12/18/1899 | -8.72 |
| 7 | 8/12/1932 | -8.40 |
| 8 | 3/14/1907 | -8.29 |
| 9 | 10/26/1987 | -8.04 |
| 10 | 7/21/1933 | -7.84 |
| Source: Dow Jones | ||
Posted at 5:14 PM on October 9, 2008
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

While the economy continues to "falter" -- the Dow closed 600 points lower today -- the urge to panic is increasing, even though it won't do any good.
The reality is most Americans won't end up living under a bridge, and -- with any luck -- we won't lose our jobs. In the big scheme of things, we're pretty well off, and we know we are, even though we'll have a lot less money than we had. We know that economies that decline, usually grow in time. The older worker often has some protections of seniority. So why are so many of us stressed? Because our lives may not go the way we thought they would as recently as a few weeks ago and if there's one thing we cherish, it's plans that work. If there's one thing we hate, it's coming up with a Plan B. Few of our plans are working right now, however.
Barbara Tickner, 53, is a perfect example. That's her above with her boss, Judge Lloyd Zimmerman of Hennepin County. Tickner loves her job as a clerk for Judge Zimmerman, and from what I could tell during lunch today, her colleagues love her right back. She's so good at it -- she even made cookies last week for a jury -- Judge Zimmerman told me he hopes she never retires.
The thing is: She'd planned to retire in 2010, spend some time in Florida or at the cabin, do some volunteer work, and occasionally play with her new granddaughter. Those plans are, if not on hold, certainly up in the air (The "rule of 90" allows employees whose age and length of service adds up to 90 to retire).
Her husband is a remodeling contractor, a business that is a pretty well paired with the economy. Their health insurance comes from Barbara's job. Like many of us, she's put money away for retirement and the numbers were larger a few years ago than they are now. They sold the home in which they raised their three children a few years ago for a much smaller bungalow in Minneapolis. They were working the plan.
"During the housing boom, I used to say to my husband, 'who's going to live in all of these $500,000 condos?" she told me today, figuring something wasn't quite right with the economic math. By all accounts, she and her husband have done all the right things, and yet this week, like so many Americans, there's high anxiety. "We've been very fortunate not to have to rely on a lot of credit, but I'm amazed at how the world revolves around credit."
We're all getting those economics lessons this week. As for Barbara's future? "We're just playing it by ear," although she acknowledges reading and hearing the economic news is draining. She may yet retire on schedule. She may not.
For now she's still holding onto the possibilities of life after a career in civil service, maybe even working in retail. "It would be nice to have customers come in with smiles instead of handcuffs," she joked.
By the time the economy turns around, we will literally be poorer, but wiser. Economic downturns are nothing if not great teachers.
Here's what I learned today:
(1) It's easier to survive an economic downtown when you have a job you love and you're good at.
(2) If you don't have one now, when things turn around, go get one.
(3) You can change your plans and keep your dreams.
(There are many people experiencing the economy in different ways. I'm interesting in telling all of the personal stories in one fashion or another. If you'd like to tell me yours, please contact me.)
Posted at 6:23 PM on October 8, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Life
The economic meltdown is bad. Most of us are pretty scared, more than a little angry, and our ears perk up when we hear people throw the "D" word around pretty loosely.
Earlier this week, a poll showed that almost 60% of those surveyed think a depression is likely. "Most of those people don't know their history," a guest said Wednesday on MPR's Midmorning.
Elizabeth Schaefer, 86, of Shoreview is as good a history book as any of the thousands she probably touched in her career as a librarian. She was born seven years before the stock market crash of 1929 and grew up during the Great Depression.
Elizabeth was born in Chicago. Her mother took care of the kids and kept an eye on the money. Her father worked as a railroad engineer when the railroad had work.
"They didn't talk about their financial problems with us, but they must have saved their money, because my father wanted a place where we could walk to school without crossing the street, so he went out for a loaf of bread one day and came back with a house (See photo)," she told me during my visit at her retirement community in Shoreview.
Her parents were strict and kept the kids in the yard and sent them to a Catholic school. "My mother refused to buy the school uniforms so she made them for us. But, of course, it didn't look like everyone else's."
"Mom was always saving," Elizabeth said. "She'd make a little bit of meat and a lot of noodles to go with the soup. You were supposed to add one can of water and she'd add two." In the evenings, men would knock on the door looking for food. Her mother would share the supper. They'd eat it out on the porch and then move along. "We were fortunate we had a house to live in," she said.
Her mother kept strict track of what it took for her to go to college. "It was $800 and I paid it all back my first year." She worked as a librarian for 25 cents an hour. She tried to get a job in a library in Chicago, but didn't realize when she submitted an application to the alderman, she was supposed to include a bribe.
After getting married, she says she never had any arguments with her husband over money. "He'd cash his check and put it on the dresser, after putting some in the bank."
She never stopped "saving things that possibly had another life." At her retirement home, people put things they don't want anymore in a cart. She pulls things out of the cart and offers it to others. How often do they take it? "Not too often," she says.
She, too, made her childrens' clothes when they were small. Her kids have grown up to be frugal, but also generous with others through food drives and other charity.
How does she view the panic of the last few weeks?
"It's out of my hands and you just have to trust that God's gonna... whatever happens happens and hope somehow you have what it takes to cope with it," she said.
She says she always talked to her daughters about saving for tough times. "People didn't do that because they didn't believe that. They'd make fun of you for being frugal. You never know what's going to come. I see so many people that... when people get married, they think they have to start out with a house and everything in it, stuff that people worked for years to save for...I'd die before I'd pay finance charges on credit cards. It seems like if you don't have the money for it, you go without it until you do have it."
Things are bad. Things may get worse. But there's plenty of evidence that says it's no Great Depression.
Posted at 10:52 AM on October 8, 2008
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

MPR's Midmorning today talked with Sandra Block, a personal finance columnist for USA Today today. Much of it we've heard before, but many of us are near panic. And today, I detected a lot of "pushback" from the audience, which should tell us something.
Block also said the poll earlier this week that showed most people expect a depression shows that most people don't know what an economic depression is.
Here's the Cliff Notes version.
1. I'm tired of hearing "don't move stocks and mutual funds." Why should I?
The problem with giving up is you've given up the opportunity to recover gains. What matters isn't what your portfolio is worth now. What matters is what it's worth when you need the money.
2. We're near full panic, we should keep the cash in our house. But the bank won't give me cash now.
There are federal reporting requirements for large withdrawals from banks to discourage the underground economy. Your bank doesn't have enough cash in its vault for everyone to take their money out. Keeping large amounts of money in your home reminds me of Y2K when people built cabins on mountains.
3. How much "liquid cash" should I have?
It depends on how many kids and how many incomes. Most people barely have enough for two weeks so when we talk about six months, people won't even try. Just start with trying to have enough so if your car breaks down you can pay cash.
4. I moved my mutual funds from stocks into cash prior to the worst of the downturn. When should I put it back into the market?
Now.
5. I have some property overseas. Should I sell it to pay off debt?
It's always a good idea to pay off debt in this economy. Be careful about tax liabilities. If you're paying credit cards with 20% interest, that's a 20-percent rate of return. If you've been paying on time and haven't been late, you have a good deal of power to negotiate lower rates.
6. Why am I still get credit card solicitations if there's a credit crunch? And can I negotiate with my credit card company?
They're sending these to everybody but if you actually apply, you may not be able to get what they're offering. It's just cheaper to send the solicitations to everyone. They want to give money most to people who don't need it.
7. I have a spending problem. What should I do?
Write down everything you spend money on. You'll be more conscious of the "leakage."
8. I'm 50 and self-employed and lost $35,000 in my retirement account and rebalanced to 80% stocks and 20% bonds, was that a good move.
Yes. You're self employed so you probably plan to work for a long time and you're still young. As you get older, gradually rebalance that once the market comes back.
9) Should I cash in the 401K and pay off the house?
No. That's for your retirement. What good is having a home paid for when you can't afford groceries? If you want to pay off your house sooner, make an extra payment every now and then.
10) What's the difference between a recession and depression.
Old saying: A recession is when your neighbor loses his job and a depression is when you lose your job. We've only been in a depression one time but I'd say it's double-digit unemployment, banks closing, and no GDP growth of years, not quarters.
Unemployment is going to go up. We're in a recession which is why people need to bulk up savings accounts.
Kerri said one of the reasons she had Block on the show is to help people take steps to prepare for a coming layoff. But nobody had any questions about preparing for a layoff. Many of the questions were from people who appear to be in fairly good economic shape and had money socked away. We need to take another stab at this issue and concentrate solely on people facing layoffs. It's hard to relate to the caller who has $1.8 million still.
Posted at 3:35 PM on October 7, 2008
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Minneapolis-based Caribou Coffee today Caribou Coffee announced that comparable coffeehouse net sales decreased 4.7% for the last 13 weeks.
Michael Tattersfield, President and new CEO and Timothy Hennessy, CFO are holding a conference call now, which I'm monitoring and will pass any pearls along. They say they won't be talking about the financial picture, however, and these days, what else is there?
Is the bloom off the coffee rose?
A recent survey of coffee shops in Red Wing, for example, seemed to mirror Caribou's results; fewer people are stopping in for the high-priced blend. "Coffee depends on people having money in their pockets," one coffee shop owner said. And apparently, they don't these days.
That didn't stop Caribou, however, from raising prices 2.5% last month. The company has been in a decline for a few years.
Perhaps it's only coincidence, but the decline in the coffee house business seemed to mirror the end of the Friends TV show.
Posted at 2:20 PM on October 6, 2008
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
How likely are you to give money away that you don't have to give away other than to satisfy your philanthropic sensibilities?
Minnesota non-profit organizations are about to find out. The steady stream of bad economic news, coupled with the drop in home prices and retirement funds, may put a crimp in the services delivered by non-profits, including food shelves and charitable organizations. Even last week's arrest of Tom Petters reverberated through some nonprofit organizations.
"What we're hearing is approaching panic," said Kate Barr, the executive director of the Nonprofits Assistance Fund, which lends money to nonprofits. "The timing of this is never good but it's a unique time now because we're going into the fourth quarter, which is the best quarter for individual giving, and it's budget time for a lot of non-profits." She says it's difficult for nonprofits to predict when there's so much uncertainty.
Nonprofits are most worried about individual giving now because, Barr says, "it's what's felt most immediately" in an economic downturn. Foundations which have provided millions of dollars in support to Minnesota organizations have "hung in there" over the last few years, but are unlikely to give additional dollars, and it's unlikely an organization will be able to get new grants. But, she says, most grants are two-year grants so the impact of the financial meltdown isn't immediate.
But she expects a "rough" state budget in 2009, comparing the overall effect to that of the state budget crisis in 2002 and 2003.
Nonprofits built up financial reserves in the "good years" after 2003, but many of those "got hammered" in the stock market slowdown, according to Barr. Many organizations that have been planning capital campaigns are "revisiting their timing," she says.
"The ones that are having the hardest time are the ones that are seeing increased demand for services. It's hard for a food shelf to cut back when there's twice as many people at the door," according to Barr.
Bottom line? Expect cutbacks. Government has been "outsourcing" services to nonprofit groups. Those days may be over. "Nonprofits have made do with less. There might not be a lot of 'give' there," Barr says.
In which case, with ballooning budget deficits, governments may decide to simply stop paying for services, according to John Pratt with the Minnesota Council of Nonprofits. "People may want services and not be allowed to get it. The counties may just decide to have longer waiting lists and fewer clients."
There's a lot of worry, Pratt acknowledges. "For the Salvation Army, or Catholic Charities, this is a very important time. This is where it could hit very quickly," he says.
How quickly? He says the Center for Philanthropy at Indiana University has calculated that individual giving follows the S&P 500. As early as last summer it sounded a warning.
And this year the S&P 500 is down more than 30%, more than 7% today alone.
Posted at 9:50 AM on October 6, 2008
by Bob Collins
(6 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

Any notion that the big bailout bill would bring confidence to the markets and stabilize the financial meltdown in the U.S. disappeared today in early trading on Wall Street. The market is down about 5.6% (at 9:51 a.m. CT), dropping to a five-year low.
I'll be posting updates and links here during the day.
9:57 a.m. Zachary Karabell, says the U.S. is losing its status as the center of the global economic system. "I doubt it's a secret anymore," he says. He writes in the Wall St. Journal...
What is happening to finance today is similar to what happened to manufacturing beginning in the 1970s. Until then, U.S. manufacturing accounted for as much as half of all global output. By the 1970s, Germany and Japan began to exert themselves as manufacturing titans. So did Taiwan, Singapore, Korea and others that had benefited from American aid. The globalization of manufacturing continued, and was accelerated by the information technology revolution of the 1990s. While the U.S. today continues to produce a decent share of global manufactured goods, it is one among many and employs only 13 million people (10% of the workforce) in a sector that in the middle of the 20th century accounted for a third of all jobs. The same thing is now happening with finance.
He says there's been a massive shift of wealth to Asia. Is this the sun setting on the "U.S. Century?" (Please comment below)
10:07 a.m. - CNBC analyst points out that the government now has powers under the bailout bill it hasn't used yet. "They're still reading the thing," he says. Will the bailout work? The Economist tackles the question.
The pain is reaching municipalities and states. Alabama's Jefferson County is on the verge of bankruptcy. California's governor, Arnold Schwarzenegger, has reportedly given warning, in a letter to the Treasury, that his state is running out of cash to fund day-to-day operations and may need an emergency loan of $7 billion from the federal government.
Do you get the feeling that next month's Minnesota financial projection is going to be a disaster?
10:09 a.m. -- It seemed like only yesterday we were worried about inflation (Wait! It was yesterday). Now, we're hearing that the threat of deflation is returning. Ten years ago -- 10 years! -- MPR tackled what happens with deflation and why it's not necessarily a great thing. Here's a trip down memory lane. Or a glimpse into the future. Or both.
10:11 a.m. - Bloomberg reports that the legal wrangling between Wells Fargo and Citi may end with Wachovia being split between the two. Those are banks. You know, where we used to keep our money.
10:26 a.m. What are the darkest days in the history of the stock market? Here's a historical look:
| Greatest Net Losers | ||
| Rank | Date | Change |
| 1 | 9/29/2008 | -777.68 |
| 2 | 9/17/2001 | -684.81 |
| 3 | 4/14/2000 | -554.26 |
| 4 | 10/27/1997 | -512.61 |
| 5 | 8/31/1998 | -512.61 |
| 6 | 10/19/1987 | -508 |
| 7 | 9/15/2008 | -504.48 |
| 8 | 9/18/2008 | -449.36 |
| 9 | 3/12/2001 | -436.37 |
| 10 | 2/27/2007 | -416.02 |
| Greatest percentage losers | ||
| 1 | 12/12/1914 | -24.39 |
| 2 | 10/19/1987 | -22.61 |
| 3 | 10/28/1929 | -12.82 |
| 4 | 10/29/1929 | -11.73 |
| 5 | 11/6/1929 | -9.92 |
| 6 | 12/18/1899 | -8.72 |
| 7 | 8/12/1932 | -8.40 |
| 8 | 3/14/1907 | -8.29 |
| 9 | 10/26/1987 | -8.04 |
| 10 | 7/21/1933 | -7.84 |
| Source: Dow Jones | ||
11:01 a.m. - The head of Lehman Brothers dropped what once would be considered a bombshell on Congress today, saying federal regulators knew exactly what the situation with the onetime financial giant was. "Once would be considered ?" How much confidence do you have in the government these days? Is this sort of revelation really much of a surprise?
11:39 a.m. - How bad are things? CNBC went to a 10-person box to fit all the talking heads in today. It's the first time they've gone to the 10-person display. The previous record was 8, two weeks ago.

11:42 a.m. - Richard Fuld, CEO of Lehman Brothers is now testifying before Congress. There have been some protests in the room. Times change. Two years ago, protests broke out in hearings about a war. Now, they're focused on the House Committee on Oversight and Reform for a banking hearing.
12:26 p.m. - Weep not for the Lehman execs. According to Henry Waxman, Lehman was steering millions to departing execs while asking for a bailout.
12:27 p.m. What's an investor to do. Don't "do nothing" is one piece of advice.
2:11 p.m. - Dow is down 611.58 or 5.97%. That bumps it up to third place in the all-time-points-lost list. I've just finished writing up a piece on the effect on nonprofit organizations and will post that shortly.
2:13 p.m. - According to Floyd Norris at the New York Times, the market has lost 13% over the last three sessions. The crash of 1987 was the only other time that has happened since World War II. Prior to that, the last time it happened was 1940, when France was conquered by Germany.
2:15 p.m. -- Using the word "depression" in terms of the economy was, until recently, the stuff hyperbole was made of. Not anymore. CNN is out with a poll that says 60 percent of those surveyed say a depression is "likely."
2:21 p.m. - Sun Country files for bankruptcy. The economy had something to do with it. The arrest of Tom Petters had a lot to do with it.
3:22 p.m. - The market willed itself off its lows of 800 points. Closes down 369.88.
Posted at 1:04 PM on October 2, 2008
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The windows don't open and there are no ledges anyway at the world headquarters of News Cut. It's just as well, now that I've listened to Jeff Horwich's fascinating program on Midday today. A small group of economic experts and just plain folks gathered to talk about the economic meltdown and by the end of the program, not even eternal economic optimist Chris Farrell could've stopped me from heading for the glass panes.
One young man, said to be the youngest person on the panel, was coming to grips with the reality that he won't be able to live the kind of life that his parents did. Presuming that his parents are my age, his thoughts resonated with me because when I was his age I thought the same thing.
Still, these are not only difficult economic times; they're terrible emotional times. The language of the meltdown is no longer about bailouts, hedge funds, naked short selling, or credit markets.
Listen carefully and these are the words you hear now: trust, confidence, fear.
"I think we should just trust the government here," one panelist said. "History has shown that the country might actually make a little money on the bailout."
Easily said. Done with great difficulty.
Trust. What role is there for it to play where the future of a democracy is concerned?
I have no answers here, only the observation that, sure, I'm willing to trust.... if you go first.
The Bush administration tapped out its trust capital by being wrong about Iraq. We can argue -- and Lord knows we have for 5 years -- on whether the administration was intentionally wrong or accidentally so on the issue, but it doesn't matter; the result is the same.
Congress gets off no better. Its approval ratings are even worse and have been for years. So how can an "economic rescue plan" that depends on us trusting its makers be a logical suggestion?
In many ways, the public debate of the last two weeks has given voice to a larger problem: We as a people are not prepared to trust our leaders. In many ways, we don't even know how.
"No one quite knows how to harness our political system in opposition to major problems," the American Prospect's Ezra Klein wrote this week. "No one knows how to get real health reform through, or pass a global warming bill that could actually avert catastrophe, or shepherd a capital infusion that will avert possible economic collapse. Those problems are all different, to be sure, with different coalitions and different messaging strategies, but much of what blocks action is structurally similar. When it comes to the American political system, you can almost never believe in change."
Two other quotes, this time from the Washington Post, confirm the suspicion that we are a suspicious lot now.
"You've got massive public distrust and dissatisfaction, with the bailout specifically, with government in general, and George Bush and the entire political establishment," said Doug Muzzio, professor of public affairs at Baruch College in New York.
"This vote is a reflection of a lack of political capital, not of financial capital," said Mitchell Moss, a professor of urban planning at New York University. "The bankruptcy exists in our political leadership, not on Wall Street. We need to bail out Nancy Pelosi and George Bush."
How bad are things emotionally? Dan Ariely, a professor of behavior economics at Duke, suggested on Marketplace last evening that we're willing to punish ourselves just to get revenge against those who've made us angry:
But right now what we're doing is we're willing to sacrifice money -- the same way that you were willing to sacrifice $3 or $7 to punish me -- people are willing to suffer to get this (you know, I don't know what's a polite way to call this) . . . . people on Wall Street. . . . But people are willing to lose money to get those people to suffer more. In fact, I've asked people about this. Everybody feels this anger. They have violated, in a very important way, a social contract in the same way that I would have violated the social contract of you giving me your $10 and me walking away with $50.
In 3 1/2 months, a new president is going to take office and half the nation -- if the present polls are accurate -- aren't going to like the guy, and an entire media machine -- from the Internet to 24/7 cable channels -- will make its living by stirring up the pot of distrust; sometimes justifiably, sometimes not.
Is this a good situation? How do we know the difference between a healthy distrust of government and the kind that paralyzes and then divides a country? Several times burned, how can people be expected to trust again? If you don't trust government now, what would it take for that to change, especially when the government consists of a mix of two political parties?
I trust you'll have the answer.
Posted at 7:45 AM on October 1, 2008
by Bob Collins
(9 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
David Leonhardt of the New York Times has an explanation of the financial crisis and the reaction to the bailout bill in Washington that is so clear, one wonders why it took a week for someone to write one.
Could the current crisis lift -- could banks decide they really are missing out on profitable investing opportunities -- without a $700 billion government fund to relieve Wall Street of its scariest holdings? Sure. And is Congress right to fight for a workable program that's as inexpensive and as tough on Wall Street as possible? Absolutely.
But in the end, this really isn't about Wall Street. It's about reducing the risk that something really bad happens. It's about limiting the damage from the past decade's financial excesses. Unfortunately, there is no way to accomplish that without also extending a helping hand to Wall Street. That is where our credit markets are, and we need them to start working again.
The fear and anger that led to people jamming the phone lines of Congress (and crashing its Web site) is certainly understandable. But it also lacks a logical alternative unless one believes the economic forces that affect our wallets don't really exist.
As for the politics of it all, Dan Balz in the Washington Post cuts through the talk show chatter with a scalpel.
The voters will sort out the blame on all this in November. Anger at Washington will feed a hunger for change, and it's likely to fall harder on the GOP as the party that holds the White House. But for the next president and the next Congress, whatever its makeup, Monday's performance should be looked at as an example of what it was, a performance designed to undermine the public's confidence in its elected leadership.
Mission accomplished.
Update 8:41 a.m. Let's add Thomas Friedman to the mix, even if it's just because of this paragraph:
I've always believed that America's government was a unique political system -- one designed by geniuses so that it could be run by idiots. I was wrong. No system can be smart enough to survive this level of incompetence and recklessness by the people charged to run it.
Posted at 6:23 PM on September 30, 2008
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
This must be what bungee jumping is like. Way down, a little up, down more, up less. The Dow 30 on Tuesday jumped 485 points, a day after diving 777 points.
When the "financial meltdown" became public last Monday, the market plunged 540 points in the first two days of trading, then ended the week down only a couple hundred points.
Is it really worth getting all hot-and-bothered -- or giddy -- on a day-to-day basis?
On the first day of trading after September 11, the Dow dropped 684.81 points (at the time only the 14th worst decline ever). It went on to lose a total of 1,369 points that week, and got half of it back the next week. Within two months, the Dow was back to its previous 9/11 levels, and then some. All that worrying that it was the end of the world, and it wasn't even the end of the quarter.
After 9/11, the biggest one-day drop was February 27, 2007, a day when the Taliban tried to assassinate Dick Cheney. The Dow dropped 416 points. It snapped back 52 points the next day. It took a little over a month to return to the previous levels.
Here are the other big point losses
April 14, 2000 -617.78 . It went up 276 points the next day and blasted back to its previous level within 6 days.
October 27, 1997 -554.26. It regained 337 points the next day, and was back to its old self two weeks later.
August 31, 1998 -554.26. The market regained almost 300 points a day later, and reached its previous level two weeks later.
October 19, 1987 -508. It regained 288 points over the next two days, but it took 13 months to return to the level the market was at.
Posted at 2:59 PM on September 30, 2008
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Is a perfect storm about to swamp the boats of graduating college seniors? A study from the Accounts Receivable Management industry suggests so.
Credit card operations are the biggest money-makers for banks and as a story recently by MPR's Martin Moylan pointed out, banks are working the college market hard. Meanwhile, a significant number of students are using credit cards to pay for tuition, which is rising faster than the rate of inflation.
There's plenty of risk in doing so, according to the Kaulkin Ginsberg Company report. It says 31 percent of college students polled said they didn't worry about debt, because they could pay back outstanding balances once out of school and earning a regular paycheck. Twenty-three percent chose to ignore overdraft penalties and the prospect of months of repaying a debt for a moment of fun.
Yeah, about that job thing, students, there's something we need to tell you: there aren't any. According to the report, what few summer jobs were available for college students in the past, were taken instead by adults who picked up extra part-time work to help their own struggling finances. Last July alone, the report said, 308,000 individuals entered into the part-time work for this reason.
Higher tuition and associated costs, fewer jobs, and now the credit crunch. Over the summer, more than two dozen banks stopped private lending to students.
Up to now, about 10 percent of student borrowers depend on private loans. With major lenders tightening credit, the report suggests 1 in 4 college students will be putting college costs on a credit card and may find it very difficult to pay it back.
But the National Association of Student Financial Aid Administrators said in a campaign over the summer that "financial aid will be available to students. The credit crunch caused by troubles in the real estate lending industry has no effect on most financial aid including (but not limited to) Pell Grants, Federal Work Study, and education tax benefits."
That's not quite the case, according to a story this week in Time, which says since the summer of 2007, 137 lenders have stopped funding federal loans, and 33 have suspended private programs.
"Part of that had to do with a cut in federal subsidies, but part was directly related to the credit crunch -- issuers that pulled out tended to be those that packaged and resold loans, a market that has evaporated.
Students at community and technical colleges, especially institutions that are for-profit, are having the toughest time of it. The reason: those students are more likely to use private loans (whose credit standards have tightened), and lenders under profit pressure are less willing to write loans for shorter, one- and two-year programs -- especially at schools with historically high default rates."
"Last month, a student who was looking for a college loan qualified with a co-signer," a spokesman for JP Morgan Chase said. "A year ago that student, with a marginal credit history might have qualified on their own."
"Any sort of shortfall in their tuition they're going to have to make up either by borrowing from their parents or using their credit card as a bridge loan," Dimitri Michaud, who wrote the Kaulkin Gisberg report said. "I think the biggest pain will probably be in nondirect educational expenses; you might see students struggling with their room and board or how best to pay for their meal plans or books and supplies."
Posted at 1:23 PM on September 30, 2008
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Energy
According to Twin Cities Gas Prices, the average price of a gallon of regular gas this afternoon is $3.36. Does it feel like a bargain to you compared to what it was a few weeks ago?
How about $3.12? Would it make you start whistling Happy Days Are Here Again?
3.12, for the record, was the price of a gallon of gasoline when the first installment of the increased Minnesota state gas tax went into effect last spring. Minnesotans responded by pumping fewer gallons in April than they did in March.
Tomorrow, the other shoe drops when the gas tax goes up another 3 cents. Last week, at a transportation forum in Worthington, Margaret Donahoe, executive director of The Transportation Alliance, said the financial impact of a two-car family will be about $100 a year
And, the Worthington Daily Globe, the "us against them" atmosphere that has surrounded transportation funding debates in the state for years, hasn't melted...
... commented Rep. Doug Magnus, rural Minnesotans are paying more than those in the metro area. He cited numbers indicating that southwest Minnesotans will pay an estimated $216 per capita in gasoline and special fuel taxes by 2011, while the Twin Cities metropolitan area faces $147 per capita for the same year.
A seven-member panel of politicians and candidates said they were grateful to be taking the first steps in the form of Chapter 152, but emphasized the importance of finding more funding for the state's infrastructure.
"When my family moved here in 1957 all the roads in Iowa were narrow and the roads in Minnesota were wide," said Al Kruse, a candidate for the U.S. House of Representatives in District 21A, "In the last 50 years everyone else has moved ahead and Minnesota has remained stagnant. Our infrastructure is falling farther and farther behind. (Fixing infrastructure is) important for our economic survival. That's just to survive. To thrive we need four-lanes. You see what happens around a four-lane highway -- there's economic development there."
Republicans thought the gas tax issue would anger people enough to carry over at the polls. But that was before overnight swings of 30 to 40 cents a gallon made 2 or 3 cent jumps seem like small potatoes.
With the increasing price of energy, the gas tax funding mechanism faces the same pressures the state's tobacco tax -- or fee -- presents. On the one hand, market forces or the state itself are encouraging people not to smoke -- or drive -- and on the other hand, the state's financial health depends on them doing both.
At least where the price of gasoline is concerned, Minnesotans will have plenty of incentive to cut back. T. Boone Pickens predicted this morning that a barrel of gasoline will be back close to $150 within a year.
And 3 cents a gallon will seem like small potatoes again.
Posted at 11:21 AM on September 30, 2008
by Bob Collins
(22 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The Web site, The Consumerist, has put together a list of 10 things to expect from "the new post-apocalyptic economy."
Number 1 is worth considering: A much less leveraged economy -- Cash will be the thing to have.
What would things look like if we have to pay cash for everything, once credit cards dry up (maybe they'd eliminate the grace period and start charging a finance charge from first dollar)?
I've got two, and you can add yours in the comments section.
-1- More lottery ticket sales, and sales of car air fresheners and other junk. Why? Pay at the Pump, baby. It'd be history. You'll have to actually go inside the convenience store/gas station and wait in a long line of other people. From boredom, you'll start picking up little trinkets and trashy things that the stores know you'll buy on impulse. They're smarter than we are. Oh, and there'll still be people who want to pay with a check who won't have filled any of it out while standing in line.
-2- No mail today? If there's no credit cards, there'll be no more credit card mailings. I got four yesterday, alone. State Farm offered me 0% on balance transfers until July 2009. Hey, here's an idea, bailout voters in Congress, stick a provision in that puppy when you revote this week that forces credit card solicitors to put the true cost of this scam right on the front page. Outlaw asterisks.
Capitol One (how does Capitol One have any money after the cost of sending at least three credit card solicitations a week to every American and every household pet?) offered 0% on purchases and transfers until 2010.*.
Life after credit, what's it look like? Be funny, now, we all need a good laugh.
Posted at 5:11 PM on September 26, 2008
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Crime and Justice, Economy
Clearing out the inbox.
People are still trying to figure out why federal agents raided the worldwide headquarters of Petters Group earlier this week. Tom Petters has his hands in many different business, but a look at a statement released by Fingerhut yesterday indicates the involvement of Petters in the operations there has been somewhat diluted:
Minneapolis -- Fingerhut Direct Marketing, Inc., a leading direct-to-consumer marketing company, today announced its business operations continue as usual and are not affected by the investigation of Petters Group Worldwide by law enforcement agencies.
Fingerhut is an independent, standalone company in which Petters Group Worldwide is a passive minority stockholder. Petters Group has no involvement in the day-to-day management of the company.
Fingerhut's financial strength is excellent, having recently completed a new round of equity financing of more than $50 million of additional capital from controlling investors Bain Capital and Battery Ventures.
Fingerhut Direct Marketing, Inc. is an online and catalog retailer of general merchandise featuring more than 500 national brands and nearly 25,000 items. The Fingerhut brand has been in existence for more than 50 years and has enhanced the lives of millions of customers through its commitment to high quality merchandise, convenient and flexible credit terms and extraordinary levels of customer service. FDM Inc. is headquartered in Eden Prairie, Minn.
Bain Capital. Controlling investors. Sound familiar at all? It's the company founded by Mitt Romney.
Update On the bigger issue, a warrant has been unsealed that provides a glimpse into what the feds think they've got on Petters.
Posted at 8:32 AM on September 26, 2008
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Q: How does the current crisis affect the traditional notion of a personal safety net?
A: You need 3-6 months of cash reserves
Q: When will things get better for people seeking credit?
A: If you don't have a FICO score in the mid-700s or higher, it'll be difficult. If the bailout plan is approved, 6-12 months before credit eases.
Q: What about credit card debt?
A: What about it? Stop using it (if you're carrying a balance). And make double payments if you can.
Q: I'm close to retirement, I have a diversified portfolio. Do I cash it out?
A: The markets are down 25% in the last year. The key is to have the cash and liquidity. You're probably better off to put it into bonds. A younger person should look on this as a buying opportunity.
Q: Why should I bail out the banks?
A: The alternative is more extreme. The credit markets aren't functioning and will put accounts at risk. There's no good answer.
Q: I'm 10 years away from retirement. What do I do?
A: Now is crunch time. You have 10 years to make it up. You save as much as you can and put it in 401K, reduce your expenses, get your kids out of the nest if they're adults. You can't get a loan for retirement.
Q: I'm a person with a fixed-rate mortgage, no credit card debt, and a good amount of money saved. What should be my biggest concern with the current economic situation?
A: If your money saved is in money markets, getting back dollar for dollar could be a concern. "Breaking the buck" a term known for money market failures began to occur last week in some money market accounts at brokerage houses. Also, your investments like 401K's will tank if the market heads further south.
Q: If the bailout is passed, when is a good time to reinvest and buy stocks? I know there is a lot of money to be made with all the cheap stock options right now.
A: You're exactly right. There are bargains out there. Anticipate an initial spike in the markets and then the sluggish results in the economy to slow market recovery, however.
Q: How long will it take for the stock market to recover?
A: Sometimes recovery comes more quickly than expected. Back in 1987, the stock market fell 22% in a single day -- equivalent to about 2300 points on the Dow Jones Industrial Average at today's level. But for that calendar year, the Dow managed to eke out a meager gain. Of course, sometimes recovery can take quite some time. The Nasdaq Composite Index has yet to recover its dotcom-bubble high of 2000. And the Dow Jones industrials didn't reach their pre-crash levels of 1929 until 1954. While chatter about the markets is decidedly dark, few anticipate that kind of scenario unfolding.
Q: Fed chairman Ben Bernanke told Congress that it risks a recession, with higher unemployment and increased home foreclosures, if lawmakers fail to pass the Bush administration's plan. Is that true?
A: The bailout has been sold as preventing another depression. If its going to be a recession, well, we haven't had this kind of massive bailout in dealing with any of the previous post World War II recessions. We're in a recession, and its going to get worse. No way the bailout stops that.
(Sources: Ray Martin, CBS financial advisor; Gib McEachren, WGHP, NC; David Kansas, WSJ; Chris Farrell, My Two Cents)
Posted at 7:17 AM on September 26, 2008
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Let's get right to the story that has had everyone talking at the office water cooler for days, and kept us up late at night worrying about what would happen if things didn't go as well as we had all hoped.
Relax, the Twins swept the Chicago White Sox and are in first place.
Oh, and the U.S. experienced the largest bank failure in history yesterday when it seized Washington Mutual and sold it to J.P. Morgan Chase. Today, all the personal finance experts are making the rounds on the TV talk shows, telling people not to worry and that their money is safe. "Nothing will change" with the bank's crisis, Fox's business anchor, Liz Claman, just told us. I'm not sure at this point anybody wants to hear "nothing will change" and "bank crisis" in the same sentence, but there you go.
Rep. Barney Frank, the point Democrat on the talks to broker a deal on the massive government bailout (which, at last check was still being called a bailout by its proponents and not the Freedom to Still Have a Financial System bill), and Sen. Richard Shelby, the Republican's captain on the issue, are sniping after talks broke down.
Sen. John McCain is now hinting he'll be at the debate with Barack Obama tonight. Sen. Lindsey Graham dropped a hint this morning that McCain will be at the gathering, where one of the questions probably won't be, "hey, how 'bout those Twins?"
Posted at 10:44 AM on September 25, 2008
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Another hour, another grim piece of economic news. The number of jobless claims filed last week was the highest in 7 years.
I'm not exactly sure what the value of this map is but it's interesting to look at nonetheless.
The Economic Policy Institute has a state-by-state map which displays unemployment trends in the country. One thing it does tell me is times are pretty darned good in the nation's breadbasket. In fact, it appears to be positively "boom times" for our neighbors to the west.
(h/t: MinnesotaBudgetBites.org)
Posted at 7:36 AM on September 25, 2008
by Bob Collins
(29 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
"Without immediate action by Congress, America could slip into a financial panic, and a distressing scenario would unfold," President Bush said last night. "Our entire economy is in danger."
"Is this the worst economic crisis since the Great Depression?" CBS' Harry Smith asked former President Bill Clinton this morning. "It could be," Clinton responded.
OK, it's bad. We know it's bad when conservatives are racing to empty the U.S. Treasury, expand the role of government, and set us on a path for massive tax increases to pay for this mess.
Is the bailout the way to go? Does it matter in the big scheme of things? In the big scheme of things, we can pretty well figure a lot of us are going to lose our jobs, a chunk of our nest eggs, and any sense of financial security. We know that because economies don't race to the edge of a cliff and then bounce back to the economic equivalent of the Era of Good Feeling.
The politicians are telling us it's going to hurt if the bailout doesn't pass. But common sense tells us it's going to hurt even if it does. Face it, that's the fear behind our anger.
But denial, fear, and anger are not a plan for hunkering down and preparing for tough times and -- unlike the people of the Greatest Generation -- ours is not a civilization that is all that keen on personal sacrifice. But here we are, needing to prepare for whatever is coming.
So how are you preparing... personally speaking? What are you cutting out or preparing to cut out.
Yesterday I cut my cellphone plan to $19.95 a month for 60 minutes of time, and called the newspaper to cancel it (they always offer you a half-price deal when you call to cancel). Still, somehow I don't think that's going to be enough.
How about you?
Posted at 9:04 AM on September 24, 2008
by Bob Collins
(4 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
A key issue in the bailout discussion on Capitol Hill is whether there'll be any help for people holding "toxic mortgages."
MPR's Dan Olson and Sasha Aslanian have done a tremendous job chronicling the case of a woman in Minneapolis who is one of those people who politicians say needs help.
Faith Burns owes about $209,000 on a home that's now worth about $120,000. She refinanced several times, and took equity out of the home to finance a business boarding up vacant homes.
But what form the help for homeowners the Democrats say needs to be in the bailout bill would take isn't entirely clear. Especially since there's no agreement on what contribution homeowners made, if any, to the crisis. Sen. Charles Schumer, opening hearings today with Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke said the American people are "blameless" in this mess. Is that entirely true?
As the San Francisco Chronicle documents today, there's almost as much anger in parts of America at bailing out homeowners as there is bailing out the financial firms.
But there's a strong pushback against that sentiment on some parts of Main Street among citizens and legislators who think it's not fair for taxpayers to have to pay the tab for people who borrowed beyond their means.
"Nobody was ever forced to borrow money," said Patrick Killelea of Menlo Park, who runs the popular Patrick.net "housing bubble blog" Web site. "People who borrowed too much money made a mistake. If they can do that with impunity, they will keep on doing it."
The very end of Dan and Sasha's story this morning had -- I have to admit -- a troubling notation:
Burns lost the business she ran for ten years, boarding up abandoned properties for the City of Minneapolis. She's looking for a job, and she's planning on forming an investment club so she can play the stock market.
Posted at 5:41 PM on September 23, 2008
by Bob Collins
(8 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

My colleague, Steve Mullis, is putting together some graphical depictions of how much $700 billion is -- the current estimated amount of the big financial bailout being debated in Congress. This isn't one of them, but this is the largest bill in U.S. currency. $100,000.
It would take 7 million of these to make up $700 billion. These bills are not in circulation. And, besides, only 42,000 of these were printed.
So we'd have to use these:

We'd need 7 billion of them, of course. Each bill weighs one gram. Four-hundred-fifty-four bills equals one pound. So $700 billion in $100 bills weighs 15,418,502 pounds -- 7,709 tons.
At current weight limits, it would take 24 51 railroad freight cars to deliver the cash.
Posted at 1:38 PM on September 23, 2008
by Bob Collins
(17 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

"Let them fail!" As people get a more in-depth look at the (at least) $700 billion bailout of the nation's biggest financial institutions, it's a cry that is growing in volume. Today, the government bosses who were responsible for getting ahead of the financial crisis -- and clearly didn't -- went to Capitol Hill to sell the plan to increasingly skeptical politicians, who also were in office while the crisis grew.
"Rage Sweeps over Middle America," the Times of London blared today.
Richard from Anchorage, Alaska, was typical of many when he wrote on CNNMoney.com: "NO NO NO. Not just no, but HELL NO."
Anna from Denver wrote on the same site at the weekend: "This is robbery pure and simple." Claudio from Plainville, Connecticut, added: "It's our money! Let these companies die."
It's settled, then. Let them die rather than pass along the cost of keeping them on life support, which -- by the way -- is $5,354 per taxpayer, and still -- depending on who you believe -- may not work.
The dialog around the issue this week is very much like the one that surrounds the war in Iraq. It doesn't matter anymore how we got there. We're there. Now what are our choices?
What does "let them fail" look like on Main Street?
"Jobs will be lost, ... our credit rate will rise, more houses will be foreclosed upon, GDP will contract, ... the economy will just not be able to recover in a normal, healthy way," Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke said today.
Megan McArdle, writing on The Atlantic's Web site, suggests the damage isn't limited to the fat cats and stupid consumers. She says companies -- like yours, perhaps -- that used credit sparingly, will go from a short-term bad economy, to a long-term bad economy.
The problem is, the effects of really rapid contractions don't last a couple of months. They last years. Can your company withstand the bankruptcy of some major clients with large outstanding accounts? How many people will it have to fire if its order book drops 40%? Can it cover its fixed expenses even on half staff?
I talked this afternoon to Gary Krueger, the head of the Economics Department at Macalester College about how "let 'em fail" would impact you and me. "You'd drastically reduce the size of the financial sector. There'd be a panic. A good chunk of our savings is foreign. They'd be less willing to lend in the future, they'd stampede out of the dollar-dominating (financial) instruments, he said."
So?
"You wouldn't be able to get a mortgage, the value of a dollar will drop, the price of oil and gasoline will go up," he said. Russia in the '90s provides the best example of an economy without a functioning credit market. "It wasn't pretty. People lived hand to mouth," he said.
Student loans? Forget 'em under "let 'em fail," according to Krueger. "If you had to pay for things hand-to-mouth, you could afford to take one class a year every year and 32 years later, you'd have your degree. Or you could use the credit markets to graduate in four years and begin taking advantage of it," he said.
Another option, he said, is one employed by Japan in the '90s in which the government would occasionally intervene in the stock market, and make balance sheets look better than they really are. The economy didn't grow for 15 years. "It's slow water torture and the government creates fiscal stimulus with low-rate-of-return projects. I just talked to a friend who was in Tokyo and he says there are post offices in Japan the way Starbucks is here," Krueger said.
Part of the reason for a "let 'em fail" recommendation by people in "Middle America" may be that financial calamity takes a couple of years to work its way to Main Street. The stock market collapsed in 1929 and the depth of the Great Depression was 1933. The savings-and-loan crisis hit around 1989, and America went into a recession in 1991.
No matter what "American savings has to increase and consumption has to fall," says Krueger. The savings, however, will come involuntarily. You and I simply won't be able to afford to spend money because the credit will be too tight to make us want to.
What does Krueger's gut tell him? "In Bernanke I trust," he said, even though he doubted the Fed chairman earlier this year when he lowered interest rates, a move which seems now to have been the right call. "He's a student of financial crisis," Krueger says.
The best advice for average people? Krueger says don't hit "update" on your Quicken program. "Go buy an ice cream instead."
Posted at 4:27 AM on September 22, 2008
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Unlike a few months ago when Bear Stearns needed a hand, the government was quick to point out it wasn't a bailout. The government is no longer pretending it's not in the bailout business. Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson made the rounds on the Sunday talk shows.
"I hate the fact that the taxpayer is going to be at risk, but the taxpayer was already at risk. And I think this is going to minimize the cost to the taxpayer, " he said on Face the Nation, moments before host Bob Schieffer launched into an unusual commentary on the matter, pointing out that the bailout is more than the cost of the Iraq war.
"The Iraq war was expenditures," Paulson said. "This is purchasing assets, holding assets, reselling assets, with money coming back into the Treasury. The taxpayer is clearly at risk, but ... this, I think, will minimize the risk and the cost to the taxpayer."
Assets? Like what? Office chairs? "From the desk of" memo pads from fired CEOs?
Debt. Bad debt. The debt nobody wants, pointed out Rep. Barney Frank, chair of the House Financial Services Committee. "It would be a grave mistake to say that we're going to buy up the bad debt that resulted from the bad decisions of these [private sector] people and then allow them to get millions of dollars on the way out. The American people don't want that to happen and it shouldn't happen."
Frank was on to something that is going to be a big issue over the next few months: Why is the government bailout of the institutions, and doing so little for the people trying to hold onto their homes?
BusinessWeek, in an article with questions and answers on the bailout plan, said Democrats want to "include measures that will lead to more help in refinancing or reworking homeowners' mortgages, as well as a broader stimulus for the economy. This will be one of the biggest fights this coming week, as Treasury attempts to hold off those broader measures."
And Congressional Republicans, too, have some changes to make in the administration's plan, the New York Times reports. They want "specific protections for taxpayers. Those would include a requirement that any profits from the program be returned to the Treasury."
This bailout is being described as "the mother of all bailouts." There are some little children of bailouts out there, however. This week, in fact, the auto industry is asking the feds for $25 billion in loans.
So far, few politicians are saying these bailouts won't happen in some form. That puts them at odds with most Americans, according to a new poll. Rasmussen says only 7 percent of those surveyed favored the bailouts. Even worse, almost half of those surveyed think an economic disaster approaching The Great Depression is possible.
FMI:
Posted at 10:50 AM on September 18, 2008
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
There wasn't much meat in the headline today that Minnesota's unemployment rate has gone up again.
The August rate jumped to 6.2 percent. That means 3,200 jobs were lost in August; 8,200 have disappeared over the last year.
Some areas of the economy are picking up jobs, however. Trade, transportation, utilities, education, and healths services have all picked up. The financial sector also has picked up over the last year although it seems with the collapse of the markets and the industry this week, that's a trend that will be difficult to continue.
The weak side of the picture are profession and business services, manufacturing, leisure and hospitality, construction, and information.
For every job that's available, according to the Department of Employment and Economic Development, there are 2.9 people looking for one.
But, there are jobs available. Almost 20,000 are posted on the department's Web site. But, in a sign of a struggling economy, nearly 46,000 people have posted their resumes.
Regionally, the picture is darker.
On the Arrowhead, for example, the most widely available job -- telemarketer -- pays well below average wages, according to DEED. On the other hand, the second-most-available -- nurses -- pays well above average. In West-Central, nine of the top 10 most-available jobs pay less than $25,000 a year (nurse, at #10, pays more than $50,000).
In the southwest corner of the state, four of the top five most-available jobs pay less than $18,000. You can work in a meat-packing plant fairly easily, and make $14, 412 a year.
And in North Central Minnesota, five of the top six jobs pay less than $19,000 a year (The exception?You guessed it: nurse).
Minnesota Public Radio News reporters are looking for some insights from people who live in Minnesota and want to tell us about the state of their local economies and how (if?) if it's being affected by what's going on nationally.
Posted at 1:28 PM on September 17, 2008
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The federal government, as you probably know by now, is bailing out the ailing AIG with an $85 billion loan. It'll be paid back over two years as the insurance giant sells off its assets.
The terms: the LIBOR overnight rate banks lend to each other, plus an extra 8.5 percent for two years.
I figure the current LIBOR rate is 3.13%, so the total loan is 11.63%.
What if that were a car loan? How much would it mean to the old family budget? I fired up the Excel loan amortization schedule (which you can download and play with here).
Your first payment will be due in October:
Monthly payment: $3,986,574,012.02
Interest: $823,791,666.67
Principal: $3,162,782,345.35
Add an extra $39, of course, if the payment is late.
AIG should at least get a free toaster.
Posted at 12:05 PM on September 17, 2008
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

Courtesy of Chris Farrell, Minnesota Public Radio's chief economics correspondent & Louis Johnston, economics professor, St. John's University and the College of St. Benedict as heard on MPR's Midday today.
Q: Is this the biggest financial crisis since the Great Depression?
A: Yes. We're having a run on Wall Street, the worst run on financial institutions since the Depression, both guests say.
Q: Are we on the verge, then, of a Great Depression-style economic collapse?
A: No. The government has learned how to manage things properly.
Q: Is it possible the two remaining big investment banks will go under?
A: Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley are historic names. If they were to disappear it would shake the financial system to the core, according to Farrell. "I don't think we're going to see that, but I worry about the mutual fund industry."
Q: Might the government nationalize the entire financial system?
A: Yes.
Q: What's going to happen with corporate boards and executives? Will there be any accountability?
A: The big shots on Wall Street didn't see it coming, Farrell says. Johnston says head of Lehman had most of his compensation in value of stock. "They made a lot on the way up but aren't making much on the way out."
Q: Is there any limit to how much the government has to put toward the bailouts?
A: Technically, the limit is how much the taxpayers want to shell out money to pay for them. When the government is looking to bail out a firm, Johnson says, it looks at whether the firm is insolvent (Lehman) or whether it has the assets to pay off creditors and debt (AIG).
Q: What interest rate is AIG paying for the government bailout?
A: As of today, about 11.75 percent.
Q: Should regulators have taken a bigger look at the financial industry after Enron collapsed?
A: Yes. "We took our eye off the ball" because of 9/11, the Afghanistan War, and the run-up to the Iraq war, according to Johnston.
Q: What about those of us baby boomers who don't have "the long run" to wait for the market to return?
A: It comes back to where you have your money in the first place. Part of the pain from these risks is going to fall on those who are closer to retirement. For people who are broadly diversified (the Harvard Endowment fund is up 6%).. if you're in your 70s, you should have gone for a more conservative portfolio. If retirement savings are more and more tied to something we can't control (the market), we have to (a) save more and/or (b) work longer.
Q: What will be the next financial institution in trouble?
A: Washington Mutual (WaMu)
Q: Are people who have been saving religiously for retirement going to wake up one of these days and find out there is no retirement savings left?
A: No.
Posted at 8:25 PM on September 16, 2008
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
That line in the sand that the feds drew on Monday, deciding to let big banks fail rather than provide a government bailout, turns out to have been drawn in the sand.
The feds bailed out the giant insurer AIG Tuesday evening to the tune of an $85 billion loan.
AIG is the world's largest insurer.
"It's a dramatic turnabout for the federal government, which has strongly resisted overtures from AIG for an emergency loan or some intervention that would prevent the insurer from falling into bankruptcy," the Wall Street Journal noted.
The company was so sure it was headed for bankruptcy, that it hired a law firm to draw up the papers, the New York Times reported.
AIG fired its CEO, Martin Sullivan, this summer for failing to warn investors about the company's big losses in the derivatives market, tied to the failing mortgage industry.
He reportedly got $47 million to take a hike, according to Portfolio.com.
Posted at 11:07 AM on September 15, 2008
by Bob Collins
(16 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I'll try to live-blog during the day on Monday in this space, but suffice it to say Monday looks like a day of financial disaster in the U.S.
Lehman Brothers is expected to file for bankruptcy, Merrill Lynch looks like it'll sell its sell-the-good-silver self to Bank of America and AIG and Washington Mutual are on death's doorstep.
Earlier in the day on Sunday, the U.S. government said it would not guarantee that Lehman would be allowed to continue trading in the markets. End of Lehman. Workers were seen Sunday night carrying boxes out of the building. Their jobs will disappear too.
There's still plenty of money on Wall Street, the Wall St. Journal notes, and as careers end and stocks slide on Monday, it notes that Wall Street bosses are lining up to make a killing.
Still, it seems like a long time ago when the the brewing financial crisis was simply blamed on a few homeowners who bit off more than they could chew.
7:07 a.m. - Oil down to about $95. Dow futures down 348.
7:11 a.m. - Jim Rogers of Rogers Holdings on Marketplace this morning:
You are going to see more financial failures. You're going to see less credit. You're going to see a contraction of the American and world economy. Again, many people, many of us are going to have more difficult times. Some of us are going to do extremely well, but there will not be many of those.
7:15 a.m. - Was Lehman solvent when it handed out more than $5 billion in bonuses in 2007? Good question asked by the blog Credit Slips.
7:18 a.m. -- MPR's Chris Farrell will be on with Morning Edition host Cathy Wurzer around 7:54. His theme: The government... won't save everyone on Wall Street.
7:54 a.m. - Farrell sees the more stunning news being Merrill Lynch ("the broker to the working class"). The significance of the moment is the line in the sand the feds drew. "They needed to do that after the rescue of Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae." What do investors do? "My primary advice is don't do anything. I can spin out all kinds of scenarios. Most of the time when people make a dramatic move in their portfolio at a dramatic time like this, it's usually the wrong thing. Most people have gone conservative on their portfolios."
How bad can it get? "Really bad," he says. "When does this end? It doesn't appear that anything the authorities are doing can stop it. The long-term concern is economic growth. We've taken on way too much debt and the long-term trend is moving back from debt. But the economy breathes on debt."
8:25 a.m. - The Silver Lining Dept. As long as Eli Manning is still the top story in the city that never sleeps, perhaps the Republic is safe:

8:37 a.m. - Dow down 103. That's less than many thought, although it's still early.
9:02 a.m. - So much for that. Dow down 337.
9:08 a.m. - Bank of America is having a news conference to talk about its buyout of Merrill Lynch. "Good strategic fit" and "absolutely no pressure from the government" are the key elements so far. See live archived video (CNBC).
10:38 a.m. - How does this turmoil play into the presidential race. The New York Times Caucus Blog notes Obama's and McCain's reaction today. Neither is in favor of federal bailouts.
11:07 a.m. - Updated time stamp on the post.
11:13 a.m. - Twin Cities' mortgage expert Alex Stenback, who writes the Behind the Mortgage blog, says:
The immediate impact on main street will be lower mortgage rates, as money runs to the safe haven of (now Govt guaranteed!) mortgage bonds and other securities (treasuries also are rallying today) to wait out the storm
11:23 a.m. - Whoa! Huh? Wilbur Ross, chairman and CEO of WL Ross & Co. on CNBC says up to 1,000 banks may close.
12:20 p.m. - Worry? Don't worry? I wish everyone would get on the same page.
Nouriel Roubini, of NYU's Stern School and RGE Monitor, who notes there is already a "slow-motion run on retail banks" occurring nationwide.
That "run" could accelerate as people realize the FDIC fund has about $50 billion to "insure" about $1 trillion in assets at the nation's financial institutions, says Roubini. "They're going to run out of money" unless Congress acts soon to recapitalize the FDIC.
1:05 p.m.- From The Sky is Not Falling side of the fence, Andrew Ross Sorkin, writing on the New York Times' DealBook blog:
Things are tough, but the economy is still in reasonable shape. All of these troubles at Lehman, Bear, A.I.G. and WaMu are attributable to the housing crisis. If we solve that, we will begin to emerge from the woods. While parts of the country are stabilizing, others appear caught in a declining feedback loop. It would help most if we found a floor on the housing decline. To the extent the government is the answer here, then this is where it should focus.
1:07 p.m. - The Dow is down 295 points. We've seen a lot worse on a lot better days. By the way, have you looked at Northwest Airlines stock lately? Even with energy prices and a poor economy, the share price is down only $1.22 from what it was when its merger with Delta was announced.
2:45 p.m.- How big of a deal is the financial meltdown? Maybe not that big of a deal in the big scheme of things, but in New York City there's talk that it may push the city into a recession. Thirty-thousand jobs may be lost in this mess, the Boston Globe says.
2:46 p.m. - Economic worries will take the spotlight of Sarah Palin and put the issue back in play in the campaign, says the Washington Post.
3:00 p.m. - Dow Jones is tossing Lehman from the 30 Industrials. The Dow (with Lehman selling for 20 cents a share. A year ago it was near $60.) is down 493 points.
3:11 p.m. - Is one of your mutual funds listed here?
* Fidelity Select Brokerage & Investment, 4.4 percent of assets
* Morgan Stanley Financial Services, 3.2 percent
* Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth A, 3.2 percent
* API Efficient Frontier Value, 2.5 percent
* Tanaka Growth, 2.4 percent
Those are the funds with the biggest holdings in Lehman Bros. Many funds dumped the stock, but not before the price had dropped, CNN reports.
3:14 p.m. - Oddest question of the day comes in a Chicago Tribune Q&A in which guy asks if the bonds in his UBS brokerage account are safe. The bonds are General Motors.
3:17 p.m. - Wall Street has saved the worst for last. Dow down 505 points.
3:20 p.m. - What does this mean to you? "If you're in the market for a loan to buy anything right now, the banks are not interested in you," says Diane Garnick, investment strategist at Invesco. She says the economy may still be tanking halfway through the administration of the next president.
3:35 p.m. - The CEO of Lehman Bros., was paid $22.1 million last year. I'd have taken the company into bankruptcy for a fraction of that.
3:59 p.m. The final word today goes to the Motley Fool:
As painful as it is, as painful as it will be, the fact that both the government and the financial industry let Lehman fail is ultimately a sign of confidence in our financial markets.
Think about it -- all of the players involved knew quite well that the markets would absolutely tank if they didn't make a deal. And it wasn't that capital was unavailable; despite the credit crisis, there's plenty of capital out there to bid -- from the more liquid Wall Street banks, from sovereign wealth funds, or from private equity players like Blackrock (NYSE: BLK) or Blackstone (NYSE: BX).
And yet these players found the risk of financial Armageddon more palatable than the price they'd have to pay to take over Lehman. There will be plenty of collateral damage with this bankruptcy -- and they still decided not to act.
Posted at 7:48 AM on September 10, 2008
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

Grocery stores are about to shrink, according to the New York Times.
The opening of smaller stores upends a long-running trend in the grocery business: building ever-larger stores in the belief that consumers want choice above all. While the largest traditional grocery stores tend to be about 85,000 square feet, some cavernous warehouse-style stores and supercenters are two or three times that size.
Statistics compiled by the Food Marketing Institute show that the average size of a grocery store dipped slightly in 2007 -- to a median of 47,500 square feet -- after 20 years of steady growth.
Next week, one of these smaller groceries opens in Plymouth, Mass., says the Boston Globe:
According to the Market's managing director, Michael Szathmary, the Market is part of a larger trend that has taken hold across the country; the trend is a response to consumers who feel put off by "the impersonal nature of mega stores."
Perhaps -- if you're old enough -- you recognize what's going on here: the '50s, and a return to the "experience" of customer service.
What's next? Will someone pump the gasoline for you at the gas station (after checking the oil, of course)? Movie theater popcorn that's actually made in the theater (and not dumped out of a bag)?
Posted at 3:54 PM on September 8, 2008
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
United Airlines was nearly wiped out today because -- somehow -- an old story about its 2002 bankruptcy filing ended up on a Florida newspaper's site. Editor and Publisher Magazine reports. (Update: Florida paper says 'it wasn't us.' But Forbes.com quotes some newspaper officials earlier as having 'pulled' the story. Which is it?)

Then, according to Bloomberg, the story got posted on Bloomberg's newswire (an operation that's supposed to provide dependable information for investors) by Income Securities Investor, an outfit that describes itself as an independent research firm.
The situation shows that airline analysts don't believe their own analysis, Marketwatch proclaimed.
Oh, it revealed much, much more.
For this to happen, several realities have to exist:
1) "Research firms" have to get their information off newspaper sites or via Google.
2) Newspaper and Web site editors have to be that incompetent to post six-year-year old stories on their Web sites.
3) Actual investors have to be that lazy about researching how they'll invest their money to depend on either #1 or #2.
Posted at 12:11 PM on September 8, 2008
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
No sense beating around the bush. Should the government be bailing out Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac?
Yes, say those who think the financial markets needed to be reassured.
No, say those who suggest it'll force more banks to fail.
Yes, say those who want to refinance or buy a house.
No, say those who think it amounts to American taxpayers bailing out the rich boys.
Yes, say those who say it'll stem the crisis and turn things around.
No, say those who say the crisis is coming anyway.
Posted at 7:51 AM on September 7, 2008
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
I've written before that Cirrus Design in Duluth is one of the secret success stories in Minnesota. In Minnesota, it doesn't get much publicity because it's not in the Twin Cities. Outside of Minnesota -- at least in the aviation business -- it's a household name.
But even success stories have hard times and Cirrus, which makes small airplanes and is just getting into the personal jet business, is laying of 8 percent of its workforce. That's 74 jobs -- well-paying jobs -- in Duluth.
Posted at 5:51 PM on September 2, 2008
by Bob Collins
(2 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, The political conventions

With only five delegations staying in the city, and everyone else being bussed out of the Xcel and over to party town, some downtown St. Paul businesses are giving up on the idea that there's any economic benefit for them out of the Republican National Convention.
One large eatery in Town Square, which specializes in closing immediately after the lunch rush normally, had tried staying open until the supper crowd left. Today, they gave up the ghost and shut it down after lunch.
Posted at 4:13 PM on August 15, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
We're having a spirited discussion downstream about the unemployment rate compared to the dark days of 1983. I won't bother repeating the discussion here.
But, Gov. Pawlenty, you're not helping my point very much.
Said the governor on his radio show today:
"The unemployment number for July has gone up to 5.8% which is a near historic high in our state,which is unfortunate but it reflects a stumbling or struggling economy both nationally and in states like Minnesota."
Not that near, governor. The 5.8 percent rate is nowhere close to the historic high in Minnesota. That would be 9 percent in 1982. (See statistics)
In fact for nearly two full years between 1982 and 1983, the unemployment rate didn't fall under 7 percent. We may get to that point, but about four or five times as many people would've had to have become unemployed last month than actually did.
Last month's seasonally unadjusted unemployment rate, by the way, is exactly the same as the day he took office in 2003. Seasonally adjusted, however, it has increased by about 1.5 percent over that period.
Posted at 9:26 AM on July 24, 2008
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
So, the New York Times was right. Sort of. Ford has decided small cars are the way out of a constant flow of red ink, and some truck assembly plants would be converted to auto production.
So close. The St. Paul plant had a good news-bad news day. Good news that it's going to stay open for two more years (well, good news except perhaps for the people who took a buyout on the expectation it would close in 2009), but bad news that it won't be converting to auto production and stay open beyond 2011.
Chief Executive Officer Alan Mulally had a plan to return Ford to profitability in 2009. That plan has now been scrapped, too.
But big isn't entirely out at Ford. Among the initiatives announced today is a seven-passenger Lincoln.
There's at least one more adjustment the automakers need to make, as a quick scan in a car dealer's lot revealed to me this morning. Can you spot it?

Update Ford says electric cars commercially feasible by 1977 (h/t: Michael Wells)
Posted at 11:47 AM on July 23, 2008
by Bob Collins
(5 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
In a way, it's surprising there haven't been more stories like this.
In Taunton, Mass., south of Boston, a woman killed herself, hours before her foreclosed home was to be auctioned.
But there have been some stories like this, the most recent being an elederly woman in Central Oregon.
The foreclosure crisis is taking an emotional toll, of course. An article in USA Today a bit ago seemed to establish -- if not prove -- a relationship between economic tumult and suicide.
In an article published in 2005 by Cambridge University Press, researchers compared suicide data in Australia from January 1968 through August 2002 with economic problems such as unemployment and mortgage interest rates. The study found that economic trends are closely associated with suicide risk, with men showing a heightened risk of suicide in the face of economic adversity.
"For some people, suicide is the rational option when they see no future," says Ken Siegel, a psychologist in Beverly Hills. "One's house is very much a projection of one's self. To have a home taken away is tantamount to having part of yourself taken away. There is embarrassment. For many, it's overwhelmingly unconquerable.
Angel Brownawell, a spokeswoman for The American Psychological Association, says there's no established connection between the housing crisis and suicide per se. "Most of what we see has been anecdotal," she said. But the APA has issued some tips for dealing with the stresses of a lousy economy.
Posted at 3:22 PM on July 22, 2008
by Bob Collins
(7 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The sour economy has claimed another victim: the end-of-the-season Minnesota Orchestra concert at the Lake Harriet Band Shell on Sunday September 14.
Quoting the news release:
"In the current difficult economic climate, we are very sorry to report that we will not be able to perform the Orchestra's upcoming September performance at the Lake Harriet Band Shell," says Minnesota Orchestra President and CEO Michael Henson. "We apologize for any inconvenience this causes for audiences. This is a venue where our Orchestra loves to perform, and we hope to be able to return to this beautiful setting in future seasons."
How much does it cost to put on one concert? Good question. Why not just pass the hat during the concert?
"It's not a figure we're comfortable giving out," said Orchestra spokesperson Gwen Pappas in a voicemail message. She says the Orchestra is at the beginning of its fiscal year and it's presented a balanced budget plan to its board and they're being "fiscally prudent in what everyone agrees it what will be a difficult economic year."
The last concert will be a Sept. 11 memorial.
The Orchestra has performed an annual concert at Lake Harriet since September 2003.
Posted at 10:43 AM on July 22, 2008
by Bob Collins
(3 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Ford has finally accepted what most people figured out a long time ago -- the era of big trucks and SUVs is over. Small is in, according to an article in the New York Times this morning.
Here's the paragraph that's got eyebrows raised and fingers crossed around here:
Among the changes, Ford is expected to announce that it will convert three of its North American assembly plants from trucks to cars, according to people familiar with the plans.
A truck assembly plant? We've got one of those. It's the one Ford announced two years ago it would shut down. The last word on the plant, however, is that Ford was thinking about delaying the closing for two years.
At the same time, Ford is expanding voluntary incentives of as much as $140,000 to its workers in an effort to get them out of the workforce. One of four plants where the deal isn't being offered, according to Bloomberg News, is St. Paul.
The St. Paul is plant is scheduled to close in 2009.
Posted at 8:54 AM on July 21, 2008
by Bob Collins
(14 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Media, Politics
My post last week about the economy struck a nerve, judging by some of the comments that were posted.
The question is whether the constant drumbeat of negative economic news creates an impression that the economy is worse than it really is. Keep in mind, that's a far different statement from saying the economy isn't in bad shape; it is.
A poll out from Rasmussen today says 50% of those surveyed think the media is making the economy seem worse than it really is. This is despite the face only 34% think the U.S. "has the world's best economy.
Only a quarter (25%) think reporters and media outlets present an accurate picture of the economy and 18% believe they actually portray it as better than it is. Just 34% trust reporters more when it comes to news on the economy, and 32% see stockbrokers as more reliable.
A plurality of Americans (41%) similarly believe that the media has tried to make the war in Iraq appear worse that it really is, while 26% say reporters have made it look better than reality and 25% think they've portrayed it accurately.
This poll is one of several Rasmussen released today, purporting to show the media are biased -- or at least that people think they are.
Posted at 6:55 AM on June 25, 2008
by Bob Collins
(20 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Housing value statistics released yesterday showed that for the first time, the value of homes dropped in every one of the U.S. metropolitan districts surveyed. According to the Case Schiller Index (Play with numbers here), home sales prices dropped another 2.2% in April.
The silver lining is that's the lowest rate of decline since last December. The gray cloud is that's 17 months of decline out of the last 18, and a 20% decline in that time. The sale prices are now what they were in April 2003.
You can probably guess what the absolute worst housing market in the country is right now (hint: It rhymes with Detroit).
Everything is somehow connected in the economy and what the mortgage crisis started, perhaps the energy -- is it too early to call it a crisis? -- "thing" puts asunder.
The New York Times today has an interesting story about life on the distant suburbs.
Across the nation, the realization is taking hold that rising energy prices are less a momentary blip than a change with lasting consequences. The shift to costlier fuel is threatening to slow the decades-old migration away from cities, while exacerbating the housing downturn by diminishing the appeal of larger homes set far from urban jobs.
In Atlanta, Philadelphia, San Francisco and Minneapolis, homes beyond the urban core have been falling in value faster than those within, according to an analysis by Moody's Economy.com.
This is the part where my city slicker friends begin snickering. The average gasoline bill on the outer fringes of metropolitan areas is close to $4,000.
Is this the end of urban sprawl? What if it is? How would it affect city (or at least closer-in) metro area living?
Posted at 8:00 AM on June 13, 2008
by Bob Collins
(1 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
Judging by the reports Brandt Williams encountered yesterday in the long line to apply for the waiting list for Section 8 housing in Minneapolis, another system for taking applications should be considered when the waiting list opens up again in five years or so.
The online method isn't working.
An MPR listener stayed up until the early morning hours today hoping that would work. It didn't:
Today (June 12)about 12:30pm I tried to complete an online application. The website ran at a snail's pace. I managed to register for the website before the applicant site crashed altogether and only displayed the message, "Service Unavailable". Now again, 12 hours later at 12:30 am I am getting the same message.
Very disappointing.
Posted at 1:47 PM on June 12, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

Not surprisingly, perhaps, the expected crunch materialized in Minneapolis when the Section 8 waiting list was opened today (I wrote about this yesterday).
A News Cut reader writes this afternoon:
I was in a position to help someone try to get online today to apply for Section 8. The website was so overwhelmed it was impossible to even register. It's crazy that this is the preferred method of application as it completely overlooks the fact that many don't have internet access at their fingertips.
MPR's Brandt Williams, who's doing a story tonight on the subject for All Things Considered, e-mailed me this afternoon, saying "I was just at the North Regional Library talking to people applying for Section 8. They have about 16 computers there for folks to use to apply online." Brandt says the system was, basically, frozen.
He provided a picture of a small part of the line that extends outside the library, for an opportunity to get to the computer, to apply to get on the waiting list and maybe -- maybe -- get some rental assistance, perhaps, up to 7 years from now.
Posted at 2:02 PM on June 11, 2008
by Bob Collins
(10 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
In these difficult economic times, the hottest ticket in town may well be the Section 8 voucher. It's a federal program which provides housing assistance to low-income renters and homeowners in the form of rental subsidies.
And it's almost impossible to get in the metro area. In fact, it can take 10-12 years, according to one report.
According to the HousingLink.org Web site, it's difficult even getting on a waiting list.
That will change -- but only for a little while -- in Minneapolis and Bloomington. Bloomington is accepting applications to get on the waiting list by phone only from 8:30 a.m. - 4:40 p.m. on Tuesday, June 24 and Wednesday, June 25, 2008.
Minneapolis is opening the waiting list starting at midnight on Thursday to late on Friday. (Find the Web site here) Paper applications are being taken at some of the branches of the Minneapolis Public Library.
For other regions of the metro, the situation remains bleak. Columbia Heights, Carver County, Dakota County, South St. Paul, Plymouth, Richfield, St. Louis Park, St. Paul, Scott County and Washington County all have closed the Section 8 waiting lists.
Expect plenty of demand. When Plymouth opened its waiting list in February, more than 3,700 people showed up to try to get 300 spots on the list. When St. Paul opened its list last year for the first time in five years, 11,000 people tried for a voucher.
Even if a low-income person should "win" a spot on the waiting list and, eventually, a voucher, the task of finding an apartment is daunting. According to the October 2007 study of Section 8 in the metro by HOME Line, a tenant advocacy group, wait time can range from one to seven years, and the unwillingness of landlords to rent to Section 8 tenants is growing.
Posted at 8:39 AM on May 27, 2008
by Bob Collins
(0 Comments)
Filed under: Economy
The Standard & Poor's Case-Shiller monthly index of home values is out today. (See FAQ here).
The index compares recent sale prices with the price the last time the home sold. The Minneapolis area is one of 20 metropolitan areas measured.
You can probably guess the national picture. Home prices are falling and the Sun Belt is a particularly bad place to own property, unless your goal is a 25% reduction in value.
For March in Minneapolis, the index dropped from 146.03 in February to 142.24. That's a slower decline than the previous few months, but still among the biggest drops since the housing mess began. What does that mean in terms of value? The March figures show housing values about what they were in June 2003. Since February's values were close to August 2003, we've taken two steps (months) backward.
You can fire up your Excel spreadsheet and play with the numbers here.
So where are we in terms of home prices nationally. "It's about 2002-2003," said the man who created the index. In the Upper Midwest -- Detroit -- it's about 2000. That should come as good news to the people in Detroit, where the news suggests it's closer to 1929.
The index shows housing prices in the U.S. have been falling since the fall of 2006.
Posted at 1:52 PM on April 14, 2008
by Bob Collins
(57 Comments)
Filed under: Economy, Energy, Politics
For all the talk about the ruin to be caused by the gas tax increase in Minnesota, comparatively little is said in the state these days about the "ethanol tax," which has had a significant impact in the cost of operating a vehicle and may, according to some people, have a role in rapidly increasing food prices.
For the last few months, I've been conducting an unscientific experiment: filling up my car with regular gasoline and comparing the performance with the ethanol blends I'm required to use in Minnesota.
Although Wisconsin drivers get a choice, lawmakers are considering an ethanol mandate, which would require 10 percent of gasoline to be a blend of ethanol, rising to 25 percent by 2025. Here's a copy of the legislation. Minnesota, on the other hand, requires all gasoline sold to be at least 10 percent ethanol.
I snuck across the border several times to fill up the 2004 Chevy Cavalier (the official car of News Cut) with ethanol-free gasoline. The result? My car got about 32.6 miles per gallon. The Minnesota blend gave me almost 29 miles per gallon, a 12% drop in performance.
Calculating current prices (the average price of gasoline in Minnesota now is $3.235. In Wisconsin it's $3.40), driving 1000 miles on Minnesota gas costs $111.55 (11.2 cents per mile). On Wisconsin gas, 1,000 miles costs $104.29 (10.4 cents a mile), a $7.26 savings, even though the difference in the price of a gallon is almost 17 cents. The "ethanol tax" works out to 2.3 cents a gallon.
In addition to the increased fuel costs to consumers, taxpayers also support ethanol producers with a 20-cents-a-gallon subsidy. The feds chip in another 51 cents a gallon.
My little experiment showed me that I spend an additional $80 or so a year at the pump because of ethanol. It's not a huge deal, although some of the rhetoric surrounding similar numbers in the gas tax debate suggested it's the difference between me keeping and losing my home.
But the "tax" is about to go higher. In 2005, there was no bigger supporter of a 20-percent mandate than Gov. Pawlenty. He signed a bill raising the requirement for ethanol in a gallon of gasoline to 20-percent by 2013.
Six Republicans in the House this year ran into trouble for supporting an increase in the gas tax. In 2005, however, 48 Republicans voted for what's turned out to be "the ethanol tax."
The concerns about the ethanol mandate, of course, are years old. An MPR story in 2002 documented the steamrolling of politicians by the ethanol lobby.
As MPR's Cara Hetland reported last fall, the ethanol mandate is an economic development program for farmers. And Cargill today reported an 86-percent jump in profits. Good for them. Consumers? Not so much.
But there is plenty of dispute about the effect of ethanol on food prices and, hence, its role -- if any -- in inflation. Last week, Texas A&M released a report that suggests that corn prices -- corn is used to make ethanol -- would have risen substantially anyway as petroleum-based costs -- fertilizer, for example -- went up. The report said higher corn prices "do have a small effect on some food items."
Update Mon. 10:14 p.m. - An article in Tuesday's New York Times doesn't let ehtanol/biofuels quite so easily, and invokes the U of M's C. Ford Runge:
C. Ford Runge, an economist at the University of Minnesota, said it is "extremely difficult to disentangle" the impact of biofuels on food costs. Nevertheless, he said there was little that could be done to mitigate the impact of droughts and growing appetites in developing countries.
"Ethanol is the one thing we can do something about," he said. "It's about the only lever we have to pull, but none of the politicians have the courage to pull the lever."
Posted at 9:07 AM on April 11, 2008
by Bob Collins
(28 Comments)
Filed under: Economy

Financial expert Ruth Hayden is on the first hour of Midmorning today (9 a.m.). News Cut is live blogging and I hope you'll share your financial story in the comments section below.
Listen to the program (RealPlayer)
Her appearance comes at the right time. The Pew Research folks released a survey on Wednesday on the middle class. The report, called "Inside the Middle Class: Bad Times Hit the Good Life" said "for decades, middle-income Americans had been making absolute progress while enduring relative decline. But since 1999, they have not made economic gains."
Is that true in your life? Is you paycheck feeling pinched. If so, what's your plan?
8:14 a.m. - Happen to be watching the CBS Morning Show over the morning coffee and they had a segment with Janice Revel, senior writer of "Money" magazine on what to do with your tax rebate stimulus check. She said: (1) Attack credit card debt, (2) Build emergency fund (3) Invest in retirement. Lofty stuff. I wonder how many people are like me. We had plans like that for the dough. Then the washing machine died Sunday in the middle of a load of darks, and we had to buy a new one, which ate up the entire check (which of course hasn't arrived yet). At least we stimulated Maytag. (by the way, all financial advice tips will be in bold green so you can find it faster later on).
9:09 - "It's just discouragement, they're just feelingpoor," Ruth says. With a 2-percent raise, you're losing money. Consumer confidence, the news out today, is diving, according to a report that just came out this morning. It's a 26-year low. We somewhat make it worse for ourselves, by "blaming" the other people in our homes (i.e. "how can you be spending more for groceries and not bringing home more food.")
9:13 a.m. - Speaking of inflation, play around with this calculator.
9:17 a.m. - They're talking about the price of a gallon of milk (up 19%). Here's an interesting idea. A woman had her son pay for a gallon of milk, just so he'd see how much it costs to keep him fed (you know how teens are, right?).
9:19 a.m. - A commentator below chastises the middle class for not sacrificing... as opposed to the "working poor." I wonder how many of the working poor consider themselves middle class?
9:21 a.m. - Ruth says a few years ago, more than 80 percent of the mortgages were adjustable rate mortgages. The mortgages are now resetting at a higher rate. These, of course, are the mortgages that others criticize when they say the problem with the housing crisis is people biting off more than they can chew. A few weeks ago, Marketplace reported, the percentage of mortgages that are adjustable rate, is inching up again. Is it that people haven't learned?
9:23 a.m. - Don't challenge your career path on a stage. Ruth tells a college student to get a second job. It's a stage, but we will get through it. The fundamentals are still in place. In other words, don't give up your dreams. Don't buy a house until you know you can afford it just because they're on sale. Consider deferring college loan debt.
9:26 a.m. - If you can do it without debt, it's a great time to buy things that are "deflating" (cars, campers etc.). Don't do things today that affect negatively later in your life. Taking money out of retirement "is a pristine example of that."
9:31 a.m. - This idea that it's just a stage... I get it, but it's not true for everybody. Let's take an example: You're an older worker in a dying industry. If you're cut, the chance of you being able to replace that job with a similar position -- I would think -- are relatively poor. Not that I object to a "the sun will come out tomorrow" approach to things, but is it really that simple? In looking at the survey above, I tend to think that's behind the discouragement. In contrast to that, however, is this article, that the older worker these days has a chance to redefine their retirement. In any event, the worker is a moving target.
9:39 a.m.- Even if times are tough, if your employer matches contributions to a retirement fund, contribute at least 4 percent.
9:40 a.m. - Caller -- single person -- with a house says he's taking in roommates. "We need to go back to being more practical in our approach," he said.
9:43 - Ruth advises getting your free credit report. Here's the URL she mentioned. annualcreditreport.com. I did this a few weeks ago, but here's the thing. What am I supposed to do with it?
9:46 a.m. - "The stock market is on sale. It's the perfect time to go into it," Ruth says. This one scares me, only because I watch too much CNBC. But if you're talking about taking advantage of a retirement plan at work, especially if an employer matches, that's another story.
9:50 a.m. - "Our economy is based on healthy personal economics." Don't spend your stimulus check. One of the reasons we're in trouble is we spent all this money based on debt. It's not sustainable. Hang on to the money. Pay off debt or put it in savings.
9:55 a.m. - Kerri reads Nathan's question below about wanting to consolidate student loans but not knowing who's credible. Ruth suggests going back to your financial department at school and asking.
10:06 - I fixed the link to the inflation calculator above. Apologies.
For those of you who are visiting News Cut for the first time, courtesy of Midmorning, thanks for stopping by. We look forward to having you here more often. We'd like to keep the conversation going through the day, here, so if you have some stories to share, advice etc., please feel free.
| February 2012 | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| S | M | T | W | T | F | S |
| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | |||
| 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 |
| 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 |
| 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | 24 | 25 |
| 26 | 27 | 28 | 29 | |||